Katalog Produktsii APEM 2013 2014 PDF

SWITCHES 2013/2014
PANEL MOUNTED SWITCHES PCB MOUNTED SWITCHES
A WORLD OF
SWITCHING CAPABILITIES
0382_COUV verso-2012_APEM/COUV/catalogue•2e&3e/XP4 22/11/12 14:54 Page1
HS
Ro liant
Index co
mp APEM
Other product ranges
By series
Switch panels
AS D-19 MT New! D-22 3500 A-102
AV B2-76 NK E-2 3600NF A-107 APEM offers several switch panel technologies
A01 G-5 P36 F-2 4400 A-88 suitable for transportation, industrial, vending,
A1 G-4 PBA B2-129 4600 A-88 military and other professional custom
applications. APEM has expertise in designing
A02 G-15 PHAP33 C-3 4700-4800 B2-117
and manufacturing membrane switch panels,
A03 G-24 PHAP40 B2-20 5000 A-21 stainless steel keyboards and complete custom
B I-3 PT65 F-4 5100 A-33 interfaces incorporating switch solutions,
CG New! B2-120 Q I-2 5100Z A-35 illumination, shielding, housing, touch screens
CP New! B2-125 S (rocker) D-9 5200 A-30 and associated electronics.
CR36 F-2 S (toggle) and SF A-12 5200MIWR A-36
CR65 F-4 SP B2-22 5200W A-37
DA F-10 SR D-9 5200WW A-39
DP F-9 TG E-5 5200Y A-41
DS F-7 TG SMT E-3 5200Z A-34
Joysticks
D162 C-2 TL A-6 5300 A-33 APEM manufactures joysticks for professional
D162 C-2 TL SMT A-4 5400 A-32 applications. Easy to operate and highly reliable,
ES New! G-25 TP B2-6 5400W A-38 APEM joysticks are suitable for all size and shape
FP New! B2-145 TP SMT B2-4 5400WW A-40 requirements from thumb & finger operation to
G E-8 TR D-4 5500 A-27
full hand grip products. Leading the market with
new technologies and features, APEM joysticks
IA B1-85 TR SMT D-2 55000 VDE A-51
are available with potentiometer, switch,
IB-IS B1-25 ZL A-2 5600 A-25 inductive and hall effect sensing. All APEM
IC New! B1-2 ZP B2-2 5600M A-28 joysticks are highly customisable and are offered
IF B1-88 1000 A-79 5700 A-27 with a large range of standard configurations and
IH New! B1-29 10400 B2-42 57000 VDE D-38 options.
IKE F-14 10600 A-54 5900 A-32
IKH F-16 11000 A-57 5900Z A-35
IKN F-11 1200 B2-107 660 A-100 LED indicators
IL New! B1-6 1200M B2-111 600H A-94 The Q series panel mount LED indicators
IM New! B1-11 12000 A-65 600NH A-99 complement the APEM range of products. This
IP B1-15 12000X778 A-72 6000 A-110 series comprises seven different diameters,
IQ New! B1-35 13000 B2-44 7000 D-24 from 6 mm to 22 mm. They are available with
IR B1-66 13000X778 B2-52 8000 B2-28 prominent, recessed and flush bezel styles,
IT See website 1400N B2-114 9100-9200-9500 B2-12 different bezel finishes, five LED colours, as well
IZ B1-48 1500 A-82 9400-9600 B2-34
as bicolour, tricolour and flashing LEDs. Integral
resistors permit direct connection to 6VDC,
KG D-76 1600 A-85 Security caps I-4
12VDC, 24VDC, 110VAC and 220VAC.
KI D-71 1700 A-85 Sealing boots H-2
KL D-62 18000 B2-67 Custom products J-2
KR D-53 21000N See website Catalogues on line
LPI B2-156 25000N E-14 and on request
MP New! B2-150 2600 D-45 www.apem.com
001-005-Intro-Sommaire-NewProducts 2012_APEM/Catalogue/8_pages/def 22/11/12 13:54 Page1
APEM
A world of switching capabilities
APEM is a worldwide manufacturer of professional switches,

joysticks, switch panels and LED indicators.
A switch specialist since its creation, the company sells products

to multiple industrial markets including: instrumentation, medical,
security, communications, industrial automation, military and
transport.
APEM serves more than 20 000 customers, including

international industrial groups, directly or through its sales
network of 7 subsidiaries and 130 distributors and agents.
From raw material transformation to finished products – through

the design and production of tooling – APEM controls all phases
of production in its 9 switch manufacturing plants, located in
France, the UK, Tunisia, China, Mexico and the US.
APEM has a strong reputation for quality, confirmed by the ISO

9001 certification, 2008 version. Our products are designed
and produced in accordance with quality standards and
environmental requirements.
IN THE CATALOGUE
In this catalogue you will find more than 15 000 possible part
numbers of switches with low or high current ratings, generally
classified by actuator type. New products – mainly pushbutton
switches – have been added.
These configurations highlight our basic offering of standard

models and options, which are continuously supplemented to
satisfy our customers’ special requests.
Product selection guides will help you select the most

appropriate switch series for your application.
General technical information and a glossary are available on the

last pages.
CUSTOM PRODUCTS
APEM’s experienced switch design team, advanced development

tools and vertical integration enable the company to develop
products beyond conventional switches. Our solutions range
from special actuators or terminals to innovative products
developed entirely to customer’s specifications. The highest
level of integration is achieved with modules combining several
technologies to offer added value and reduced cost.
Some examples are shown in the dedicated section.
1
Contents HS
Ro liant
co
mp
New products, Selection Guides sections A to G 5 to 15

Approvals, Production process 16 to 19
TOGGLE SWITCHES A
ZL Tiny, metal bushing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-2 1000 Industrial, metal lever,
economy range. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-79
SMT TL Tiny, SMT, washable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-4
TL Tiny, washable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-6
1500 Industrial, insulated lever & bushing . . A-82
S and SF Miniature, washable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-12

1600/1700 Industrial, metal or insulated lever . . . . A-85
5000 Miniature, the widest range

4600/4400 Industrial, insulated or metal lever . . . . A-88
(includes 55000) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-21 600H Industrial, metal lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-94
21000N See website 600NH Industrial, insulated lever . . . . . . . . . . . A-99
10600 Professional min., bushing Ø 10 (.393) . A-54 660 Industrial, metal lever, four pole . . . . . A-100
11000 Professional miniature, 3500 High performance industrial,
bushing Ø 6,35 (1/4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-57 environmentally sealed. . . . . . . . . . . . . A-102
12000 Professional miniature, 3600NF Industrial, sealed for outdoor
bushing Ø 11,9 (15/32) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-65 applications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-107
12000X778 High performance miniature, 6000 Industrial for military applications . . . A-110
bushing Ø 11,9 (15/32) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-72
PUSHBUTTON SWITCHES - “I“ RANGE B1

IC New! Miniature for harsh environments, IQ New! Miniature, sealed, snap-in mounting,
short case, momentary . . . . . . . . . . . . B1-2 mom. or latching, illuminated or not . . B1-35
IL New! Miniature, sealed, for thick panels, IZ Miniature, rear mount, sealed, mom.
momentary, illuminated or not . . . . . . . . B1-6 or latching, illuminated or not . . . . . . B1-48
IM New! Miniature, sealed, snap-action, mom. B1-11 IR Miniature, sealed, mom. or latching,
illuminated or not . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B1-66
IP Miniature for harsh environments, mom.
or latching, illuminated or not . . . . . . . B1-15 IA Miniature, low profile, for harsh env. . B1-85
IB/IS Miniature, sealed, momentary . . . . . . B1-25 “I“ range sealing features . . . . . . . . . . B1-87
IH New! Miniature, hall effect, mom. or linear B1-29 IF Miniature, sealed, mom., large actuator B1-88
PUSHBUTTON SWITCHES B2
ZP Tiny, metal bushing, momentary . . . . . . B2-2 AV Industrial, anti-vandal and security,
mom. or latching. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B2-76
SMT TP Tiny, SMT, washable, momentary . . . . . B2-4
TP Tiny, washable, momentary . . . . . . . . . . B2-6
1200 Industrial, mom., round plunger . . . . B2-107
9100/200/500 Subminiature, momentary . . . . . . . . . . B2-12 1200M/MR Robust industrial, momentary, round

metal plunger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B2-111
PHAP40 Miniature, momentary or latching . . . B2-20
1400N Industrial, mom., snap-in mounting,
SP Miniature, washable, snap-action, mom. B2-22 square plunger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B2-114
8000 Miniature, mom. or alternate action . . B2-28 4700/4800 Industrial, mom. or alternate action B2-117
9400-9600 Miniature, mom. or alternate action . B2-34 CG New! Capacitive for underlay applications B2-120
10400 Professional miniature, bushing Ø 10, CP New! Capacitive, bushing Ø 16, 19 or 22. . . B2-125
momentary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B2-42
PBA Piezo, bushing Ø 16, 19 or 22 . . . . . . . B2-129
13000 Professional miniature, quick-break
momentary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B2-44 FP New! Fully illuminated actuator, bushing
Ø 24, momentary or latching . . . . . . . B2-145
13000X778 High performance miniature, mom.
or alternate New models!. . . . . . . . . . B2-52 MP New! Two-step, SIL2 safety level. . . . . . . . . B2-150
18000 Miniature, snap-action momentary . . B2-63 LPI Tactile, with large actuator . . . . . . . . B2-156
IT See website
2
HS
Ro liant
co
mp
Contents
TACT SWITCHES C
D162 SMT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-2
PHAP33 SMT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-3
PHAP33 Through-hole . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-12
ROCKER AND PADDLE SWITCHES D

SMT TR Tiny, SMT, washable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-2 2600 Industrial, illuminated or not. . . . . . . . . . . . . D-45
TR Tiny, washable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-4 KR Industrial, sealed, unique rocker . . . . . . . . D-53
S and SR Miniature, washable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-9 KL Industrial, locking, sealed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-62
AS Miniature, snap-in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-19 KI LED indicators, sealed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-71
MT New! Sealed selector switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-22 KG Industrial, sealed, illum. or not . . . . . . . . . . . D-76
7000 Miniature (includes 57000) . . . . . . . . . . . D-24 K range Symbols and accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-81
FM Industrial, snap-in. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-42
SLIDE SWITCHES E
NK Subminiature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-2 G Miniature, telecom grade . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-8
SMT TG Tiny, SMT, washable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-3 25000N Miniature, professional . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-14
TG Tiny, standard or washable. . . . . . . . . . . . E-5
DIP AND CODED ROTARY SWITCHES F

P36/CR36 Low profile coded rotary, SMT DA Right angle DIP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-10
or through-hole . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-2
IKN Low profile DIP, SMT or through-hole. . F-11
PT65/CR65 Coded rotary, through-hole. . . . . . . . . . . . F-4
IKE DIP, SMT or through-hole . . . . . . . . . . . . F-14
DS/DSR Standard DIP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-7
IKH Half pitch DIP, SMT, very low profile . . . F-16
DP/DPL Piano DIP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-9
INDUSTRIAL CONTROLS G
Distinctive features and specifications. . . . G-2 A03 Compact pushbuttons and indicators
A1 Engraved aluminium flush mounting pushbuttons Panel cut-out Ø 22 (.866) or 30 (1.181). . . . G-24
& indicators - Panel cut-out Ø 22 (.866) . . . G-4 ES New! Heavy duty emergency stop . . . . . . . . . G-25
A01 Pushbutton, rotary lever, keylock & emergency
stop switches - Indicators - Panel cut-out
Ø 16 (.630) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-5
A02 Pushbutton, rotary lever, keylock & emergency
stop switches - Indicators - Panel cut-out
Ø 22 (.866) or 30 (1.181). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G-15
3
Contents
SEALING BOOTS H
For toggle, pushbutton and rocker switches . . . . . . . . . H 2
INDICATORS / ACCESSORIES / HARDWARE I

Q Panel mount LED indicators up 20 to 500 Security caps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I-4
to 220VAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I-2 Hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I-10
B 15A and 25A terminal posts . . . . . . . . . . . . I-3
CUSTOM PRODUCTS J
Available for sale or customer exclusivity
New models! . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J 2
TECHNICAL INFORMATION
RoHS compliance, contacts and ratings, 3-way switches I to III
Switches for peak currents, degrees of protection, surface mount IV to VI
GLOSSARY VII to IX
ADDRESSES X
OTHER APEM PRODUCT CATALOGUES Inside back cover
4
New products
IC series IL series
• Short case • Long bushing for thick panels
• For harsh environments • Momentary
• Momentary • Round actuator
• Square or round actuator • Illuminated or non-illuminated
Page B1-2 Page B1-6
IM series IH series
• Snap-action • Hall effect
• Momentary • Linear (IHL) or momentary (IHS)
• Round actuator • 5 million cycles
• Round actuator
Page B1-11
Page B1-29
IQ series 13000X778 series

• Snap-in mounting New models :
• Dia. 16 mm bushing • 3-pole versions of momentary
• Momentary or latching switches
• Square or round actuator • Alternate action models
• Illuminated or non-illuminated
Pages B2-52 and B2-58
Page B1-35
CG series CP series
• Capacitive for underlay • Capacitive
applications • 50 million cycles
• 50 million cycles • Bushing dia. 16, 19 or 22 mm
• Custom colours and marking • Momentary or latching
Page B2-120
Page B2-125
FP series MP series
• Fully illuminated actuator • Two-steps
• Suited for integrated designs • SIL2 safety level
• Large but lightweight • For harsh environments
• Bushing dia. 24 mm • Easy to integrate
• Momentary or latching
Page B2-150
Page B2-145
MT series ES series
• Sealed selector switch • Heavy-duty emergency stop
• Multiple single functions • 2 and 3-pole configurations
• Up to 4A • 100.000 cycles
• Lower behind-panel depth
Page D-22
Page G-25
5
006-015-Intro 2012-Guides de choix _APEM/Catalogue/8_pages/def 22/11/12 14:20 Page6
Selection guide - Section A

Toggle switches
Series ZL SMT TL TL S and SF 5000 21000N 10600 11000 12000 12000X778

Page A-2 A-4 A-6 A-12 A-21 See website A-54 A-57 A-65 A-72
Poles 1 1 1,2 1,2 1,2,3,4 1,2 1,2 1,2,3,4 2,3,4 2,3,4
Maximum current 500mA 0,4VA 0,5A (2A 250VAC)* (3A 250VAC)* 4A 30VDC 3A 24VDC 4A 30VDC 4A 30VDC 4A 30VDC
48VDC 20V AC/DC 48V AC/DC 4A 30VDC 4A 30VDC
Bushing dimension
Ø4,83 (10-48) X
Ø6 (.236) X
Ø6,35 (1/4) X X X X
Ø10 (.393) X
Ø11,9 (15/32) X X X
Mounting options
Horizontal SMT X
Vertical right angle SMT X
Vertical - Through hole X X X X X X X
Horizontal - Through hole X X X X X
Vert. right angle Through hole X X X
Panel X X X X X X X X
Terminal options
PCB X X X X X X X X X
Solder lugs X X X X X X X
Quick-connect X
Wire wrap X X
Sealing No Process Process Process Optional Optional No Optional Optional IP67
sealed sealed sealed
Series 1000 1500 1600/1700 4600/4400 600H 600NH 660 3500 3600NF 6000
Page A-79 A-82 A-85 A-88 A-94 A-99 A-100 A-102 A-107 A-110
Poles 1 1 1 1,2,3 1,2,3 1,2,3 4 1,2 1,2 1,2,3,4
Maximum current 6A 30VDC (6A 250VAC)* 4A 30VDC (4A 250VAC)* (15A 250VAC)*(15A 250VAC)* 10A 30VDC 15A 28VDC (6A 250VAC)* 6,5A 30VDC
5A 12VDC 10A 24VDC 10A 24VDC 15A 28VDC
Bushing dimension
Ø11,9 (15/32) X X
Ø12 (.472) X X X X X X X X
Mounting options
Vertical Through hole X
Panel X X X X X X X X X X
Terminal options
PCB X
Solder lugs X X X X X X X X X X
Quick-connect X X X X X X X X X X
Screw X X X X X X X X
Sealing No No No No Optional No Optional IP67, IP69K Yes Optional
( )* See applicable approvals
6
Selection guide - Section B1

«I» range
New! New! New! New! New! New!
Series IC IL IM IP IB-IS IHS IHL IQ

mom. & latching hall effect hall effect momentary
Page B1-2 B1-6 B1-11 B1-15 B1-25 B1-29 B1-32 B1-35

Poles 1 1 1 1 1 1 NPN 1 1
Maximum current 5A 28VDC 2A 24VDC 3A 28VDC 5A 28VDC 100mA 24VDC 5mA 24VDC 1,25mA 4,5VDC 4A 28VDC
4A 12VDC
Illuminated X X X
Bushing dimension
Ø12 (.472) X X X X X X X
Ø16 (.629) X
Mounting options
Panel X X X X X X X
Snap-in X X
Terminal options
PCB X X X X X X
Solder lugs X X X X X
Quick-connect X X X X X
Screw X
Flying leads X X X X X X
Sealing IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP54 or IP67 IP67 IP67 IP54
New!
Series IQ IZ IZ IR IR IR IA IF
latching metal plastic standard microswitch latching
Page B1-42 B1-48 B1-58 B1-66 B1-73 B1-79 B1-85 B1-88

Poles 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Maximum current 100mA 24VDC 4A 48VDC 4A 48VDC 4A 48VDC 5A 250VAC 100mA 24VDC 2A 24VDC 100mA 48VDC
100mA 24VDC 100mA 24VDC
Illuminated X X X X X X
Bushing dimension
Ø12 (.472)
Ø16 (.629) X X X X X X X X
Mounting options
Panel X X X X X X X
Snap-in X X
Terminal options
PCB X X X X X
Quick-connect X X X X X X X
Screw X X X
Flying leads X X X X X X
Sealing IP54 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67
7

Pushbutton switches
Series ZP SMT TP TP 9500 PHAP40 SP 8000 9400/9600

Page B2-2 B2-4 B2-6 B2-12 B2-20 B2-22 B2-28 B2-34
Poles 1 1 1,2 1 2 1,2 1,2 1
Maximum current 500mA 0,4VA 0,5A 100mA 100mA 1A (3A 250VAC)* 1A
48VDC 20V AC/DC 48V AC/DC 30VDC 30VDC 30VDC 4A 30VDC 30VDC
Bushing dimension
Ø4 (.157) X
Ø4,83 (10-48) X
Ø6,35 (1/4) X X X
Ø11,9 (15/32) X
Ø16 (.629) X
Mounting options
Horizontal SMT X
Vertical right angle SMT X
Vertical Through hole X X X X X X X
Horizontal Through hole X X X
Vert. right angle Thr. hole X X X
Panel X X X X X
Terminal options
PCB X X X X X X X X
Solder lugs X X X X
Quick-connect X
Sealing No Process Process Optional No Process Optional Optional
( )* See applicable
approvals
Series 10400 13000 13000X778 18000 IT 1200 1400 4700/4800

Page B2-42 B2-44 B2-52 B2-63 see website B2-107 B-114 B-117
Poles 1,2 1,2 2 1,2 2 1 1 1,2
Maximum current 3A 24VDC 4A 30VDC 4A 30VDC 7A 30VDC 1,5A 250VAC (4A 250VAC)* 6A 12VDC (3A 250VAC)*
*2A 250VAC)* 4A 24VDC
Bushing dimension
Ø6,35 (1/4) X X
Ø10 (.393) X
Ø11,9 (15/32) X X
Ø 12 (.472) X X
Mounting options
Vertical Through hole X X X X X
Vert. right angle Through hole X
Panel X X X X X X X
Snap-in X X
Terminal options
PCB X X X
Quick-connect X X X
Screw X
Sealing No Optional IP67 No No No No No
8

Pushbutton switches
New! New! New! New!
Series CG CP PBA FP MP LPI

Page B2-120 B2-125 B2-129 B2-145 B2-150 B2-156
Poles 1 NPN 1 NPN 1 1,2 1,2 1
Maximum current 200mA 200mA 1A 200mA 20mA 5A 12VDC
24VDC 24VDC 24VDC 12VDC 5VDC 100mA 12VDC
Illuminated X X X X X
Bushing dimension
Ø15,20 (.598) X
Ø16 (.629) X X
Ø19 (.748) X X
Ø22 (.866) X X
Ø24 (.944) X
Ø38 (1.496) X
Ø44 (1.732) X
Mounting options
Panel X X X X X X
Terminal options
Solder lugs X
Screw X
Flying leads X X
Cable X X X
Connector X X X
Sealing N/A IP68, IP69K IP68,IP69K No IP68 IP53
«I» range selection guide : page 7

AV series selection guide : page 10
9

AV series
Page B2-78 B2-79 B2-80 B2-81 B2-83 B2-86 B2-87, B2-100 B2-89
General specifications
Anti-vandal (IK08/IK10) X X
Security X X X X X X
Approval (optional) UL/CSA UL/CSA UL/CSA
Sealing Up to IP65 Up to IP65 Up to IP65 Up to IP65 Up to IP65 IP65, IP69K Up to IP67 Up to IP65
Illumination X X
Marking X
Electrical specifications
Maximum current 2A 48VDC 2A 48VDC 0,2A 48VDC 1A 24VDC 2A 48VDC 5A 15VDC 1A 30VDC 2A 48VDC
(4A 250VAC)* (4A 250VAC)* (4A 250VAC)* 5A 250VAC
Momentary (NO) X X X
Momentary (NO) tactile X
Momentary (NO/NC) X X
Latching X X
Diameter and shape

Ø 16 (.629) Flat AV063 AV061
Curved AV163 AV161
Ø 19 (.748) Flat AV09 AV09 AV19LP AV9 AV09..EA
Curved AV19 AV19 AV19LB AV19..EA
Ø 22 (.866) Flat AV03 AV3
Curved AV02
( )* See applicable
approvals
Page B2-91 B2-93, B2-95 B2-97 B2-98 B2-98 B2-102 B2-104 B2-106
General specifications
Security X X X X X X X X
Approval (optional) UL/CSA
Sealing Up to IP65 Up to IP67,IP69K Up to IP65 Up to IP65 Up to IP65 Up to IP65 IP¨65 IP65
Illumination X X X
Marking X X X X
Electrical specifications
Maximum current 50mA 24VDC 50mA 24VDC 2A 48VDC 2A 250VAC 3(1,5)A 250VAC 2A 48VDC 5A 250VAC 5A 250VAC
(4A 250VAC)*
Momentary (NO) X
Momentary (NC) X
Momentary (NO) tactile X X Mom. (NO)
Momentary (NO/NC) X X
Latching X
Alternate action X
Diameter and shape

Ø 19 (.748) Flat AV09C7 AV9S
Curved AV19C7
Ø 22 (.866) Flat AV3S AV03 AV031200 AV044700 AV03..EA AV22LP
Curved AV02 AV021200 AV02..EA AV22LB AV22PNA
Ø 24 (.944) Flat AV24LP
Curved AV24LB
Concave AV24LC
10
Selection guide - Section C

Tact switches
Series D162 PHAP3390 PHAP3380 PHAP3371 PHAP3378 PHAP3361 PHAP3355 PHAP3366

PHAP3391 PHAP3372 PHAP3365
PHAP3373
PHAP3374
Page C2 C-4 C-5 C-6 C-8 C-9 C-9 C-10
Type (SMT/Through hole) SMT SMT SMT SMT SMT SMT SMT SMT
Contact N.O. N.O. N.O. N.O. N.C. N.O. N.O. N.O.
Case format 6x6mm 4,2x4,2mm 6x6mm 6,2x6,2mm 7,6x7,6mm 6x3,5mm 6x3,5mm 6,1x3,7mm
Button height from PCB 3,96mm 1,5mm 1,6mm 2,6 to 3,4mm 4,3mm 4,3 and 5mm 1,8mm 2,5mm
Grounding tab Yes - Yes Yes - - Yes -
Packaging T/R T/R - Bags T/R - Bags T/R - Bags T/R T/R - Bags T/R T/R
Maximum ratings 50mA 12VDC 50mA 12VDC 50mA 12VDC 50mA 12VDC 50mA 12VDC 50mA 12VDC 50mA 12VDC 50mA 12VDC
Mounting options
SMT X X X X X X X
Right angle SMT X
Series PHAP3368 PHAP3305 PHAP3362 PHAP3301 to PHAP3307 PHAP3350 PHAP3353 PHAP3320

PHAP3363 PHAP3308 PHAP3351 PHAP3321
PHAP3352
Page C-11 C-11 C-12 C-13 C-14 C-15 C-15 C-16
Type (SMT/Through hole) SMT SMT Through hole Through hole Through hole Through hole Through hole Through hole
Contact N.O. N.O. N.O. N.O. N.O. N.O. N.O. N.O.
Case format 6x6mm 6x6mm 6x3,5mm 6x6mm 6,1x6,1mm 7,2x7,2mm 10x10mm 12x12mm
Button height from PCB 4,3 to 13mm 5,9mm 4,3 and 5mm 4,3 to 13mm 4,3 to 7mm 4,35 to 13mm 13mm 4,3 to 12mm
Grounding tab - Yes - Yes - Yes - Yes
Caps Yes - - Yes - - - Yes
Packaging T/R - Bags T/R Bags Bags Tape Bags Bags Bags
Process sealed Yes Yes
Mounting options
SMT X
Right angle SMT X
Through hole X X X X X X
Right angle Through hole X X X
11
Selection guide - Section D

Rocker and paddle switches
New!
Series SMT TR TR S-SR AS MT 7000 FM

Page D-2 D-4 D-9 D-19 D22 D-24 D-42
Poles 1 1,2 1,2 1 1 1,2 1
Maximum ratings 0,4VA 0,5A (2A 250VAC)* (2A 250VAC)* 4A 30VDC (3A 250VAC)* (10A 250VAC)*
20V AC/DC 48V AC/DC 4A 30VDC 4A 30VDC
Illuminated X
Mounting options
Horizontal SMT X
Vertical Through hole X X X X X X
Vert. right angle TH X X X
Snap-in X X X X
Rear mounting X X
Panel cut-out 18,65X8,9 Ø 17,65 19,2x12,9
Terminal options
PCB X X X X X X X
Quick-connect X
Sealing Process sealed Process sealed Process sealed No No No Optional boot
Series 2600 KR KL KI KG
Page D-45 D-53 D-62 D-71 D-76
Poles 1,2 1,2 1,2 1,2
Maximum ratings (16A 250VAC)* 10A 24VDC 10A 24VDC 24VDC (12A 250VAC)*
15A 12VDC
Illuminated X X X X X
Mounting options
Snap-in X X X X X
Panel cut-out 30 x 22 36,8 X 21,08 36,8 X 21,08 36,8 X 21,08 36,8 X 21,08
Terminal options
Quick-connect X X X X X
Screw X X X X
Sealing Optional boot IP68 IP68 IP68 IP65
12
Selection guide - Section E

Slide switches
Series NK SMT TG TG G 25000N

Page E-2 E-3 E-5 E-8 E-14
Poles 1 1 1 1,2 1,2
Maximum ratings 500mA 0,4VA 0,5A 3A 30VDC (2A 250VAC)*

12VDC 20V AC/DC 48V AC/DC 1A 30VDC
Mounting options
Horizontal SMT X
Vertical Through hole X X X X
Horizontal Through hole X X X X
Vert. right angle Through hole X
Panel X
Terminal options
PCB X X X X X
Solder lugs X
Sealing No Process sealed Process sealed No No
13
Selection guide - Section F

DIP and coded rotary switches
Series P36 (CR36) PT65 (CR65) DS-DSR DP-DPL DA IKN IKE IKH
Type Coded rotary DIP
Page F-2 F-4 F-7 F-9 F-10 F-11 F-14 F-16
Number of positions 10 & 16 10 & 16 2-12 (except 11) 2-12 (except 11) 2-12 (except 11) 2-8 (even only) 1-12 (except 11) 2-10 (even only)
Process Sealed Yes Yes W. optional tape W. optional tape W. optional tape W. optional tape No W. optional tape
Profile off PCB Through hole : 6,5mm 5,85mm 10,3mm 9,9mm Through hole: Through hole : 1,6mm
3,65mm 4mm 3,4 mm
SMT: 3,85mm SMT: 2,85mm SMT : 3,80mm
Mounting options
SMT X X X X
Through hole X X X X X X X
Right angle Through hole X
14
Selection guide - Section G

Industrial controls
Series A1 A01 A01 A01 A01 A01ES A01

Type Pushbutton Pushbutton Indicator Rotary Keylock Emergency Stop Mushroom Head
Pushbutton
Page G-4 G-5 G-6 G-7 G-8 G-9 G-11
Poles 1,2,3,4 1,2,3,4 1,2,3,4 1,2,3,4 1,2 1,2,3,4
Sealing IP65 IP65 IP65 IP65 IP65 IP65 IP65
Back panel sealing Option Option Option Option Option Option Option
Illuminated Yes Yes Yes No No No No
Maximum current 6A 250VAC 6A 250VAC N/A 6A 250VAC 6A 250VAC 1,5A 250VAC 6A 250VAC
6A 12VDC 6A 12VDC 6A 12VDC 6A 12VDC AC-15 6A 12VDC
Panel cut-out
Ø16mm X X X X X X
Ø22mm X X X X X X
Flush mounting Yes Option Option Option Option No Option
Terminal options
Quick-connect X X X X X X X
PCB Mounting Option Option Option Option Option Option Option
New!
Series A02 A02 A02 A02ES A02 A03 ES

Type Pushbutton Indicator Rotary / Keylock Emergency Mushroom Head Pushbutton Emergency
Stop Pushbutton Stop
Page G-15 G-18 G-19 - G20 G-21 G-22 G-24 G-25
Poles 1,2,3,4,n 1,2,3,4,n 1,2 1,2,3,4 1,2,3,4 2,3
Sealing IP65 IP65 IP65 IP65 IP65 IP65 IP65
Back panel sealing No No No No No Option No
Illuminated Yes Yes No No No Yes No
Maximum current 16A 250VAC 16A 250VAC 16A 250VAC 2,5A 380VAC 16A 250VAC 6A 250VAC 1A 24VDC
12A 12VDC 12A 12VDC 12A 12VDC AC-15 12A 12VDC 6A 12VDC
Panel cut-out
Ø22mm X X X X X X X
Ø30mm X X X X Ø 28mm
Flush mounting Yes Yes Option No Option Yes No
Terminal options
Solder lugs X X
Quick-connect Option Option Option Option Option X
Screw X X X X X
Straight PC X
PCB Mounting No No No No No Option IP65,IP67,IP69K
15
016-019-Process-Approvals 2012_APEM/Catalogue/8_pages/def 22/11/12 14:40 Page16
Production process
APEM, vertically integrated manufacturing
Design and
development
capabilities
CAD/CAM stations Graphic design
Fabrication of tooling Qualification
Tooling and
automatic
assembly
Grinding machine Electro-erosion
Tooling Milling
16
Production process
From raw material transformation to finished products,

through the design and production of tooling,
APEM controls all phases of production.
Switch
manufacturing
process
Screw machining Stamping
Plating Moulding
Soldering Assembly
Marking Testing
17
Approvals
QUALITY SYSTEM CERTIFICATES APEM factories and test laboratories

are qualified by :
ISO 9001- 2008 version
AFAQ No 1992/776f
MIL DLA land and maritime letter VQ
ISO 9OO1
AFAQ N° 1992/776c
(VQH-11-022447)
Standards MIL-DTL-3950 and MIL-DTL-83731
FACTORIES SNQ Service National de Qualité - No 121
-Caussade (miniature switches) LCIE Laboratoire Central des Industries Electriques
-Montpezat (industrial switches)
-Montauban (membrane and specific switch panels)
CECC-IECQ (European)- No 008-95
Standard : CECC 96000
EUROPEAN STANDARDS
Underwriters Laboratories
Generic specification
CECC 96000
Intermediate specifications Canadian Standards Association
Pushbutton switches Toggle switches

CECC 96400 CECC 96200
NF - Normes françaises
Approved models
(detail specifications)
CECC 96201-007 VDE - Germany

CECC 96401-001
5000 series
13000 series
Std toggle switches
CECC 96201-005
11000 and 12000 series Other product qualifications
High electrical level
Military toggle switches
CECC 96201-008 ATEX - PBA series - No INERIS08ATEXQ408

11000 and 12000 series
Low electrical level
Military toggle switches
CECC 96201-006
S series
Low electrical level PREFERENTIAL LISTS
Washable toggle switches
CECC 96201-004 NATO User code No F7507

3500 series
High electrical level
QPL QPL 3950 and QPL 83731
Sealed toggle switches
See o ur cro ss reference list MC L02 fo r C EC C mo dels. C onsult factory for details of listed models.
18
Approvals
SERIES SAFETY STANDARDS QUALITY STD
n)
05 y
1
1
61 n
96 95 pea
8-
8-
°5 a
-8 50
N ma
61 ce
31
N ad
05
TL L-39
54 .A.
- E er
EN ran
37
CC 08- ur
2 an
N -G
CE o 0 C (E
10 U.S
0
2- - C
F- F
L-D T
00
MI IL-D
N SE -
DI DE
C2 SA
N EC
UL L -
U
M
C
U
C
MIL
EN61058-1 EN61058-1
A01-A02 • • •
AS • •
AV • •
For our products, the approvals FM • •
IP-IB-IS •
are usually delivered by the French S • •
SP •
agency (NF) or the German agency KG •
10400 •
(VDE) according to EN 61058-1, 10600 •
which is recognized by all European
11000 •
1200 • • •
countries. 12000 • •
13000 • •
1500 •
2200 • •
25000N •
2600 • • • •
3500 •
3600 •
4100-4200 • •
4600 • • •
4400 •
4700 • • •
4800 •
5000 • • •
55000 • • •
57000 • • •
600H • • • •
All switches approved according to EN 61058-1 600NH • • • •
are compatible with CE marked equipment.
7000 • •
8000 •
Availability : consult factory for details of approved models.
LAB TEST
APEM’s laboratory is approved by the National Standard Office (LCIE) as well as Underwriters Laboratories (UL).
Qualification tests and periodical tests are conducted according to European Standard (CECC 96000), International Standards (IEC 1020, IEC
512, IEC 68...) and other safety standards like UL 1054, CSA 55, CEE 24, EN 61058-1.
CECC - IEC TYPICAL TESTS

Visual examination: IEC 512-2 test 1a Shock: IEC 512-4 test 6c
Outline dimensions: IEC 512-2 test 1b Climatic sequence: IEC 512-6 test 11a
Functional operation: CECC 96000 - § 4-3-1-7 Insulation resistance: CECC 96000 § 4-3-3-1
Initial contact resistance: IEC 512-2 test 2a or 2b Voltage proof: CECC 96000 § 4-3-4-1
Impact on actuator: CECC 96000 § 4-3-7-1 Temperature rise (if applicable): IEC 512-3 test 5a
Robustness of actuator: CECC 96000 § 4-3-8-1 Soldering: IEC 512-6
Robustness of mounting: CECC 96000 § 4-3-8-2
Operating force: IEC 512-7 test 13c
Robustness of terminals: IEC 512-8 test 16f
Sealing (air leakage): IEC 68-2-17 test Qa
Mechanical endurance: IEC 512-5 test 9a and
CECC96000 § 4-3-9-1 Sealing water proof: CECC 96000 § 4-3-14-2
Electrical endurance: IEC 512-5 test 9c Sealing immersion proof: IEC 68-2-17 test Qf
Electrical overload: IEC 512-5 test 10a Sealing (bubble test): IEC 68-2-17 test Qc
Damp heat, steady state: IEC 512-6 test 11c Low air pressure (if required): IEC 512-6 test 11k
Rapid change of temperature: IEC 512-6 test 11d Corrosion (salt resist) (if required): IEC 512-6 test 11f
Vibration: IEC 512-4 test 6d Dry heat: IEC 512-6 test 11i
Bump (if required): IEC 512-4 test 6b Cold: IEC 512-6 test 11j
19
Tetes_Sections 2012-DEF_APEM p INTROS Chap+guide/def 22/11/12 10:47 Page1
Toggle switches
Section A
01-serie ZL-A_01-serie ZL-A 21/11/12 11:51 Page2
ZL series
Tiny toggle switches - metal bushing
Distinctive features - Specifications - Overview
❑ Ø 4,83 mm threaded bushing
❑ Solder lug and straight PC terminals
A
ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS MATERIALS
• Max. current/voltage rating with resistive load : • Case : thermoplastic UL94-V0
- gold plated contacts : 0,4VA 20V max. AC or DC • Actuator : brass, nickel plated
- silver plated contacts : 0,5A 48V max. AC or DC • Bushing : zamac, tin plated
• Minimum load : 10mA 50mV - 10µA 5VDC • Contacts and terminals :
• Contact resistance : 20 mΩ max. 0 : brass, gold plated (standard)
• Insulation resistance : 1.000 MΩ min. at 500VDC 1 : brass, silver plated
• Dielectric strength: 1.000 Vrms 50 Hz min. between terminals and frame 3 : brass, gold plated
500 Vrms 50 Hz min. between terminals (1,27 micron gold)
• Electrical life at full load : • Terminal seal : epoxy
Contacts Number of cycles
2 positions 3 positions SOLDERING
Gold plated 60.000 30.000
• Hand soldering : 280°C max. for
Silver plated 20.000 10.000 5 seconds max.
• Wave soldering : 260°C max. for
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS 5 seconds max.
• Strength of terminals : pull-out force 10N max.

• Torque : 1 Nm max. applied between the 2 nuts
• Max. panel thickness : 1,5 mm (.059) with 2 nuts
• Operating temperature : -30°C to +85°C
• Moisture : 21 days 95 % (NFC 20-603 - IEC 8-2-3)
ZL
SERIES Number of Electrical functions Terminals Contact and Bushings

poles terminal materials
1 ON - OFF S0 Solder lug 01 Threaded,
3 Single 6 ON - ON P0 Straight PC 0 Brass, gold plated with flat
pole 9 ON OFF ON 1 Brass, silver plated 02 Threaded,
7 MOM OFF MOM 3 Brass, gold plated with keyway
8 ON OFF MOM (1,27 micron gold)
2 ON - MOM
Dimensions : First dimensions are in mm while inches are shown as bracketed numbers.
Packaging unit : 100 pieces
Mounting accessories : Standard hardware supplied with all models : 2 hex nuts 7 mm (.275) across flats P/N U5731,
1 locking ring P/N U5821 (with keyway) or U5831 (with flat) and 1 lockwasher P/N U5841.
A-2 www.apem.com APEM

01-serie ZL-A_01-serie ZL-A 21/11/12 11:51 Page3
ZL series
Tiny toggle switches - metal bushing
• Single pole
• Gold plated or silver plated contacts
• Epoxy sealed terminals
Other actuator lengths available on request.
(.059)
1.50
0.75 0.70
(.029) (.027)
(.129)
3.30
1.50
1 3 1 2 3
(.059)
A
Function 1 Other functions
MODEL
STRUCTURE
Shown with threaded bushing code 01
III II I
Solder lug terminals : ZL..S0
Ø2.40
(.094 DIA) 24°
Ø4.83-48UNS-2A
(.220) (.216)
5.60 5.50
(10-48UNS-2A)
III II I
(.019)
0.50
Ø6.00
(.236 DIA)
(.110)
(.157) (.338)
2.80
4.00 8.60
ZL31S0 ON - OFF
ZL36S0 ON - ON EPOXY 3
2
1
ZL39S0 ON OFF ON 1.50

(.059)
2.54
(.100) 0.50
ZL37S0 MOM OFF MOM (.019)
ZL38S0 MOM OFF ON 8.10

ZL32S0 MOM - ON (.318)
(.196)
5.00
4.39
➞ Flat (.172)
Straight PC terminals : ZL..P0 Ø2.40

(.094 DIA)
III II
24°
I
Ø4.83-48UNS-2A
(.338) (.220) (.216)
5.60 5.50
(10-48UNS-2A)
III II I
(.019)
0.50
Ø6.00
(.236 DIA)
(.129)
3.30
8.60
ZL31P0 ON - OFF
ZL36P0 ON - ON EPOXY
3 2 1
ZL39P0 ON OFF ON 2.54

(.100)
(.100)
2.54
0.50
ZL37P0 MOM OFF MOM (.019)
ZL38P0 MOM OFF ON 8.10
ZL32P0 MOM - ON
Ø1.10 (.318)
(.043 DIA)
(.196)
5.00
4.39
➞ Flat (.172)
CONTACT & TERMINAL MATERIALS

0 : Brass, gold plated (standard) - 1 : Brass, silver plated - 3 : Brass, gold plated (1,27µ gold)
BUSHINGS Ø4.90 Ø4.90

Ø2.40
Ø4.90 Ø4.90
(.193 DIA) (.193 DIA) (.193 DIA) (.193 DIA) Ø2.40
(.094 DIA) (.094 DIA)
(.024)
(.030)
0.60
0.76
4.39 4.50 6.10 4.39 4.50 6.10

(.172) (.177) (.240) (.172) (.177) (.240)
01 02
Threaded, with flat Threaded, with keyway
APEM www.apem.com A-3

02-Serie SMT TL-A_02-Serie SMT TL-A 21/11/12 11:53 Page4
SMT TL series
Surface mount tiny washable toggle switches
Distinctive features and specifications
❑ Entirely designed for surface mount

❑ Tape and reel packaging
❑ Reflow solderable
• High temperature plastic materials
• Tin plated ground plate
• Terminal coating : tin alloy over nickel plating
A • Terminals turned to the outside, preventing the shadow effect in infrared soldering and
permitting visual inspection of solder joints
• Distance between case and circuit : 0,55 mm (.021)
• End stackable with 10,16 mm (.40) pitch
• Available with positioning pins to ensure switch orientation during the reflow process
and increasing switch mechanical resistance
❑ Protected against electrostatic discharges (ESD) up to 10 KV

❑ Washable
Construction withstands cleaning processes, including hot water under pressure
ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS PACKAGING

• Max. current/voltage rating with resistive load :
44.00±0.30
(1.732±.011)
0,4VA 20V max. AC or DC

• Minimum load : 10mA 50mV or 10µA 5VDC
• Initial contact resistance : 20 mΩ max Unrolling direction
• Insulation resistance : 1.000 MΩ min. at 500VDC
• Dielectric strength : 1.000 Vrms. 50 Hz min. between terminals and frame
500 Vrms. 50 Hz min. between terminals
• Electrical life at full load :
(.472)
12.00
- 2 position switches : 60.000 cycles

• Static resistance : 10 KV (Schaffner equipment)
40.40±0.10
(1.590±.003)
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
A

• Moisture resistance : 21days per IEC 512-6 test 11c
• Vibration resistance : 10-500 Hz / 10 g per IEC 512-4 test 6d
(14.173 DIA MAX)
• Shock resistance : 50 g per IEC 512-4 test 6c

(3.937 DIA MIN)
Ø360.00 Maxi
Ø100.00 mini
MATERIALS
• Case : high temperature plastic material UL94-V0
• Actuator : brass, nickel plated, with high temperature UL94-V0 plastic cap Ø13.00±0.25
(.511 DIA±.009)
3.00
(.118)
• Ground plate and positioning pins : steel, tin plated
• Contacts : brass, gold plated
• Terminals : brass, with pure tin plating over nickel barrier Tape width 24.00 (.944) 44.00 (1.732)
Reel 24.40+2.00/0.00 44.40+2.00/0.00

(dimension A) (.960+.078/.000) (1.748+.078/.000)
SOLDERING AND CLEANING
• Reflow soldering : infrared, vapor phase or infrared convection Standard packaging unit : 700 pieces
• Washable per IEA-RS448-2 : Tape meeting international standard IEC -
- water + detergent - preferred Publication 286-3 (EIA481A)
- solvents Start leader : 400 mm min.
• Further information on reflow soldering : see end of catalogue.

02-Serie SMT TL-A_02-Serie SMT TL-A 21/11/12 11:53 Page5
SMT TL series
Surface mount tiny washable toggle switches
• With or without positioning pins

• Single pole
Also available for vertical mounting. On request.
(.120)
3.05
(.218)
5.55
1 2 3
Without positioning pins

I II III
Ø2.40
(.216)
(.094 DIA)
5.50
24
III II I
3.80
(.149) Ø4.60
(.181 DIA)
6.90
TL36WS84000 ON - ON (.202) 4.20 Ø5.00 (.271)
(.070)
(.165)
5.15
(.196 DIA)
1.80
1.50
TL39WS84000 ON OFF ON (.059)
TL37WS84000 MOM OFF MOM

(.400)
10.16
TL38WS84000 ON OFF MOM
(.313)
7.96
3 2 1
TL32WS84000 ON - MOM
(.082)
2.10
3.05 2.54
(.120) (.100)
0.50 0.80
(.019) (.031)
5.55
(.218) 2.54
8.10 (.100)
(.318)
With positioning pins Ø2.40

I II III
(.216)
(.094 DIA)
5.50
24
Ø0.80
3.80
III II I (.149) Ø4.60
(.181 DIA) 6.90
(.031 DIA)
4.20 Ø5.00 (.271)

(.202)
(.165)
5.15
(.196 DIA)
TL36WS84065 ON - ON 3.81
(.150)
(.070)
1.80
TL39WS84065 ON OFF ON
(.025)
0.65
(.400)
10.16
(.372)
9.45
TL37WS84065 MOM OFF MOM 2.54 1.50

3 2 1
TL38WS84065 ON OFF MOM (.059) (.313)
7.96
0.50 (.100)
1.00 (.019)
TL32WS84065 ON - MOM (.039)
8.10 0.80
3.05 (.318) (.031)
(.120)
(.082)
2.10
5.08
5.55 (.200)
(.218)
3.81
(.150)

03-Serie TL-A_03-Serie TL-A 21/11/12 11:56 Page6
TL series
Tiny washable toggle switches
❑ Process sealed
• Single piece case
• O-ring seal between actuator and bushing
A ❑ Wide variety of contact materials
❑ Same PCB layout as TP, TR and TG tiny switches

• Max. current/voltage rating with resistive load : • Case : PBT
- gold plated contacts : 0,4VA 20V max. AC or DC • Actuator : brass, nickel plated
- silver plated contacts : 0,5A 48V max. AC or DC • Contacts and terminals :
• Minimum load : 10mA 50mV - 10µA 5VDC 0 : brass, gold plated
• Contact resistance : 20 mΩ max. 1 : brass, silver plated
• Insulation resistance : 1.000 MΩ min. at 500VDC 3 : brass, gold plated (1,27
• Dielectric strength : micron gold)
1.000 Vrms 50 Hz min. between terminals and frame 8 : contact brass, gold plated
500 Vrms 50 Hz min. between terminals + tin plated terminals
• Electrical life at full load : 9 : contact brass, gold plated
Contacts Number of cycles (1,27 micron gold) + tin plated
terminals
2 positions 3 positions • Terminal seal : epoxy
Silver plated 20.000 10.000
• Strength of terminals : pull-out force - 10N max.
• Cleaning : solvents or water + detergent
• Wave soldering : 260°C - 5 sec.

TL series
Overview
TL
SERIES Number of poles Electrical functions Terminals

3 Single pole 6 ON - ON P0 Straight PC A
4 Double pole 9 ON OFF ON Y0 Bracket mounting
7 MOM OFF MOM W0 Right angle, horizontal mounting
8 ON OFF MOM WW Right angle, vertical mounting
2 ON - MOM MW Wire-wrap
Contact and terminal Lever and case styles Special options

materials
Lever styles : 00 No special requirement
0 Brass, gold plated 07 Trimmed terminals - length 3,2 (.125)
• Short - standard
1 Brass, silver plated 08 Extended terminals
• Medium
3 Brass, gold plated 18 Switch without ground plate
• Long
(1,27 micron gold) 20 Ground plate with 2 pins
• Cylindrical
8 Contact brass, gold 25 Trimmed terminals - length 5 (.196)
plated + tin plated Codes according to lever 30 Wire-wrap on bracket mounting models
terminals finish and case colours : see 50 Crimped ground plate pins
9 Contact brass, gold "options" pages.
plated (1,27 micron
gold) + tin plated Insulated levers available.
terminals (SP only)
ABOUT THIS SERIES

On the following pages, you will find successively :
- model structure of switches
- options in the same order as in above chart
Dimensions : first dimensions are in mm while inches are shown as bracketed numbers.
NOTICE : please note that not all combinations of above numbers are available.
Refer to the following pages for further information.
Packaging unit : 100 pieces, except for models with WW terminals (50 pieces)

TL series
• Straight PC, right angle or wire-wrap terminals

• 1 and 2 pole configurations
0.70
(.027)
(.598)
15.20
0.70
(.129)
(.027)
3.30
A
1 2 3
MODEL
STRUCTURE
Shown with standard lever
Straight PC terminals : TL..P0

III II I Ø1.10
Ø2.50 3.80 (.043 DIA)
(.208)
(.098 DIA) 24˚ (.149)
5.30
III II I
Ø4.60
(.181 DIA)
Ø5.00 4.20 2.54

Single pole Double pole (.196 DIA) (.165) (.100)
TL36P0 TL46P0 ON - ON Ø1.10

(.318)
8.10
(.240)
6.10
TL39P0 TL49P0
(.043 DIA)
ON OFF ON 1 4
TL37P0 TL47P0 MOM OFF MOM 1 2 3
(.039)
1.00
0.70 2.54 4 5 6
TL38P0 TL48P0 ON OFF MOM
5.08
(.100) 0.50 (.200)
(.129)
(.027)
3.30
(.019)
(.200)
5.08
TL32P0 TL42P0 ON - MOM
5.00 8.10 9.10
(.358) 2.54
(.196) (.318) (.100)
Straight PC terminals - bracket mounting : TL..Y0 III II I

Ø1.10
3.80 (.043 DIA)
Ø2.50
(.208)
24˚ (.149)
5.30
III II I
(.098 DIA) 10.16
(.400)
Ø4.60
(.181 DIA)
Ø5.00 4.20 2.54
Single pole Double pole

(.196 DIA) (.165) (.100)
TL36Y0 TL46Y0 ON - ON
(.039)
1.00
Ø1.10
(.338)
(.224)
8.60
5.70
(.043 DIA)
TL39Y0 TL49Y0 ON OFF ON 1 4
10.16
TL37Y0 TL47Y0 MOM OFF MOM 1 2 3 (.400)
0.40 4 5 6 0.50 0.70
TL38Y0 TL48Y0 ON OFF MOM (.015) (.019)
(.129)
(.027)
3.30
5.08
(.200)
5.08
TL32Y0 TL42Y0 ON - MOM

(.200)
2.54
(.100)
2.54
5.00 10.16 9.10 (.100)
(.196) (.400) (.358)
Right angle terminals - horizontal mounting : TL..W0 ø1.10

(.200)
(.043 DIA)
5.08
ø2.50 I II III
III II I (.0.98 DIA) 24° 3.80

(.149)
ø4.60
(.208)
5.30
(.137)
2.54
3.50
(.181 DIA)
(.100)
Single pole Double pole 4.20
(.165)
ø5.00
(.362)
(.196 DIA)
9.20
TL36W0 TL46W0 ON - ON
5.08
(.200)
(.200)
5.08
(.027)
0.70
TL39W0 TL49W0 ON OFF ON

(.100)
2.54
3
TL37W0 TL47W0 MOM OFF MOM 3 2 1 2.54
6
(.200)
3.30
TL38W0 TL48W0 ON OFF MOM
5.08
6 5 4 (.100)
(.129)
0.50
TL32W0 TL42W0 ON - MOM (.019)
2.54
(.100)
5.55 8.10 9.60 3.30
(.218) (.318) (.377) (.129)
ø1.10
(.043 DIA)

TL series
Right angle terminals - vertical mounting : TL..WW Ø2.5

I II III
(.098 DIA) 24˚ 3.80 Ø1.10

(.149) (.043 DIA)
III II I Ø4.60
(.208)
5.30
(.181 DIA)
(.200)
(.100)
5.08
2.54
(.137)
3.50
4.20 Ø5.00
(.165) (.196 DIA)
(.362)
9.20
TL36WW TL46WW ON - ON 6 3
(.019)
0.50
TL39WW TL49WW ON OFF ON 1
A
(.100)
(.200)
2.54
5.08
4
TL37WW TL47WW MOM OFF MOM
2
(.200)
5.08
3 5
TL38WW* TL48WW* ON OFF MOM

0.70 6 5.08
(.027) 8.65 3.30 (.200)
TL32WW* TL42WW* ON - MOM 5.00

(.340) (.129)
9.10
(.196) (.358) 5.08
5.08 5.08 (.200)
(.200) (.200)
Ø1.10
(.043 DIA)
Wire-wrap terminals : TL..MW III II I Ø1.10

3.80 (.043 DIA)
Ø2.50
(.208)
24˚ (.149)
5.30
(.098 DIA)
III II I
Ø4.60
(.181 DIA)
Ø5.00 4.20 2.54

(.196 DIA) (.165) (.100)
(.039)
TL36MW TL46MW ON - ON
1.00
(.318)
Ø1.10
8.10
(.240)
6.10
1 4 (.043 DIA)
TL39MW TL49MW ON OFF ON 1 2 3 0.50
TL37MW TL47MW MOM OFF MOM
5.00 4 5 6
(.196) (.019)
9.10
TL38MW TL48MW ON OFF MOM
(.598)
15.20
8.10 (.358)
(.200)
5.08
(.318)
TL32MW TL42MW ON - MOM
0.70 2.54 5.08 2.54
(.027) (.100) (.200) (.100)
* Functions 2 and 8 : reversed connection available. Consult factory.
PCB MOUNTING
(.377)
9.60
(.218)
(.196)
5.55
5.00
(.181)
4.60
(.120)
3.05
(.559)
(.562)
14.20
14.30
(.340)
8.65

TL series
CONTACT AND TERMINAL MATERIALS
0 Brass, gold plated

1 Brass, silver plated
3 Brass, gold plated (1,27 micron gold)
8 Contact brass, gold plated + tin plated terminals
A 9 Contact brass, gold plated (1,27 micron gold) + tin plated terminals (single pole only)
LEVER AND CASE STYLES
Ø2.50 Ø2.50
Ø2.50 (.098 DIA) 24˚ (.098 DIA)
(.098 DIA) 24˚ 24˚
(.208)
5.30
3.80 Ø4.60 3.80

(.370)
(0149) Ø4.60
(.240) (.291)
3.80
9.40
7.40
(.181 DIA) Ø4.60 (.149)
(.149) (.181 DIA) (.181 DIA)
4.20 Ø5.00
(.240)
6.10
(.165) (.196 DIA) 4.20 4.20 Ø5.00

Ø5.00
6.10
(.240)
(.165)
6.10
(.165) (.196 DIA) (.196 DIA)
Short - standard Long Medium
CASE CASE CASE

Blue Black Blue Black Blue Black
LEVER LEVER LEVER
Nickel plated 00 50 Nickel plated 02 52 Nickel plated 04 54

Matt black 01 51 Matt black 03 53 Matt black 05 55
Ø1.60
(.062 DIA)
(.255)
6.50
24˚
3.80 Ø4.60
(.149) (.181 DIA)
4.20 Ø5.00
(.240)
6.10
(.165) (.196 DIA)
Cylindrical
CASE
Blue Black
LEVER
Nickel plated - 56

TL series
LEVER AND CASE STYLES (continued)

Insulated levers - Protected against electrostatic discharges (ESD) up to 10KV. Black colour.
Ø2.50
Ø2.50 (.098 DIA) 24˚
(.098 DIA)
(.216)
5.50
24˚
3.80 Ø4.60 3.80 Ø4.60 A
(.240) (.299)
7.60
(.149) (.181 DIA) (.149) (.181 DIA)
4.20 Ø5.00
(.240)
4.20 Ø5.00
6.10
(.165)
6.10
(.196 DIA) (.165) (.196 DIA)
40 With blue case 30 With blue case

94 With black case 90 With black case
SPECIAL OPTIONS
00 No special requirement 3.20

(.125)
07 Trimmed terminals - length 3,2 mm (.125) for TL..WW models only

07
12.50
(.492)
08 Extended terminals for TL..W0 models only

08
18
18 Switch without ground plate for TL..WW models only
2.70 5.08
(.106) (.200)
(.400)
(.400)
10.16
10.16
(.100)
20 Ground plate with 2 pins for TL..WW models only

2.54
Ø1.10
(.043 DIA)
20
25 Trimmed terminals - length 5 mm (.196) for all models, except TL..WW

5.00
(.196)
30 Wire-wrap terminals on models with mounting bracket

25
50 Crimped ground plate pins.

(.598)
15.20
Retains switch on PCB during handling and wave soldering. 30

For models TL..W0, TL..WW and TL..Y0 single and double pole.
50

04-Serie S-SF-A_04-Serie S-SF-A 21/11/12 11:58 Page12
S and SF series
Washable miniature toggle switches
❑ Sealed
• Secure assembly of the two case parts
• Internally sealed bushing
❑ Process compatible (S series)

A • Wave solderable
• Washable
❑ Optional ESD protection

• Max. current/voltage rating with resistive load : • Case and cover : UL94-VO,
- silver contacts (A or 1) : 4A 30VDC polyamide, glass filled or PES
- gold plated brass contacts (CD or 0) : 0,4VA 20VAC or DC • Actuator : brass, nickel plated
- gold plated silver contacts (AD or 2) : 4A 30VDC (300mA 30VDC for • Contacts
gold plating) CD or 0 : brass, gold plated
• Initial contact resistance : 10 mΩ max. A or 1 : silver
• Insulation resistance : 1.000 MΩ min. AD or 2 : silver, gold plated
• Dielectric strength : 1.000 Vrms 50 Hz min. • Terminal seal : epoxy
2 positions 3 positions
A or 1 40.000 40.000
CD or 0 100.000 50.000
AD or 2 40.000 40.000
• Mechanical strength :
Terminals are strengthened by a bracket or a ground plate ensuring the rigidity of the switch on the board.
Actuator strength is 10N max.
• Storage temperature : -40°C to +85°C
• Moisture :
The insulating materials employed and the complete seal permit the switches to withstand a 56 days moisture test
(IEC 68-2-3).
• Soldering - thermal shock (S series only) :
The switches are especially designed for flow soldering at 260°C during 5 seconds owing to high temperature
polymer parts.
• Iron soldering (SF series) : 300°C 5 sec. max.
• Solderability : The switches are tested at 235°C according to IEC 68-2-20 after accelerated aging.
AGENCY APPROVALS
2A 250VAC
4A 125VAC CECC 96201-006

Marking : to order switches marked UL or CECC, complete appropriate box
of ordering format.

S series
Washable toggle switches - plain bushing
Overview
SERIES Terminals Bushing and terminals Number of poles Electrical functions

W Right angle, 2 Terminal spacing 3 Single pole 6 ON - ON A
horizontal 4,7 (.185) or 3,81 4 Double pole 9 ON OFF ON
mounting (.150) 7 MOM OFF MOM
WW Right angle, 0 Terminal spacing 8 ON OFF MOM
vertical mounting 5,08 (.200) 2 ON - MOM
Y Bracket mounting (SW switches) 4TH ON ON ON
All models with plain bushing.
Contact materials Levers Approvals Special options Insulating caps

A Silver -7 Short UL X601 Silver plated U270 For lever 13
AD Silver, gold plated Standard CECC brass contacts U1710 For lever 7
CD Brass, gold plated -13 Long X696 Higher bushing
Availability : (for insulated
Insulated levers Consult factory for
-11 Long details of approved levers)
-8 Short models.
ABOUT THIS SERIES

- options in the same order as above
Dimensions : first dimensions are in mm while inches are shown as bracketted numbers.
Packaging unit : 50 or 25 pieces depending on model.

S series
• Straight PC or right angle terminals

• Terminal spacing 4,7 (.185) or 5,08 (.200)
on SW switches
A 1 2 3
MODEL
STRUCTURE
Shown with lever (-7)
Right angle terminals - horizontal - spacing 4,7 (.185) 5.08

(.200)
III II I Ø2.70
(.106 DIA) 4.70
2-3 2-1
I II III
5.30
(.500)
12.70
(.185)
(.208)
5-6 4-5 (.240)
6.10
20˚
(.295)
7.50
Ø6.20
(.015)
(.244 DIA)
0.40
Ø1.60
(.062 DIA)
SW236 SW246 ON - ON
SW239 SW249 ON OFF ON
12.70
(.500)
(.500)
12.70
SW237 SW247 MOM OFF MOM 5.08

SW238 SW248 ON OFF MOM
3 2 1 (.200)
(.500)
12.70
EPOXY 0.80
(.031)
SW232 SW242 ON - MOM
(.043)
1.10
0.50
(.043)
1.10
(.150)
SW244TH* ON ON ON
3.81
6.90 (.019)
(.271)
3.90 4.70 11.65 4.70
(.150)
3.81
(.153) (.185) (.458) (.185)
Right angle terminals - vertical 5.30

(.208)
III II I
Ø2.70
(.106 DIA) 5.08
20˚ (.200)
I II III
(.500)
12.70
2-3 2-1
(.240) (.295)
6.10 7.50
Ø6.20
5-6 4-5 (.244 DIA)
(.150)
3.81
(.500)
12.70
SWW236 SWW246
Ø1.60
ON - ON 11.35
(.446) 1
(.062 DIA)
SWW239 SWW249
6.60
ON OFF ON 2 (.259)
SWW237 SWW247 MOM OFF MOM EPOXY

3
5.08
(.150)
3.81
SWW238 SWW248** ON OFF MOM (.200)

(.500)
12.70
(.039)
(.019)
0.80
0.50
4.75 1.10
SWW232 SWW242** ON - MOM (.187) (.043)
SWW244TH* ON ON ON 13.00 3.10

(.511) (.122)
(.150)
3.81
4.75
(.187)
Bracket mounting 5.30

(.208)
I II III Ø2.70
(.106 DIA)
3.18
(.125)
III II I 20˚
2-3 2-1
(.232)
5.90
(.620)
15.75
(.295)
5-6 4-5
7.50
Ø6.20
(.244)
(.185)
4.70
Ø1.60
11.35 (.062 DIA)
(.460)
11.70
SY236 SY246 ON - ON (.446)
SY239 SY249 ON OFF ON

(.185)
4.70
EPOXY 0.40
3 2 1
SY237 SY247 MOM OFF MOM
(.015)
(.620)
15.75
SY238 SY248 ON OFF MOM

(.173)
4.40
0.90 4.70 8.20

(.035) (.185) (.322)
SY232 SY242 ON - MOM
SY244TH* ON ON ON 3.18
(.125)
15.75
(.620)
4.75
(.187)
* Function 4 : SP in DP case - TH connection, see end of catalogue.

** Functions 2 and 8 : reversed connection available. Consult factory.

S series

(.200)
III II I Ø2.70 I II III
2-3 2-1
(.106 DIA)
5.30 5.08
(.500)
12.70
(.208)
5-6 4-5 20˚ (.200)
(.240)
6.10
(.295)
7.50
Ø6.20
(.015)
(.244 DIA)
0.40
Ø1.10
SW036 SW046 ON - ON (.043 DIA)
SW039 SW049 ON OFF ON 12.70

(.500)
A
(.500)
12.70
SW037 SW047 MOM OFF MOM 5.08
SW038 SW048 ON OFF MOM 3 2 1 (.200)
(.500)
12.70
EPOXY 0.60
SW032 SW042 ON - MOM (.023)
(.023)
0.60
0.60
(.023)
SW044TH* ON ON ON
0.60
(.150)
3.81
6.90 (.023)
(.271)
3.90 5.08 11.65 5.08
(.150)
3.81
(.153) (.200) (.458) (.200)
* Function 4 : SP in DP case, see end of catalogue.
PCB MOUNTING
(.271)
(.261)
6.90
6.65
(.236)
6.00
(.141)
3.60
(.673)
17.10
(.511)
13.00
(.458)
11.65
(.078)
2.00
CAP FOR PCB PROCESSING
Provide additional protection during PCB processing.
Supplied mounted on the switch or separately.
Material : vinyl
(.629)
16.00
Ø4.76
(.187 DIA)
U3012

S series
CONTACT MATERIALS
A Silver
AD Silver, gold plated
CD Brass, gold plated
A
LEVERS
Dash compulsory before lever code.
Ø3.00
(.118 DIA)
Ø2.70
(.106)
(.523)
13.30
(.248)
6.30
(.248)
6.30
If actuator not specified, we

(.295)
supply former default option -13.

7.50
-7 -13
Standard Long
Insulated levers
Protected against electrostatic discharges (ESD) up to 12 KV. Black colour.
Ø2.90
Ø2.90 (.114 DIA)
(.114 DIA)
(.295)
7.50
(.511)
13.00
(.295)
7.50
To combine with option X696.

(.267)
6.80
-8 -11
Short Long
SPECIAL OPTIONS
X601 Silver plated brass contacts

Lower rating - Minimum quantity : 5.000 pieces per model and shipment.
X696 Higher bushing 7,50 (.295). Compulsory for insulated levers 11 and 8.

S series
AGENCY APPROVALS
UL
CECC
Availability : consult factory for details of approved models. A

Marking : to order switches marked UL or CECC, please complete above box with desired approvals.
Blank : no agency approval required.
INSULATING CAPS
+ U... Cap colours

Replace "0" by
number
1 blue
1/4 dark blue
2 black
(.433)
11.00
Ø3.50 Ø3.50 3 green

(.287)
(.137 DIA)
7.30
(.137 DIA)
4 grey
U270 U1710 5 yellow
For lever 13 For lever 7 6 red
7/1 white
9 orange

SF series
Washable toggle switches - insulated threaded bushing
Overview
SF

A 3 Single pole 6 ON - ON S0 Solder lug terminals
9 ON OFF ON P0 Straight PC terminals
7 MOM OFF MOM
8 ON OFF MOM
2 ON - MOM
Contact and terminal Levers Model Insulating cap

materials
00 Long 00 Standard 10 P/N U270
0 Brass, gold plated 01 Short For lever 00 only
1 Silver
Insulated levers
2 Silver, gold plated
08 Short
5 Special contact,
11 Long
lower rating
ABOUT THIS SERIES

Specifications are at the beginning of the S series.
Mounting accessories : 2 hex nuts 8 mm (.314) across flats, 1 locking ring and 1 lockwasher
Standard and special hardware available are presented in section I.
Packaging unit : 50 to 25 pieces depending on model.

SF series
Solder lug or straight PC terminals
➞ Keyway • Single pole configurations

• Max. torque : 0,25 Nm (.184 Ft.lb)
• Iron soldering : 300°C max. 5 sec. max.
• Max. panel thickness :
2,5 mm (.098) with 2 nuts
(.096)
2.45
(.163)
4.15
4 mm (.157) with 1 nut
1.10
(.043)
(.074)
1.90 1.10
1.90
A
1 2 3 (.070) (.043)
MODEL
STRUCTURE 00
Shown with standard lever 00
Solder lugs : SF..S0 ➞ Keyway

III II I
Ø3.00 20˚
III II I (.118 DIA)
2-3 1-2
(.421)
10.70
Ø6.35-40UNS
(1/4 40UNS)
(.350)
8.90
SF36S0 ON - ON
SF39S0 ON OFF ON
6.60 12.70
(.259) (.500)
(.425)
10.80
SF37S0 MOM OFF MOM
SF38S0 ON OFF MOM EPOXY 1 2 3
SF32S0 ON - MOM 1.80 0.80
(.096)
2.45
(.070) (.031) 0.50
(.019)
4.70
(.185)
Straight PC terminals : SF..P0 ➞ Keyway III II I

Ø3.00 20˚
(.118 DIA)
III II I
(.421)
10.70
Ø6.35-40UNS
2-3 1-2 (1/4 40UNS)
(.350)
6.60 12.70 8.90
SF36P0 ON - ON (.259) (.500) (.425)
10.80
SF39P0 ON OFF ON
SF37P0 MOM OFF MOM EPOXY 1 2 3
SF38P0 ON OFF MOM 1.10

(.043)
0.80
(.031)
(.163)
0.50
4.15
SF32P0 ON - MOM (.019)
4.70
(.185)
4.70
(.185)
Ø1.60
(.062)
PANEL CUT-OUT
Ø6.50
(.255 DIA) Ø2.20
(.086 DIA)
5.20
(.204)

SF series
00
0 Brass, gold plated (standard)

1 Silver
5 Special contact, lower rating, minimum quantity : consult factory.
A
LEVERS
00
Ø3.00
(.118 DIA) Ø2.70
(.192)
4.90
(.106 DIA)
(.421)
10.70
(.350)
(.350)
8.90
8.90
00 01
Standard
Insulated levers
Protected against electrostatic discharges (ESD) up to 12KV. Black colour.
Ø2.90
Ø2.90 (.114 DIA)
(.114 DIA)
(.452)
11.50
(.350)
8.90
(.212)
(.350)
5.40
8.90
08 11
Short Long
INSULATING CAP Cap colours

Replace "0" by
00 number
1 blue
Blank Without cap 1/4 dark blue
To order cap separately, use its part 2 black
number (U270). 3 green
4 grey
(.433)
11.00
5 yellow
Ø3.50
(.137 DIA) 6 red
7/1 white
10 9 orange
P/N U270 - For lever 00

05-Serie 5000-A-structure_05-Serie 5000-A-structure 21/11/12 12:05 Page21
5000 series
Toggle switches
Distinctive features
THE WIDEST RANGE IN MINIATURE SWITCHES
A
❑ 17 actuators including toggles, paddle levers and locking levers
in different lengths.
❑ Various contact materials for low and high currents.
❑ 8 functions including maintained and momentary versions.
❑ 1 to 4 pole configurations.
❑ 12 terminal types including 9 for PC board mounting.

Other types include quick-connect and wire-wrap.
❑ 6 bushing styles from 6 (.236) plain to 11,9 (15/32) threaded.
❑ 3 types of finish including military black.
❑ 3 approvals (UL - CSA - CECC).
❑ 4 types of sealing for terminal or front panel requirements.
❑ Numerous accessories available for actuator and bushing

options.

5000 series
Toggle switches
Overview
SERIES Number of poles Terminals

A 3 Single pole Blank Solder lugs or straight PC depending
4 Double pole on model
5 Three pole M Solder lugs with Ø 11,9 (15/32)
6 Four pole bushing (5600 switches)
MIWR Wire wrap (for 5200 switches only)
W Right angle, horizontal mounting
(5200 - 5400 switches)
WW Right angle, vertical mounting
(5200 - 5400 switches)
Terminals and bushing Y ]
0 Straight PC terminals, 5,08 (.200) terminal Y4 ] Bracket mounting (5200 switches)
spacing, with Ø 6,35 (1/4) threaded Y6 ]
bushing Y7 ]
1 Straight PC or quick-connect terminals, Z Quick connect (5200 - 5100 - 5900
4,70 (.185) terminal spacing, with Ø 6 switches)
(.236) threaded bushing.
2 Straight PC terminals, 4,70 (.185) terminal
spacing, right angle, quick-connect or Electrical functions Connections for Momentary for
wire wrap terminals, with 6,35 (1/4) function 4 function 4
threaded bushing 6 ON - ON
3 Straight PC terminals, 4 (.157) terminal 9 ON OFF ON TH Standard 1R ON ON MOM
spacing, with Ø 6 (.236) threaded 7 MOM OFF MOM CT Reversed 2R MOM ON MOM
bushing 8 ON OFF MOM See wiring diagrams end of
2 ON - MOM catalogue. Leave blank for other
4 Straight PC terminals, 4 (.157) terminal functions.
. For functions 4, 4-1R, 4-2R
spacing or right angle terminals , with
(leave blank for all other
Ø 6,35 (1/4) threaded bushing 4 ON ON ON
functions).
5 Solder lug terminals, with Ø 6 (.236) ON ON MOM ▲
threaded bushing. MOM ON MOM ▲
6 Solder lug terminals, with Ø 6,35 (1/4)
or Ø 11,9 (15/32) threaded bushing. Function 4
7 Solder lug terminals, with Ø 6,35 (1/4) Must not have blank in
"connections" box.
flatted bushing. . ▲ Must not have blank in
9 Straight PC or quick-connect terminals, "momentary" box.
with Ø 6,35 (1/4) flatted bushing, 4,70
(.185) terminal spacing.
ABOUT THIS SERIES

- model structure of switches with threaded bushing
- model structure of switches with plain bushing

5000 series
Toggle switches
Overview
Finish Fluorescent tip Special options Caps and paddles

Blank Bright chrome finish Blank None Blank No special Caps Length A
G Black finish on 038 White fluorescent requirement U270 11 (.433)
bushing, actuator and tip to lever X408 Front panel sealing U1710 7,3 (.287)
hardware. Available with matt black by two O-rings
finish (G) only. X404 Horizontal right Paddles
angle with reduced U240N 12,4 (.488)
overall dimensions U290N 20 (.787)
Other : specific bushing U390N 21,5 (.846)
height, PC terminal length,
finish, ratings, etc... See
following pages.
Contact materials Sealing Levers Approvals

A Silver Blank No sealing except Length with threaded plain UL
AD Silver, gold plated where standard bushing bushing CSA
CD Brass, gold plated B Epoxy sealed Blank (std) 10,5 (.413) 13,5 (.531) CECC
terminals -2 16 (.629) 19 (.748)
For peak currents, see X814, Availability :
K Front panel sealing -7 - 6,6 (.259)
under Special Options. Consult factory for details of
by one O-ring and -8 (flat) 21,3 (.838) - approved models.
sealing washer -9 (flat) 11,4 (.448) -
-12 (flat) 6,3 (.248) -
Sealing by two O-rings, see -16 5,5 (.216) 8,5 (.334)
X408 under "Special -17 7 (.275) 10 (.393)
options".
-21 (+ U640) 21,3 (.838) -
insulated
-22 21,3 (.838) -
-23 14 (.551) -
Blank (large) 17,5 (.688) -
-25 16,30 (.642)
-27 (large) 11,7 (.460) -
-4N 9 (.354) 12 (.472)
4N for use with paddle actuators only.
Locking levers
-1V 1 locked position
-2V 2 locked positions
Other, consult factory.
For models with Ø 6,35 (1/4) bushing.
Sealing boots are available. They are presented in section H.
Mounting accessories : standard hardware supplied with all models with Ø 6,35 (1/4) or Ø 6 (.236) threaded bushing :
2 hex nuts 8 mm (.314) across flats, 1 locking ring and 1 lockwasher.
Packaging unit : 25 pieces or 50 pieces depending on models.

5000 series
Toggle switches
Specifications
ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
• Current/voltage rating with resistive load :
Contact Maximum Minimum Level*
Silver (A) 4A 30VDC 50mA 10VDC III and IV
Silver, 4A 30VDC 10mA 50mV I to IV
A gold plated (AD) Gold plating withstands up to 100mA 30VDC 10µA 5V
Brass, 0,4 VA at 20VAC or DC 10mA 50mV I and II
gold plated (CD) 10µA 5V
• For inductive, lamp or capacitive load, consult factory. * For details, see Technical Information, end of catalogue.
• Initial contact resistance : 10 mΩ max.
• Dielectric strength :
1.000 Vrms 50 Hz min. between terminals
1.500 Vrms 50 Hz min. between poles
1.500 Vrms 50 Hz min. between terminals and frame
• Contact bounce : 2 ms max.
50.000 cycles for single and double pole
40.000 cycles for 3 pole
30.000 cycles for 4 pole
• Low level or mechanical life : 100.000 cycles
MATERIALS GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS

• Case : diallylphthalate (DAP) or • Torque : 1,25 Nm (.922 Ft.lb) max. applied to nut
high temperature plastic material • Panel thickness : 2,5 mm (.098) with 2 nuts - 4 mm (.157) with 1 nut
(UL94-V0) • Operating temperature : -40°C to +85°C
• Actuator : brass, nickel plated
• Paddles : UL94HB polyamide
• Lever caps : vinyl
• Bushing : brass, nickel plated AGENCY APPROVALS/PREFERENTIAL LIST
• Housing : stainless steel or steel
tin plated
CECC 96201-007
• Contacts
A : silver
AD : silver, gold plated 3A 250VAC, 6A 125VAC
CD : brass, gold plated
X814 : for peak currrents, see For VDE, refer to 55000 series.
“Special options”. NATO
• Terminal seal : epoxy
Marking : to order switches marked UL, CSA or CECC, complete appropriate
box of ordering format. The preferential list does not appear on the switches.

5000 series
Toggle switches - solder lug terminals
Threaded bushing Ø 6,35 (1/4) : 5600
➞ Keyway • 1, 2, 3 and 4 pole configurations
(.074)
1.90
(.145)
3.70
1.10
(.043)
1 2 3 1.80
(.070) A
MODEL
STRUCTURE
Single pole ➞ Keyway

12.00 3.70 7.00
III II I 1.00 (.472) (.145) (.275)
(.039)
2-3 1-2
(.019)
0.50
3 I
5636 ON - ON
(.519)
13.20
24˚
2 II
5639 ON OFF ON 1 III

10.50 8.00
5637 MOM OFF MOM
(.185)
(.031)
4.70
0.80
(.413) (.314)
5638 ON OFF MOM

5632 ON - MOM
(.118 DIA)
Ø6.35-40UNS
Ø3.00
(1/4-40UNS)
(.070)
1.80
Double pole ➞ Keyway 12.00 3.70 12.00
III II I 1.00 (.472) (.145) (.472)
(.039)
2-3 1-2
(.019)
0.50
5-6 4-5 3 6 I
(.519)
13.20
24˚
2 5 II
5646 ON - ON 1 4 III
10.50 8.00
(.031)
5649
0.80
ON OFF ON
(.185)
(.413) (.314)
4.70
5647 MOM OFF MOM

5648 ON OFF MOM
5642 ON - MOM
(.118 DIA)
Ø6.35-40UNS
(.070)
Ø3.00
(.187)
1.80
4.75
(1/4-40UNS)
5644* ON ON ON
5644 1R* ON ON MOM
5644 2R* MOM ON MOM
* Function 4 : SP in DP case - specify CT or TH connections, see end of catalogue.
Three pole ➞ Keyway

13.10 3.70 16.50
III II I
1.00 (.516) (.145)
(.039) (.649)
2-3 1-2
(.019)
0.50
I
5-6 4-5
3 9
(.519)
13.20
24˚
II
8-9 7-8
2 8
1 7 III
10.50 8.00
(.031)
0.80
(.185)
(.413) (.314)
4.70
5656 ON - ON
5659 ON OFF ON
5657 MOM OFF MOM
(.070)
1.80
(.118 DIA)
Ø6.35-40UNS
5658 ON OFF MOM
Ø3.00
(1/4-40UNS)
(.187)
4.75
5652 ON - MOM

5000 series
Four pole ➞ Keyway 1.00

13.10 3.70
21.20
(.516) (.145)
(.039) (.834)
III II I
2-3 1-2
(.019)
0.50
9 12 I
5-6 4-5
(.519)
13.20
II
24˚
8 11
8-9 7-8 7 10 III
11-12 10-11 10.50 8.00
(.031)
0.80
(.185)
(.413) (.314)
4.70
5666 ON - ON
A 5669 ON OFF ON
5667 MOM OFF MOM
(.070)
1.80
(.118 DIA)
Ø6.35-40UNS
5668 ON OFF MOM
Ø3.00
(1/4-40UNS)
5662 ON - MOM
(.187)
4.75
5664* ON ON ON
5664 1R* ON ON MOM
5664 2R* MOM ON MOM
*Function 4 : DP in 4P case - specify CT or TH connections, see end of catalogue.
PANEL CUT-OUT
Ø6.50 Ø2.20 Ø6.50 Ø6.50

(.255 DIA) (.086 DIA) (.255 DIA) (.255 DIA)
(.043)
1.10
5.20 2.70 2.70

(.204) (.106) (.106)
With K With X408

Standard sealing option sealing option

5000 series
5700 models
• Flatted bushing Ø 6,35 mm (1/4)

• 1, 2, 3 and 4 pole configurations
Diagram as per 5600 model

A
MODEL
STRUCTURE
For model structure numbers, refer to

PANEL CUT-OUT
5600 models and replace 6 with 7.
Ø6.50
(.255 DIA)
2.70
(.106)
Standard or
with K sealing option
5500 models
• Threaded bushing Ø 6 mm x 0.75 SI (.236 x 0.75 IS)

MODEL
STRUCTURE

PANEL CUT-OUT
Ø6.20 Ø2.20 Ø6.20

(.244 DIA) (.086 DIA) (.244 DIA)
6.20 2.55
(.244) (.100)
Standard With X408 sealing option

5000 series
Threaded bushing Ø 11,9 (15/32) : 5600M
➞ Keyway • 1, 2, 3 and 4 pole configurations

• Supplied with 2 hex nuts and 1 locking ring
• Panel thickness up to 6 mm (.236)
(.074)
1.90
(.145)
3.70
1.10
(.043)
A 1 2 3 1.80
(.070)
MODEL
STRUCTURE

7.00 11.00 3.70
III II I
(.275) (.433) (.145)
2-3 1-2 I
(.019)
0.50
3
(.519)
13.20
24˚
2 II
5636M ON - ON 1
5639M ON OFF ON III
(.185)
(.031)
4.70
0.80
17.50 11.90
5637M MOM OFF MOM (.688) (.468)
5638M ON OFF MOM

5632M ON - MOM
(.070)
1.80
(.196 DIA)
Ø5.00
Ø11.9-32UNS
(15/32-32UNS)
Double pole ➞ Keyway 12.00 11.00 3.70

(.472) (.433) (.145)
III II I
2-3 1-2 I
(.019)
0.50
3 6
5-6 4-5
(.519)
13.20
24˚
2 5 II
1 4
5646M
III
ON - ON
(.185)
(.031)
4.70
17.50 11.90 0.80

5649M ON OFF ON (.688) (.468)
5647M MOM OFF MOM

5648M ON OFF MOM
(.070)
(.187)
1.80
4.75
5642M ON - MOM
5644M* ON ON ON
(.196 DIA)
Ø5.00
5644M 1R* ON ON MOM

5644M 2R* MOM ON MOM Ø11.9-32UNS
(15/32-32UNS)

16.50 12.10 3.70
III II I (.649) (.476) (.145)
2-3 1-2 I
(.019)
0.50
5-6 4-5 3 9
(.519)
13.20
8-9 7-8
24˚
2 8 II
1 7
III
(.185)
(.031)
4.70
0.80
5656M ON - ON
17.50 11.90
(.688) (.468)
5659M ON OFF ON
5657M MOM OFF MOM
(.070)
1.80
5658M ON OFF MOM

(.187)
4.75
5652M ON - MOM
(.196 DIA)
Ø5.00
Ø11.9-32UNS
(15/32-32UNS)

5000 series
Threaded bushing Ø 11,9 (15/32) : 5600M
Four pole ➞ Keyway

21.20 12.10 3.70
III II I (.834) (.476) (.145)
2-3 1-2 I
(.019)
0.50
5-6 4-5
3 12
(.519)
13.20
8-9 7-8
24˚
2 11 II
11-12 10-11 1 10
III
(.185)
(.031)
4.70
0.80
17.50 11.90
5666M ON - ON (.688) (.468)
5669M ON OFF ON A
(.070)
1.80
5667M MOM OFF MOM
5668M ON OFF MOM
(.187)
5662M ON - MOM
4.75
(.196 DIA)
Ø5.00
5664M* ON ON ON
5664M 1R* ON ON MOM Ø11.9-32UNS
(15/32-32UNS)
5664M 2R* MOM ON MOM
*Function 4 : DP in 4P case - specify CT or TH connections, see end of catalogue.
PANEL CUT-OUT
Ø12.50 Ø3.50 Ø12.50
(.492 DIA) (.137 DIA) (.492 DIA)
(.066)
1.70
9.60 5.10
(.377) (.200)
Standard With K sealing option
OTHER : M bushing can be combined with other types such as : 5200, Z, MIWR... Consult factory.

5000 series
Toggle switches - straight PC terminals
➞ Keyway • Terminal spacing 4,7 mm (.185)

• Epoxy sealed terminals standard
For new projects, we recommend switches with support
bracket (option Y) which holds the switch securely on the PCB.
(.208)
5.30
(.157)
4.00
Other terminal lengths presented under "Special options".
A 1 2 3
Also available with plain bushing, see "Special options" X371 1.10
(.043)
MODEL
STRUCTURE

13.30 4.00 7.00
1.00 (.523) (.157) (.275)
III II I (.039)
2-3 1-2
(.019)
0.50
3 I
(.519)
13.20
24°
2 II
5236 B ON - ON 1 III
10.50 8.00
(.031)
5239 B (.185)
0.80
ON OFF ON
4.70 (.413) (.314)
5237 B MOM OFF MOM

5238 B ON OFF MOM
5232 B ON - MOM
(.118 DIA)
Ø6.35-40UNS Ø1.60
Ø3.00
(1/4-40UNS) (.063 DIA)
(.043)
1.10
4.70
(.185)
Epoxy
Double pole ➞ Keyway 1.00

13.30
(.523)
4.00
(.157)
12.00
(.039) (.472)
III II I
2-3 1-2 (.019)
0.50
3 6 I
5-6 4-5
(.519)
13.20
24°
2 5 II
1 4 III
10.50 8.00
(.031)
(.185)
5246 B ON - ON
0.80
4.70
(.413) (.314)
5249 B ON OFF ON
5247 B MOM OFF MOM
5248 B
(.118 DIA)
ON OFF MOM
Ø1.60
Ø6.35-40UNS
Ø3.00
(.187)
(.063 DIA)
(.043)
4.75
(.187)
1.10
4.75
(1/4-40UNS)
5242 B ON - MOM
5244 B* ON ON ON
5244 1R B* ON ON MOM
5244 2R B* MOM ON MOM
Epoxy 4.70
(.185)
*Function 4 : SP in DP case - specify CT or TH connections, see end of catalogue.
Three pole ➞ Keyway 14.40 4.00 16.50

1.00 (.567) (.157) (.649)
III II I (.039)
2-3 1-2
(.019)
0.50
3 9 I
5-6 4-5
(.519)
13.20
24°
2 8 II
8-9 7-8 1 7 III
10.50 8.00
(.031)
(.185)
0.80
4.70
(.413) (.314)
5256 B ON - ON
5259 B ON OFF ON Ø1.60
(.063 DIA)
(.043)
(.187)
(.118 DIA)
1.10
4.75
5257 B MOM OFF MOM

Ø6.35-40UNS
Ø3.00
(1/4-40UNS)
(.187)
4.75
5258 B ON OFF MOM

5252 B ON - MOM
Epoxy 4.70
(.185)

5000 series
Threaded bushing Ø 6,35 (1/4) : 5200 - 5000
Four pole ➞ Keyway 1.00

14.40 4.00 21.20
(.567) (.157) (.834)
III II I
(.039)
2-3 1-2
(.019)
0.50
9 12 I
5-6 4-5
(.519)
13.20
24°
8 11 II
8-9 7-8 7 10 III
11-12 10-11 10.50 8.00
(.185)
(.031)
4.70
0.80
(.413) (.314)
5266 B ON - ON Ø1.60
(.063 DIA)
(.043)
A
1.10
5269 B ON OFF ON Ø6.35-40UNS
(.118 DIA)
Ø3.00
(1/4-40UNS)
5267 B MOM OFF MOM
(.187)
4.75
5268 B ON OFF MOM
5262 B ON - MOM
(.187)
4.75
5264 B* ON ON ON 4.70
Epoxy
(.185)
*Function 4 : DP in 4P case - specify CT ot TH connections, see end of catalogue.
PANEL CUT-OUT
5200 - 5000 - 5400
Ø6.50 Ø2.20 Ø6.50
(.255 DIA) (.086 DIA) (.255 DIA)
(.043)
1.10
5.20 2.70
(.204) (.106)
5000 models
• Terminal spacing 5,08 mm (.200)

(.216)
5.50
(.171)
4.35
0.60
(.023)
MODEL
STRUCTURE
Terminal spacing 5,08 (.200) - single and double pole ➞ Keyway III II I Ø3.00
III II I 24˚ (.118 DIA)
2-3 1-2 Ø6.35-40UNS

(1/4-40UNS)
5-6 4-5
10.50
(.413)
Ø1.10
Single pole Double pole (.043 DIA)
(.314)
8.00
5036 5046 ON - ON
5039 5049 ON OFF ON
(.515)
13.10
(.039)
(.200)
1.00
5.08
5037 5047 MOM OFF MOM EPOXY

5038 5048 ON OFF MOM 0.60 0.60 1 2 3 0.60
5032 5042 ON - MOM (.023) (.023) 5.08 (.023)
(.200)
5.08
(.200)
5044* ON ON ON
(.171)
4.35
12.00 13.20 7.00

5044 1R* ON ON MOM (.472) (.519) (.275)
5.08
5044 2R* MOM ON MOM (.200)

5000 series
5400 models
• Threaded bushing Ø 6,35 mm (1/4)

• Terminal spacing 4 mm (.157)
A Diagram, as per 5200 model
MODEL
STRUCTURE

Panel cut-out, see 5200.
➞ Flat 5900 models

1 2 3
MODEL
STRUCTURE

PANEL CUT-OUT
Ø6.50
(.255 DIA)
2.70
(.106)
Standard or

5000 series
5100 models

Diagram, as per 5200 model

A
MODEL
STRUCTURE

Panel cut-out, see below.
5300 models

MODEL
STRUCTURE

PANEL CUT-OUT
5100 - 5300
Ø6.20 Ø2.20 Ø6.20
(.244 DIA) (.086 DIA) (.244 DIA)
6.20 2.55
(.244) (.100)
Standard With X408 sealing option

5000 series
Toggle switches - quick-connect terminals
Threaded bushing Ø 6,35 (1/4) : 5200Z

• 1and 2 pole configurations
(.255)
6.50
(.208)
5.30
A
1.57
1 2 3 (.061)
MODEL
STRUCTURE

13.10 5.30
III II I (.515) (.208)
7.00
2-3 1-2 1.00
(.039)
(.275)
(.185)
4.70
I
3
24˚
II
(.519)
13.20
2
5236Z ON - ON III
1
10.50 8.00
5239Z ON OFF ON
(.030)
0.78
(.413) (.314) EPOXY
5237Z MOM OFF MOM

5238Z ON OFF MOM Ø6.35-40UNS
5232Z ON - MOM
(.118 DIA)
Ø3.00
(1/4-40UNS)
(.061)
1.57
Double pole ➞ Keyway

13.10 5.30
III II I (.515) (.208)
12.00
2-3 1-2
1.00
(.039) (.472)
(.185)
4.70
5-6 4-5
I
3
24˚
II
(.519)
13.20
2
5246Z ON - ON III
1
10.50 8.00
(.030)
5249Z ON OFF ON
0.78
(.413) (.314) EPOXY
5247Z MOM OFF MOM

5248Z ON OFF MOM Ø6.35-40UNS
5242Z
(.118 DIA)
ON - MOM
(.061)
Ø3.00
(1/4-40UNS)
1.57
(.187)
4.75
5244Z* ON ON ON
5244Z 1R* ON ON MOM
5244Z 2R* MOM ON MOM
PANEL CUT-OUT
Ø6.50 Ø2.20 Ø6.50 Ø6.50

(.255 DIA) (.086 DIA) (.255 DIA) (.255 DIA)
(.043)
1.10
5.20 2.70 2.70

(.204) (.106) (.106)
With K With X408


5000 series
Toggle switches - quick-connect terminals
5900Z models

Diagram, as per 5900 model A
MODEL
STRUCTURE

PANEL CUT-OUT
5200Z models and replace 2 with 9.
Ø6.50
(.255 DIA)
2.70
(.106)
Standard or
5100Z models

MODEL
STRUCTURE

PANEL CUT-OUT
5200Z models and replace 2 with 1.
Ø6.20 Ø2.20
(.244 DIA) (.086 DIA)
6.20
(.244)
Standard

5000 series
Toggle switches - wire-wrap terminals
Threaded bushing Ø 6,35 (1/4) : 5200MIWR

• Can also be used as extended PCB terminals
(.708)
18.00
(.665)
16.90
A 1 2 3 0.60
(.023)
MODEL
STRUCTURE
Terminal spacing 5,08 (.200) - single pole ➞ Keyway

13.10
(.515)
16.90
(.665) 7.00
(.275)
III II I 1.00
(.200)
(.039)
5.08
2-3 1-2
I
(.519)
13.20
24˚
II
2
III
5236MIWR ON - ON
0.60 1
10.50 8.00
(.023)
(.413) (.314)
5239MIWR ON OFF ON
EPOXY
5237MIWR MOM OFF MOM

5238MIWR ON OFF MOM Ø6.35-40UNS
(.118 DIA)
5.08
Ø3.00
Ø1.10
5232MIWR ON - MOM (1/4-40UNS)
(.043 DIA) (.200)
(.023)
0.60
Terminal spacing 5,08 (.200) - double pole ➞ Keyway

13.10 16.90
III II I (.515) (.665) 12.00
(.472)
2-3 1-2
1.00
(.200)
(.039)
5.08
5-6 4-5 I
3
(.519)
13.20
24˚
II
2
5246MIWR ON - ON III
0.60 1
5249MIWR ON OFF ON
10.50 8.00
(.023)
(.413) (.314) EPOXY

5247MIWR MOM OFF MOM
5248MIWR ON OFF MOM 5.08
5242MIWR ON - MOM Ø6.35-40UNS Ø1.10
(.118 DIA)
(.200)
Ø3.00
(.043 DIA)
(.023)
0.60
(1/4-40UNS)
5244 MIWR* ON ON ON
5244 1R MIWR* ON ON MOM
(.200)
5.08
5244 2R MIWR* MOM ON MOM
PANEL CUT-OUT
Ø6.50 Ø2.20 Ø6.50 Ø6.50
(.255 DIA) (.086 DIA) (.255 DIA) (.255 DIA)
(.043)
1.10
5.20 2.70 2.70

(.204) (.106) (.106)
With K With X408


5000 series
Toggle switches - plain bushing
Right angle terminals - horizontal : 5200W

• 1, 2 and 3 pole configurations
Special switch 5200WX404 with reduced overall dimensions

is presented under "Special options".
MODEL
STRUCTURE
Single pole 3.70 13.50 6.00 11.00 7.00

III II I
(.145) (.531) (.236) (.433) (.275)
(.200)
5.08
2-3 1-2
(.019)
0.50
1 III
(.519)
13.20
2 II 24˚
(.185)
I
4.70
3
5236W ON - ON
(.039)
1.00
(.031)
0.80
5239W ON OFF ON
5237W MOM OFF MOM 5.08
5238W ON OFF MOM

(.200)
5232W ON - MOM 1.10

(.043)
Ø1.60
(.500)
12.70
(.118 DIA)
(.062 DIA)
Ø3.00
(.246 DIA)
7.40 12.70
Ø6.25
(.291) (.500)
4.70
(.185)
Double pole 3.70

(.145)
13.50
(.531)
6.00 11.00
(.236) (.433)
12.00
(.472)
III II I
(.019)
0.50
(.200)
5.08
2-3 1-2 4 1
III
5-6 4-5
(.519)
2 II 24˚ 13.20
(.185)
4.70
I
6 3
(.039)
1.00
(.031)
0.80
5246W ON - ON 5.08
5249W ON OFF ON (.200)
5247W MOM OFF MOM

5248W ON OFF MOM Ø1.60
(.150) (.500)
3.81 12.70
(.062 DIA)
5242W ON - MOM 1.10
(.043)
5244W* ON ON ON
(.118 DIA)
Ø3.00
(.246 DIA)
5244W 1R* ON ON MOM

Ø6.25
7.40 12.70 3.81 (.185)
5244W 2R* MOM ON MOM

(.291) (.500) (.150) 4.70
Three pole 3.70 13.50 6.00 12.5

16.60
(.200)
(.145) (.531) (.236) (.492)

5.08
III II I
(.653)
2-3 1-2
7 4
III
5-6 4-5
(.519)
13.20
5 II 24˚
8-9 7-8
(.185)
4.70
I
9 6
(.039)
1.00
(.019)
(.031)
0.50
0.80
5.08
5256W ON - ON
(.196)
5259W ON OFF ON
5257W MOM OFF MOM Ø1.60
(.150) (.564)
3.81 14.35
(.062 DIA)
5258W ON OFF MOM 1.10
(.043)
(.118 DIA)
5252W ON - MOM
Ø3.00
(.246 DIA)
Ø6.25
7.20 14.35 3.81 (.185)

(.283) (.564) (.150) 4.70

5000 series
PCB MOUNTING FOR 5200W
(.326)
8.30
(.275)
7.00
(.236)
6.00
(.137)
3.50
(.653)
16.60
(.472)
12.00
A SP DP 3P
5400W models

Diagram, as per 5200W model
MODEL
STRUCTURE

PC LAYOUT
5200W single and double pole and
replace 2 with 4. 5.08
(.200)
5.08
(.200)
Ø1.60 Ø1.60
(.500)
(.150) (.500)
12.70
3.81 12.70
(.062 DIA) (.062 DIA)
4.00
(.157)
4.00
(.157)
SP DP

5000 series
Right angle terminals - vertical : 5200WW
• Pin spacing 3,81 mm (.150)

MODEL
STRUCTURE
Single pole 13.50

(.531)
6.00 11.00
(.236) (.433)
7.00
(.275)
III II I 3 I
2-3 1-2
(.519)
13.20
2 II 24˚
0.80
1 III (.301)
1.00
5236WW ON - ON (.039)
5.65
(.118)
12.70 3.81
3.00
5239WW ON OFF ON 5.08
(.200)
(.222) (.500) (.150)
5237WW MOM OFF MOM Ø1.60

5238WW** ON OFF MOM (.062 DIA)
5232WW** ON - MOM
(.150)
3.81
(.043)
1.10
(.246 DIA)
(.118 DIA)
Ø6.25
Ø3.00
(.500)
12.70
5.08
(.200)
Double pole 13.50

(.531)
6.00 11.00
(.236) (.433)
12.00
(.472)
III II I 3 6 I
2-3 1-2
(.519)
13.20
2 5 II 24˚
5-6 4-5 1 4 III
0.80
(.301)
1.00
(.039) 5.65
(.118)
12.70 3.81
3.00
5246WW ON - ON 5.08
(.200)
(.222) (.500) (.150)
5249WW ON OFF ON 4.75

(.187)
5247WW MOM OFF MOM (.150)
3.81
5248WW** ON OFF MOM

5242WW** ON - MOM
5244WW* ON ON ON Ø1.60
(.500)
12.70
(.062 DIA)
(.187)
(.246 DIA)
(.043)
4.75
(.118 DIA)
5244WW 1R* ON ON MOM

1.10
Ø6.25
Ø3.00
5244WW 2R* MOM ON MOM 5.08

(.200)
Three pole 13.10 6.00 12.50 16.50

(.031)
0.80
(.515) (.236) (.492) (.649)
III II I 3 9 I
2-3 1-2
(.519)
13.20
2 8 II 24˚
5-6 4-5 1 7 III
8-9 7-8 1.00
(.039)
(.118)
7.20 12.70 3.81

3.00
(.283) (.500) (.150)

5.08
5256WW ON - ON (.200) 4.75
(.187)
5259WW ON OFF ON
(.150)
3.81
5257WW MOM OFF MOM

5258WW** ON OFF MOM
5252WW** ON - MOM Ø1.60
(.500)
12.70
(.062 DIA)
(.246 DIA)
(.118 DIA)
Ø6.25
Ø3.00
(.187)
(.043)
4.75
1.10
* and ** : see notes next page.

5.08
(.200)

5000 series
Right angle terminals - vertical : 5200WW - 5400WW
Four pole 13.10 6.00 12.50 21.20
(.031)
0.80
(.515) (.236) (.492) (.834)
III II I 9 12 I
2-3 1-2
(.519)
13.20
8 11 II 24˚
5-6 4-5 7 10 III
8-9 7-8 1.00
11-12 10-11 (.039) 5.08
(.118)
7.20 12.70 3.81
3.00
(.283) (.500) (.150) (.200)
5266WW ON - ON 4.75
A
(.187)
5269WW ON OFF ON
(.187)
4.75
(.150)
3.81
5267WW MOM OFF MOM
5268WW** ON OFF MOM
5262WW** ON - MOM Ø1.60
(.500)
12.70
(.062 DIA)
5264WW* ON ON ON
(.246 DIA)
(.118 DIA)
Ø6.25
Ø3.00
5264WW 1R* ON ON MOM 5.08
(.043)
1.10
(.200)
5264WW 2R* MOM ON MOM
* Function 4 : SP in DP case, DP in 4P case - specify CT or TH connections, see end of catalogue.

** Functions 2 and 8 : reversed connection available, consult factory.
PCB MOUNTING
7.00 12.00 16.50 21.20

(.275) (.472) (.649) (.834)
(.259)
6.60
(.519)
13.20
SP DP 3P 4P
5400WW models
• Pin spacing 2,54 mm (.100)

Diagram as per 5200WW model
MODEL
STRUCTURE
For model structure numbers, refer

PC LAYOUT
to 5200WW models and replace
2 with 4. Ø1.60 Ø1.60 Ø1.60 Ø1.60
(.062 DIA) (.062 DIA) (.062 DIA) (.062 DIA)
(.100)
(.100)
2.54
(.100)
(.100)
2.54
2.54
2.54
(.500)
(.500)
(.500)
(.500)
12.70
12.70
12.70
12.70
5.08 5.08 5.08 5.08

(.200) (.200) (.200) (.200)
SP DP 3P 4P

5000 series
Straight PC terminals - bracket mounting : 5200Y
Brackets reduce mechanical stress on solder joints

and increase resistance to vibrations.
Bracket material : tin plated steel.
(.208)
5.30
(.157)
4.00
(0.385)
9.80
(.334)
8.50
• Epoxy sealed terminals standard 1.10
(.043)
• 1and 2 pole configurations 1.10
(.043)
Y - Y6 Y4 - Y7
A
MODEL
STRUCTURE
Short bracket - width 15,75 (.620) - single pole : 5230Y

Ø6.25
III II I III II I
(.246 DIA)
2-3 1-2 24˚ Ø3.00

(.118 DIA)
Ø1.60
(.531)
13.50
(.062 DIA)
5236Y B ON - ON
5239Y B ON OFF ON
3.18
(.125)
5237Y B MOM OFF MOM
5238Y B ON OFF MOM (.220)
5.60
(.511)
13.00
(.185)
5232Y B ON - MOM
4.70
(.620)
15.75
EPOXY 1.17
1 2 3 0.40 (.046)
3.18 (.015)
(.161)
4.10
(.125)
15.75 7.00
(.620) (.275)
Short bracket - width 15,75 (.620) - double pole : 5240Y

Ø6.25
III II I 8.20 III II I
(.246 DIA)
2-3 1-2
(.322) 24˚ Ø3.00
(.118 DIA)
5-6 4-5
(.515)
13.10
5246Y B ON - ON Ø1.60
(.062 DIA)
5249Y B ON OFF ON 3.18
(.125)
5247Y B MOM OFF MOM
5248Y B ON OFF MOM
(.236)
6.00
(.511)
13.00
5242Y B ON - MOM
(.185)
4.70
(.620)
15.75
5244Y B* ON ON ON EPOXY 1.17

5244Y 1R B* ON ON MOM
1 2 3 0.40 (.046)
3.18 (.015) 4.75
5244Y 2R B*
(.185)
MOM ON MOM
15.75
4.70
(.125) 12.00 (.187)

(.620) (.472)

5000 series
Straight PC terminals - bracket mounting : 5200Y4 - Y6 - Y7
Tall bracket - width 15,75 (.620) : 5200Y4 Ø6.25 3.18

8.20 (.246 DIA) (.125)
III II I
III II I
(.322) 24˚ Ø3.00
2-3 1-2 (.118 DIA)
5-6 4-5
(.185)
4.70
(.620)
15.75
(.515)
13.10
5236Y4 B 5246Y4 B ON - ON 3.18
Ø1.60
5239Y4 B 5249Y4 B ON OFF ON
(.062 DIA)
(.125)
(.236)
6.00
5237Y4 B 5247Y4 B MOM OFF MOM
(.629)
16.00
5238Y4 B 5248Y4 B ON OFF MOM
(.185)
4.70
EPOXY
5232Y4 B 5242Y4 B ON - MOM
(.620)
15.75
(.204)
5.20
1 2 3
5244Y4 B* ON ON ON 1.17
(.046)
0.40 3.18
(.125)
5244Y4 1R B* ON ON MOM
(.015)
4.75
3.18 15.75 12.00 (.187)
5244Y4 2R B* MOM ON MOM (.125) (.620) (.472)
Short bracket - width 19,05 (.750) : 5200Y6 Ø6.25 6.35
III II I 8.20 (.246 DIA) (.250)

III II I
(.322) Ø3.00
2-3 1-2
24˚
(.118 DIA)
5-6 4-5
(.185)
4.70
(.750)
19.05
(.515)
13.10
5236Y6 B 5246Y6 B ON - ON Ø1.60
5239Y6 B 5249Y6 B ON OFF ON (.062 DIA) 6.35
(.250)
5237Y6 B 5247Y6 B MOM OFF MOM (.236)
6.00
(.511)
13.00

5232Y6 B 5242Y6 B ON - MOM
(.185)
EPOXY
4.70
1 3
(.750)
2
19.05
1.27
5244Y6 B* ON ON ON
0.40 6.35
(.050) (.015)
(.185)
(.250)
4.70
5244Y6 1R B* ON ON MOM 6.35 19.05 12.00 4.75

5244Y6 2R B* MOM ON MOM
(.250) (.750) (.472) (.187)
Tall bracket - width 19,05 (.750) : 5200Y7 Ø6.25 6.35

(.250)
8.20 (.246 DIA)
III II I
III II I
(.322) 24˚ Ø3.00
2-3 1-2 (.118 DIA)
5-6 4-5
(.185)
4.70
(.750)
19.05
(.515)
13.10

5236Y7 B 5246Y7 B ON - ON Ø1.60
(.062 DIA) 6.35
5239Y7 B 5249Y7 B ON OFF ON (.250)
(.236)
6.00
5237Y7 B 5247Y7 B MOM OFF MOM

(.629)
16.00

(.185)
4.70
5232Y7 B 5242Y7 B ON - MOM

(.750)
19.05
(.204)
EPOXY
5.20
1 2 3
5244Y7 B* ON ON ON 1.27
(.050)
0.40
(.015)
6.35
5244Y7 1R B*
(.250)
ON ON MOM 6.35 19.05 12.00
4.75
(.187)
5244Y7 2R B* MOM ON MOM (.250) (.750) (.472)

06-Serie 5000-A-options_06-Serie 5000-A-options 21/11/12 12:02 Page43
5000 series
Toggle switches
CONTACT MATERIALS
A Silver
Special contacts for peak currents : see X814, under “Special Options”. A
FINISH
Blank Bright chrome finish

G Black finish on bushing, actuator and hardware
SEALING
Blank • For 5000 - 5200Z and 5200MIWR models : epoxy sealed terminals standard
• Other models : no sealing required
B Epoxy sealed terminals
K Front panel sealing by one O-ring and sealing washer. Protects the
switch against water and dust.
Panel seal withstands 1 bar pressure and remains sealed even when
switch is operated.
Available on models with Ø 6,35 (1/4) or 11,9 (15/32) threaded
bushing only.
Not available with levers 8, 9, 12, 22, 23.
KB Combined sealings
➀ O-ring
➁ Sealing washer
K with Ø 6,35 (1/4) K with Ø 6,35 (1/4) K with Ø 11,9 (15/32)
keyway bushing flatted bushing keyway bushing
1
(.118 MAX)
3 Maxi
(.157 MAX)
4 Maxi
2
2
Includes washer Includes washer Includes washer
U360 U5141 U60
Sealing by two O-rings, see X408 under "Special options".

5000 series
Toggle switches
FLUORESCENT TIP
Blank None Standard lever Locking lever
038 White fluorescent tip.

Becomes luminous when submitted to ultraviolet rays.
A
Available with matt black finish (option G) only.
-19
Consult factory for levers available with this option.
Same dimensions as standard actuator below.
ACTUATORS
Dash compulsory before lever code.

Levers for threaded bushing models Ø 6,35 (1/4) or Ø 6 (.236)
Ø3.00
(.118)
Ø3.00
(.118 DIA)
(.629)
16.00
(.413)
10.50
(.354)
9.00
(.039)
1.00
(.354)
9.00
Blank -2 -4N
Standard For use with paddles only
Ø5.00
(.196 DIA)
Ø5.00
(.196 DIA)
Ø4.20
(.248)
(.165 DIA)
6.30
21.30
(.838)
(.448)
11.40
-8 -9 -12
Not available with sealing options K or Not available with sealing options K or Not available with sealing options K or
X408 X408 X408
Ø3.30
(.129) DIA)
Ø2.80
(.645)
Ø2.70
16.40
(.275)
(.110 DIA)
7.00
21.30
(.354 DIA)
(.838)
(.216)
5.50
-16 -17 -21 (+U640)

U640 to be placed in last box of ordering
format. Replace 0 by colour code.

5000 series
Toggle switches
ACTUATORS (continued)
Ø3.30
(.129 DIA) ø3.30
Ø3.30 (.129 DIA)
(.129 DIA)
16.30
(.642)
21.30
(.838)
(.551)
14.00
A
-22 -23 -25

Not available with sealing options K or Not available with sealing options K or Not available with sealing options K or
X408 X408 X408
Levers for threaded bushing models Ø 11,9 (15/32) : 5600M
Ø5.00
(.196 DIA)
Ø5.00
(.196 DIA)
(.688)
17.50
(.460)
11.70
(.468)
11.90
(.468)
11.90
Blank -27
Standard
Locking levers
➞ Keyway ➞ Keyway Ø5.20

(.204 DIA)
➞ Keyway
(.584)
(.580)
14.85
14.75
(.594)
15.10
Ø6.35-40UNS Ø6.35-40UNS
(1/4-40UNS) (1/4-40UNS) Ø6.35-40UNS
(1/4-40UNS)
(.354)
(.354)
9.00
9.00
(.354)
9.00
-1V -2V -3V

1 locked position (function 6) 2 locked positions (function 6) 3 locked positions (functions 9 and 4)
Consult factory for other locking lever options.
Available with Ø 6,35 mm (1/4) threaded bushing models only.

For plain bushing models, see X386 or X916 under “Special options” on the following pages.

5000 series
Toggle switches
For plain bushing models : W - WW and Y
Ø3.00
(.118 DIA)
A Ø3.00
(.118 DIA)
(.748)
19.00
(.531)
13.50
(.472)
12.00
(.039)
1.00
(.236)
6.00
Blank -2 -4N
Standard For use with paddles only
Ø2.60 Ø2.80
Ø2.70 (.110 DIA)
(.102 DIA) (.106 DIA)
(.393)
10.00
(.334)
(.263)
8.50
6.70
-7 -16 -17
Ø3.30
Actuator
(.129 DIA) colours
Replace "0" by
number
(.645)
16.40
24.30
(.956)
1 blue
1/4 dark blue
2 black
-21 (+U640) 3 green
U640 to be placed in last box of ordering 4 grey
format. Replace 0 by colour code. 5 yellow
6 red
7 ivory
7/1 white
9 orange
LEVER LENGTH
With bracket or mounting plate lever length will be reduced by 0,4 mm (.015) as a rule. Please refer to switch technical drawings in
"Model Structure" pages for details.

5000 series
Toggle switches
SPECIAL OPTIONS
Blank No special requirement

1
(.118 MIN. - .196 MAX.)

X408 Front panel sealing by two O-rings. Flatted bushing for precise orientation.
3 mini - 5 Maxi
Protects the switch against water and dust. A
switch is operated. Includes sealed terminals (option B).
Available only on models with threaded bushing except 5600M. ➀ O-rings
Not available with levers 8, 9, 12, 22, 23.
8.50 7.30
(.334) (.287)
X404 Horizontal right angle with reduced overall dimensions

(shown with lever -16)
(.137)
(.137)
3.50
7.40 12.70
3.50
7.40 12.70
(.291) (.500) (.291) (.500)
Standard W Option WX404
5.08
III II I ø6.25 I II III ø2.67 (.196)
(.246 DIA) 24° (.105)
2-3 1-2 4.70
5-6 4-5
(.500)
12.70
(.433) (.283) (.287) (.185)
11.00 7.20 7.30

(.291)
(.291)
7.40
7.40
ø1.60
5236W X404 5246W X404 ON - ON (.062 DIA)
5239W X404 5249W X404 ON OFF ON

(.500)
(.500)
12.70
12.70
5237W X404 5247W X404 MOM OFF MOM 6
5.08
5238W X404 5248W X404 ON OFF MOM
3 2 1
7.00 0.50 (.196)
(.150) (.500)
3.81 12.70
5232W X404 5242W X404 ON - MOM (.275) (.019) 0.80 3
(.150)
3.81
(.031)
5244W X404* ON ON ON 4.70 12.00
5244W1R X404* ON ON MOM
(.185) (.472)
4.70
5244W2R X404* MOM ON MOM (.185)
Levers lenghts for WX404 (also available with X445 option )

23.10
(.909)
(.700)
17.80
(.519)
13.20
(.484)
12.30
(.425)
10.80
(.318)
8.10
(.039)
1.00
(.283)
7.20
-13 -2 -4N (for paddles) -8 -9 -12

Note : levers -8, -9 and -12 not available with function 2 (ON-MOM)
(.645)
16.40
23.10
(.909)
23.10
(.909)
(.622)
15.80
* U640 to be placed in
(.287)
(.346)
7.30
8.80
last box of ordering

format. Replace 0 by
-16 -17 -21 (+U640)* -22 -23 colour code.
Insulating caps and paddles for X404 :

Insulating cap U1710 available with lever style 16.
Paddles U240N, U290N and U390N available with lever style 4N. See details on next pages.

5000 series
Toggle switches
SPECIAL OPTIONS (continued) With options X372, X386, X442

and X445, the lever lengths
indicated on previous pages will
be modified.
X371 Plain bushing Ø 6,25 mm (.246) (instead of standard threaded Ø6.35-40UNS

bushing).
Ø6.25 (1/4-40UNS
(.246 DIA)
(.039)
1.00
(.039)
1.00
(.275)
7.00
(.236)
6.00
X372 Threaded bushing Ø 6,35 (1/4). Height 7 mm (.274).
X371 X372
Ø6.35-40UNS
X386 Threaded bushing Ø 6,35 mm (1/4) to replace plain bushing on (1/4-40UNS
Ø6.35-40UNS
(1/4-40UNS
models W - WW and Y.
(.039)
1.00
(.011)
(.354)
0.30
(.389)
9.00
9.90
X442 Threaded bushing Ø 6,35 mm (1/4) - Height 9,9 mm (.389).
X445 Plain bushing. Height 7,2 mm (.283) - for W, WW and Y models. X386 X442
Available with the same levers, insulating cap and paddles as X404.` Ø6.25
(.246 DIA)
X601 Silver plated brass contacts.
(.039)
1.00
Current/voltage rating for an electrical life of 20.000 cycles :
(.283)
7.20
0,5A 30VDC.
Minimum quantity : 5.000 pieces per model and shipment.
X445
X681 Satin chrome actuator
X814 Switches for peak currents
Peak current up to 120A (1 ms) 60VDC - single/double pole
Single pole • Contacts : silver/nickel alloy (AgNi)

5636A X814 ON - ON • Max. current/voltage rating :
2/120A (1 ms) 60VDC - 10.000 cycles
Double pole • Further specifications and dimensions : see 5600 series.
5646A X814 ON - ON • General information on peak currents : see end of
catalogue.
X902 Plain bushing Ø 6,25 mm (.246) - Height 9 mm (.354).

(.580)
14.75
Ø6.25
(.246 DIA)
X916 Locking lever on model with plain bushing.

(.039)
1.00
(.354)
9.00
X916

5000 series
Toggle switches
AGENCY APPROVALS
UL All standard models, except 5200MIWR

CSA
CECC Standard models 5600 - 5200
Availability : consult factory for details of approved combinations or options.

A
Marking : to order switches marked UL, CSA or CECC, complete above box with desired approvals, in this order & without
space (ex. : ULCSACECC). Blank : no agency approval required.
VDE (with UL & CSA) Refer to 55000 series on the following pages.
Preferential lists : see specifications.
INSULATING CAPS AND PADDLES
+ U...
Insulating caps
Cap colours
(.433)
11.00
(.531)
13.50
Replace last
"0" by number
Ø3.5 Ø3.5
(.137 DIA) (.137 DIA) 1 blue
1/4 dark blue
U270 U1040 2 black
For standard lever & threaded bushing only For standard lever & plain bushing only 3 green
4 grey
5 yellow
6 red
7/1 white
9 orange
(.287)
7.30
Ø3.5
(.137 DIA)
Insulating caps are not available in ivory colour.

U1710
For lever 17 and threaded bushing
For lever 7 and plain bushing

5000 series
Toggle switches
INSULATED CAPS AND PADDLES (continued)

Paddles
For use with lever 4N only. Shown with standard threaded bushing. Order separately.
2.00 11.00
(.078) (.433)
Paddle colours
A 2.25
(.088)
6.60
(.259)
Replace last
6.00 "0" by number
20.00
(.787)
5.30
21.55
(.848)
(.236)
(.208)
(.496)
12.60
(.557)
14.15
1 blue
1/4 dark blue
2 black
Ø6.35-40UNS
(.354)
Ø6.35-40UNS
(.354)
9.00
9.00
(1/4-40UNS) (1/4-40UNS)
3 green
U240N U290N
4 grey
5 yellow
6 red
2.00 11.00
(.078) (.433)
7 ivory
6.00
(.236) 7/1 white
14.00 9 orange
21.40
(.842)
21.55
(.848)
(.551)
18.00
(.708)
Ø6.35-40UNS
(.354)
9.00
(1/4-40UNS)
U390N

07-Serie 55000-A_07-Serie 55000-A 21/11/12 12:00 Page51
55000 series
VDE approved toggle switches
• The switches described below are marked VDE as standard.
• UL and CSA agency approvals are also available. To order a switch marked
EN 61058-1 UL or CSA, please complete “Other agency approvals" box.
A
• Class I (normal insulation) • Contacts : silver
• Small contact opening : µ (< 3 mm (.118)) • Case : diallylphthalate (DAP)
• Current/voltage rating with resistive load : 3A 250VAC - 6A 125VAC • Actuator : brass, chrome plated
• Dielectric strength : with insulating vinyl cap
2.000 Vrms 50 Hz min. between poles and between terminals and frame • Bushing : brass, nickel plated
1.000 Vrms 50 Hz min. between terminals • Housing : stainless steel
• Special body for increased creepage distance and air gap : 3 mm (.118) • Terminal seal : epoxy
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS Further specifications, see 5000 series.

• Insulating cap, compulsory, supplied glued on the lever :
U270 for models 55600A, 55200A and 55200ZA
U1040 for models 55200WA and 55200WA X433
• Ground connector :
U721 compulsory if the panel is not metallic or not connected to ground
MODEL
STRUCTURE
Solder lugs ➞ Keyway

III II I
III II I
Ø6.35-40UNS Ø4.00
(1/4-40UNS) (.157 DIA)
24˚
2-3 1-2
5-6 4-5
(.452)
11.50
11.00
(.433)

(.314)
8.00
55636A 55646A ON - ON
(.472)
12.00
55639A 55649A ON OFF ON

(.039)
1.00
1 2 3 4.75
(.078)
2.00
1.80 (.187)
(.145)
4.70
3.70
(.070)
7.00 (.185)
(.275) 12.00
13.20 (.472)
(.519)
EPOXY
Also available with Ø 6 mm (.236) bushing : 55500.
Straight PC terminals ➞ Keyway

III II I
Ø6.35-40UNS Ø4.00
III II I (1/4-40UNS)
24˚
(.157 DIA)
(.185)
4.70
2-3 1-2
5-6 4-5
(.452)
11.50
11.00
(.433)
Single pole Double pole Ø1.60

(.314)
8.00
(.062 DIA)
55236A 55246A ON - ON
(.523)
13.30
(.039)
(.551)
14.00
1.00
55239A 55249A ON OFF ON

(.157)
(.129)
4.00
3.30
(.185)
(.078)
4.70
2.00
1 2 3 4.75
4.70 (.187)
1.10 (.185) 4.75
(.043) 12.00 (.187)
7.00 13.20 (.472)
(.275) (.519)
Also available with Ø 6 mm (.236") bushing : 55100. EPOXY

55000 series
Right angle terminals - horizontal Ø6.25 Ø4.00 5.08

(.246 DIA) I II III (.157 DIA) (.200)
III II I 24˚
2-3 1-2 3.70
(.145)
5-6 4-5 4.70
(.500)
12.70
(.185)
(.570)
14.50
13.50
(.531)
(.291)
7.40
Single pole Double pole*
(.433) (.236)
11.00 6.00
(.291)
7.40
Ø1.60
(.062 DIA)
A 55236WA 55246WA X433 ON - ON
(.500)
(.500)
12.70
12.70
55239WA 55249WA X433 ON OFF ON 5.08
(.200)
(.500)
12.70
"X433" to be placed in the third box of ordering format.
(.078)
2.00
3 2 1
(.043)
1.10
4.70
(.185)
4.70
(.185) 12.00
7.00 (.472)
(.275)
13.20
(.185)
4.70
4.70
(.519) (.185)
EPOXY
Also available for VERTICAL mounting (on request).
Quick-connect terminals ➞ Keyway

Ø6.35-40UNS III II I Ø4.00
III II I (1/4-40UNS)
24∞
(.157 DIA)
2-3 1-2
(.452)
11.50
11.00
(.433)
Single pole
(.314)
8.00
55236Z ON - ON
55239ZA ON OFF ON
(.515)
13.10
(.039)
1.00
1 2 3
4.70
(.185) 1.57
(.208)
5.30
7.00 (.061)
13.20
(.275) (.519)
EPOXY
* In double pole W models, spacing

PANEL CUT-OUT
between poles on PCB is different from
Bushing Ø 6,35 (1/4) Bushing Ø 6 (.236) standard : 4,7 mm (.185) instead of
Ø6.50 Ø2.20 Ø6.20 Ø2.20 3,81 mm (.150)
(.255 DIA) (.086 DIA) (.244 DIA) (.086 DIA)
6.20
5.20 (.244)
(.204)
LEVERS
(.452)
11.50
(.570)
14.50
(.472)
12.00
(.039)
(.039)
1.00
1.00
(.354)
9.00
(.236)
6.00
Blank Blank -4N

For threaded bushing models For plain bushing models For use with paddles only
Cap U270 compulsory Cap U1040 compulsory

55000 series
LEVERS (continued)
Ø4.40 Ø4.40
(.173DIA) (.173DIA)
(.383)
9.75
(.501)
12.75
(.039)
(.039)
1.00
(.354)
1.00
9.00
(.236)
6.00
-33 -33
A
For threaded bushing models For plain bushing models
OTHER AGENCY APPROVALS
UL
CSA
To order a switch additionally marked UL and/or CSA, complete above box with desired approvals (ex. ULCSA).
INSULATING CAPS AND PADDLES

Cap/paddle
+ U... colours
Replace last
Insulating caps "0" by number
Compulsory - delivered assembled on the lever - not available in ivory colour
1 blue
1/4 dark blue
2 black
(.433)
11.00
(.531)
13.50
3 green
Ø3.5 Ø3.5
4 grey
(.137 DIA) (.137 DIA) 5 yellow
U270 U1040
7 ivory
For threaded bushing models For plain bushing models 7/1 white
9 orange
Paddles
For use with lever 4N only. Shown with threaded bushing. Order separately.
2.00 11.00 2.00 11.00
(.078) (.433) (.078) (.433)
2.25 6.60
(.088) (.259)
6.00
(.236)
5.30
(.208) 6.00
(.496)
12.60
14.00
20.00
(.787)
(.557)
14.15
21.40
21.55
(.842)
(.848)
21.55
(.848)
(.236) (.551)
18.00
(.708)
Ø6.35-40UNS
(.354)
9.00
(1/4-40UNS)
Ø6.35-40UNS Ø6.35-40UNS
(.354)
(.354)
9.00
9.00
(1/4-40UNS) (1/4-40UNS)
U240N U290N U390N
GROUND CONNECTOR 0
7.491)
(.2
IMPORTANT : compulsory on models

with threaded bushing if the panel is
(.031)
0.80
not metallic or not connected to Ø1.40

(.055 DIA)
ground. Order separately.

Ø6.50
(.255 DIA)
(.188)
4.80
Ø11.8
(.464 DIA)
U721

08-Serie 10600-A-R1_09-Serie 10600-A 11/01/13 10:19 Page54
10600 series
Professional toggle switches - threaded bushing Ø 10 (.393)
Distinctive features and pecifications
❑ CECC approved
A

• Max. current/voltage rating with resistive load : 3A 24VDC • Case : diallylphthalate (DAP) or
• Minimum load : 100µA 10mV high temperature plastic material
• Initial contact resistance : 10 mΩ max. (UL94- V0)
• Insulation resistance : 1.000 MΩ min. at 500VDC •Actuator : brass, nickel plated
• Dielectric strength : • Bushing : brass, nickel plated
1.000 Vrms 50 Hz min. between terminals of the same pole • Housing : stainless steel
2.000 Vrms 50 Hz min. between terminals and frame • Contacts :
2.000 Vrms 50 Hz min. between terminals of adjacent poles - silver
• Electrical life : 50.000 cycles - silver, gold plated
HOMOLOGATION GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS

• Torque : 1,50 Nm (1.106 Ft.lb)
max. applied to nut
CECC 96201- 007
4 mm (.157)
• Operating temperature :
Availability : consult factory for details of approved models. - 40°C to +85°C
Marking : to order switches marked CECC, add “CECC” to model number.
ABOUT THIS SERIES

Complete part numbers are shown on the following pages.
Sealing boots are available to protect the switches against dust and water. They are presented in section H.
Mounting accessories : standard hardware supplied with all models : 1 knurled cap nut, 1 hex nut, 1 locking ring and 1
lockwasher. They are presented in section I.
Packaging unit : 25 pieces.

10600 series
• Solder lug terminals

➞ Keyway
• 2 and 3 positions
• Available with matt black finish :
consult factory for model number
(.074)
1.90
(.145)
3.70
1.10
(.043)
1 2 3 1.90
(.070)
A
2 positions - single pole ➞ Keyway

II I
4.00 11.00 3.70
(.157) (.433) (.145)
1- 3 1- 2
3 I
(.019)
(.185)
0.50
4.70
1 24˚
2 1 3
(.519)
13.20
Silver contacts
2 II
ON - ON
7.00 11.00 8.50 Ø14.00
(.551 DIA)
(.031)
(.275) (.433) (.334)
0.80
106362103
106322103 ON - MOM
Ø10.00 X 0.75 SI
(.393 DIA X 0.75 IS)
Gold plated silver contacts
(.157 DIA)
Ø4.00
ON - ON
(.070)
1.80
106361175
106321175 ON - MOM
EPOXY
2 positions - double pole ➞ Keyway 4.00 11.00 3.70

II I
(.157) (.433) (.145)
2- 3 2- 1
5- 6 5- 4
3 6 I
(.019)
(.185)
0.50
4.70
2 5 24˚
1 2 3
(.519)
13.20
1 4 II
11.00 8.50 Ø14.00
Silver contacts
12.00
(.551 DIA)
(.031)
(.433) (.334)
0.80
(.472)
106462103 ON - ON
ON - MOM
Ø10.00 X 0.75 SI
106422103 (.393 DIA X 0.75 IS)
(.157 DIA)
Ø4.00
(.070)
1.80
(.187)
4.75

106461175 ON - ON
106421175 ON - MOM EPOXY
3 positions - single pole ➞ Keyway

III II I
4.00 11.00 3.70
(.157) (.433) (.145)
2- 3 2- 1
3 I
(.019)
(.185)
0.50
4.70
2 II24˚
1 2 3
(.519)
13.20
Silver contacts
1 III
ON OFF ON
7.00 11.00 8.50 Ø14.00
(.551 DIA)
(.031)
(.275) (.433) (.334)

0.80
106392103
106372103 MOM OFF MOM
106382103 ON OFF MOM Ø10.00 X 0.75 SI
(.393 DIA X 0.75 IS)
(.157 DIA)
Ø4.00

(.070)
1.80
106391175 ON OFF ON
106371175 MOM OFF MOM EPOXY
106381175 ON OFF MOM

10600 series
3 positions - double pole
III II I
2- 3 2- 1
5- 6 5- 4 ➞ Keyway
Silver contacts
ON OFF ON
A 4.00 11.00 3.70
106492103 (.157) (.433) (.145)

ON OFF MOM 6 3 I
(.019)
(.185)
0.50
4.70
106482103
5 2 II24˚
4 5 6
(.519)
13.20
ON ON ON
4 1 III
106440886*
12.00 11.00 8.50 Ø14.00
(2- 3) (.551 DIA)
(.031)
(.433) (.334)
0.80
(.472)
(5- 4)
Ø10.00 X 0.75 SI
(.393 DIA X 0.75 IS)
(.157 DIA)
Ø4.00
(.070)
ON OFF ON
1.80
(.187)
4.75
106491175
106481175 ON OFF MOM EPOXY
106440944* ON ON ON
(2- 3)
(5- 4)
* Function 4 : SP in DP case. Jumper between terminals 2 and 4 to be wired by the user.
PANEL CUT-OUT
Ø10.20
(.401 DIA)
(.244)
6.20
2.20
(.086)

09-Serie 11-12000-A_10-Serie 11-12000-A 21/11/12 12:16 Page57

Professional toggle switches
❑ Applications
These switches are specially manufactured for defence, telecommunications and A
other professional applications.
❑ Approvals
CECC 96201-005
CECC 96201-008
• Meeting the requirements of MIL standard (MIL 3950)
❑ Robust switches for high specification environments
❑ Toggle action on 2-position models giving smooth mechanical

operation
❑ Plastic material with high insulation resistance
❑ Several front panel sealing options
❑ Several locking lever options (12000 series)
❑ Bright chrome, satin chrome or black finish

11000 series
Professional toggle switches - threaded bushing Ø 6,35 (1/4)
Specifications
• Max. current/voltage rating with resistive load : Peak currents, refer to “Special options”.
- silver contacts (A-AD2-X780) : 2A 250VAC - 4A 125VAC - 4A 30VDC
- gold contacts (D) : 200mA 250VAC - 400mA 125VAC
• Minimum load : AD2-X780-D contacts : 10mA 50mV, 10µA 5V min.
A • Dielectric strength :
2.000 Vrms 50 Hz min. between poles and between terminals and frame
Number of cycles
Contacts Max. current/voltage rating 2 positions 3 positions
A 2A 250VAC - 4A 125VAC - 4A 30VDC 50.000 50.000
AD2 2A 250VAC - 4A 125 VAC - 4A 30VDC 20.000 20.000
X780 (Gold plating : 100mA 30VDC max.)
D 200mA 250VAC - 400mA 125VAC 80.000 50.000
Low level or mechanical life 150.000 100.000

• Case : diallylphthalate (DAP) • Torque :1,25 Nm (.92 Ft.lb) max. applied between the 2 nuts
• Actuator : brass, nickel plated • Standard panel thickness : 2,5 mm (.098) max.
• Bushing : brass, nickel plated • Operating temperature : -40°C to +85°C
• Housing : brass, nickel plated
• Contacts
A : silver
AD2 : gold plated silver RELIABILITY - RUN-IN TEST
(2 microns gold)
Upon request, each individual switch can be submitted to a low level run-in
X780 : solid rivet - gold plated
test of 50 or 250 cycles to ensure suitability for special applications requiring
silver/nickel alloy
a very high level of reliability (military, etc.).
D : solid gold rivet
X910 : silver/nickel alloy (for
peak currents, see “Special AGENCY APPROVALS
options”)
CECC 96201-005
Note : AD2 and X780 contacts CECC 96201-008
can be used for high level
applications. In this case, the
gold layer is considered only as Availability : consult factory for details of approved models.
a protection against oxidation Marking : to order switches marked CECC, complete appropriate box of
during storage. ordering format.
Packaging unit : 25 pieces or 50 pieces depending on models.

11000 series
Overview
11
SERIES Terminals and bushings Number of poles Electrical functions Terminals

1 Solder lug or right 3 Single pole 6 ON - ON Blank Solder lug or
angle 4 Double pole 9 ON OFF ON straight PC A
2 Straight PC terminals 5 Three pole 7 MOM OFF MOM W Right angle,
6 Four pole 8 ON OFF MOM horizontal mounting
All models with Ø 6,35
(function 6, SP only)
(1/4) threaded bushing.
Finish Levers Approval

Blank Bright chrome finish Blank Standard CECC
G Black finish on -26 Cylindrical
Availability : Consult
bushing, actuator
factory for details of
and hardware.
approved models.
Contact materials Sealing Special options

A Silver Blank Epoxy sealed terminals Blank No special
AD2 Gold plated silver standard requirement
(2 microns) K Front panel sealing by X408 Front panel sealing
D Solid gold rivet one O-ring and sealing by two O-rings
washer Other : see following pages.
See "Special options" for X780
(solid silver/nickel rivet) and Sealing by two O-rings, see
X408, "Special options" box.
X910 (for peak currents).
ABOUT THIS SERIES

Mounting accessories : standard hardware supplied with all models : 2 hex nuts 8 (.314) across flats, 1 locking ring and 1
lockwasher. Standard and special hardware available are presented in section I.

11000 series
• Solder lug, straight PC or right angle terminals

➞ Keyway
(.066)
1.70
(.196)
5.00
(.374)
1.00
9.50
1.20 (.039)
(.047)
A
1 2 3 1 2 3 2.50
(.098)
Function 6 Other functions
MODEL
STRUCTURE
Solder lug terminals - single pole ➞ Keyway

11.30 6.30 13.40 8.00
(.444) (.248) (.527) (.314)
I II III
III
3
1 2 3
(.551)
14.00
2 II 26˚
1
I
(.157)
(.019)
4.00
0.50
11136 ON - ON 0.70
(.027)
11139 ON OFF ON
11137 MOM OFF MOM Ø6.35-40UNS
(.118 DIA)
Ø3.00
11138 ON OFF MOM
(1/4-40UNS)
(.098)
2.50
5.00
(.196)
EPOXY
Solder lug terminals - double pole ➞ Keyway 11.30 6.30 13.40 14.00
(.444) (.248) (.527) (.551)
I II III
I
1 4
3 2 1
(.551)
14.00
2 5 II 26˚
3 6
III
(.157)
(.019)
4.00
0.50
11146 ON - ON 0.70
(.027)
11149 ON OFF ON
11147 MOM OFF MOM Ø6.35-40UNS
(.118 DIA)
Ø3.00
(1/4-40UNS)
11148 ON OFF MOM
(.236)
6.00
(.098)
2.50
5.00
(.196)
EPOXY
Solder lug terminals - three pole ➞ Keyway 11.30 5.70 17.00 20.00
(.444) (.224) (.669) (.787)
I II III
I
4 7
3 2 1
(.551)
14.00
5 8 II 20˚
6 9
III
(.157)
(.019)
4.00
0.50
4.30
(.169)
11156 ON - ON
11159 ON OFF ON Ø6.35-40UNS
(.118 DIA)
11157 MOM OFF MOM

Ø3.00
(1/4-40UNS)
11158 ON OFF MOM

(.236)
6.00
(.098)
2.50
(.472 DIA)
Ø12.00
5.00
(.196) EPOXY

11000 series
Solder lug terminals - four pole ➞ Keyway 11.30 5.70

(.444) (.224)
17.00
(.669)
26.00
(1.023)
II II III
I
7 10
3 2 1
(.551)
14.00
8 11 II 20˚
9 12
III
(.157)
(.019)
4.00
0.50
4.30
(.169)
11166 ON - ON
11169 ON OFF ON Ø6.35-40UNS
A
(.118 DIA)
Ø3.00
(1/4-40UNS)
11167 MOM OFF MOM
11168 ON OFF MOM
(.236)
6.00
(.098)
2.50
(.472 DIA)
Ø12.00
5.00
(.196) EPOXY
Straight PC terminals - single pole ▲ ➞ Keyway 11.30 6.30 13.40 8.00

(.444) (.248) (.527) (.314)
II II III
I
3
1 2 3
(.551)
14.00
2 II 26˚
1
III
(.157)
(.019)
4.00
0.50
0.70
11236 ON - ON
(.027)
Ø6.35-40UNS
(.118 DIA)
Ø3.00
(1/4-40UNS) Ø1.60
(.039)
1.00
(.062 DIA)
4.00
(.157)
9.50
(.374)
EPOXY
Straight PC terminals - double pole ▲ ➞ Keyway

11.30 6.30 13.40 14.00
II II III (.444) (.248) (.527) (.551)
I
1 4
3 2 1
(.551)
14.00
2 5 II 26˚
3 6
III
(.157)
(.019)
4.00
0.50
0.70
11246 ON - ON (.027)
Ø6.35-40UNS Ø1.60
(.118 DIA)
(.039)
Ø3.00
(.236)
1.00
(.062 DIA)
6.00
(1/4-40UNS)
(.236)
6.00
4.00
(.157)
9.50
(.374)
EPOXY
Straight PC terminals - three pole ▲ ➞ Keyway 11.30 5.70

(.444) (.224)
17.00
(.669)
20.00
(.787)
II II III
I
4 7
3 2 1
(.551)
14.00
5 8 II 20˚
6 9
III
(.157)
(.019)
4.00
0.50
4.30
(.169)
11256 ON - ON Ø1.60
(.039)
1.00
Ø6.35-40UNS (.062 DIA)

(.118 DIA)
Ø3.00
(1/4-40UNS)
(.236)
6.00
(.236)
6.00
(.472 DIA)
Ø12.00
4.00
(.157)
9.50
(.374)
EPOXY

11000 series
Straight PC terminals - four pole ▲ ➞ Keyway 11.30 5.70

(.444) (.224)
17.00
(.669)
26.00
(1.023)
II II III I
7 10
3 2 1
(.551)
14.00
8 11 II 20˚
9 12
III
(.157)
(.019)
4.00
0.50
4.30
(.169)
11266 ON - ON
(.039)
Ø1.60
1.00
(.062 DIA)
A
Ø6.35-40UNS
(.118 DIA)
Ø3.00
(1/4-40UNS)
(.236)
6.00
(.236)
6.00
(.472 DIA)
Ø12.00
4.00
(.157)
9.50
(.374)
EPOXY
Right angle terminals - horizontal - single pole ➞ Keyway 11.30 5.90

(.444) (.232)
13.80
(.543)
8.00
(.314)
I II III
(.196)
5.00
(.157)
4.00
I
3
3
(.551)
14.00
2 II 26˚
2
1
1
III
(.051)
1.30
(.019)
0.50
1.10
(.043)
11136W ON - ON Ø1.60
(.062 DIA)
5.08
Ø6.35-40UNS EPOXY (.200)
(.118 DIA)
Ø3.00
(1/4-40UNS)
(.173)
4.40
(.364)
9.27
0.40 1.00 4.00
(.015) (.039) (.157)
(.157)
4.00
10.60 9.27
(.417) (.364)
▲ 3,5 mm (.138) short terminals available

PANEL CUT-OUT
for function 6, as well as for functions 9, 7
Ø6.50 Ø6.50 and 8. On request.
Ø6.50 (.255 DIA) (.255 DIA)
(.255 DIA) Ø2.20
(.086 DIA)
(.043)
(.196)
1.10
5.00
(.137)
3.50
5.20 2.70 2.70

(.204) (.106) (.106)
With K With X408 1.00

(.039)

11000 series
CONTACT MATERIALS
A Silver
AD2 Gold plated silver (2 micron gold)
D Solid gold rivet
See "Special options" for contacts X780 (solid silver/nickel rivet) and contacts X910 (for peak currents). A
FINISH

G Black finish on bushing, lever and hardware.
Other finish, consult factory.
SEALING
Epoxy sealed terminals are standard. 1
(.090)
2.30
Ø10.60
Blank No sealing except standard

(.417 DIA)
K Front panel sealing by O-ring and sealing washer. Protects the switch Ø11.80
against water and dust. (.464 DIA)
(.104 MAX)
1.5Maxi
switch is operated.
Not available on 11000W model.
(.251 DIA)
2
Ø6.40
5.80
(.228)
Sealing by two O-rings, see X408 under "Special options". ➀ O-ring ➁ Sealing washer
Sealing boots : see section H.
LEVERS
Ø3.00 Ø2.00
(.118 DIA) (.078 DIA)
(.275)
(.275)
7.00
7.00
(.444)
11.30
(.354)
9.00
Blank -26
Standard Cylindrical

11000 series
SPECIAL OPTIONS
1
X408 Front panel sealing by two O-rings. Flatted bushing for precise
orientation.
A Protects the switch against water and dust.
(.216)
5.50
switch is operated.
(.157 MAX)
4.00 Maxi
Not available on 11000W model.
X408
➞ Flat ➀ O-rings
X780 Solid rivet, gold plated silver/nickel alloy
Peak current up to 80A (1 ms) 60VDC - single/double pole
Single pole • Contacts : solid rivet - silver/nickel alloy (AgNi)

11136 X910 ON - ON • Max. current/voltage rating :
3/80A (1 ms) 60VDC - 10.000 cycles
Double pole • Further specifications and dimensions : see previous pages
11146 X910 ON - ON • General information on peak currents : see end of catalogue.
AGENCY APPROVALS
CECC CECC 96201-005 (high level - contacts X780)

CECC 96201-008 (low level - contacts AD2 or D)

Marking : to order switches marked CECC , complete above box with ”CECC”.

12000 series
Specifications
• Max. current/voltage rating with resistive load : Peak currents, refer to “Special options”.
- silver contacts (A-AD2-X780) : 4A 30VDC
- gold contacts (D) : 100mA 30VDC
• Minimum load : AD2-X780-D contacts : 10mA 50mV, 10µA 5V min.
• Dielectric strength : A
Number of cycles
Contacts Max. current/voltage rating 2 positions 3 positions
A 4A 30VDC 50.000 50.000
AD2 4A 30VDC 20.000 20.000
X780 (Gold plating : 100mA 30VDC max.)
D 100mA 30VDC 80.000 50.000
Low level or mechanical life 150.000 100.000

• Case : diallylphthalate (DAP) • Torque :1,50 Nm (1.10 Ft.lb) max. applied between the 2 nuts
• Actuator : brass, chrome plated • Standard panel thickness : 4,5 mm (.177) max.
• Housing : brass, nickel plated
• Contacts
A : silver RELIABILITY - RUN-IN TEST
AD2 : gold plated silver
(2 microns gold) Upon request, each individual switch can be submitted to a low level run-in
X780 : solid rivet - gold plated test of 50 or 250 cycles to ensure suitability for special applications requiring
silver/nickel alloy a very high level of reliability (military, space, etc.).
D : solid gold rivet
X910 : silver/nickel alloy (for
peak currents, see “Special AGENCY APPROVALS
options”)
• Terminal seal : epoxy CECC 96201-005
Note : AD2 and X780 contacts CECC 96201-008
can be used for high level Designed to MIL specifications
applications. In this case, the
gold layer is considered only as Availability : consult factory for details of approved models.
a protection against oxidation Marking : to order switches marked CECC, complete appropriate box of
during storage. ordering format.
Tin dipped terminals available,
see "Special options".
Packaging unit : 2 pole models : 25 pieces - 3 & 4 pole models : 20 pieces.

12000 series
Overview
12
SERIES Terminals and bushings Number of poles Electrical functions Momentary for
function 4
1 Solder lug terminals 4 Double pole 6 ON - ON
A 2 Straight PC terminals 5 Three pole 9 ON OFF ON 1R ON ON MOM
6 Four pole 7 MOM OFF MOM 2R MOM ON MOM
All models with threaded
8 ON OFF MOM Leave blank for other
bushing Ø 11,9 (15/32).
5 - ON MOM functions.
Bushing Ø 15 (.590), see
X822 under "Special 4 ON ON ON
options". ON ON MOM ▲
MOM ON MOM ▲
Function 4
. ▲ Must not have blank
in "momentary" box.
Finish Fluorescent tip Special options

Blank Bright chrome finish Blank None Blank No special
G Black finish on 038 White fluorescent requirement
bushing, actuator and tip to lever X408 Front panel sealing
hardware. Available with matt black by two O-rings
Satin chrome finish, see finish (G) only. X822 Bushing Ø 15 (.590)
"Special options". Other : see foll. pages.
Contact materials Sealing Levers Approvals

A Silver Blank Epoxy sealed Blank Standard lever CECC
AD2 Silver, gold plated terminals standard -12 Short lever Availability :
(2 micron gold)) K Front panel sealing by Consult factory for details
D Solid gold rivet one O-ring and Locking levers of approved models.
sealing washer
See "Special options" for -1V 1 locked position
X780 (solid silver/nickel Sealing by two O-rings, see -2V 2 locked positions
rivet) and X910 (for peak X408, "Special options"
box.
currents). Other : see foll. pages.
ABOUT THIS SERIES

Mounting accessories : standard hardware supplied with all models : 2 hex nuts 14 (.551) across flats and 1 locking ring.
Security caps are available to prevent inadvertent lever operation. They are presented in section I.

12000 series
Solder lug terminals : 12100

➞ Keyway
(.066)
Typical angle of throw (A)
1.70
(.196)
5.00
Function 6 26°
(.374)
1.00
9.50
1.20 (.039)
1 2 3 1 2 3
Functions 9, 7, 8, 4 20° (.047)
A
2.50
(.098)
Function 6 Other functions Function 5 12°
MODEL
STRUCTURE
Solder lug terminals - double pole ➞ Keyway 17.30

(.681)
10.90
(.429)
13.70
(.539)
I II III I
1
1 4
(.551)
14.00
2 5 II A
2
3 6
3
III
(.157)
(.019)
4.00
0.50
12146 ON - ON 1.00
(.039)
Ø18.20
(.716 DIA)
12149 ON OFF ON
12147 MOM OFF MOM
12148 ON OFF MOM
Ø11.90-32UNS
12144* ON ON ON
(15/32-32UNS)
12144 1R* ON ON MOM

12144 2R* MOM ON MOM
(.236)
6.00
(.098)
(.236 DIA)
12145 - ON MOM
2.50
5.00
Ø6.00
(.196)
EPOXY
* Function 4 : SP in DP case - connections, see end of catalogue.
Solder lug terminals - three pole ➞ Keyway 17.30

(.681)
10.90
(.429)
13.70
(.539)
20.00
(.787)
I II III
I
1
4 7
(.551)
14.00
5 8 II A
2
6 9
3
III
(.157)
(.019)
4.00
0.50
1.00 Ø18.20
(.039) (.716 DIA)
12156 ON - ON
12159 ON OFF ON
12157 MOM OFF MOM
Ø11.90-32UNS
(15/32-32UNS)
12158 ON OFF MOM

(.236)
6.00
(.098)
2.50
(.236 DIA)
Ø6.00
5.00
(.196) EPOXY
Solder lug terminals - four pole ➞ Keyway 17.30

(.681)
10.90
(.429)
13.70
(.539)
26.00
(1.023)
I II III I
1
7 10
(.551)
14.00
8 11 II A
2
9 12
3
III
(.157)
(.019)
4.00
0.50
1.00 Ø18.20
(.039) (.716 DIA)
12166 ON - ON
12169 ON OFF ON
12167 MOM OFF MOM
Ø11.90-32UNS
(15/32-32UNS)
12168 ON OFF MOM

12164* ON ON ON
(.236)
12164 1R* ON ON MOM

6.00
(.098)
(.236 DIA)
2.50
Ø6.00
12164 2R* MOM ON MOM 5.00

(.196) EPOXY
* Function 4 : DP in 4P case - connections, see end of catalogue.

12000 series
Straight PC terminals : 12200
Straight PC terminals - double pole ▲ ➞ Keyway 17.30

(.681)
10.90
(.429)
13.70
(.539)
I II III 1 4
I
2 1
(.551)
14.00
2 5 II A
3 6
3
III
12246 ON - ON
(.157)
(.019)
4.00
0.50
1.00 Ø18.20
(.039) (.716 DIA)
A Ø1.60
(.039)
(.236)
(.236)
1.00
(.062 DIA)
6.00
6.00
Ø11.90-32UNS
(15/32-32UNS)
4.00
(.236 DIA)
(.157)
Ø6.00
9.50
(.374) EPOXY
Straight PC terminals - three pole ▲ ➞ Keyway 17.30

(.681)
10.90
(.429)
13.70
(.539)
20.00
(.787)
I II III 4 7
I
2 1
(.551)
14.00
5 8 II A
6 9
3
III
12256 ON - ON
(.157)
(.019)
4.00
0.50
1.00 Ø18.20
(.716 DIA)
(.039)
Ø1.60
(.039)
1.00
(.062 DIA)
(.236)
6.00
Ø11.90-32UNS
(15/32-32UNS)
(.236)
6.00
(.236 DIA)
Ø6.00
4.00
9.50 (.157)
(.374) EPOXY
Straight PC terminals - four pole ▲ ➞ Keyway 17.30

(.681)
10.90
(.429)
13.70
(.539)
26.00
(1.023)
I
I II III 7 10
2 1
(.551)
14.00
8 11 II A
9 12
3
III
(.157)
(.019)
12266
4.00
ON - ON
0.50
Ø18.20
1.00 (.716 DIA)
(.039)
(.039)
Ø1.60
1.00
(.062 DIA)
Ø11.90-32UNS
(15/32-32UNS)
(.236)
6.00
(.236)
6.00
(.236 DIA)
Ø6.00
4.00
9.50 (.157)
(.374) EPOXY

PANEL CUT-OUT
for function 6, as well as for functions 9, 7,
8, 4 and 5. On request.
Ø12.50 Ø3.50 Ø12.00 Ø12.00
(.492 DIA) (.137 DIA) (.472 DIA) (.472 DIA)
(.066)
1.70
(.196)
5.00
(.137)
3.50
9.60 5.10 5.10

(.377) (.200) (.200)
With K With X408 1.00

(.039)

12000 series
CONTACT MATERIALS
A Silver
AD2 Silver, gold plated (2 micron gold)
D Solid gold rivet (except functions 4 and 5)
See "Special options" for contacts X780 (solid silver/nickel rivet) and contacts X910 (for peak currents). A
FINISH

G Black finish on bushing, lever and hardware.
For satin chrome finish, see "Special options".
SEALING
(.157 max)
4 Maxi
Epoxy sealed terminals are standard.
(.118)
3.00
Blank No sealing except standard.
K Front panel sealing by one O-ring and sealing washer.

Protects the switch against water and dust.
Panel seal withstands 1 bar pressure and remains sealed even
when switch is operated. 2 1 2 1
Sealing by two O-rings, see X408 under "Special options". ➀ O-ring ➁ Sealing washer
FLUORESCENT TIP
Blank None Standard lever Locking lever

Becomes luminous when submitted to ultra-violet rays.
Available with matt black finish (option G) only.

12000 series
ACTUATORS
Levers Dash compulsory before lever code.

Ø6.00
(.236 DIA) Ø5.00
(.196 DIA)
A
Security caps : see section I.
(.681)
17.30
(.464)
11.80
(.468)
11.90
(.468)
11.90
Blank -12
Standard Short lever
Locking levers ➞ Keyway

Ø7.00
Ø Ø (.275)
(.2757.00 (.2757.00
DIA) DIA)
20.60
(.811)
(.763)
(.763)
19.40
19.40
(.468)
(.468)
11.90
11.90
(.468)
11.90
-1V -2V -3V
Typical angle of throw : 26° Typical angle of throw : 26° Typical angle of throw : 20°
-4V -5V -7V -8V -9V -11V
Functions 9 & 4 Functions 7 & 442R Functions 8 & 441R Functions 8, 9, 44 & Functions 8 & 441R Functons 8, 9, 44 &
441R 441R
-12V -13V -15V -16V -17V -20V
Functions 8 & 441R Functions 8 & 441R Functions 8 & 441R Functions 4 & 9 Functions 7 & 442R Functions 9 & 44
Note : -5V and -12V are not true locking levers : no pulling is required before actuation.
SPECIAL OPTIONS
1
Blank No special requirement.
X408 Front panel sealing by two O-rings. Flatted bushing for precise
orientation. Panel thickness : 8 mm (.314) max., 3 mm (.118) min.
(.409)
10.40

switch is operated.
X545 Lever, bushing, housing, nuts and washers with satin chrome finish. ➞ Flat ➀ O-rings

12000 series
SPECIAL OPTIONS (continued)

Ø15 X 100 SI 12.70
(.590 DIA X 100 IS) (.500)
X822 Threaded bushing Ø 15 (.590), with double flat

1
Not available with function 5 or locking levers.

Includes front panel sealing and X780 contact material.
(.409)
10.40
A
(.255 Max)
6.5 Maxi
X780 Solid rivet - gold plated silver/nickel alloy contacts X822
Not available with function 5.
(.511)
13.00
➞ Flat Ø15.20
(.598 DIA)
➀ O-rings
Peak current up to 80A (1 ms) 60VDC - double pole
• Contacts : solid rivet - silver/nickel alloy (AgNi)

• Max. current/voltage rating :
3/80A (1 ms) 60VDC - 10.000 cycles
12146 X910 ON - ON • Further specifications and dimensions : see previous pages
• General information on peak currents : see end of catalogue.
AGENCY APPROVAL
CECC CECC 96201-005 (high level - contacts X780)

CECC 96201-008 (low level - contacts AD2 or D)

Marking : to order switches marked CECC, complete above box with ”CECC”.

Page A72_11-Serie 12000X778-A 18/12/12 15:05 Page72
12000X778 series
High performance toggle switches - threaded bushing Ø 11,9 (15/32)
❑ Approvals
CECC 96201-005
A
CECC 96201-008
MIL Standards MIL STD 3950 and MIL STD 83731

This range of professional toggle switches is suitable for use in military and
other high specification environments.
❑ Contacts
Highly reliable contacts suitable for low level applications (10mA 50mV -
10µA 5VDC min.) or power applications (4A 30VDC max.)
❑ Pinned lever
The base of the switch lever is pinned to the bushing, thus earthing the lever to
the bushing. This also provides strain relief to protect the switch if accidentally
knocked.
❑ Double shell case

For high mechanical strength and high electrical insulation.
❑ Compact size
The small rear end of the switch allows space saving behind the panel.
❑ Finish
Black finish on body, bushing, lever and hardware.
❑ Sealing
Panel sealed to IP 67, these switches are frontal sealed by two O-rings and
have full rear end sealing.
❑ Accessories
A comprehensive range of protection boots (both full and half length), locking
levers and security caps are available.

10-Serie 12000X778-A_11-Serie 12000X778-A 21/11/12 12:21 Page73
12000X778 series
Specifications
• Max. current/voltage rating with resistive load : 4A 125VAC - 4A 28VDC
• Minimum load : 10mA 50mV, 10µA 5VDC
When used above 300mA 28VDC, the gold plating is removed on contact areas and is considered only as a protection
against oxidation during storage.
• Initial contact resistance : 10 mΩ max. Volts
• Dielectric strength : A
250 VAC
1.000 Vrms 50 Hz min. between terminals 125 VAC

• Electrical life :
- At 4A 28VDC : 48 VDC
20.000 cycles (10.000 for functions 5, 4-1R, 4-2R) 28 VDC
- At low level (50mV 10mA) :

150.000 cycles (switches with 2 maintained positions) 5 VDC
100.000 cycles (switches with 3 maintained positions) 50 mV

Amps
50.000 cycles (momentary functions 7, 8, 4-1R, 4-2R, 5) 10µA 10mA 1A 2A 4A
MATERIALS SEALING
• Case : diallylphthalate (DAP) • Front panel sealing by two O-rings ➞ Flat
with plastic external shell Flatted bush for precise orientation
(epoxy sealed)
• Actuator : brass, black chrome • Panel seal withstands 1 bar pressure and
plated remains sealed even when the switch is operated.
• Bushing : brass, black chrome 1
plated • Epoxy sealed terminals
• Contacts : solid rivet -
gold plated silver/nickel alloy • Splash-proof case ➀ O-rings
• Torque : 1,50 Nm (1.10 Ft.lb) max. applied to nut
• Panel thickness : 8 mm (.314) max. - 3 mm (.118) min.
• Shock test : 50g - 11ms (IEC 68-2-27)
• Vibrations : 10-500 Hz - 10g (IEC68-2-6)
• Humidity test : 56 days, 93 % R.H., 40°C (IEC 68-2-3)
• Salt spray test : 96 hours (IEC 68-2-11)
APPROVALS
Many models within this range have full CECC approval and are marked
CECC. Please consult factory for list of approved models.

12000X778 series
Overview
12
SERIES Terminals and bushings Number of poles Electrical functions Momentary

1 Solder lug terminals, 4 Double pole 6 ON - ON 1R ON ON MOM
A threaded bushing 5 Three pole 9 ON OFF ON 2R MOM ON MOM
Ø 11,9 (15/32) 6 Four pole 7 MOM OFF MOM
2 Straight PC terminals, 8 ON OFF MOM . For function 4 only.
. Leave blank for other
threaded bushing 4 ON ON ON
functions.
Ø 11,9 (15/32) ON ON MOM Δ
MOM ON MOM Δ
5 ON MOM
Function 4
. For 2 and 4 poles only.
. Δ Must not have blank in
"momentary" box.
Fluorescent tip Levers X778 Approval

Blank None Blank Standard lever High performance CECC
038 White fluorescent -12 Short lever fully sealed
tip to lever black switches. Availability :
Locking levers Consult factory for
details of approved
-1V 1 locked position models.
Other : see following pages.
ABOUT THIS SERIES

Sealing boots can be used to further protect the switches against dust and water. They are presented in section H.
Mounting accessories : standard hardware supplied with all models : 1 hex nut 14 mm (.551) across flats, part number U41.
This nut is presented after model structure of switches.
Packaging unit : 2 pole models : 25 pieces

3 and 4 pole models : 20 pieces .

12000X778 series
Fully sealed - black
➞ Flat
(.066)
Typical angle of throw (A)
1.70
(.161)
4.10
Function 6 26° 1.00
(.338)
8.60
1.20 (.039)
Functions 9, 7, 8, 4 20° (.047)
2.50
4 3- 1
Function 6
2 3 1 2
Other functions Function 5 12°

(.098)
A
MODEL
STRUCTURE
Solder lug terminals - double pole ➞ Flat

17.30
(.681)
10.40
(.409)
16.00
(.629)
(.019)
0.50
I
I II III
(.629)
16.00
II A
III
12146 X778 ON - ON
(.157)
12149 X778 ON OFF ON EPOXY 4.00 15.10 4.10
12147 X778 MOM OFF MOM

(.594) (.161)
12148 X778 ON OFF MOM Ø11.90-32UNS

1.50
12144 X778 ON ON ON
(.059)
(15/32-32UNS)
(.098)
2.50
12144-1R X778 MOM ON ON
(.236 DIA)
12144-2R X778 MOM ON MOM

Ø6.00
12145 X778 ON MOM
(.236)
6.00
Solder lug terminals - three pole ➞ Flat 17.30 10.40 22.00
(.681) (.409) (.866)
(.019)
0.50
(.629)
16.00
II A
I II III III
12156 X778 ON - ON
(.157)
4.00
12159 X778 ON OFF ON

EPOXY 15.10 4.10
(.594) (.161)
12157 X778 MOM OFF MOM 1.50

12158 X778 ON OFF MOM (.059)
(.098)
Ø11.90-32UNS
2.50
(15/32-32UNS)
(.236 DIA)
Ø6.00
(.236)
6.00
Solder lug terminals - four pole ➞ Flat 17.30 10.40 28.10

(.681) (.409) (1.106)
(.019)
0.50
I
(.629)
16.00
II A
I II III
III
12166 X778 ON - ON
(.157)
4.00
EPOXY 15.10 4.10

12169 X778 ON OFF ON (.594) (.161)
12167 X778 MOM OFF MOM Ø11.90-32UNS

1.50
(.059)
12168 X778 ON OFF MOM (15/32-32UNS)
(.098)
2.50
12164 X778 ON ON ON
(.236 DIA)
12164-1R X778 ON ON MOM

Ø6.00
12164-2R X778 MOM ON MOM

(.236)
6.00

12000X778 series
Straight PC terminals - double pole ▲ ➞ Flat 17.30 10.40 16.00

(.681) (.409) (.629)
(.629)
16.00
I II III II A
III
12246 X778 ON - ON
(.157)
4.00
EPOXY 15.10 8.60
(.594) (.338)
A 1.50 4.00
Ø11.90-32UNS (.059) (.157)
(15/32-32UNS)
(.039)
(.236)
1.00
6.00
(.236 DIA)
Ø6.00
Ø1.60
(.236)
6.00
(.062 DIA)
Straight PC terminals - three pole ▲ ➞ Flat 17.30

(.681)
10.40
(.409)
22.00
(.866)
(.629)
16.00
II A
I II III III
(.157)
12256 X778 ON - ON EPOXY 4.00 15.10 8.60
(.594) (.338)
4.00
1.50 (.157)
Ø11.90-32UNS (.059)
(.039)
(.236)
1.00
6.00
(15/32-32UNS)
(.236 DIA)
Ø6.00
Ø1.60
(.236)
6.00
(.062 DIA)
Straight PC terminals - four pole ▲ ➞ Flat 17.30

(.681)
10.40
(.409)
28.10
(1.106)
I
(.629)
16.00
II A
I II III III
(.157)
4.00
12266 X778 ON - ON EPOXY 15.10

(.594)
8.60
(.338) 4.00
(.157)
1.50
Ø11.90-32UNS (.059)
(15/32-32UNS)
(.236)
6.00
(.236 DIA)
Ø6.00
(.236)
6.00
Positions and connections, see next page. Ø1.60

(.039)
1.00
(.062 DIA)

PANEL CUT-OUT STANDARD HARDWARE
for function 6, as well as for functions 9, 7,
Hex nut 8, 4 and 5. On request.
14.00 2.30
Ø12.00 (.551) (.090)
(.472 DIA)
(.196)
5.00
(.137)
3.50
5.10 Ø11.9-32UNS
(.200) (15/32-32UNS)
1.00
(.039)
U41 (matt black)

12000X778 series
Positions and connections
LEVER POSITION AND CONNECTIONS TERMINAL WIRING FOR 3-WAY SWITCHES

FUNCTION
I II III (Flat) IDENTIFICATION (FUNCTION 4)
12146 ON - ON → External jumper (added by customer)

6 2
(1-3)-4 (1-3)-2 7-5 3-1
(5-7)-8 (5-7)-6 8 4
1
3 A
12144 2
12147 MOM OFF MOM ➞ Flat 4

6
12148 ON OFF MOM 5
12149 ON OFF ON
12148CT MOM OFF ON
1-2 1-3 3
1
4-5 4-6 2
12144-1R 6
4
12145 - ON MOM 5
2 5
1-2 1-3 1 4
4-5 4-6 3 6
3
1
2
12144 ON ON ON 6
12144-2R
12144-1R MOM ON ON
4
5
12144-2R MOM ON MOM
1-2 1-3 1-3

4-5 4-5 4-6
ON - ON
2 10
12156 (1-3)-4 (1-3)-2 3-1 9-11
(5-7)-8 (5-7)-6 4 12
(9-11)-12 (9-11)-10
2A
12166 ON - ON 1A
3A
2C
1A - 3A 1A - 2A 12164 1C
1C - 3C 1C - 2C 3C
1E - 3E 1E - 2E
2E
1E
1G - 3G 1G - 2G A C E G 3E
2 2 2G
1 1 1G
12164 ON ON ON 3 3 3G
1A - 2A 1A - 2A 1A - 3A
1C - 2C 1C - 3C 1C - 3C
1E - 2E 1E - 2E 1E - 3E
1G - 2G 1G - 3G 1G - 3G

12000X778 series
FLUORESCENT TIP
X778
Standard lever Locking lever
Blank None

Becomes luminous when submitted to ultra-violet rays.
A
LEVERS / LOCKING LEVERS

X778 Dash compulsory before lever code.
Ø6.00
(.236 DIA) Ø5.00
(.196 DIA)

(.681)
17.30
(.464)
11.80
Security caps : see section I.

(.468)
11.90
(.468)
11.90
-12
Standard lever (leave blank) Short lever
Locking levers
➞ Flat
Ø7.00
Ø Ø (.275)
(.2757.00 (.2757.00
DIA) DIA)
20.60
(.811)
(.763)
(.763)
19.40
19.40
(.468)
(.468)
(.468)
11.90
11.90
11.90
-1V -2V -3V

Typical angle of throw : 26° Typical angle of throw : 26° Typical angle of throw : 20°
-4V -5V -7V -8V -9V -11V Note : -5V and

-12V are not true
Functions 9 & 4 Functions 7 & 442R Functions 8 & 441R Functions 8, 9, 44 & Functions 8 & 441R Functions 8, 9, 44 &
441R 441R locking levers : no
pulling is required
before actuation.
-12V -13V -15V -16V -17V -20V
Functions 8 & 441R Functions 8 & 441R Functions 8 & 441R Functions 4 & 9 Functions 7 & 442R Functions 9 & 44
AGENCY APPROVAL
X778
CECC CECC 96201-005 and CECC 96201-008

Marking : to order switches marked CECC, please complete above box with "CECC". Blank : no agency approval required.

1000 series
Toggle switches - metal lever - economy range
❑ Butt action contacts

❑ Optional insulated levers (X213 and X490) A
- silver contacts (A) : 6A 30VDC
- silver plated copper contacts (C) : 1A 30VDC
• Electrical life : 10.000 cycles at full load

• Case : • Torque : 1,50 Nm (1.10 Ft.lb) max. applied to nut
- function 1 : phenolic resin • Panel thickness : 5 mm (.196) max.
- funct. 6 & 9 : polyamide • Operating temperature : -20°C to +55°C
• Actuator :
- brass, nickel plated (1010
and 1020 models)
- polyamide (1030 models)
• Bushing : brass, nickel plated
• Contacts :
A : silver
C : copper, silver plated
ABOUT THIS SERIES
Mounting accessories : standard hardware supplied :

- silver contact models : 1 hex nut U166 + 1 knurled nut U411
- copper contact models : 1 hex nut U42 + 1 knurled nut U411

1000 series
Solder lug and quick-connect terminals - screw terminals
➞ Keyway • 2 and 3 positions

• Single pole configurations
Ø3.10 Ø3.00x0.5 SI
(.122DIA) (.118DIAx0.5 IS)
(.118)
3.00
(.362)
9.20
(.334)
8.50
6.35x0.80
(.177)
(.25x.031)
4.50
6.35x0.80
(.25x.031)
MODEL
STRUCTURE
Solder lug and quick-connect terminals ➞ Keyway III I Ø12.00x0.75 SI

(.472DIAx0.75 IS)
III 18˚ II18˚ I
36˚
(.925)
15.00
I II III
(.413)
10.50
1011 ON - OFF
1016 ON - ON
(.472)
12.00
(.039)
1.00
1019 ON OFF ON
(.362)
9.20
0.8
(.031)
12.00 6.35 12.00 12.00
(.472) (.25) (.472) (.472)
14.00
22.50 (.551) 28.00
(.886) (1.102)
Screw terminals ➞ Keyway III

36°
I Ø12.00x0.75 SI
(.472DIAx0.75 IS)
(.039)
15.00
I II III
10.50
(.413)
1021 ON - OFF
1026 ON - ON
12.00
(.472)
(.039)
1.00
1029 ON OFF ON
(.334)
8.50
12.00 6.35
(.472) (.25)
22.50 14.00
(.886) (.551)
PANEL CUT-OUT
Ø12.20
(.48DIA)

1000 series
Solder lug and quick-connect terminals - screw terminals
CONTACT MATERIALS
A Silver
C Copper, silver plated
SPECIAL OPTIONS WITH INSULATED LEVER
X213 Silver plated copper contacts (C)
➞ Keyway
I 36˚ II Ø12.00x0.75 SI
(.472DIAx0.75 IS)
(.492)
12.50
I II
(.413)
10.50
1031CX213 OFF - ON
(.472)
12.00
(.039)
1.00
(.362)
9.20
0.80
(.031)
12.00 6.35
(.472) (.25)
22.50 14.00
(.886) (.551)
Ground connector U187 compulsory if the panel is not metallic or not connected to ground.
Order separately, see section I.
X490 Available with silver contacts (A) or silver plated copper contacts (C)
➞ Keyway I II
36˚
III
Ø12.00x0.75 SI
(.472DIAx0.75 IS)
(.492)
12.50
I II III
(.413)
10.50
1036 X490 ON - ON
1039 X490 ON OFF ON
(.472)
12.00
(.039)
1.00
(.362)
9.20
0.80
(.031)
6.35
12.00 12.00 (.25)
(.472) (.472)
28.00 14.00
(1.102) (.551)

1500 series
Toggle switches - insulated lever and bushing
❑ UL approved
A ❑ Variety of actuator styles and colours
• Max. current/voltage rating with resistive load : 5A 12VDC (10.000 cycles)
• Insulation resistance : 1.000MΩ min. at 500VDC
2.000 Vrms 50 Hz min. between terminals and between terminals and metal panel

• Case : polyamide • Torque : 0,95 Nm (.700 Ft.lb) max. applied to nut
• Actuator : polyamide • Panel thickness : 4,5 mm (.177) between 2 nuts
• Bushing : polyamide • Operating temperature : -20°C to +55°C
• Contacts : silver
AGENCY APPROVALS
6A 125VAC/250VAC
Availability : all models

Marking : To order switches marked UL, complete appropriate box of
ordering format.
ABOUT THIS SERIES
Mounting accessories : standard hardware supplied with all models : 1 hex nut U166 and 1 knurled nut U411.
Packaging unit : 50 pieces per type and colour.

1500 series
Solder lug or quick-connect terminals
➞ Keyway • 2 and 3 maintained positions

• Silver contacts standard
1.30
(.204)
5.20
(.122)
(.051)
3.10
(.275)
7.00
4.70x0.80
2.80x0.80
(.11x.031)
(.185x.031)
A
MODEL
STRUCTURE
Solder lug terminals ➞ Keyway I II III

Ø6.00 30˚
(.236DIA)
(.472DIAx0.75 IS)
Ø12.00x0.75 SI
I II III
15.00
(.59)
1531A2 ON - OFF
(.413)
10.50
1536A2 ON - ON
1539A2 ON OFF ON
(.374)
9.50
(.472) 7.00 7.00
(.204)
5.20
12.00 (.275) (.275)
18.80
(.74)
Quick-connect terminals 4,7 x 0,8 (.185 x .031) ➞ Keyway I II III

Ø6.00 30°
(.236DIA)
(.472DIAx0.75 IS)
Ø12.00x0.75 SI
I II III
15.00
1531A8 ON - OFF (.59)
(.413)
10.50
1536A8 ON - ON
1539A8 ON OFF ON
(.275) (.374)
7.00 9.50
12.00 7.00 7.00

(.472) (.275) (.275)
18.80
(.74)
PANEL CUT-OUT
Ø12.20 Ø12.20 Ø12.50

(.48DIA) (.48DIA) (.492DIA)
Ø3.50
(.137DIA)
(.377)
9.60
5.10
(.20)
1.70
(.066)

1500 series
ACTUATORS
Polyamide Polyamide Polyamide

A Black L12 Black L22 Black L32
Red L16 Red L26 Red L36
White L17 White L27 White L37
Orange L19 Orange L29 Orange L39
Brass,
nickel plated L1N
Standard Flat Dual cone
Polyamide
Black L42
Red L46
White L47
Orange L49
Cylindrical
AGENCY APPROVALS
UL
Availability : all models.
Marking : to order switches marked UL, complete above box with desired approvals.


Toggle switches - metal lever
❑ Reduced behind-panel space requirement

(models with side terminals)
A
❑ Optional insulated lever
• Max. current/voltage rating with resistive load : 4A 30VDC
2.000 Vrms 50 Hz min. between poles and between terminals and lever

• Case : phenolic resin • Torque : 1,50 Nm (1.10 Ft.lb) max. applied to nut
• Actuator : • Panel thickness : 5 mm (.196) max.
1600 models : brass nickel • Operating temperature : -20°C to +55°C
plated
1700 models : polyamide
• Contacts : phosphor bronze
and brass, silver plated.
ABOUT THIS SERIES
Sealing boots are available on models 1600 to protect the switches against dust and water. They are presented in section H.
Mounting accessories : standard hardware supplied with all models : 1 hex nut U42 and 1 knurled nut U411.
They are presented in section I.


Solder lug or screw terminals
• Wiping contacts
➞ Keyway
7.50 9.50
2.50 (.295) (.374)
(.236)
6.00
(.098)
Ø2.10
6.35x0.80
(.25x.031)
6.35
(.25)
(.082DIA) Ø3.00x0.5 SI
(.118x0.5 IS) Ø1.50
A
Ø4.00 (.059DIA)
(.157DIA) 2.95 4.00
(.116) (.157)
Horizontal solder lug terminals ➞ Keyway

I II Ø12.00x0.75 SI II I
42˚ (.472DIAx0.75 IS) 42˚
I II
(.472)
12.00
(.393)
10.00
Metal lever Insulated
(.413)
10.50
black lever
1601 1701 ON - OFF
15.00
(.59)
1606 1706 ON - ON
0.40
(.015)
25.00 6.00 6.00
(.984) (.236) (.236)
7.20
(.283)
1601 14.00 1706

(.551)
Metal lever - vertical solder lug terminals ➞ Keyway I II Ø12.00x0.75 SI II I

42˚ (.472DIAx0.75 IS) 42˚
(.472)
12.00
I II
(.413)
10.50
1611 ON - OFF
1616 ON - ON (.413)
15.00
0.40
(.015)
25.00
7.20
(.236)
(.984)
6.00
(.283)
1611 14.00 1616
(.551)
Metal lever - horizontal screw terminals ➞ Keyway

42˚ (.472DIAx0.75 IS) 42˚
(.472)
12.00
I II
(.413)
10.50
1621 ON - OFF
1626 ON - ON
15.00
(.59)
1.00
(.039)
7.50 25.00 7.50
(.295) (.984) 10.00 (.295)
(.393)
1621 14.00 1626

(.551)


Quick-connect terminals
Metal lever - horizontal quick-connect terminals ➞ Keyway

42˚ (.472DIAx0.75 IS) 42˚
(.472)
12.00
I II
(.413)
10.50
1631 ON - OFF
1636 ON - ON A
15.00
(.59)
0.80
(.031)
9.50 25.00 9.50
(.374) (.984) (.374)
10.00
(.393)
14.00
1631 (.551) 1636
PANEL CUT-OUT
Ø12.20
(.48DIA)


Toggle switches
❑ High current/voltage rating in a small case

A ❑ Insulated or metal lever

❑ UL, CSA and VDE (EN 61058-1) approved
• Max. current/voltage rating with resistive load (silver contacts A) : 4A 250VAC - 6A 125VAC
• Approved electrical ratings : see table below
APPROVALS MODELS POLES FUNCTIONS APPROVED RATINGS
UL/CSA 4600A 1-2 1-6-9 3A 250VAC - 6A 125VAC
4400A 1-2 1-6 4(2)A 250VAC

VDE
(EN 61058-1)
4600A 1-2-3 1-6 4(2)A 250VAC

• Case : melamine phenolic • Torque : 0,95 Nm (.70 Ft.lb) max. applied to nut
• Actuator : • Panel thickness : 5 mm (.196) between 2 nuts
- insulated : polyamide ,6-6 • Operating temperature : -20°C to +55°C
- non-insulated : brass, nickel • Hand soldering : 270°C max. for 10 seconds max. - iron Ø3 (.118)
plated
• Bushing :
- insulated : polyamide 6-6 AGENCY APPROVALS
- non-insulated : brass, nickel
plated
EN 61058-1
Availability : see above chart.

Marking : VDE approved models are standard marked.
To order switches marked UL-CSA, complete appropriate box of ordering
format.


Toggle switches
Overview
SERIES Terminals Number of poles Electrical functions

A
4 Straight PC 3 Single pole 1 ON - OFF
6 Solder lug and quick- 4 Double pole 6 ON - ON
connect 5 Three pole 9 ON OFF ON
6../8 Quick-connect 4,7 x
0,8 mm
Contact materials Actuators Actuator colours Approvals

A Silver 1 and 2 pole models 1 Blue UL
-2 Insulated flat lever 2 Black (std) CSA
Standard 3 Green VDE (EN 61058-1)
4 Grey
3 pole models
5 Yellow
Blank Round metal lever
6 Red
-32 Insulated round
7/1 White
lever, black
9 Orange
For SP and DP
models only.
ABOUT THIS SERIES
Sealing boots are available on 3 pole models to protect the switches against dust and water. They are presented in section H.
Mounting accessories : standard hardware supplied with all models : 1hex nut U166 and 1 knurled nut U520 in the same
colour as the lever (insulated models) or U411 nickel plated (metal lever models).


Toggle switches
Insulated flat lever
• Solder lug/quick-connect terminals 2,8 x 0,5 (.110 x .019)

➞ Keyway
• Straight PC terminals or quick-connect terminals 4,7 x 0,8 (.185 x .031)
• 2 and 3 maintained positions
• 1 and 2 pole configurations 1.20
(.196)
(.047)
(.094)
5.00
2.40
(.283)
7.20
(.244)
6.20
A 3 2 1
2.80x0.50
(.11x.019)
1.20x0.5
(.047x.019)
MODEL
STRUCTURE
Solder lug/quick-connect terminals - single pole ➞ Keyway 11.50 14.00 7.20

(.452) (.551) (.283)
2.80
(.11)
III II I
4631 -2 ON - OFF
4636 -2 ON - ON 12.00 13.50
(.472) (.531)
4639 -2 ON OFF ON
(.228)
5.80
III
3
(.748)
19.00
(.019)
30˚
0.50
II
8.40
(.33)
1
I
Ø12.00x0.75 SI
(.472DIAx0.75 IS)
Solder lug/quick-connect terminals - double pole ➞ Keyway 11.50 15.00 7.20

(.452) (.590) (.283)
2.80
(.11)
III II I
16.50
(.649)
4641 -2 ON - OFF 8.00
4646 -2 ON - ON (.315) 13.50
(.228)
(.531)
4649 -2 ON OFF ON
5.80
III
B6 A3
A2
21.00
(.826)
(.019)
30˚
B5
0.50
II
8.40
(.33)
B4 A1
I
Ø12.00x0.75 SI
(.472DIAx0.75 IS)
Straight PC terminals - single pole ➞ Keyway 12.50 14.50 5.00

(.492) (.57) (.196)
(.047)
1.20
III II I
4431 -2 ON - OFF 23.00

(.905)
4436 -2 ON - ON 12.00 13.50
(.531)
(.472)
(.228)
4439 -2 ON OFF ON
5.80
III
3
(.748)
19.00
2
(.019)
30˚
0.50
II
8.40
(.33)
1
I
Ø12.00x0.75 SI
(.472DIAx0.75 IS)


Toggle switches
Insulated flat lever
Straight PC terminals - double pole ➞ Keyway 12.50

(.492)
15.50
(.610)
5.00
(.196)
(.047)
1.20
III II I
16.50
(.649)
4441 -2 ON - OFF 23.00
(.905)
4446 -2 ON - ON
8.00
(.315) 13.50
4449 -2 ON OFF ON A
(.531)
(.228)
5.80
III
B6 A3
A2
21.00
(.826)
(.019)
30˚
B5
0.50
II
8.40
(.33)
B4 A1
I Ø12.00x0.75 SI
(.472DIAx0.75 IS)
Quick-connect terminals 4,7 x 0,8 (.185 x .031) - single pole 11.50

(.452)
14.00
(.551)
8.20
(.322)
➞ Keyway
I II
(.185)
4631/8 -2
4.70
ON - OFF
4636/8 -2 ON - ON 12.00
(.472)
13.50
(.531)
(.303)
7.70
II
3
(.0319)
(.748)
19.00
0.80
30˚
2
1
I
(.303)
7.70
Ø12.00x0.75 SI
(.472DIAx0.75 IS)
PANEL CUT-OUT
Ø12.20 Ø12.20 Ø12.50

(.48DIA) (.48DIA) (.492DIA)
Ø3.50
(.137DIA)
(.377)
9.60
5.10
(.20)
1.70
(.066)


Toggle switches
Round lever - three pole
➞ Keyway • Solder lug or straight PC terminals

• 2 and 3 maintained positions
1.20
(.196)
(.047)
(.094)
5.00
2.40
(.283)
7.20
(.244)
6.20
A 3 2 1
2.80x0.50
(.11x.019)
1.20x0.5
(.047x.019)
MODEL
STRUCTURE
Solder lug terminals - metal lever ➞ Keyway 10.50 15.00 7.20

(.413) (.590) (.283)
III II I
2.80
(.11)
24.40
4651 ON - OFF
(.960)
4656 ON - ON
8.00 8.00
(.315) (.315) 15.00
4659 ON OFF ON (.590)
(.228)
5.80
I
1 7
4
(.748)
19.00
2 5 8
(.019)
0.50
II
30
(.330)
8.40
6
3 9
III
Ø12.00x0.75 SI
(.472DIAx0.75 IS)
Straight PC terminals - metal lever ➞ Keyway 10.50

(.413)
15.50
(.610)
5.00
(.196)
III II I
(.047)
1.20
24.40
4451 ON - OFF (.960)
4456 ON - ON 8.00 8.00

(.315) (.315)
4459 ON OFF ON
15.00
(.590)
(.228)
5.80
I
1 7
4
(.748)
2 5 8
(.019)
0.50
II
30
19.00
(.330)
8.40
6
3 9
III
Ø12.00x0.75 SI
(.472DIAx0.75 IS)
Solder lug terminals - insulated lever - silver contacts ➞

Keyway
11.50 15.00 7.20
(.452) (.59) (.283)
2.80
(.11)
24.40
I II (.96)
8.00 8.00
(.315) (.315) 15.00
4651A-32 ON - OFF (.59)
(.228)
5.80
4656A-32 ON - ON II
1 7
4
(.748)
19.00
2 5 8
(.019)
30˚
0.50
8.40
(.33)
6
3 9
I
Ø12.00x0.75 SI
(.472DIAx0.75 IS)


Toggle switches
CONTACT MATERIAL
A Silver
A
ACTUATORS
Blank Round, metal lever for 3 pole only
-2 Insulated flat lever (for single and double pole only)
-32 Black insulated round lever (for 3 pole only)
ACTUATOR COLOURS
1 Blue
2 Black (standard)
3 Green
4 Grey
5 Yellow
6 Red For insulated flat lever
7/1 White Black : standard colour - reduced delivery time
9 Orange Minimum order of 500 pieces for non-standard colours.
APPROVALS
UU (UL-CSA) Single and double pole only
Availability : see specifications for details of approved models.
Marking : to order switches marked UL-CSA, complete above box with 'UU".
Other approvals available as standard, see specifications.

15-Serie 600H-600NH-A_16-Serie 600H-600NH-A 21/11/12 14:03 Page94
600H and 600NH series

Toggle switches - high amperage
❑ Construction
Terminal and contact support are manufactured from a single piece of metal. The
contacts are resistance-welded to the terminal for increased mechanical strength.
❑ Rating
These switches are suitable for motor loads and power applications up to
A 15A 250VAC or 10A 400VAC
❑ Metal or insulated lever

❑ UL, CSA and NF-VDE (EN 61058-1) approved
• Max. current/voltage ratings : see tables below
• Peak current : 30A max. during 1/2 sine, 250VAC
APPROVED RATINGS - FOR INFORMATION-
600H - 600NH Max. current/voltage rating w. resistive load
MODELS FUNCTIONS UL CSA NF-VDE
Functions Ratings Electrical life
UL 1054 CSA 22-2 EN 61058-1
15A 250VAC
ON - OFF (1) ON - OFF
15A 1/2 HP 10A 24VDC 10.000 cycles
ON - ON
125-250VAC 10(4)A 15A 12VDC
Single and
ON - ON (6) 400VAC
double pole 15A 250VAC 6.000 cycles
ON OFF ON
Other 10A 1/2 HP 5A 24VDC 10.000 cycles
T 85/55 (600H)
(4-5-7-8-9) 125-250VAC
15A 125VAC
ON - OFF (1) 15A 1/2 HP T 125/55 Other 12A 250VAC 10.000 cycles
& ON - ON (6) 125-250VAC (600NH)
Three pole 5A 24VDC
Other 10A 1/2 HP
(4-5-7-8-9) 125-250VAC

• Case : polyester UL94-V0 • Torque : 1,50 Nm (1.10 Ft.lb) max. applied to nut
• Actuator : • Panel thickness : 4,5 mm (.177) max. between 2 nuts
- 600H : brass, nickel plated • Operating temperature : -20°C to +55°C
- 600NH : black polyamide
• Contacts : silver/nickel alloy


Specifications
AGENCY APPROVALS MOUNTING RECOMMENDATIONS

Connection
• For quick-connect terminals, use 6,3 x 0,8 mm
normalized female connectors.
EN 61058-1 EN 61058-1 • For screw terminals, use :
either 1,5 mm2 or 2,5 mm2 rigid wires,
Availability : see chart on previous page. or prepared stripped and tin plated flexible wires,
Marking : approved models are standard marked. or prepared flexible wires with crimped termination per A
EN 50027 (DIN 46228)
Ground connector
PANEL CUT-OUT Compulsory if the panel is not metallic or not connected
to ground. Should also be used when front face nut is of
Ø12.20
(.48DIA)
Ø12.20
(.48DIA)
Ø12.50
(.492DIA)
plastic material.
Order separately, see section I.
Ø3.50
(.137DIA)
(.377)
9.60
5.10
(.20)
1.70
(.066)


Overview
SERIES Number of poles Electrical functions Actuator and terminals

A 3 Single pole 1 ON - OFF H Metal lever, screw terminals
4 Double pole 5 MOM - ON H/2 Metal lever, solder lug/quick-connect
5 Three pole 6 ON - ON terminals
For 4 pole, see 600 7 MOM OFF MOM NH Insulated lever, screw terminals
series. 8 ON OFF MOM NH/2 Insulated lever, solder lug/quick-
9 ON OFF ON connect terminals
4 ON ON ON NH/3 Insulated lever, normalized quick-
ON ON MOM Δ connect terminals
MOM ON MOM Δ
Δ Must not have blank in Momentary
"momentary" box. -1R ON ON MOM
-2R MOM ON MOM
Options Locking levers

For models with metal lever only -1V 1 locked position
T Tropicalized case -2V 2 locked positions
K Front panel sealing -3V 3 locked positions
L Bushing 16 mm (.629)
LUXE Chrome finish
TKLUXE Front panel sealing + T and LUXE
G Black finish
GK Black finish + front panel sealing
G038 Luminous tip on lever
ABOUT THIS SERIES
Sealing boots are available on 600H series to protect the switches against dust and water. They are presented in section H.
Mounting accessories : standard hardware supplied with all models :

- 600H and series : 1 hex nut U166 and 1 knurled nut U411
- 600NH series : 1 hex nut U166 and 1 knurled nut U522
Standard and special hardware are presented in section I.

600H series
Toggle switches - high amperage - metal lever
Solder lug/quick-connect terminals - screw terminals
➞ Keyway • 2 and 3 maintained or momentary positions

• Solder lug/quick-connect terminals 6,35 x 0,8 (.250 x.031)
or screw terminals + clamp
600H/2 600H
Ø3.10 Ø3.00x0.50 SI
(.122DIA) (.118DIAx0.50 IS)
• Normalized quick-connect terminals

(/3) optional. On request. 6.35x0.80
(.177)
3 2 1 (.25x.031)
4.50
6.35 0.80
(.25) (.031)
MODEL
STRUCTURE

III II I
2-1 2-3 14.00
(.551)
17.50
(.689)
10.50
(.413)
15.00
(.59)
11.00
(.433)
Solder lug Screw term.
631H/2 631H ON - OFF
635H/2 635H MOM - ON
I
1
636H/2 636H ON - ON
(.586)
14.90
(1.161)
29.50
II
36˚
637H/2 637H MOM OFF MOM 2
638H/2 638H ON OFF MOM 3 III

639H/2 639H ON OFF ON Ø12.00x0.75 SI
(.279)
7.10
(.031)
(.472DIAx0.75 IS)
0.80
III II I 21.50 17.50 10.50 21.40 11.00
2-1 2-3 (.846) (.689) (.413) (.846) (.433)
5-4 5-6
Solder lug Screw term. A1 B4
641H/2 641H ON - OFF
I
(.578)
14.65
644H/2 644H* ON ON ON
(1.169)
29.70
A2 B5
30˚
II
644H/2-1R 644H-1R* ON ON MOM

644H/2-2R 644H-2R* MOM ON MOM A3 B6 III
645H/2 645H MOM - ON Ø12.00x0.75 SI

(.267)
6.80
(.031)
(.472DIAx0.75 IS)
0.80
646H/2 646H ON - ON 11.00

(.433)
647H/2 647H MOM OFF MOM
648H/2 648H ON OFF MOM
649H/2 649H ON OFF ON * Function 4 : SP in DP case - see end of catalogue.

III II I 34.50 17.50 11.20 24.00 11.00
2-1 2-3
(1.358) (.689) (.44) (.949) (.433)
5-4 5-6 1 4 7
8-7 8-9
I
(.586)
14.90
2 5 8
651H/2 651H ON - OFF
(1.252)
31.80
26˚
II
655H/2 655H MOM - ON 3 6 9

III
656H/2 656H ON - ON Ø12.00x0.75 SI
(.279)
657H/2 657H MOM OFF MOM

7.10
(.031)
0.80
(.472DIAx0.75 IS)
658H/2 658H ON OFF MOM 12.00

(.472)
12.00
(.472)
659H/2 659H ON OFF ON

600H series
Toggle switches - high amperage - metal lever
OPTIONS FOR 600H SERIES ONLY
Complete above box with desired options in the same order as below
T Tropicalized diallylphthalate case (-40°C to +85°C)

A
K Front panel sealing by 1 O-ring and sealing washer. 1
Protects the switch against water and dust. Panel seal withstands 1 bar
pressure and remains sealed even when switch is operated
L Special threaded bushing, length 16 mm (.629) 2
LUXE Chrome plated lever and cap nut U117

K
TK LUXE Options T, K and LUXE. ➀ O-ring ➁ Sealing washer
G Black finish on bushing, lever and nuts.
Includes tropicalization (option T)
GK Front panel sealing by O-ring and sealing washer (as described in option
TK LUXE)
+ option G
038
G038 Option G + fluorescent tip on lever.
White fluorescent tip becomes luminous when submitted to ultra violet rays.
LOCKING LEVERS (1 and 2 pole models) For 3-pole models, refer to 6000 series.
20.40
(.811)
➞ Keyway
(.763)
(.763)
19.40
19.40
Ø11.90-32NS Ø11.90-32NS Ø11.90-32NS

(15/32''32NS) (15/32''32NS) (15/32''32NS)
(.468)
(.468)
(.468)
11.90
11.90
11.90
-1V -2V -3V

1 locked position 2 locked positions 3 locked positions
ACTUATOR OPTIONS (1 and 2 pole models)

Ø6.00
(.236DIA) 10.50 2.80
-4 30 mm (1.181) long actuator

(.413) (.110)
Ø6.00
(.236DIA)
-5 40 mm ( 1.574) long actuator
-6 Retro style actuator
(1.035)
26.30
Ø6.30
(1.574)
40.00
(.248DIA)
(gold plated or chrome plated : on request)
(1.181)
30.00
(.590)
15.00
• Ergonomic flat plastic actuator : add U282 at the end of

switch model number.
-4 -5 -6 U282

600NH series
Toggle switches - high amperage - insulated lever

• Solder lug/quick-connect terminals 6,35 x 0,8 (.250 x.031) or screw
terminals + clamp
• Normalized quick-connect terminals

(/3) optional. On request.
3 2 1
600NH/2 600NH A
Ø3.10 Ø3.00x0.50 SI
(.122DIA) (.118DIAx0.50 IS)
6.35x0.80
(.177)
(.25x.031)
4.50
6.35 0.80
(.25) (.031)

III II I 14.00 13.50 11.50 15.00 11.00
2-1 2-3
(.551) (.531) (.453) (.59) (.433)
Solder lug Screw term. I
631NH/2 631NH ON - OFF

1
15.00
(.59)
635NH/2 635NH MOM - ON
(1.161)
29.50
36˚
2 II
636NH/2 636NH ON - ON
637NH/2 637NH MOM OFF MOM 3
III
Ø12.00x0.75 SI
638NH/2 638NH
(.279)
ON OFF MOM
7.10
0.80x6.35
(.031x.25)
(.472DIAx0.75 IS)
639NH/2 639NH ON OFF ON

III II I 21.50 13.50 11.50 21.50 11.00
2-1 2-3
(.846) (.531) (.452) (.846) (.433)
5-4 5-6
Solder lug Screw term. I
641NH/2 641NH ON - OFF A1 B4
(.579)
14.70
644NH/2 644NH ON ON ON
(1.169)
29.70
A2 B5 II
30˚
644NH/2-1R 644NH-1R* ON ON MOM A3 B6

644NH/2-2R 644NH-2R* MOM ON MOM III
(.267)
6.80
0.80x6.35
(.031x.25)
11.00 Ø12.00x0.75 SI
646NH/2 646NH ON - ON (.433) (.472DIAx0.75 IS)
647NH/2 647NH MOM OFF MOM

648NH/2 648NH ON OFF MOM
649NH/2 649NH ON OFF ON * Function 4 : SP in DP case - see end of catalogue.

III II I 34.50
(1.358)
13.50
(.531)
11.20
(.44)
24.00
(.949)
11.00
(.433)
2-1 2-3
5-4 5-6 1 4 7
8-7 8-9 I

(.586)
14.90
2 5 8
651NH/2 651NH ON - OFF
(1.252)
31.80
26˚
II

656NH/2 656NH ON - ON III
657NH/2 657NH MOM OFF MOM

(.279)
7.10
Ø12.00x0.75 SI
(.031x0.25)
6 9
0.80x6.35
3
(.472DIAx0.75 IS)
658NH/2 658NH ON OFF MOM 12.00
(.472)
12.00
(.472)
659NH/2 659NH ON OFF ON

660 series
Power toggle switches - metal lever
Specifications
• Decrease by 50 % for inductive load
A 2.500 Vrms 50 Hz min. between terminals and frame

• Case : melamine/polyester • Torque : 1,50 Nm (1.10 Ft.lb) max. applied to nut
• Actuator : brass, nickel plated • Panel thickness : 4,5 mm (.177) max.
PANEL CUT-OUT
Ø12.20 Ø12.20 Ø12.50

(.48DIA) (.48DIA) (.492DIA)
Ø3.50
(.137DIA)
(.377)
9.60
5.10
(.20)
1.70
(.066)
ABOUT THIS SERIES
Mounting accessories : standard hardware supplied with all models : 1 hex nut U166, 1 knurled nut U411 and 1 lockwasher U13
Packaging unit : 25 pieces per type.

660 series
Power toggle switches - metal lever
Four pole

• Screw terminals
Ø3.00x0.50 SI
(.118DIAx0.50 IS)
(.314)
8.00
3 2 1 6.35
(.25)
0.80
(.031) A
MODEL
STRUCTURE

46.00 17.50 10.00 25.50 7.00
III II I (1.811) (.689) (.393) (1.004) (.275)
2-1* 2-3**
1 4 7 10
661 ON - OFF I
665 MOM - ON
(1.378)
35.00
2 5 8 11
30°
666 ON - ON II
667 MOM OFF MOM III

668 ON OFF MOM 3 6 9 12
Ø12.00x0.75 SI
669 ON OFF ON
(.472DIAx0.75 IS)
Ø3.00x0.50 SI
11.00 11.00 11.00 (.118DIAx0.5 IS)
(.433) (.433) (.433)
* (2-1) (5-4) (8-7) (11-10) ** (2-3) (5-6) (8-9) (11-12)
TERMINAL OPTIONS
2.50
(.098)
Ø2.50
(.354)
9.00
(.098DIA)
(.255)
6.50
/2 Solder lug terminals Ø5.00 6.35x0.80

(.196DIA) (.25x.031)
/3 Quick-connect terminals 6,35 x 0,8 (.250 x .031) /2 /3
OTHER OPTIONS
T Tropicalized diallylphthalate case (-40°C to +85°C)
LUXE Chrome plated lever and cap nut U117
TK LUXE Front panel sealing by O-ring and sealing washer + options T and LUXE.
See 600H series.
G Black finish on bushing, lever and nuts. Includes tropicalization (option T)
GK Front panel sealing by O-ring and sealing washer (as described in option TK LUXE)
+ option G

3500 series
High performance toggle switches - environmentally sealed
❑ Completely sealed switches withstanding 0,1 bar pressure

• Frontal sealing to IP67 or IP69K by a silicone membrane
(for sealed panel mounting, add washer U60, section I).
• Rear sealing to IP 64 provided by moulded-in terminal inserts
A
❑ Approved to European standards CECC 96000
❑ Three types of terminals
❑ Many lever styles available

• Max. current/voltage rating with resistive load and electrical life at full load: • Case : mineral filled polyester
see table below UL94-V0
• Initial contact resistance : 10 mΩ max. at 1A 2VDC • Bushing and cover : zamac
• Insulation resistance : 1.000 MΩ • Actuator : brass, nickel or chrome
• Dielectric strength : 2.500 Vrms 50 Hz min. between terminals plated, or anodized aluminium
3.000 Vrms 50 Hz min. between terminals and frame • Contacts : silver alloy
FUNCTIONS GENERAL PERFORMANCES

AGENCY APPROVAL
10.000 cycles, T20°C
ON-OFF
15A 28VDC resistive CECC 96201-004
et
15A 28VDC inductive
ON-ON
5A 28VDC lamp
Availability : consult factory for
10.000 cycles, T20°C details of approved models.
15A 28VDC resistive
ON OFF ON
15A 28VDC inductive Marking : to order switches
5A 28VDC lamp marked CECC, complete
appropriate box of ordering
10.000 cycles, T20°C format.
AUTRES 15A 28VDC resistive
FONCTIONS 10A 28VDC inductive
3A 28VDC lamp
• Mechanical life : 40.000 cycles
• Torque : 2 Nm (1.47 Ft.lb) max. applied to nut
• Panel thickness : see “Mounting Accessories” on the following pages
• Operating temperature : -40°c to +85°C
• Moisture resistance : 56 days

3500 series
Overview
35
SERIES
Number of poles Electrical functions Electrical functions (continued) Terminals

3 Single pole 1-0 ON - OFF 4-6 MOM ON6
1 MOM▲ 0 Screw A
4 Double pole 2-0 ON - m.OFF 5-0 ON - MOM 2 Solder lug/quick-connect
3-0 OFF - MOM 6-0 ON - ON 3 Normalized quick-
4-1 ON 3ON4 ON▲ 7-0 MOM OFF MOM connect
4-2 ON 3ON4 MOM▲ 8-0 ON OFF MOM 4 Screw + clamp
4-3 MOM 3ON4 MOM▲ 9-0 ON OFF ON
4-4 ON 1ON6 ON▲
▲ Function 4 : double pole only
4-5 ON 1ON6 MOM▲
Lever styles Lever locking styles Accessories

1 Standard, length 17,5 mm (.688) 0 No locking 0 2 hex nuts, 1 locking
or locking, length 20 mm (.787) A Locked in 3 positions ring and 1 lockwasher
2 Length 30 mm (1.181) D Locked out of center position 2 2 hex nuts and 1 sealing
3 Flatted, length 24 mm (.944) G Locked in keyway side washer
4 Length 40 mm (1,574)
See drawings on the following pages.
5 Length 50 mm (1.968)
6 Locking, length 25,4 mm (1.000)
Lever finish Agency approval Locking lever special finish

N Bright nickel 0 None (blank) None
B Satin chrome 1 CECC P5 Painted yellow
G* Black A6 Anodized red
F* Black with fluorescent tip
Order with lever finish type C.
(lever type 1 only)
Other colours : on request.
C Painted or anodized
* Black finish on bushing too.
ABOUT THIS SERIES

- their options in the same order as in above chart

3500 series
➞ Keyway • Screw, solder lug or quick-connect terminals

• Also available with threaded terminals : consult factory
• Screw terminals + clamp : on request.
Ø3.10
(.122DIA)
(.425)
10.80
(.425)
10.80
Ø3.50
(.137DIA)
A
6.35x0.80 6.35x0.80
(.25x.031)
(.177)
(.25x.031)
4.50
1 2 3
MODEL
STRUCTURE
FUNCTIONS BASIC PART NUMBER
Solder lugs and Normalized quick-

III II I Screw terminals
quick-connect term. connect terminals
A2-A3 * A3-B5 A1-A2
B5-B6 ** A1-B5 B5-B4 Single Double Single Double Single Double
pole pole pole pole pole pole
ON - OFF 3531-00 3541-00 3531-02 3541-02 3531-03 3541-03
ON - m.OFF 3532-00 3542-00 3532-02 3542-02 3532-03 3542-03
OFF - MOM 3533-00 3543-00 3533-02 3543-02 3533-03 3543-03
ON ON * ON 3544-10 3544-12 3544-13
ON ON * MOM 3544-20 3544-22 3544-23
MOM ON * MOM 3544-30 3544-32 3544-33
ON ON ** ON 3544-40 3544-42 3544-43
ON ON ** MOM 3544-50 3544-52 3544-53
MOM ON ** MOM 3544-60 3544-62 3544-63
ON - MOM 3535-00 3545-00 3535-02 3545-02 3535-03 3545-03
ON - ON 3536-00 3546-00 3536-02 3546-02 3536-03 3546-03
MOM OFF MOM 3537-00 3547-00 3537-02 3547-02 3537-03 3547-03
ON OFF MOM 3538-00 3548-00 3538-02 3548-02 3538-03 3548-03
ON OFF ON 3539-00 3549-00 3539-02 3549-02 3539-03 3549-03
➞ Keyway * and ** : A2-B4 and A2-B6 = jumper to be wired by the user.
32.00
(1.26)
Single pole 32.00
(1.26)
Double pole
A 2 POS. 22˚ A3 A2 A1
A 2 POS. 22˚
A 3 POS. 30˚
A 3 POS. 30˚
15.00
(.59)
23.00
(.905)
I II III Ø11.90 32NS B6 B5 B4 Ø11.90 32NS

A (15/32 32NS) A (15/32 32NS)
A3 A1 A3 A1
I II III A2
A2
(.425)
10.80
(.425)
10.80
(.689)
17.50
(.689)
17.50
(.449)
11.40
(.449)
11.40
(1.236)
(1.236)
31.40
31.40
A3 A1 A3 A1
A3 A1
A2 A3 A1 A2
A2
A2
1.80
(.425)
10.80
(.07)
(.425)
10.80
10.00 10.00 10.00 10.00

(.393) (.393) (.393) (.393) 11.00
(.433)

3500 series
LEVER STYLES
Ø7.00
(.275DIA)
Ø7.00
(.275DIA)
20.00
(.787)
Ø6.00
(.236DIA) Ø10.50
15.00
(.59)
Ø11.00 (.413DIA)
(.433DIA)
Ø7.00
Ø6.00 (.236DIA)
(.236DIA)
(1.1811)
(1.181)
30.00
30.00
(1.000)
25.40
(.984)
25.00
24.00
(.944)
(.688)
17.50
(.787)
20.00
1 2 3 4 5 6
Standard
LEVER FINISH
N Bright nickel
B Satin chrome
G* Black
F* Black with fluorescent tip (available with lever type 1 only)
C Painted or anodized (for locking lever only)
* Black finish on bushing too.
LOCKING LEVER STYLES
0 No locking
20.00
(.787)
A D G
Locked in 3 positions. Locked out of center position. Locked in keyway.
For functions 4-1, 4-4 and 9-0. For functions 1-0 and 6-0. For functions 1-0 and 6-0.

3500 series
AGENCY APPROVAL
0 None
1 CECC
MOUNTING ACCESSORIES
0 For NON-SEALED mounting (panel cut-out fig. 1, 2 or 3)

2 hex nuts 14 mm (.551) across flats, 1 locking ring U121 or U12, 1 lockwasher U13
Panel thickness : 5 mm (.196) max.
2 For SEALED mounting (panel cut-out fig. 2)

2 hex nuts 14 mm (.551) across flats and 1 sealing washer U60
Panel thickness : 4 mm (.157) max.
Special hardware : black cap nut U129. Order separately. See section I.
PANEL CUT-OUT
Ø12.20 Ø12.20 Ø12.50
(.48DIA) (.48DIA) (.492DIA)
Ø3.50
(.137DIA)
(.377)
9.60
5.10
(.20)
1.70
(.066)
Figure 1 Figure 2 Figure 3
LOCKING LEVER SPECIAL FINISH
(blank) None
P5 Painted yellow
A6 Anodized red
Order with lever finish type C.
Other colours on request.

18-Serie 3600NF-A_19-Serie 3600NF-A 21/11/12 14:07 Page107
3600NF series
Sealed toggle switches for outdoor applications
❑ Sealing obtained by :
- O-ring between lever and bushing
- half-length boot and nylon washer (supplied mounted)
- elastomer gasket between cover and case
- molded-in terminal inserts
- sealing washer U60
A
❑ Solid silver contacts
❑ UL approved

• Max. current/voltage rating with resistive load : 12A 28VDC • Case : phenolic resin
• Initial contact resistance : 10 mΩ max. • Actuator : brass, nickel plated
• Insulation resistance : 1.000 MΩ min. at 500VDC • Bushing : brass, nickel plated
• Dielectric strength : • Contacts : solid silver
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS AGENCY APPROVAL

• Panel thickness : 2 mm (.079) max. with all accessories 6A 125VAC/250VAC
details or approved models.
Marking : to order switches
marked UL, complete last box of
ordering format.
ABOUT THIS SERIES
Mounting accessories : 1 sealing boot U1151, 1 hex nut U166, 1 nylon washer U21 and 1 sealing washer U60. See section I.

3600NF series
Screw terminals - solder lug/quick-connect terminals

➞ Keyway
Ø3.00x0.50 SI Ø3.10
(.118DIAx0.50 IS) (.122DIA)
(.362)
9.20
(.362)
9.20
A
6.35x0.80
3 2 1
(.177)
6.35 0.80
4.50
(.25x.031)
(.25) (.031)
MODEL
STRUCTURE
Screw terminals - single pole ➞ Keyway

III II I 17.50 10.50 24.60 9.20
(.689) (.413) (.968) (.362)
2-1 2-3 90˚
1 4
I
3631NF ON - OFF
3635NF MOM - ON
(1.378)
35.00
30˚
2 II
3636NF ON - ON 5
3637NF MOM OFF MOM
(.25x.031)
6.35x0.80
III
3638NF ON OFF MOM 3 6 Ø12.00x0.75 SI
3639NF ON OFF ON 21.50
(.472DIAx0.75 IS)
(.846)
Screw terminals - double pole ➞ Keyway

III II I 17.50 10.50 24.60 9.20
(.968) (.362)
2-1 2-3
(.689) (.413)
90˚
5-4 5-6
1 4
I
3641NF ON - OFF
3644NF* ON ON ON
(1.378)
35.00
30˚
2 II
3645NF MOM - ON 5
3646NF ON - ON (.25x.031)
6.35x0.80
III
3647NF MOM OFF MOM 3 6 Ø12.00x0.75 SI
3648NF ON OFF MOM 21.50
(.472DIAx0.75 IS)
3649NF ON OFF ON
(.846)
Solder lug/quick-connect terminals - single pole ➞ Keyway

III II I 17.50
(.689)
10.50
(.413)
24.60
(.968)
9.20
(.362)
2-1 2-3 90˚
3631NF/2 ON - OFF
1 4
I
3635NF/2 MOM - ON
3636NF/2 ON - ON
(1.378)
35.00
30˚
II
2
3637NF/2 MOM OFF MOM 5
3638NF/2 ON OFF MOM

6.35x0.80
(.25x.031)
III
3639NF/2 ON OFF ON 3 6 Ø12.00x0.75 SI
(.472DIAx0.75 IS)
21.50
(.846)

3600NF series
Solder lug/quick-connect terminals
Solder lug and quick-connect terminals - double pole

III II I 17.50 10.50 24.60 9.20
2-1 2-3
(.689) (.413) (.968) (.362)
90˚
5-4 5-6
1 4
I
3641NF/2 ON - OFF
3644NF/2* ON ON ON
(1.378)
35.00
30˚
II
A
2
3645NF/2 MOM - ON 5
3646NF/2 ON - ON
(.25x.031)
6.35x0.80
III
3647NF/2 MOM OFF MOM 3 6 Ø12.00x0.75 SI
3648NF/2 ON OFF MOM 21.50
(.472DIAx0.75 IS)
3649NF/2 ON OFF ON
(.846)
* Function 4 : DP in 4P case, see end of catalogue.
PANEL CUT-OUT
Ø12.20 Ø12.20 Ø12.50

(.48DIA) (.48DIA) (.492DIA)
Ø3.50
(.137DIA)
(.377)
9.60
5.10
(.20)
1.70
(.066)
FINISH
G Black finish on lever and nut of sealing boot
SPECIAL LEVER
X1052 30 mm (1.181) long lever
AGENCY APPROVAL
UL
Marking : to order switches marked UL, complete above box with ”UL”.

6000 series
Toggle switches for military applications
❑ Suitable for military or industrial applications

❑ Sealing and locking lever options available
A
❑ Matt black finish on actuator and bushing

• Max. current/voltage rating : see table below • Case : diallylphthalate (DAP)
• Initial contact resistance : 10 mΩ max. • Actuator : brass, chrome
• Insulation resistance : 1.000 MΩ min. at 500VDC plated, black
• Dielectric strength : • Bushing : brass, chrome plated,
2.000 Vrms 50 Hz min. between terminals black
3.000 Vrms 50 Hz min. between terminals and frame • Contacts : A : silver
CURRENT/VOLTAGE RATING
30VDC
Resistive load 6,5A
Inductive load 5A
Lamp load 3A
• Panel thickness : 5 mm (.196) max.
ABOUT THIS SERIES
Mounting accessories : standard hardware supplied with all models : 2 matt black nuts U41, matt black locking ring U12,
zinc plated lockwasher U13
They are presented in section I.
Packaging unit : 25 pieces, except model 6421 (20 pieces)

6000 series
➞ Keyway • Screw terminals standard

• Solder lug or quick-connect terminals optional
• 1, 2, 3 and 4-pole configurations
Ø3.00x0.5 SI
(.118DIAx0.5 IS)
(.118)
3.00
(.275)
7.00
1 2
1 pole
3 2
2, 3 and 4 pole
1 6.35x0.80
(.25x.031)
A
MODEL
STRUCTURE

I II
14.00 17.50 11.00 21.00
(.551) (.689) (.433) (.826)
6421A-03 ON - OFF
II
(.669)
17.00
30˚
I
˚11.90 32NS
(15/32" 32NS)

III II I
2-1 2-3 19.50 17.50 11.50 27.50
5-4 5-6 (.767) (.689) (.453) (1.082)
6641-03 ON - OFF
6642-03 ON - mom.OFF 1 4
I
(.393) (.393)
10.00 10.00
6643-03 MOM - OFF

(1.323)
33.60
2 5
36˚
6644-03 ▲ N
O N
O NO II
6645-03 MOM - ON III

6646-03 ON - ON
3 6
Ø11.90 32NS
(15/32" 32NS)
6647-03 MOM OFF MOM
6648-03 ON OFF MOM
6649-03 ON OFF ON ▲ Function 4 : SP in DP case, see end of catalogue.

III* II I** 34.50 17.50 11.50 32.00
(1.358) (.689) (.453) (1.26)
6651-03 ON - OFF 1 4 7
6652-03 ON - mom.OFF
I
6653-03 MOM - OFF 2 5 8
6655-03 MOM - ON
(1.338)
34.00
30˚
II
6656-03 ON - ON
6657-03 MOM OFF MOM III
6658-03 ON OFF MOM

Ø11.90 32NS
(15/32" 32NS)
3 6 9
6659-03 ON OFF ON 12.00
(.472)
12.00
(.472)
* (2-1) (5-4) (8-7) ** (2-3) (5-6) (8-9)

6000 series

III* II I** 46.50 17.50 11.50 32.00
(1.83) (.689) (.453) (1.26)
6661-03 ON - OFF 1 4 7 10
6662-03 ON - mom.OFF I
6663-03 MOM - OFF
6664-03 ▲ ON ON ON
2 5 8 11
(1.338)
34.00
30˚
II
A 6665-03 MOM - ON
6666-03 ON - ON III
6667-03 MOM OFF MOM Ø11.90 32NS
(15/32" 32NS)
6668-03 ON OFF MOM
3 6 9 12
11.00 11.00 11.00
6669-03 ON OFF ON
(.433) (.433) (.433)
* (2-1) (5-4) (8-7) (11-10) ** (2-3) (5-6) (8-9) (11-12) ▲ Function 4 : 2P in 4P case, see end of catalogue.
STANDARD PANEL CUT-OUT

Ø12.20 Ø12.20 Ø12.50
(.48DIA) (.48DIA) (.492DIA)
Ø3.50
(.137DIA)
(.377)
9.60
5.10
(.20)
1.70
(.066)
(1
PANEL CUT-OUT WITH "K" SEALING

Recommended cut-out and mounting depending on panel thickness
U60
(.118 Max)
(.157 Max)
3 Max
4 Max
FINISH
B Lever and bushing with grey satin chrome finish
LM Nickel plated bushing - lever and upper nut bright chrome plated
8 Black lever with fluorescent tip

6000 series
1
SEALING
K Frontal sealing by O-ring and sealing washer.

Protects the switch against water and dust. A
switch is operated
➀ O-ring ➁ Sealing washer
LOCKING LEVERS
➞ Keyway
(.763)
19.40
(.763)
19.40
20.60
(.811)
Ø11.90 32NS Ø11.90 32NS
(15/32'' 32NS) (15/32'' 32NS) Ø11.90 32NS
(15/32'' 32NS)
(.468)
11.90
(.468)
11.90
(.468)
11.90
-1V -2V -3V
1 locked position 2 locked positions 3 locked positions
TERMINALS
Not available on single pole
models.
Blank Screw terminals

2.50 Ø1.60
(.098) (.062DIA)
/2 Solder lug terminals Ø2.50

(.314)
8.00
(.098DIA)
(.255)
6.50
/3 Quick-connect terminals 6,35 x 0,8 (.250 x .031) Ø5.00 6.35x0.80

(.196DIA) (.25x.031)
/2 /3
NEOPRENE PROTECTION CAPS

These caps are designed to insulate terminals against electrical short circuit.
For 1-pole For 2-pole For 3-pole For 4-pole

models models models models
U58 U120 U46 U47
To be ordered separately. Example : PROTECTION CAP U58

«I» range pushbuttons
B1
Section B1
01-Serie IC-A_08-Serie IP-A 21/11/12 14:12 Page2
IC series New!
Pushbutton switches for harsh environments - short case - bushing Ø 12 mm - momentary
❑ Momentary with short case, reduced behind-panel depth

❑ Tactile feedback
❑ Flat round actuator for optional marking
❑ Glossy actuator option (round curved only)
❑ Sealed to IP67
B1
ENVIRONMENTAL SPECIFICATIONS GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
• Front panel sealing : IP67 according to IEC 60529 • Panel thickness : 1,5 mm (.059) min.
• Shock resistance : 100 g according to IEC 512-4, test 6c 4 mm (.157 max.)
• Vibration resistance : 10-500Hz - 10 g according to IEC 512-4, test 6d • Total travel : 1,7 mm (.067)+/- 0,3 mm
• Salt spray : IEC 512-6, test 11f • Typical operating force : 4N +/- 2N
• Robustness : IK06 according to EN 50102 (1 joule) • Low level or mechanical life :
• Operating temperature : -40°C to +85°C 1.000.000 cycles
• Torque : 1,5 Nm max. applied to nut
• Soldering : 320°C max. for 3 sec.
• Max. current/voltage rating with resistive load : MATERIALS
5A 28VDC, 70.000 cycles
0,2A 48VDC, 500.000 cycles • Case : thermoplastic UL94-V0
0,5A 48VAC, 500.000 cycles • Actuator : polyamide 6/6
• Initial contact resistance : 50 mΩ max. • Bushing/bezel : zinc die-cast
• Insulation resistance : 1 GΩ min. at 500VDC (zamac), black painted
• Dielectric strength : 1.500 Vrms 50 HZ between terminals • Contacts : silver, gold plated
• Multi-wire lead AWG20,
section 0,6 mm2
MOUNTING
Panel cut-out Matrix mounting Back of panel space requirement
(.059 min-.157max)
1.50min-4Max
12.90 20.00 20.00

(.507) (.787) (.787)
1
11.50
20.00
(.787)
(.452)
Ø13.60
(.535DIA)
Ø13.50
➀ O-ring
(.531DIA)
B1-2 www.apem.com APEM

New! IC series
Overview
IC
SERIES Actuator shape Electrical function Terminals Contacts

C Square 3 Normally open S Solder lugs AD Silver, gold
R Round, curved (NO) F Flying leads plated
P Round, flat P Straight PC
B Round curved Z1 Quick-connect
with gloss finish
B1
Actuator colour Options

1 Blue 100 Satin chrome
2 Black bezel
3 Green 101 Bright chrome
4 Grey bezel
5 Yellow 104 High actuator
6 Red (round models
7/1 White only, except with
8 Bright chrome gloss finish)
9 Orange
A Satin chrome
B Dark blue
ABOUT THIS SERIES

model structure of switches and options in the same order as in above chart
A sealing boot is available to protect the switches against frost and sand. It is presented after the IA series and in Section H.
Mounting accessories : Standard hardware supplied : 1 hex nut 14 mm (.551) across flats and 1 O-ring.
Hex nut part number U166.
APEM www.apem.com B1-3

IC series New!
Square - non-illuminated
Straight P Quick-connect Z1
(.094)
2.40
(.330)
8.40
1.20
1.00 (.047)
(.133)
(.039)
3.40
2.80
(.110)
MODEL
STRUCTURE
B1
Solder lug terminals ➞ Flat
12.00
(.078)
2.00
(.472SQ)
(.196)
5.00
17.50
(.688SQ)
ICC3SAD Normally Open Ø12.00x0.75SI

(.267)
6.80
(.472DIAx0.75IS)
(.511)
13.00
EPOXY
0.50 1.20
(.059)
1.50
(.019) (.047)
(.126)
3.20
2.00
(.078)
Also available with straight PC terminals : ICC3PAD

and quick-connect terminals : ICC3Z1AD
Sealed flying lead terminals ➞ Flat

12.00
(.078)
2.00
(.472SQ)
(.196)
5.00
17.50
(.688SQ)
ICC3FAD Normally Open Ø12.00x0.75SI

(.267)
6.80
(.472DIAx0.75IS)
(.551)
14.00
Ø10.80
(19.68±.39)
EPOXY
500±10
(.425DIA)
ACTUATOR COLOUR
1 : blue - 2 : black - 3 : green - 4 : grey - 5 : yellow - 6 : red - 7/1 : white - 8 : bright chrome - 9 : orange
A : satin chrome - B : dark blue
OPTIONS
100 : Satin chrome bezel

101 : Bright chrome bezel

New! IC series
Round - non-illuminated
• Gloss actuator finish

Curved actuator also available with
gloss finish - replace ICR by ICB in the Straight P Quick-connect Z1
part numbers below.
(.094)
2.40
Not available with option 104 (high
(.330)
8.40
actuator). 1.00
1.20
(.047)
(.133)
(.039)
3.40
2.80
(.110)
MODEL
STRUCTURE
Actuator marking available on ICP models (symbol 10 mm max.). On request. B1
Ø12.00
(.078)
2.00
(.472DIA)
(.196)
5.00
Curved actuator
Ø17.50
(.688DIA)
ICR3SAD
Ø12.00x0.75SI
(.267)
6.80
(.472DIAx0.75IS)
(.511)
13.00
Flat actuator
ICP3SAD 0.50
EPOXY
1.20
(.059)
1.50
(.019) (.047)
(.126)
3.20
2.80
(.110)
Also available with straight PC terminals : IC•3PAD

and quick-connect terminals : IC•3Z1AD

Ø12.00
(.078)
2.00
(.472DIA)
(.196)
5.00
Ø17.50
Curved actuator (.688DIA)
ICR3FAD
Ø12.00x0.75SI
(.267)
6.80
(.472DIAx0.75IS)
(.551)
14.00
Flat actuator
ICP3FAD Ø10.80
(19.68±.39)
EPOXY (.425DIA)
500±10
ACTUATOR COLOUR OPTIONS
1 : blue - 2 : black - 3 : green - 4 : grey - 5 : yellow 100 : Satin chrome bezel

6 : red - 7/1 : white - 8 : bright chrome - 9 : orange 101 : Bright chrome bezel
A : satin chrome - B : dark blue - 104 : High actuator (round models, except w. gloss finish)
Ø12.00
Ø12.00
(.185)
4.70
(.472DIA)
(.185)
4.70
(.472DIA)
104 ICR 104 ICP

02-Serie IL-A_08-Serie IP-A 21/11/12 14:29 Page6
IL series New!
Sealed pushbutton switches for thick panels - long bushing Ø 12 mm - momentary
❑ Momentary pushbuttons for thick panels

❑ Illuminated or non-illuminated
❑ Sealed to IP67 (standard models only)
B1
• Front panel sealing according to IEC 60529 : IP67 (standard models) • Panel thickness : 1,50 mm (.059) min.
IP54 (options X1242 and 234) 10 mm (.393) max.
• Shock resistance : 100 g according to IEC 512-4, test 6c • Total travel :
• Vibration resistance : 10-500 Hz - 10 g according to IEC 512-4, test 6d 1,7 mm (.067) +/- 0,3 mm
• Salt spray : IEC 512-6, test 11f • Typical operating force :
• Operating temperature : -40°C to +85°C 4N +/- 2N
• Low level or mechanical life :
1.000.000 cycles
• Torque : 1 Nm max. applied to nut
• Max. current/voltage rating with resistive load : • Soldering : 300°C max. for
2A 24VDC, 200.000 cycles 3 seconds
• Insulation resistance : 1 GΩ min. at 500VDC
• Dielectric strength : 1.000 Vrms MATERIALS
LED COMPONENT SPECIFICATIONS • Case : thermoplastic UL94-V0

• Actuator : polyamide 6/6
LED colour Forward current Typ. forward voltage Max. forward voltage
• Bushing/bezel : polyamide 6/6
Super red (L0S) 20mA 2,1V 2,3V • Contacts : silver, gold plated
Yellow (L0Y) 20mA 2,1V 2,3V • Terminal seal : epoxy
Green (L0G) 20mA 2,1V 2,3V
Blue (L0B) 20mA 3,2V 3,8V
White (L0W) 20mA 3,35V 4,25V
A resistor must be series-connected by the user.
Resistor value = supply voltage - LED forward voltage
LED forward current
MOUNTING - STANDARD BEZEL

(.059MIN.-.393MAX.)
20.00 20.00
1.50min-10.00Max
(.787) (.787)
12.90
(.507)
1
20.00
(.787)
(.645)
16.40
Ø13.60
(.535DIA)
Ø13.50
(.531DIA)
➀ Flat seal
Mounting for reduced bezel : see options X1242 and 234 at the end of the series.

New! IL series
Overview
IL

R Round, curved 3 Normally open F Flying leads AD Silver, gold
P Round, flat (NO) P Straight PC plated
S Solder lugs
B1
Actuator colour LED colour Options

1 Blue Blank Non-illum. X1242 Reduced bezel,
2 Black L0S Super red frontal mounting
3 Green L0Y Yellow 234 Reduced bezel,
4 Grey L0G Green standard mounting
5 Yellow L0B Blue
6 Red L0W White
7/1 White
8 Bright chrome
9 Orange
B Dark blue hes:
t o m switc s.
s e
act cu e seri
Compe end of th
se
ABOUT THIS SERIES

- model structure of switches and options in the same order as in above chart
Mounting accessories : Standard hardware supplied : 1 flat seal and 1 hex nut 14 mm (.551) across flats.

IL series New!
Illuminated
• Curved or flat actuator

• Antirotation bushing
Straight P
(.204)
(.179)
5.20
4.55
1.00
(.039)
MODEL
STRUCTURE
B1 Actuator marking available on ILP models (symbol 10 mm max.). On request.
(.078)
Ø12.00
2.00
(.196)
(.472DIA)
5.00
Ø17.50
(.688DIA)
Curved actuator
ILR3SAD Normally open Ø12.00x0.75SI 10.80
(.472DIAx0.75IS) (.425)
19.30
(.759)
(.059)
1.50
Flat actuator
ILP3SAD Normally open EPOXY
(.240)
6.10
(.204)
1.20
5.20
0.40
(.047) (.015)
2.00 5.08
(.078) (.200)
Also available with straight PC terminals : IL•3PAD
Flying lead terminals ➞ Flat

(.078)
Ø12.00
2.00
(.196)
(.472DIA)
5.00
Ø17.50
(.688DIA)
Curved actuator
ILR3FAD Normally open Ø12.00x0.75SI
(1.063 MAX.)
(.472DIAx0.75IS) 10.80
27.00 Max.
(.425)
Flat actuator
ILP3FAD Normally open
Ø9.50
(.374DIA)
19.68±.393)
500±10
ACTUATOR COLOUR
1 : blue - 2 : black - 3 : green - 4 : grey - 5 : yellow - 6 : red - 7/1 : white - 8 : bright chrome
9 : orange - B : dark blue
LED COLOUR
L0S : red - L0Y : yellow - L0G : green - L0B : blue - L0W : white

New! IL series
Non-illuminated

• Antirotation bushing
Straight P
(.204)
(.179)
5.20
4.55
1.00
(.039)
MODEL
STRUCTURE
Actuator marking available on ILP models (symbol 10 mm max.). On request. B1
(.078)
Ø12.00
2.00
(.196)
(.472DIA)
5.00
Ø17.50
(.688DIA)
Curved actuator
ILR3SAD Normally open Ø12.00x0.75SI
10.80
(.425)
18.40
(.724)
(.472DIAx0.75IS)
Flat actuator
ILP3SAD Normally open EPOXY
(.059)
1.50
(.204)
1.20
5.20
0.40
(.047) (.015)
2.00 5.08
(.078) (.200)
Also available with straight PC terminals : IL•3PAD
Flying lead terminals ➞ Flat

(.078)
Ø12.00
2.00
(.196)
(.472DIA)
5.00
Ø17.50
(.688DIA)
Curved actuator
ILR3FAD Normally open
(.826 MAX.)
21.00 Max.
Ø12.00x0.75SI
(.472DIAx0.75IS) 10.80
(.425)
Flat actuator
ILP3FAD Normally open Ø9.50
(.374DIA)
19.68±.393)
500±10
ACTUATOR COLOUR
1 : blue - 2 : black - 3 : green - 4 : grey - 5 : yellow - 6 : red - 7/1 : white - 8 : bright chrome
9 : orange - B : dark blue

IL series New!
Custom switches
Reduced bezel for compact matrix mounting - option X1242
• Dia. 15 (.590) reduced bezel

• Mounting from the front into a threaded panel cut-out
• Matrix mounting : 16 x 16 mm (.630x.630)
• Same terminal options and colours as standard models
• Part numbers on request.
ILP3FAD...X1242
B1
Reduced bezel for compact matrix mounting - option 234
• Dia. 15 (.590) reduced bezel

• Standard panel mounting
• Matrix mounting : 17,5 x 17,5 mm (.689x.689)
• Same terminal options and colours as standard models
• Part numbers on request.
ILP3SAD...234
MOUNTING - REDUCED MODEL

Panel cut-out Matrix mounting
(.031MIN.-.169MAX.)
(.059MIN.-.393MAX.)
17.50 17.50
1.50min-10.00Max
0.80min-4.30Max
(.689) (.689)
12.90
(.507)
2
(.689)
17.50
Ø13.60
(.535DIA)
Ø13.50
Ø15.60 (.531DIA)
➁ O-ring (.614DIA)

03-Serie IM-A_08-Serie IP-A 21/11/12 14:28 Page11
New! IM series
Sealed snap-action pushbutton switches - bushing Ø 12 mm - momentary
❑ Snap-action : tactile feedback with audible click

❑ High current/voltage rating
❑ Sealed to IP67
B1
• Front panel sealing : IP67 according to IEC 60529 • Panel thickness : 1,5 mm (.059) to
• Shock resistance : 50 g - 11 ms according to IEC 68-2-27 10 mm (.394)
• Salt spray : IEC 512-6, test 11f • Total travel : 1,7 mm (.067) +/- 0,3 mm
• Operating temperature : -40°C to +85°C • Low level or mechanical life :
• Storage temperature : -40°C to +85°C 1.000.000 cycles
• Max. current/voltage rating with resistive load : 3A 28VDC MATERIALS
• Initial contact resistance : 100 mΩ max. • Case : polyamide 4/6
• Insulation resistance : 1 GΩ min. at 500VDC • Actuator : polyamide 6/6
• Dielectric strength : 500 Vrms between terminals • Bushing/bezel : polyamide 6/6
• Electrical life at full load : 25.000 cycles • Contacts : silver, gold plated
MOUNTING - STANDARD BEZEL

20.00 20.00
(.059MIN.-.393MAX.)
(.787) (.787)
1.50min-10.00Max
12.90
(.507)
1
20.00
(.787)
(.787)
20
Ø13.60
(.535DIA)
Ø13.50
➀ Flat seal (.531DIA)
MOUNTING - REDUCED BEZEL

(.031MIN.-.169MAX.)
(.059MIN.-.393MAX.)
17.50 17.50
1.50min-10.00Max
0.80min-4.30Max
(.689) (.689)
12.90
(.507)
2
(.689)
17.50
(.787)
20
Ø13.60
(.535DIA)
Ø13.50
Ø15.60 (.531DIA)
➁ O-ring (.614DIA)

IM series New!
Overview
IM

R Round, curved 7 NC + NO P Straight PC 4 Silver, gold
P Round, flat Z Quick-connect plated (standard)
B1
Actuator colours Bushing & bezel Bezel options Actuator option

finish
1 Blue Blank Standard bezel Blank Std actuator
B Dark blue 2 Black 075 Dia. 15 (.590) reduced 104 High actuator
2 Black Other : on request bezel, frontal mounting
3 Green 234 Dia. 15 (.590) reduced
5 Yellow bezel, std mounting
6 Red
7 White
9 Orange
ABOUT THIS SERIES

A sealing boot is available to protect the switches against frost and sand (P/N U5125).
It is presented after the IA series and in section H.
Mounting accessories : Standard hardware supplied : 1 flat seal (standard bezel) or 1 O-ring (reduced bezel)
and 1 hex nut 14 mm (.551) acrosss flats. Hex nut part number U166.

New! IM series
Straight P Quick-connect Z
(.094)
2.40
(.146)
3.70
(.299)
7.60
(.138)
3.50
1.00 1.20
(.039) (.047)
2.80
1 2 3 (.110)
MODEL
STRUCTURE
Common terminal identified by a horizontal dash B1
Standard bezel - straight PC terminals ➞ Flat
Ø12.00
(.078)
2.00
(.472DIA)
(.196)
5.00
Ø17.50
(.688DIA)
Curved actuator
IMR7P4 NC+NO Ø12.00x0.75SI
10.80
(.425)
(.713)
(.472DIAx0.75IS)
18.1
Flat actuator
IMP7P4 NC+NO EPOXY
(.138)
3.50
(.146)
3.70
0.50 1.00
(.020) (.039)
2.80
3.35 (.110)
(.132) 3.35
(.132)
Standard bezel - quick-connect terminals ➞ Flat

Ø12.00
(.078)
2.00
(.472DIA)
(.196)
5.00
Ø17.50
(.688DIA)
Curved actuator
IMR7Z4 NC+NO Ø12.00x0.75SI
10.80
(.425)
22.00
(.866)
(.472DIAx0.75IS)
Flat actuator
IMP7Z4 NC+NO EPOXY
(.094)
2.40
0.50
(.299)
(.020)
7.60
1.20
(.047)
3.35
(.132) 2.80
3.35
(.110)
(.132)
ACTUATOR COLOURS
1 : blue - B : dark blue - 2 : black - 3 : green - 5 : yellow - 6 : red - 7 : white - 9 : orange
BUSHING AND BEZEL COLOURS
2 : black (standard)
Other : on request

IM series New!
Options
BEZEL OPTIONS
➁ O-ring
Blank Standard bezel

Ø15.00 Ø15.00
(.590DIA) (.590DIA)
(.196)
(.196)
5.00
5.00
075 Dia. 15 (.590) reduced bezel, mounting of the switch from the front
into a threaded panel cut-out
2 2
234 Dia. 15 (.590) reduced bezel, standard mounting
B1 075 234
ACTUATOR OPTION
Ø12.00 Ø12.00
(.185)
(.185)
4.70
(.472DIA)
4.70
(.472DIA)
Blank Standard actuator
104 High actuator
104 IMR 104 IMP

04-Serie IP-A_08-Serie IP-A 21/11/12 14:28 Page15
IP series
Pushbutton switches for harsh environments - bushing Ø 12 mm - momentary
❑ Wide variety of configurations
❑ Sealed to IP67
B1
IP69K according to DIN 40050-9 (non-illuminated) with cap U5125 4 mm (.157 max.)
• Shock resistance : 100 g according to IEC 512-4, test 6c • Total travel :
• Vibration resistance : 10-500Hz - 10 g according to IEC 512-4, test 6d Funct. 3 : 1,7 mm (.067) +/- 0,3 mm
• Salt spray : IEC 512-6, test 11f Funct. 5 : 1,3 mm (.051) +/- 0,3 mm
• Robustness (non-illuminated) : IK06 according to EN 50102 (1 joule) • Typical operating force : 6N +/- 2N
• Operating temperature : -40°C to +85°C • Low level/mech. life : 1.000.000 cycles
• Max. current/voltage rating with resistive load (gold plated silver contacts): MATERIALS
5A 28VDC, 70.000 cycles
0,2A 48VDC, 500.000 cycles • Case : thermoplastic UL94-V0
0,5A 48VAC, 500.000 cycles • Actuator : polyamide 6/6
• Initial contact resistance : 100 mΩ max. • Bushing/bezel : zinc die-cast
• Insulation resistance : 1 GΩ min. at 500VDC (zamac), black painted
• Dielectric strength : 1.500 Vrms • Contacts : silver, gold plated (std)
• Contact bounce : 10 ms brass, gold plated (for option 104)
LED COMPONENT SPECIFICATIONS section 0,6 mm2
LED colour Forward current Typ. forward voltage Max. forward voltage • LED wire : AWG26, section 0,12 mm2
• Lens : polycarbonate
Super red (L0S) 20mA 2,1V 2,3V
Yellow (L0Y) 20mA 2,1V 2,3V
Green (L0G) 20mA 2,1V 2,3V AGENCY APPROVAL
Blue (L0B) 20mA 3,2V 3,8V 2A 125VAC/250VAC
White (L0W) 20mA 3,35V 4,25V File E83438
A resistor must be series-connected by the user. Availability : consult factory for
Resistor value = supply voltage - LED forward voltage details of approved models.
LED forward current Marking : to order switches marked
UL, complete ordering format.
MOUNTING
(.059 min-.157max)
1.50min-4Max
12.90 20.00 20.00

(.507) (.787) (.787)
1
20.00
(.787)
(.688)
17.50
Ø13.60
(.535DIA)
Ø13.50
➀ O-ring
(.531DIA)

IP series
Overview
IP
SERIES Actuator shapes Electrical functions Terminals Contacts

C Square 3 Normally open S Solder lugs AD Silver, gold
R Round, curved (NO) F Flying leads plated (standard)
P Round, flat 5 NC/NO combined P Straight PC CD Brass, gold
(non-illuminated) Z1 Quick-connect plated (option 104)
(non-ill., NO only )
B1
Actuator colours LED colours Options Approval

1 Blue Blank Non-illum. 100 Satin chrome UL
B Dark blue L0S Super red bezel Consult factory for
2 Black L0Y Yellow 101 Bright chrome detail of approved
3 Green L0G Green bezel models.
5 Yellow L0B Blue 104 High actuator
6 Red L0W White (non-illum. round
7/1 White models only)
8 Bright chrome
9 Orange
Option 104
If combined with electrical function 5 (NC/NO), this
option should be ordered with CD contacts (brass, gold
plated). Current/voltage rating : 100mA 30VDC
ABOUT THIS SERIES

A sealing boot is available to protect the switches against frost and sand. It is presented after the IA series and in section H.

IP series
Square - illuminated
• High brightness illumination

• Five LED colours
• Tin plated LED terminals
LED
Cathode
(-)
MODEL
STRUCTURE
B1
(.078)
12.00
2.00
(.196)
(.472SQ)
5.00
(.059 Min)
1.50 Min
17.50
(.688SQ)
IPC3SAD Normally Open

(.251) (.267)
6.40 6.80
Ø12.00x0.75SI
(.472DIAx0.75IS)
(.240)
6.10
EPOXY
(.059)
1.20
1.50
0.40
(.204)
5.20
(.047) (.015)
2.00 5.08
(.078) (.200)
Also available with straight PC terminals : IPC3PAD
LED colour is indicated by the bottom of the switch.

(.078)
12.00 2.00
(.196)
(.472SQ)
5.00
(.059 Min)
1.50 Min
17.50
(.688SQ)
(.267)
6.80
IPC3FAD Normally Open Ø12.00x0.75SI

(.629 Max)
16.00 Max
(.472DIAx0.75IS)
(19.68±.393)
500±10
Wire colours : black : NO contact, red : LED anode(+), blue : LED cathode(-)
ACTUATOR COLOURS LED COLOURS
1 : blue - B : dark blue - 2 : black - 3 : green - 5 : yellow L0S : super red - L0Y : yellow - L0G : green - L0B : blue
6 : red - 7/1 : white - 8 : bright chrome - 9 : orange L0W : white
OPTIONS APPROVAL
100 : Satin chrome bezel UL

101 : Bright chrome bezel Consult factory for details of approved models. To order
switches marked UL, complete above box with ”UL”.

IP series
• Double function (NC/NO combined)

with a short behind-panel depth
(.094)
2.40
(.342)
(.204)
(.179)
8.70
5.20
4.55
1.00
(.039) 1.20
(.047)
2.80
Function 3 (N0) Function 5 (NC/NO) (.110)
MODEL
STRUCTURE
B1
12.00
(.078)
2.00
(.472SQ)
(.196)
5.00
(.059 Min)
1.50 Min
17.50
(.688SQ)
IPC3SAD Normally Open

(.251) (.267)
6.40 6.80
Ø12.00x0.75SI
(.472DIAx0.75IS)
IPC5SAD NC/NO combined
NO NO
EPOXY NC
(.059)
1.50
1.20 0.40
(.204)
5.20
(.047) (.015)
2.00 5.08
(.078) NO (.200) NC/NO
Also available with straight PC terminals : IPC3PAD (NO) or IPC5PAD (NC/NO)

and quick-connect terminals : IPC3Z1AD (NO only)

12.00
(.078)
2.00
(.472SQ)
(.196)
5.00
(.059 Min)
1.50 Min
17.50
(.688SQ)
(.267)
6.80
IPC3FAD Normally Open Ø12.00x0.75SI

(.472DIAx0.75IS)
(.629 Max)
16.00 Max
IPC5FAD NC/NO combined

(19.68±.393)
500±10
NO NC/NO
Wire colours (NC/NO) : black : NO, blue : NC
ACTUATOR COLOURS
1 : blue - B : dark blue -2 : black - 3 : green - 5 : yellow - 6 : red - 7/1 : white - 8 : bright chrome - 9 : orange
OPTIONS APPROVAL


IP series
Round - illuminated
• High brightness illumination

LED
LED Cathode
Cathode (-)
(-)
MODEL
STRUCTURE
B1
(.078)
Ø12.00
2.00
(.196)
(.472DIA)
5.00
(.059 Min)
1.50 Min
Ø17.50
(.688DIA)
IPR3SAD Normally Open

(.251) (.267)
6.40 6.80
Ø12.00x0.75SI
(.472DIAx0.75IS)
(.240)
6.10
EPOXY
(.059)
1.20
1.50
0.40
(.204)
5.20
(.047) (.015)
2.00 5.08
(.078) (.200)
Also available with straight PC terminals : IPR3PAD

(.078)
Ø12.00
2.00
(.196)
(.472DIA)
5.00
(.059 Min)
1.50 Min
Ø17.50
(.688DIA)
(.267)
6.80
IPR3FAD Normally Open Ø12.00x0.75SI

(.472DIAx0.75IS)
(.629 Max)
16.00 Max
(19.68±.393)
500±10
Wire colours : black : NO contact, red : LED anode(+), blue : LED cathode(-)
6 : red - 7/1 : white - 8 : bright chrome - 9 : orange L0W : white
OPTIONS APPROVAL


IP series
• Double function (NC/NO combined)

with a short behind-panel depth
(.094)
2.40
(.342)
(.204)
(.179)
8.70
5.20
4.55
1.00
(.039) 1.20
Function 3 (NO) Function 5 (NC/NO)
(.047)
2.80
(.110)
MODEL
STRUCTURE
B1 Actuator marking available on IPP models (symbol 10 mm max.). On request.

Ø12.00 Ø17.50
(.078)
2.00
(.472DIA) (.688DIA)
(.196)
5.00
(.059 Min)
1.50 Min
Curved actuator, NO
IPR3SAD
Curved actuator, NC/NO
(.251) (.267)
6.40 6.80
IPR5SAD
Ø12.00x0.75SI
(.472DIAx0.75IS)
Flat actuator, NO NO
NO
IPP3SAD EPOXY NC
Flat actuator, NC/NO

(.059)
1.20 0.40
1.50
(.204)
(.015)
5.20
(.047)
IPP5SAD 2.00 5.08
(.078) NO (.200) NC/NO
Also available with straight PC terminals : IP•3PAD (NO) or IP•5PAD (NC/NO)

and quick-connect terminals : IP•3Z1AD (NO only)
Sealed flying lead terminals ➞ Flat Ø17.50

Ø12.00
(.078)
2.00 (.688DIA)
(.472DIA)
(.196)
5.00
(.059 Min)
1.50 Min
Curved actuator, NO
IPR3FAD
Curved actuator, NC/NO
(.267)
6.80
IPR5FAD Ø12.00x0.75SI
(.472DIAx0.75IS)
(.519)
13.20
Flat actuator, NO
IPP3FAD
Flat actuator, NC/NO
(19.68±.393)
500±10
IPP5FAD
NO NC/NO
Wire colours (NC/NO) : black : NO, blue : NC
ACTUATOR COLOURS OPTIONS
1 : blue - B : dark blue -2 : black - 3 : green - 5 : yellow 100 : Satin chrome bezel
6 : red - 7/1 : white - 8 : bright chrome - 9 : orange 101 : Bright chrome bezel
104 : High actuator - If combined with function 5
(NC/NO), order with CD contacts (instead of AD contacts).
APPROVAL Ø12.00
Ø12.00
(.185)
4.70
(.472DIA)
(.185)
4.70
(.472DIA)
UL
Consult factory for details of approved models. To order
104 IPR 104 IPP

05-Serie IPF1-A-R1_07-Serie IPF1-A 28/01/13 13:52 Page21
IP series
Pushbutton switches for harsh environments - bushing Ø 12 mm - latching
❑ Latching action
Actuator remains in the low position when “ON”.
❑ Compact
Behind-panel depth less than 20 mm (.787)

❑ Sealed to IP67
B1
• Shock resistance : 100 g according to IEC 512-4, test 6c 5,5 mm (.217) max.
• Vibration resistance : 10-500Hz - 10 g according to IEC 512-4, test 6d • Total travel : 2,5 mm (.098) +/- 0,3 mm
• Salt spray : IEC 512-6, test 11f • Typical operating force : 5 N +/- 2N
• Robustness (non-illuminated) : IK06 according to EN 50102 (1 joule) • Low level/mech. life : 200.000 cycles
• Operating temperature : -40°C to +85°C • Torque : 1,5 Nm max. applied to nut
MATERIALS
4A 12VDC, 200.000 cycles • Case : thermoplastic, UL 94-V0
1A 48VDC, 200.000 cycles • Actuator : polyamide 6/6
2A 48VDC, 100.000 cycles • Bushing/bezel : zinc die-cast
3A 48VDC, 75.000 cycles (zamak), black painted
1A 72VDC, 15.000 cycles • Contacts : silver, gold plated
• Initial contact resistance : 100 mΩ max. • Multi-wire lead AWG20,
• Insulation resistance : 1 GΩ min. at 500VDC section 0,6 mm2
• Dielectric strength : 1.500 Vrms between terminals • LED wire : AWG26, section 0,12 mm2
1.000 VAC rms between terminals and frame • Lens : polycarbonate
LED COMPONENT SPECIFICATIONS
Yellow (L0Y) 20mA 2V 2,05V
Blue (L0B) 20mA 3,2V 4V
LED forward current
MOUNTING
(.059 min-.216max)
1.50min-5.50Max
20.00 20.00
(.787) (.787)
12.90
(.507)
1
(.751)
19.10
20.00
(.787)
Ø13.60
(.535DIA)
ø13.50
(.531DIA)
➀ O-ring
CIPDTF1EA
IP series
Overview
IP
SERIES Actuator shapes Electrical function Terminals Contacts

C Square 1 OFF - ON S Solder lug AD Silver, gold
R Round, curved F Flying leads plated
P Round, flat Z1 Quick-connect
P Straight PC
B1
Actuator colours LED colours Options

1 Blue Blank Non-illum. 100 Satin chrome
B Dark blue L0S Super red bezel
2 Black L0Y Yellow 101 Bright chrome
3 Green L0G Green bezel
5 Yellow L0B Blue 104 High actuator
6 Red (non-illum. round
7/1 White models only)
8 Bright chrome
9 Orange
ABOUT THIS SERIES

A sealing boot is available to protect the switches against frost and sand (P/N U5125).
It is presented after the IA series and in section H.
Mounting accessories : Standard hardware supplied : 1 hex nut 14 mm (.551) across flats and 1 O-Ring.

IP series
Square or round - illuminated
• Four LED colours

Straight P Quick-connect Z1 Solder lug S
(.090)
2.30
(.094)
2.40
(.330)
8.40
1.40
1.00 (.055)
(.125)
(.133)
3.20
(.039) 1.20
3.40
(.047)
OFF ON 2.80 2.80
(.110) (.110)
MODEL CISCOSP
STRUCTURE ECH: 0.9
5-05-03 B1
Square models ➞ Flat CISCOSZ-A CIPNLF1COS
12.00
(.224)
(.275)
5.70
7.00
(.472SQ)
(.059 Min)
1.50 Min
17.50
DESSIN ECH 0.9 DESSIN
(.688SQ) ECH 0.9
Solder lug terminals

IPC1SAD OFF - ON
(.322)
5-05-03 17.10.01
8.20
ø12.00x0.75SI
Flying lead terminals (.472DIAx0.75IS)
(.629 Max)
16.00 Max
IPC1FAD OFF - ON
(.488)
12.40
EPOXY
(19.68±.393)
500±10
Also available with straight PC : IPC1PAD or quick-connect terminals : IPC1Z1AD
Wire colours : black : contact, red : LED anode(+),

Round models ➞ Flat blue : LED cathode(-)
ø12.00
(.275)
7.00
CIPDTF1SFCT (.224)
(.472DIA) 5.70
CIPDTF1CLU
(.059 Min)
1.50 Min
ø17.50
(.688DIA)
IPR1SAD OFF - ON ECH0.9
22.10.01
(.322)
8.20
Flying lead terminals ø12.00x0.75SI
17.10.01
(.472DIAx0.75IS)
(.629 Max)
16.00 Max
IPR1FAD OFF - ON
DESSIN ECH 0.9
(.488)
12.40
EPOXY
(19.68±.393)
500±10
Also available with straight PC : IPR1PAD or quick-connect terminals : IPR1Z1AD
CIPDTF1RLU
6 : red - 7/1 : white - 8 : bright chrome - 9 : orange DESSIN ECH 0.9
OPTIONS 17.10.01


IP series
Square or round - non-illuminated
MODEL
STRUCTURE
Actuator marking available on IPP models (symbol 10 mm max.). On request.
Square models ➞ Flat

12.00
(.275)
7.00
(.224)
5.70
(.472SQ)
(.059 Min)
1.50 Min
17.50
(.688SQ)
IPC1SAD OFF - ON
(.322)
8.20
Flying lead terminals ø12.00x0.75SI
(.472DIAx0.75IS)
(.629 Max)
16.00 Max
IPC1FAD OFF - ON
(.488)
12.40
B1 EPOXY
(19.68±.393)
500±10
Also available with straight PC : IPC1PAD or quick-connect terminals : IPC1Z1AD
Round models ➞ Flat Ø17.50

(.688DIA)
Ø12.00 Ø12.00
CURVED ACTUATOR
(.275)
(.275)
(.078)
(.078)
7.00
7.00
2.00
2.00
(.472DIA) (.472DIA)
(.059 Min)
1.50 Min
IPR1SAD OFF - ON
Flying lead terminals
(.322)
IPR1FAD OFF - ON
8.20
Ø12.00x0.75SI CIPDTF1CNL
(.472DIAx0.75IS)
FLAT ACTUATOR
DESSIN ECH 0.9
(.488)
12.40
(.555)
14.10
IPP1SAD OFF - ON EPOXY
17.10.01
(19.68±.393)
Flying lead terminals

500±10
IPP1FAD OFF - ON
Also available with straight PC : IP•1PAD or quick-connect terminals : IP•1Z1AD
ACTUATOR COLOURS
1 : blue - B : dark blue - 2 : black - 3 : green - 5 : yellow - 6 : red - 7/1 : white - 8 : bright chrome - 9 : orange
OPTIONS

104 : High actuator (for round model only)
Ø12.00
(.472DIA)
(.185)
Ø12.00
4.70
(.185)
4.70
(.472DIA)
104 IPR 104 IPP

06-Serie_IB-IS-A_06-Serie IB-IS-A 21/11/12 14:26 Page25
IB and IS series
Sealed pushbutton switches - bushing Ø 12 mm - momentary
❑ Snap-in and threaded bushing models

❑ Compact, light in weight
• Behind-panel depth of 13 mm (.512) only
• 50 % reduction in weight compared to metallic models
❑ Sealed to IP67 (IS series) or IP54 (IB series)
B1
ENVIRONMENTAL SPECIFICATIONS MATERIALS
• Front panel sealing according to IEC 60529 : IP67 (IS) or IP54 (IB) • Case : thermoplastic UL94-V0
• Shock resistance : 100 g according to IEC 512-4, test 6c • Actuator : polyamide 6/6
• Vibration resistance : 10-500 Hz - 10 g according to IEC 512-4, test 6d • Bushing/bezel : polyamide 6/6
• Salt spray : IEC 512-6, test 11f • Contacts : silver, gold plated
• Operating temperature : -40°C to +85°C • Terminal seal : epoxy
ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS AGENCY APPROVAL

• Max. current/voltage rating with resistive load : 2A 125VAC/250VAC
400mA 32VAC - 100mA 48VDC File E83438
details of approved models.
• Dielectric strength : 1.000 Vrms
• Electrical life at full load : 500.000 cycles Marking : to order switches marked
UL, complete approrpiate box of
ordering format.
• Panel thickness :
- IB series : 0,8 mm (.031) min. - 1,8 mm ( .071) max.
- IS series : 1,5 mm (.059) min. - 4 mm (.157) max. itch:
u s t o m sw s.
• Total travel : 1,7 mm (.066) +/- 0,3 mm f c e serie
ple o h
• Typical operating force : 4N +/- 3N Exame end of t
• Low level or mechanical life : 1.000.000 cycles se
• Soldering : 300°C max. for 3 seconds
Panel mounting : see next pages.

IB and IS series
Overview

IB Snap-in R Round, curved 3 Normally open S Solder lug AD Silver, gold
IS Threaded P Round, flat (NO) Z1 Quick-connect plated
bushing 2,8 x 0,5 mm
P Straight PC
B1
Actuator colours Bezel finish Option Approval

1 Blue 00 Black (std) 104 High actuator UL
B Dark blue 08 Bright chrome Consult factory for
2 Black (IS only) detail of approved
3 Green 10 White models.
5 Yellow 20 Satin chrome
6 Red (IS only)
7/1 White
8 Bright chrome
9 Orange
A Satin chrome
ABOUT THIS SERIES

- model structure of switches and options in the same order as in above chart
A sealing boot is available to protect the switches against frost and sand. It is presented after the IA series and in section H.
Mounting accessories : Standard hardware supplied : 1 flat seal (IB series)

1 hex nut 14 mm (.551) across flats and 1 flat seal (IS series). Hex nut part number U166.

IB and IS series
• Ten actuator colours

• Antirotation bushing Straight P Solder lug S Quick-connect Z1
(.094)
2.40
(.330)
8.40
1.20
(.059)
(.047) 1.20
1.50
1.00 (.047)
(.133)
(.039) 2.80
3.40
(.110)
2.80
(.110)
MODEL
STRUCTURE
Actuator marking available on IBP and ISP models (symbol 10 mm max.). On request. B1
Snap-in mounting - solder lug terminals ➞ Flat Panel thickness : 0,8 mm to 1,8 mm
Ø17.50
(.688DIA)
Ø12.00
(.078)
2.00
(.472DIA)
Curved actuator
(.047)
1.20
(.196)
5.00
IBR3SAD Normally open

(.511)
13.00
Flat actuator
IBP3SAD Normally open EPOXY
(.125)
2.80
3.20
0.50
(.019) (.110)
5.08
(.200)
Also available with straight PC : IB•3PAD or quick-connect terminals : IB•3Z1AD
Mounting by threaded bushing - solder lug terminals ➞ Panel thickness : 1,5 mm to 4 mm

Flat
Ø17.50
(.688DIA)
Ø12.00
(.078)
2.00
(.472DIA)
Curved actuator
(.047)
1.20
ISR3SAD Normally open

(.196)
5.00
(.220)
5.60
Flat actuator
(.511)
13.00
ISP3SAD Normally open

EPOXY
2.80
0.50
(.125)
3.20
(.110)
(.019)
Ø12.00x0.75SI
5.08 (.472DIAx0.75IS)
(.200)
Also available with straight PC : IS•3PAD or quick-connect terminals : IS•3Z1AD
ACTUATOR COLOURS Actuator marking available on IBP and ISP models (symbol 10 mm max.). On request.
1 : blue - B : dark blue - 2 : black - 3 : green - 5 : yellow - 6 : red - 7/1 : white - 8 : bright chrome
9 : orange - A : satin chrome
BUSHING AND BEZEL FINISH
00 : Black (standard)
08 : Bright chrome (IS series only)
10 : White
20 : Satin chrome (IS series only)

IB and IS series
ACTUATOR OPTION Ø12.00 Ø12.00
(.185)
4.70
(.472DIA)
(.185)
4.70
(.472DIA)
104 : High actuator

IBR IBP
APPROVAL
B1 UL
IB SERIES MOUNTING

12.90
(.507) 18.00 18.00
(.071MAX.)
1.80 MAXI.
(.031MIN.)
0.80 MINI.
(.709) (.709)
(.709)
18.00
Ø13.60
(.535DIA)
IS SERIES MOUNTING

(.059MIN.-.157MAX.)
1.50min-4Max
20.00 20.00
12.90 (.787) (.787)
(.507)
1
20.00
(.787)
Ø13.60
(.535DIA)
Ø13.50
(.531DIA)
➀ Flat seal
Example of custom switch
• Painted bushing and actuator, soft feel

• Flying leads (55 mm) + connector
• Overmolded rear part
ISR3FADB22X1248-01

07-Serie IH-A_08-Serie IP-A 21/11/12 14:15 Page29
New! IHS series

Hall effect pushbutton switches - bushing Ø 12 mm - momentary
❑ Momentary pushbutton (NO)

❑ 5 million cycles
❑ Low behind-panel depth
❑ Standard and high actuator
❑ Sealed to IP67
B1
• Operating temperature : -40°C to +85°C 4 mm (.157) max.
• Total travel : 1,80 mm (.070)
+/- 0,3 mm
ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS • Typical operating force : 6N +/- 2N
• Mechanical life : 5 million cycles
• Supply voltage : 3,5VDC to 24VDC • Torque : 1,5 Nm max. applied to nut
• Supply current : VDC = 12V : 2,5mA Typ. to 5mA max.
(current consumption in OFF position)
• Max. output current : 50mA MATERIALS
• Max. output voltage : 24VDC
• Output type : NPN • Case : PBT, UL94-V0
• Actuator : polyamide 6/6
• Bushing/bezel : zinc die-cast
(zamac), black painted
• Multi-wire lead : AWG26, 150 mm
WIRING DIAGRAM
VDD +Vout
RED wire
LOAD
OUTPUT
WHITE wire
GND
BLACK wire
MOUNTING
Panel cut-out ➀ O-ring Matrix mounting Back of panel space requirement
(.059 min-.157max)
1.50min-4Max
12.90 20.00 20.00

(.507) (.787) (.787)
1
(.570)
14.50
20.00
(.787)
Ø13.60
(.535DIA)
Ø13.50
(.531DIA)

IHS series New!

Overview
IHS
SERIES Actuator shapes Electrical function Operating force Terminals

R Round 3 Normally open 6 6N F Flying leads
H Round, high (NO)
B1
Actuator colours Options

1 Blue Blank None
2 Black 100 Satin chrome bezel
3 Green 101 Bright chrome bezel
5 Yellow
6 Red
7 White
9 Orange
B Dark blue
ABOUT THIS SERIES

A sealing boot is available to protect the switches against frost and sand (P/N U5125). It is presented after the IA series
and in section H.

New! IHS series

• Standard or high actuator
MODEL
STRUCTURE
B1
Standard actuator ➞ Flat
(.078)
Ø12.00
2.00
(.196)
(.472DIA)
5.00
(.059 Min)
1.50 Min
Ø17.50
(.688DIA)
IHSR36F Normally Open

(.251) (.267)
6.40 6.80
Ø12.00x0.75SI
(.472DIAx0.75IS)
(5.905)
150.00
High actuator ➞ Flat
(.185)
Ø12.00 4.70
(.472DIA)
(.196)
5.00
(.059 Min)
1.50 Min
Ø17.50
(.688DIA)
IHSH36F Normally Open

(.251) (.267)
6.40 6.80
Ø12.00x0.75SI
(.472DIAx0.75IS)
(5.905)
150.00
ACTUATOR COLOURS
1 : blue - 2 : black - 3 : green - 5 : yellow - 6 : red - 7 : white - 9 : orange - B : dark blue
OPTIONS


IHL series New!

Hall effect pushbutton switches - bushing Ø 12 mm - linear
❑ Linear output pushbutton

❑ 0,5 to 4,5 volt output
❑ Modular operating force
❑ Sealed to IP67
B1
• Operating temperature : -40°C to +85°C 10 mm (.393) max.
• EMC testing : 10V per meter extend to radiated fields in freq. range of • Total travel : 4 mm (.160) +/- 0,3 mm
80 Mhz to 1.000 MHz. 1KHz 80 % sine wave modulation according to • Mechanical life : 5 million cycles
IEC/EN 61000-4-3 • Torque : 1 Nm max. applied to nut

• Supply voltage : 4,5VDC to 5,5VDC without regulator • Case : PBT, UL94-V0
6,5VDC to 24VDC with 5V regulator • Actuator : ABS
• Supply current : 9mA max. • Bushing : polyamide 6/6
• Max. output current : 1,25mA • Multi-wire lead : AWG26, 150 mm
• Max. output voltage with or without regulator : see graph below.
LINEAR OUTPUT GRAPH (VDC = 5V@20°C)
WIRING DIAGRAM
VDD
RED wire
OUTPUT
WHITE wire
GND
BLACK wire
MOUNTING
Panel cut-out ➁ O-ring Matrix mounting Back of panel space requirement
(.016MIN.-.020MAX.)
(.059MIN.-.393MAX.)
17.50 17.50
1.50min-10.00Max
0.40min-0.50Max
(.689) (.689)
12.90
(.507)
2
(.689)
17.50
(.689)
17.50
Ø13.60
(.535DIA)
Ø13.50
Ø15.60 (.531DIA)
(.614DIA)

New! IHL series

Overview
IHL
SERIES Actuator shape Operating force Terminals

R Round 3 Soft F Flying leads
5 Standard
Output voltage 7 Hard Regulator
01 0,5 to 4,5 V X None
Other : on request. 5 5V regulator
Other : on request B1
Actuator colours
1 Blue
2 Black
3 Green
5 Yellow
6 Red
7 White
9 Orange
B Dark blue
ABOUT THIS SERIES


IHL series New!

• With or without regulator
MODEL
STRUCTURE
Without regulator ➞ Flat

Ø17.60
(.693DIA)
(.440)
11.20
Soft operating force
IHLR013XF
(.503)
12.80
Standard operating force

IHLR015XF
Ø12.00x0.75SI 10.80
(.472DIAx0.75IS) (.425)
Hard operating force

(.185)
4.70
IHLR017XF
(5.905)
150.00
With 5V regulator
150.00
(5.905)
Soft operating force 30.00

(1.181)
70.00
(2.756)
IHLR0135F
Standard operating force

IHLR0155F
Hard operating force

IHLR0175F
ACTUATOR COLOURS
1 : blue - 2 : black - 3 : green - 5 : yellow - 6 : red - 7 : white - 9 : orange - B : dark blue

08-Serie IQ-A_08-Serie IP-A 21/11/12 14:15 Page35
New! IQ series
Sealed pushbutton switches - bushing Ø 16 mm - snap-in mounting
Like the IR series, the IQ series is a range of sealed pushbutton switches with dia. 16 mm bushing.
But IQ pushbuttons feature snap-in mounting for easier and faster installation.
Momentary and latching versions are available.
Main features
• Snap-in mounting for easy installation
• Tactile feedback
• Sealed to IP67
• Square or round actuator
• Wide choice of actuator and illumination B1
colours
• Flat round actuator for optional marking
Momentary versions
• Electrical function : NO
• Five terminal options, including
screw terminals
• Silver contacts for screw terminal types
• Gold plated silver contacts for other types
Solder lug terminals Flying lead terminals Screw terminals
Latching versions
• Electrical function : OFF-ON
• Four terminal options
• Gold plated silver contacts
Solder lug terminals Flying lead terminals

IQ series New!
Sealed pushbutton switches - bushing Ø 16 mm - snap-in mounting - momentary
❑ Snap-in mounting for easy installation

❑ Momentary models
❑ Sealed to IP54
B1
• Front panel sealing : IP54 according to IEC 60529 • Panel thickness :
• Shock resistance : 100 g according to IEC 512-4, test 6c with flat seal : 2,20 mm (.088) max.
• Vibration resistance : 10-500Hz - 10 g according to IEC 512-4, test 6d without flat seal : 3 mm (.118) max.
• Operating temperature : -40°C to +85°C • Typical operating force : 4N +/- 2N
1.000.000 cycles
ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS • Soldering : 320°C max. for 3 sec.
- Gold plated silver contacts (code 4) : 200mA 48VDC MATERIALS
- Silver contacts (code 2) - screw terminals : 4A 48VDC
• Electrical life at full load : 500.000 cycles • Case : thermoplastic UL94-V0
• Initial contact resistance : 100 mΩ max. • Actuator : polyamide 6/6
• Insulation resistance : 1 GΩ min. at 500VDC • Bushing/bezel : polyamide 6/6
• Dielectric strength : 1.500 Vrms • Contacts :
4 : silver, gold plated
LED COMPONENT SPECIFICATIONS 2 : silver (screw terminals)
LED colour Forward current Typ. forward voltage Max. forward voltage • Multi-wire lead AWG20,
section 0,6 mm2
Super red (L0S) 20mA 2,1V 2,3V • LED wire : AWG26,
Yellow (L0Y) 20mA 2,1V 2,3V section 0,12 mm2
Green (L0G) 20mA 2,1V 2,3V • Lens : polycarbonate
White (L0W) 20mA 3,35V 4,25V
LED forward current
On flying lead versions, the LED resistor can be integrated by APEM on request.
MOUNTING
Panel cut-out ➀ Flat seal Back of panel space requirement Matrix mounting
24.00
(.944)
1 1
15.25 0/+0.05
(.600 ± 0/.002)
Chamfer of 0.3 to 45° or .011R)

15.25 0/+0.05
(.944)
(.665)
(.665)
24.00
16.90
16.90
(.039min. - .086MAX.)
(.059min. - .118MAX.)
1.00min. - 2.20Max.
1.50min. - 3.00Max.
(.600 ± 0/.002)
Ø15.90 0/+0.05
(.626DIA 0/+.002)
Ø15.90 0/+0.05
(.626DIA ±0/+.002)
CIQ3PE

New! IQ series
Overview
IQ

C Square 3 Normally open S Solder lugs 4 Silver, gold plated
R Round, curved (NO) F Flying leads 2 Silver (screw
P Round, flat P Straight PC terminals only)
Z Quick-connect
(non-illuminated)
V Screw (non-illuminated)
B1
Actuator colour Bushing & bezel finish LED colour

1 Blue 2 Black (std) Blank Non-illum.
2 Black Other : on request. L0S Super red
3 Green L0Y Yellow
5 Yellow L0G Green
6 Red L0B Blue
7 White L0W White
9 Orange
A Satin chrome
B Dark blue
ABOUT THIS SERIES

Mounting accessories : Standard hardware supplied : 1 flat seal
Packaging unit : 25 pieces for flying lead models - 40 pieces for other models

IQ series New!
Round - illuminated

• Gold plated contacts Solder lug S Straight P
LED LED
Cathode Cathode
(-) (-)
Function 3 (NO)
MODEL
STRUCTURE
B1 Actuator marking available on IQP models (symbol 12 mm max.). On request.

Ø16.00
(.078)
(.630DIA)
2.00
(.196)
Curved actuator
5.00
IQR3S4 Normally Open
(.582.)
14.80
(.141)
3.60
Flat actuator
(177)
4.50
IQP3S4 Normally Open EPOXY Ø19.80
(.779DIA)
2.00
Also available with straight PC terminals : IQ•3P4. (.078)
LED colour is indicated by the bottom of the switch. CIQR3SLDT
Sealed flying lead terminals ➞ Flat Ø16.00

(.078)
2.00
(.630DIA)
(.196)
5.00
Curved actuator
(.866MAX.)
IQR3F4 Normally Open

22.00 max.
(.582.)
14.80
Flat actuator
IQP3F4 Normally Open 10.80 Ø19.80
500.00±10.00
(19.685±.393)
(.425DIA) (.779DIA)
Wire colours : black : NO contact, CIQR3FLDT

red : LED anode (+), blue : LED cathode (-)
ACTUATOR COLOUR
1 : blue - 2 : black - 3 : green - 5 : yellow - 6 : red - 7 : white - 9 : orange - A : satin chrome - B : dark blue
BUSHING AND BEZEL FINISH LED COLOUR
2 : black (standard) L0S : super red - L0Y : yellow - L0G : green - L0B : blue
L0W : white

New! IQ series
• Gold plated or silver contacts

depending on terminal type
(.094)
2.40
(.279)
7.10
(.133)
3.40
1.00 1.20
(.039) (.047)
2.80
Function 3 (NO) (.110)
MODEL
STRUCTURE
Actuator marking available on IQP models (symbol 12 mm max.). On request. B1
Solder lug terminals - gold plated contacts ➞ Flat
Ø16.00
(.078)
2.00
(.630DIA)
(.196)
5.00
Curved actuator
IQR3S4 Normally open
(.582.)
14.80
(.141)
3.60
Flat actuator
IQP3S4 Normally open
EPOXY
(.059)
0.40 1.20
1.50
(.015) (.047) Ø19.80
(.779DIA)
5.08 2.00
(.200) (.078)
Also available with straight PC terminals :

IQ•3P4 and quick-connect terminals : IQ•3Z4.
CIQR3SDT
Sealed flying lead terminals - gold plated contacts ➞ Flat

Ø16.00
(.078)
2.00
(.630DIA)
(.196)
5.00
Curved actuator
IQR3F4 Normally open
(.582.)
14.80
Flat actuator
IQP3F4 Normally open
500.00±10.00
(19.685±.393)
Ø19.80
(.779DIA)
Screw terminals - silver contacts ➞ Flat

Ø16.00
(.078)
2.00
(.630DIA)
Curved actuator
(.196)
5.00
IQR3V2 Normally open

(.925 MAX.)
23.50 max.
(.582.)
14.80
Flat actuator
IQP3V2 Normally open
Ø19.80
(.779DIA)
CIQR3VDT
Actuator colour and bushing/bezel finish : select the desired codes on previous page.

IQ series New!

• Gold plated contacts Solder lug S Straight P
LED LED
Cathode Cathode
(-) (-)
Function 3 (NO)
MODEL
STRUCTURE
B1
16.00
(.078)
(.630SQUARE)
2.00
(.196)
5.00
IQC3S4 Normally Open
(.582.)
14.80
(.141)
3.60
(177)
4.50
EPOXY
19.80
(.779SQUARE)
2.00
Also available with straight PC terminals : IQC3P4. (.078)

16.00
(.078)
(.630SQUARE) 2.00
(.196)
5.00
IQC3F4 Normally Open

(.866MAX.)
22.00 max.
(.582.)
14.80
19.80
(.779SQUARE)
Ø10.80
500.00±10.00
(19.685±.393)
(.425DIA)
Wire colours : black : NO contact,

ACTUATOR COLOUR
L0W : white

New! IQ series
• Gold plated or silver contacts

depending on terminal type
(.094)
2.40
(.279)
7.10
(.133)
3.40
1.00 1.20
(.039) (.047)
2.80
MODEL
STRUCTURE
B1
16.00
(.078)
(.630SQUARE)
2.00
(.196)
5.00
IQC3S4 Normally Open
(.582.)
14.80
(.141)
3.60
EPOXY
19.80
(.059)
0.40 1.20
1.50
(.015) (.047) (.779SQUARE)
5.08 2.00
(.200) (.078)
IQC3P4 or quick-connect terminals : IQC3Z4.

16.00
(.078)
(.630SQUARE)
2.00
(.196)
5.00
IQC3F4 Normally Open

(.582.)
14.80
19.80
(.779SQUARE)
500.00±10.00
(19.685±.393)

16.00
(.078)
(.630SQUARE)
2.00
(.196)
5.00
IQC3V2 Normally Open

(.925 MAX.)
23.50 max.
(.582.)
14.80
19.80
(.779SQUARE)

IQ series New!
Sealed pushbutton switches - bushing Ø 16 mm - snap-in mounting - latching
❑ Snap-in mounting for easy installation

❑ Latching action models
❑ Sealed to IP54
B1
• Shock resistance : 100 g according to IEC 512-4, test 6c with flat seal : 2,20 mm (.088) max.
• Vibration resistance : 10-500Hz - 10 g according to IEC 512-4, test 6d without flat seal : 3 mm (.118) max.
200.000 cycles
100mA 24VDC - 200.000 cycles MATERIALS
• Insulation resistance : 1 GΩ min. at 500VDC • Case : thermoplastic UL94-V0
• Dielectric strength : 1.500 Vrms between terminals • Plunger : polyamide
• Bushing/bezel : polyamide
LED COMPONENT SPECIFICATIONS • Contacts : silver, gold plated
LED colour Forward current Typ. forward voltage Max. forward voltage section 0,6 mm2
Yellow (L0Y) 20mA 2V 2,05V section 0,12 mm2
Green (L0G) 20mA 3,2V 3,70V • Terminal seal : epoxy
LED forward current
MOUNTING
Panel cut-out ➀ Flat seal Back of panel space requirement Matrix mounting
24.00
(.944)
1 1
15.25 0/+0.05
(.600 ± 0/.002)
Chamfer of 0.3 to 45° or .011R)

15.25 0/+0.05
(.944)
(.755)
(.755)
24.00
19.20
19.20
(.039min. - .086MAX.)
(.059min. - .118MAX.)
1.00min. - 2.20Max.
1.50min. - 3.00Max.
(.600 ± 0/.002)
Ø15.90 0/+0.05
(.626DIA 0/+.002)
Ø15.90 0/+0.05
(.626DIA ±0/+.002)
CIQ1PE

New! IQ series
Overview
IQ

C Square 1 OFF - ON S Solder lugs 4 Silver, gold plated
R Round, curved F Flying leads
Z Quick-connect
B1
Actuator colour Bushing & bezel finish LED colour

1 Blue 2 Black (standard) Blank Non-illum.
2 Black Other : on request. L0S Super red
3 Green L0Y Yellow
5 Yellow L0G Green
6 Red L0B Blue
7 White
9 Orange
A Satin chrome
B Dark blue
ABOUT THIS SERIES

Mounting accessories : Standard hardware supplied : 1 flat seal

IQ series New!
Round - illuminated

• Gold plated contacts Solder lug S Straight P Quick-connect Z
(.090)
2.30
(.165)
4.20
(.094)
2.40
(.330)
8.40
1.40
(.055) 1.20
(.125)
3.20
(.047)
(.133)
3.40
OFF ON 1.10X0.50
(.043X.019) 2.80
2.80
(.110) (.110)
MODEL
STRUCTURE
B1 Plunger marking available on IRP models (symbol 12 mm max.). On request.

Ø16.00
(.630DIA)
(.078)
2.00
Ø19.80
(.779DIA)
Curved actuator
(.196)
5.00
IQR1S4 OFF - ON
Flat actuator
17.50
(.688)
IQP1S4 OFF - ON
EPOXY
(.125)
3.20
(+) (-)
Also available with straight PC terminals : IQ•1P4
& quick-connect terminals : IQ•1Z4.

Ø16.00
(.630DIA)
(.078)
2.00
Ø19.80
(.779DIA)
Curved actuator
(.196)
5.00
IQR1F4 OFF - ON
22.00
(.866)
Flat actuator
IQP1F4 OFF - ON
500.00±10.00
(19.685±.393)
EPOXY
Wire colours : black : contact,

ACTUATOR COLOUR

New! IQ series
• Gold plated contacts
Solder lug S Straight P Quick-connect Z
(.090)
2.30
(.165)
4.20
(.094)
2.40
(.330)
8.40
1.40
(.055) 1.20
(.125)
3.20
(.047)
(.133)
OFF ON
3.40
1.10X0.50
(.043X.019) 2.80
2.80
(.110) (.110)
MODEL
STRUCTURE
Plunger marking available on IRP models (symbol 12 mm max.). On request. B1
Ø16.00
(.630DIA)
(.078)
2.00
Ø19.80
(.779DIA)
(.196)
5.00
Curved actuator
IQR1S4 OFF - ON
17.50
(.688)
Flat actuator
IQP1S4 OFF - ON
EPOXY
0.50
(.125)
3.20
(.019)
5.08
Also available with straight PC terminals : IQ•1P4 (.200)
& quick-connect terminals : IQ•1Z4.

Ø16.00
(.630DIA) (.078)
2.00
Ø19.80
(.779DIA)
Curved actuator
(.196)
5.00
IQR1F4 OFF - ON
22.00
Flat actuator
(.866)
IQP1F4 OFF - ON
500.00±10.00
(19.685±.393)
EPOXY
ACTUATOR COLOUR

IQ series New!

(.090)
2.30
(.165)
4.20
(.094)
2.40
(.330)
8.40
1.40
(.055) 1.20
(.125)
3.20
(.047)
(.133)
OFF ON
3.40
1.10X0.50
(.043X.019) 2.80
2.80
(.110) (.110)
MODEL
STRUCTURE
B1
Ø16.00
(.630DIA)
(.078)
2.00
(.196)
5.00
Curved actuator
IQC1S4 OFF - ON
17.50
(.688) 19.80
EPOXY (.779SQUARE)
(.125)
3.20
(+) (-)
Also available with straight PC terminals : IQC1P4
& quick-connect terminals : IQC1Z4.

Ø16.00
(.630DIA)
(.078)
2.00
(.196)
5.00
Curved actuator
IQC1F4 OFF - ON
22.00
(.866)
19.80
(.779SQUARE)
500.00±10.00
(19.685±.393)
EPOXY

red : LED anode(+), blue : LED cathode (-)
ACTUATOR COLOUR

New! IQ series
(.090)
2.30
(.165)
4.20
(.094)
2.40
(.330)
8.40
1.40
(.055) 1.20
(.125)
3.20
(.047)
(.133)
OFF ON
3.40
1.10X0.50
(.043X.019) 2.80
2.80
(.110) (.110)
MODEL
STRUCTURE
B1
Ø16.00
(.630DIA)
(.078)
2.00
(.196)
5.00
Curved actuator
IQC1S4 OFF - ON
17.50
(.688)
19.80
(.779SQUARE)
EPOXY
0.50
(.125)
3.20
(.019)
5.08
Also available with straight PC terminals : IQC1P4 (.200)
& quick-connect terminals : IQC1Z4.

Ø16.00
(.630DIA)
(.078)
2.00
(.196)
5.00
Curved actuator
IQC1F4 OFF - ON
22.00
(.866)
19.80
(.779SQUARE)
500.00±10.00
(19.685±.393)
EPOXY
ACTUATOR COLOUR

09-Serie_IZ-metal-F3-A_08-Serie IP-A 21/11/12 14:43 Page48
IZ series
Rear mounted sealed pushbutton switches - bushing Ø 16 mm - metal - momentary
❑ Rear mounting for easier installation

❑ Momentary metal models
❑ Fixed or variable panel thickness
❑ Screw version available up to 4A
❑ Sealed to IP67
❑ Flat actuator for optional marking
B1
• Shock resistance : 100 g according to IEC 512-4, test 6c - IZM : 3 mm (.118) max.
• Vibration resistance : 10-500Hz - 10 g according to IEC 512-4, test 6d - IZN : 4 mm (.157) max.
1.000.000 cycles
ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS • Torque : IZN : 1 Nm max.
IZM : 0,7 Nm max. applied to nut
- Gold plated silver contacts (code 4) : 200mA 48VDC
- Silver contacts (code 2) - screw terminals : 4A 48VDC
• Electrical life at full load : 500.000 cycles MATERIALS
• Insulation resistance : 1 GΩ min. at 500VDC • Case : thermoplastic UL94-V0
• Dielectric strength : 1.000 Vrms 50 Hz • Plunger : polyamide
• Bushing/bezel : brass, nickel plated
• Contacts :
LED colour Forward current Typ. forward voltage Max. forward voltage 4 : silver, gold plated
Super red (L0S) 20mA 2,1V 2,3V 2 : silver (screw terminals)
Green (L0G) 20mA 2,1V 2,3V • LED wire : AWG26,
Blue (L0B) 20mA 3,2V 3,8V section 0,12 mm2
White (L0W) 20mA 3,35V 4,25V
• Terminal seal : epoxy (except
A resistor must be series-connected by the user. screw terminals)
LED forward current
PANEL CUT-OUT MATRIX MOUNTING

➀ Flat seal ➁ O-ring 27.00
(1.063)
Ø16.20
(.118MAX)
(.157MAX)
3.00 Maxi
(.637DIA)
4.00 Maxi
(1.063)
27.00
Ø16.20
(.637DIA)
1
2
IZM (adjustable hex nut) IZN (fixed hex nut)

IZ series
Overview
IZ
SERIES Models Electrical function Terminals Contacts

M Metal, variable 3 Normally open S Solder lugs 4 Silver, gold plated
panel thickness (NO) F Flying leads 2 Silver (screw term.)
N Metal, fixed P Straight PC
panel thickness Z Quick-connect
Actuator shapes
(non-illuminated)
R Round, curved V Screw (non-illuminated &
P Round, flat N model only) B1
Actuator colours Bushing & bezel finish LED colours

1 Blue N Nickel plated Blank Non-illum.
B Dark blue L0S Super red
Other : on request.
2 Black L0Y Yellow
3 Green L0G Green
5 Yellow L0B Blue
6 Red L0W White
7 White
8 Bright chrome
9 Orange
A Satin chrome
ABOUT THIS SERIES

Mounting accessories : Standard hardware supplied :

- IZM : 1 castellated nickel plated brass nut U6915 + 1 silicone flat seal + 1 hex nut 19 mm (.748) across flats U4116.
- IZN : 1 castellated nickel plated brass nut U6915 + 1 O-ring

IZ series
For variable panel thickness : IZM

(.094)
2.40
(.342)
(.204)
(.179)
8.70
5.20
4.55
(-) (+) 1.00
(.039) 1.20
(.047)
2.80
Non-illuminated Illuminated (.110)
MODEL
STRUCTURE
B1 Actuator marking available on IZMP models (symbol 10 mm max.). On request.
Illuminated - solder lug terminals

Ø12.00 Ø16.00x100SI
(.078)
2.00
(.472DIA) (.630DIAx100IS)
Curved actuator
(.472)
12.00
IZMR3S4 Normally Open
(.244)
6.20
Flat actuator EPOXY
(.204)
5.20
NO NO Ø3.30
IZMP3S4 Normally Open (.113DIA)
(.240)
6.10
LED Cathode (-)
2.00 2.00
(.078) (.078)
Also available with straight PC terminals : IZM•3P4.

Illuminated - flying lead terminals Ø12.00 Ø16.00x100SI

(.078)
2.00
(.472DIA) (.630DIAx100IS)
Curved actuator
(.472)
12.00
IZMR3F4 Normally Open

(.598MAX.)
15.20maxi.
Ø10.50
Flat actuator
(.413DIA)
Ø3.30
(.113DIA)
IZMP3F4 Normally Open
(19.68±.393)
500±10

Non-illuminated - solder lug terminals

Ø12.00 Ø16.00x100SI
(.078)
2.00
(.472DIA) (.630DIAx100IS)
Curved actuator
IZMR3S4 Normally Open
(.472)
12.00
Flat actuator EPOXY

IZMP3S4 Normally Open 2.65
(.110)
2.80
(.104)
(.126)
3.20

IZM•3P4 and quick-connect terminals : IZM•3Z4.
For non-illuminated FLYING LEAD versions, refer to illuminated models above. Non-illuminated have 2 wires only.
IZ series
For fixed panel thickness : IZN

(.059)
1.50
(.094)
2.40
(.279)
7.10
1.00 1.00X0.40
(.141)
3.60
(.039) (.039X.015)
(.141)
3.60
1.20
(-) (+) (.047)
2.00X0.40
2.80X0.50
(.078X.015)
(.110X.019)
Non-illuminated Illuminated
MODEL
STRUCTURE
Actuator marking available on IZNP models (symbol 10 mm max.). On request. B1
Ø16.00x100SI
(.630DIAx100IS)
20.00
Ø12.00
(.078)
2.00
(.787)
(.472DIA)
GOLD PLATED CONTACTS
(.157)
4.00
Curved actuator
(.342)
8.70
IZNR3S4 Normally Open
Ø18.00
(.433)
11.00
(.708DIA)
Flat actuator NO NO Ø3.30

IZNP3S4 Normally Open (.113DIA)
(.141)
3.60 2.00
LED Cathode (-) (.078)
(.177)
4.50
2.00
Also available with straight PC terminals : IZN•3P4. (.078)
Illuminated - sealed flying lead terminals

Ø16.00x100SI
(.630DIAx100IS)
20.00
Ø12.00
(.078)
(.787) 2.00
(.472DIA)
GOLD PLATED CONTACTS

(.157)
4.00
Curved actuator
(.342)
8.70
IZNR3F4 Normally Open

Ø18.00
(.728MAX. )
18.50maxi.
(.708DIA)
Flat actuator Ø3.30

IZNP3F4 Normally Open (.113DIA)
(19.68±.393)
500±10

Non-illuminated - solder lug terminals Ø16.00x100SI

(.630DIAx100IS)
20.00
Ø12.00
(.078)
2.00
GOLD PLATED CONTACTS (.472DIA)

(.787)
Curved actuator
(.157)
4.00
IZNR3S4 Normally Open

(.342)
8.70
Ø18.00
(.433)
11.00
Flat actuator (.708DIA)
IZNP3S4 Normally Open

(.141)
2.00
3.60
(.078)

IZN•3P4 and quick-connect terminals : IZN•3Z4.

IZ series
For fixed panel thickness : IZN - options
Non-illuminated - screw terminals Ø16.00x100SI

(.630DIAx100IS)
20.00
Ø12.00
(.078)
2.00
(.787)
(.472DIA)
SILVER CONTACTS
Curved actuator
(.157)
4.00
IZNR3V2 Normally open
(.342)
8.70
Ø18.00
(.433)
11.00
(.708DIA)
Flat actuator
IZNP3V2 Normally open
(.275 MAX)
7.00 Maxi
B1
ACTUATOR COLOURS
1 : blue - B : dark blue - 2 : black - 3 : green - 5 : yellow - 6 : red - 7 : white - 8 : bright chrome - 9 : orange
A : satin chrome
BUSHING AND BEZEL COLOURS LED COLOURS
N : nickel plated (standard) Blank : non-illuminated

Other : on request. L0S : super red - L0Y : yellow - L0G : green
L0B : blue - L0W : white

IZ series
Rear mounted sealed pushbutton switches - bushing Ø 16 mm - metal - latching

❑ Latching action metal models
❑ Fixed or variable panel thickness
❑ Sealed to IP67
B1
• Shock resistance : 100 g according to IEC 512-4, test 6c - IZM : 3 mm (.118) max.
• Vibration resistance : 10-500Hz - 10 g according to IEC 512-4, test 6d - IZN : 4 mm (.157) max.
• Salt spray : IEC 512-6, test 11f • Total travel : 2,5 mm (.098) +/-0,3 mm
• Robustness (non-illuminated) : IK06 according to EN 50102 (1 joule) • Typical operating force : 5N +/- 2N
• Operating temperature : -40°C to +85°C • Low level or mechanical life :
200.000 cycles
• Torque : IZN : 1 Nm max.
ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS IZM : 0,7 Nm max. applied to nut
100mA 24VDC - 200.000 cycles
• Initial contact resistance : 100 mΩ max. MATERIALS
• Dielectric strength : 1.500 Vrms between terminals • Case : thermoplastic UL94-V0
1.000 Vrms between terminals and frame • Plunger : polyamide
• Bushing/bezel : brass, nickel
LED COMPONENT SPECIFICATIONS plated
LED colour Forward current Typ. forward voltage Max. forward voltage • Contacts : silver, gold plated
Super red (L0S) 20mA 1,95V 1,95V section 0,6 mm2
Yellow (L0Y) 20mA 2V 2,05V • LED wire : AWG26,
Green (L0G) 20mA 2,1V 2,5V section 0,12 mm2
LED forward current

➀ Flat seal ➁ O-ring 27.00
(1.063)
Ø16.20
(.118MAX)
(.157MAX)
3.00 Maxi
(.637DIA)
4.00 Maxi
(1.063)
27.00
Ø16.20
(.637DIA)
1
2
IZM (adjustable hex nut) IZN (fixed hex nut)

IZ series
Overview
IZ
SERIES Models Electrical function Terminals Contacts

M Metal, variable 1 OFF - ON S Solder lugs 4 Silver, gold plated
panel thickness F Flying leads
N Metal, fixed P Straight PC
panel thickness
Actuator shapes Z Quick-connect
R Round, curved
P Round, flat
B1

1 Blue N Nickel plated Blank Non-illum.
B Dark blue (standard) L0S Super red
2 Black L0Y Yellow
Other : on request.
3 Green L0G Green
5 Yellow L0B Blue
6 Red
7 White
8 Bright chrome
9 Orange
A Satin chrome
ABOUT THIS SERIES

Mounting accessories : Standard hardware supplied :
- IZN : 1 castellated nickel plated brass nut U6915 + 1 O-ring
- IZM : 1 castellated nickel plated brass nut U6915 + 1 silicone flat seal + 1 hex nut 19 mm (.748) across flats U4116.

IZ series
For variable panel thickness : IZM

(.090)
2.30
(.165)
4.20
(.094)
2.40
(.330)
8.40
1.40
(.055) 1.20
(.125)
3.20
(.047)
(.133)
3.40
(-) (+) (-) (+) 1.10X0.50
(.043X.019) 2.80
2.80
OFF ON (.110) (.110)
MODEL
STRUCTURE
Actuator marking available on IZMP models (symbol 10 mm max.). On request. B1
Illuminated - solder lug terminals Ø16.00x100SI
(.630DIAx100IS)
(.078)
2.00
Ø12.00
(.472DIA)
Curved actuator
IZMR1S4 OFF - ON
(.500)
12.70
Ø13.00
(.511DIA)
Flat actuator
(.393)
10.00
12.00
Ø3.30
IZMP1S4 OFF - ON
(.472)
(.113DIA)
0.50x0.60
(.125)
3.20
5.08 (.019x.023)
Also available with straight PC terminals : (.200)
IZM•1P4 & quick-connect terminals : IZM•1Z4.
Illuminated - flying lead terminals Ø16.00x100SI

(.630DIAx100IS)
(.078)
2.00
Ø12.00
(.472DIA)
Curved actuator
(.500)
12.70
IZMR1F4 OFF - ON
Ø13.00
(.511DIA)
12.00
(.630MAX.)
16.00maxi.
(.472)
IZMP1F4 OFF - ON (.113DIA)
(19.68±.393)
500±10


(.630DIAx100IS)
(.078)
2.00
Ø12.00
(.472DIA)
Curved actuator
IZMR1S4 OFF - ON
(.500)
12.70
Ø13.00
(.511DIA)
Flat actuator
(.393)
10.00
12.00
IZMP1S4 OFF - ON (.472)
(.125)
3.20

5.08
(.200)
IZM•1P4
Also & quick-connect
available terminals
with straight PC : IZM•1Z4.
terminals : IZM•1P4 & quick-connect
IZ series
For fixed panel thickness : IZN

(.090)
2.30
(.165)
4.20
(.094)
2.40
(.330)
8.40
1.40
(.055) 1.20
(.125)
3.20
(.047)
(.133)
3.40
(-) (+) (-) (+) 1.10X0.50
(.043X.019) 2.80
2.80
OFF ON (.110) (.110)
MODEL
STRUCTURE
B1 Actuator marking available on IZNP models (symbol 10 mm max.). On request.
Illuminated - solder lug terminals Ø16.00x100SI

(.630DIAx100IS)
20.00
Ø12.00
(.078)
2.00
(.787)
(.472DIA)
(.157)
Curved actuator
4.00
IZNR1S4 OFF - ON
(.342)
8.70
Ø13.00
(.511DIA)
(.551)
14.00
Flat actuator
IZNP1S4 OFF - ON Ø3.30
(.113DIA)
0.50x0.60
(.125)
3.20
5.08 (.019x.023)
IZN•1P4 & quick-connect terminals : IZN•1Z4.
Illuminated - flying lead terminals Ø16.00x100SI

(.630DIAx100IS) 20.00
(.078)
(.787) 2.00
Ø12.00
(.472DIA)
(.157)
4.00
Curved actuator
(.342)
8.70
IZNR1F4 OFF - ON
Ø13.00
(.511DIA)
(.787MAX.)
20.00maxi.
IZNP1F4 OFF - ON
(.113DIA)
(19.68±.393)
500±10


(.630DIAx100IS)
20.00
Ø12.00
(.078)
2.00
(.787)
(.472DIA)
(.157)
Curved actuator
4.00
IZNR1S4 OFF - ON
(.342)
8.70
Ø13.00
(.511DIA)
(.551)
14.00
Flat actuator
IZNP1S4 OFF - ON
(.125)
3.20

5.08
(.200)
IZN•1P4 & quick-connect terminals : IZN•1Z4.
IZ series
Options
ACTUATOR COLOURS
A : satin chrome
N : nickel plated (standard) Blank : non-illuminated

Other : on request. L0S : super red - L0Y : yellow - L0G : green B1
L0B : blue

11-Serie_IZ-plastic-F3-A_08-Serie IP-A 22/11/12 16:49 Page58
IZ series
Rear mounted sealed pushbutton switches - bushing Ø 16 mm - momentary

❑ Momentary models
❑ Screw version available up to 4A
❑ Sealed to IP67
B1
• Front panel sealing : IP67 according to IEC 60529 • Panel thickness : 3 mm (.118) max.
• Shock resistance : 100 g according to IEC 512-4, test 6c • Total travel : 1,8 mm (.070) +/- 0,3 mm
• Vibration resistance : 10-500Hz - 10 g according to IEC 512-4, test 6d • Typical operating force : 6N +/- 2N
• Salt spray : IEC 512-6, test 11f • Low level or mechanical life :
- Gold plated silver contacts (code 4) : 200mA 48VDC MATERIALS
- Silver contacts (code 2) - screw terminals : 4A 48VDC • Case : thermoplastic UL94-V0
• Electrical life at full load : 500.000 cycles • Plunger : polyamide
• Initial contact resistance : 100 mΩ max. • Bushing/bezel : polyamide
• Insulation resistance : 1 GΩ min. at 500VDC • Contacts :
• Dielectric strength : 1.000 Vrms 50 Hz 4 : silver, gold plated
LED COMPONENT SPECIFICATIONS 2 : silver (screw terminals)
• Terminal seal : epoxy (except
Blue (L0B) 20mA 3,2V 3,8V screw terminals)
White (L0W) 20mA 3,35V 4,25V
LED forward current

➀ Flat seal
22.00
(.866)
Ø16.10
(.118MAX)
3.00 Maxi
(.633DIA)
22.00
(.866)
Ø16.10
(.633DIA)
1
15.10
(.594) 15.10
(.594)

IZ series
Overview
IZ
SERIES Model Electrical function Terminals Contacts

P Thermoplastic 3 Normally open S Solder lugs 4 Silver, gold plated
(NO) F Flying leads 2 Silver (screw term.)
P Straight PC
Z Quick-connect
Actuator shapes (non-illuminated)
R Round, curved V Screw (non-illuminated)
P Round, flat B1

Other : on request.
2 Black L0Y Yellow
3 Green L0G Green
5 Yellow L0B Blue
6 Red L0W White
7 White
8 Bright chrome
9 Orange
A Satin chrome
ABOUT THIS SERIES

Mounting accessories : Standard hardware supplied : 1 castellated black plastic nut U4249 and 1 silicone flat seal.

IZ series
Illuminated

LED
LED
Cathode
Cathode
(-)
(-)
MODEL
STRUCTURE
B1 Actuator marking available on IZPP models (symbol 10 mm max.). On request.
Solder lug terminals ➞ Flat Ø16.00x100SI

(.630DIAx100IS)
Ø20.00
Ø12.00
(.078)
2.00
(.787DIA)
(.472DIA)
15.00/Plat
(.590/Flat)
Curved actuator
(.157)
4.00
IZPR3S4 Normally Open
(.342)
8.70
Ø15.00
(.590DIA)
(.433)
11.00
Flat actuator
IZPP3S4 Normally Open NO NO
(.141)
2.00
3.60
LED Cathode (-) (.078)
(.177)
4.50
Also available with straight PC terminals : IZP•3P4. 2.00
(.078)
Flying lead terminals - momentary ➞ Flat Ø16.00x100SI

(.630DIAx100IS)
Ø20.00
(.078)
2.00
(.787DIA)
Ø12.00
(.472DIA) 15.00/Plat
(.590/Flat)
(.157)
4.00
Curved actuator
(.342)
8.70
IZPR3F4 Normally Open

Ø15.00
(.728MAX. )
(.590DIA)
18.50maxi.
Flat actuator
IZPP3F4 Normally Open
(19.68±.393)
500±10

ACTUATOR COLOURS
A : satin chrome
2 : black (standard) L0S : super red - L0Y : yellow - L0G : green

Other : on request. L0B : blue - L0W : white

IZ series
Non-illuminated
(.059)
1.50
(.094)
2.40
(.279)
7.10
1.00 1.00X0.40
(.141)
3.60
(.039) (.039X.015)
(.141)
3.60
1.20
2.00X0.40 (.047)
2.80X0.50
(.078X.015)
(.110X.019)
MODEL
STRUCTURE
Actuator marking available on IZPP models (symbol 10 mm max.). On request. B1
Solder lug terminals - gold plated contacts ➞ Flat Ø16.00x100SI
(.630DIAx100IS)
Ø20.00
Ø12.00
(.078)
2.00
(.787DIA)
(.472DIA)
15.00/Plat
(.590/Flat)
Curved actuator
(.157)
4.00
IZPR3S4 Normally Open
(.342)
8.70
(.590DIA)
(.433)
11.00
IZPP3S4 Normally Open
2.00
(.078)
(.141)
3.60

IZP•3P4 and quick-connect terminals : IZP•3Z4.
Sealed flying lead terminals - gold plated contacts ➞ Flat Ø16.00x100SI

(.630DIAx100IS)
Ø20.00
(.078)
2.00
(.787DIA)
Ø12.00
(.472DIA) 15.00/Plat
(.590/Flat)
(.157)
4.00
Curved actuator
(.342)
IZPR3F4 Normally Open

8.70
Ø15.00
(.472MAX.)
12.00maxi
IZPP3F4 Normally Open

(19.68±.393)
500±10
Screw terminals - silver contacts ➞ Flat Ø16.00x100SI

(.630DIAx100IS)
Ø20.00
(.078)
2.00
(.787DIA)
Ø12.00
(.472DIA) 15.00/Plat
(.590/Flat)
(.157)
4.00
Curved actuator
(.342)
IZPR3V2 Normally open

8.70
Ø15.00
(.433)
11.00
IZPP3V2 Normally open

(.275 MAX)
7.00 Maxi
Actuator colour and bushing/bezel colour : select the desired codes on previous page.

IZ series
Rear mounted sealed pushbutton switches - bushing Ø 16 mm - latching

❑ Sealed to IP67
B1
• Operating temperature : -40°C to +85°C 200.000 cycles
100mA 24VDC - 200.000 cycles MATERIALS
• Initial contact resistance : 100 mΩ max. • Case : thermoplastic UL94-V0
• Insulation resistance : 1 GΩ min. at 500VDC • Plunger : polyamide
• Dielectric strength : 1.500 Vrms between terminals • Bushing/bezel : polyamide
• Contacts : silver, gold plated
LED COMPONENT SPECIFICATIONS • Multi-wire lead AWG20,
• LED wire : AWG26,
section 0,12 mm2
Yellow (L0Y) 20mA 2V 2,05V • Lens : polycarbonate
LED forward current

➀ Flat seal
22.00
(.866)
Ø16.10
(.118MAX)
3.00 Maxi
(.633DIA)
22.00
(.866)
Ø16.10
(.633DIA)
1
15.10
(.594) 15.10
(.594)

IZ series
IZ
SERIES Model Electrical function Terminals Contacts

P Thermoplastic 1 ON - OFF S Solder lugs 4 Silver, gold plated
F Flying leads
P Straight PC
Z Quick-connect
Actuator shapes
R Round, curved
P Round, flat B1

Other : on request.
2 Black L0Y Yellow
3 Green L0G Green
5 Yellow L0B Blue
6 Red
7 White
8 Bright chrome
9 Orange
A Satin chrome
ABOUT THIS SERIES

Mounting accessories : Standard hardware supplied : 1 castellated black plastic nut U4249 and 1 silicone flat seal.

IZ series
Illuminated

(.090)
2.30
(.165)
4.20
(.094)
2.40
(.330)
8.40
1.40
(.055) 1.20
(.125)
3.20
(.047)
(.133)
3.40
(-) (+) (-) (+) 1.10X0.50
(.043X.019) 2.80
2.80
OFF ON (.110) (.110)
MODEL
STRUCTURE
B1 Actuator marking available on IZPP models (symbol 10 mm max.). On request.

(.630DIAx100IS)
Ø20.00
Ø12.00
(.078)
2.00
(.787DIA)
(.472DIA)
15.00/Plat
(.590/Flat)
(.157)
4.00
Curved actuator
(.342)
IZPR1S4 ON - OFF
8.70
Ø15.00
(.590DIA)
(.551)
14.00
Flat actuator
IZPP1S4 ON - OFF
0.50x0.60
(.019x.023)
(.125)
3.20
5.08
Sealed flying lead terminals ➞ Flat Ø16.00x100SI

(.630DIAx100IS) Ø20.00
(.078)
2.00
(.787DIA)
Ø12.00
15.00/Plat
(.472DIA)
(.590/Flat)
(.157)
4.00
Curved actuator
(.342)
8.70
IZPR1F4 ON - OFF
Ø15.00
(.590DIA)
(.787MAX.)
20.00maxi.
Flat actuator
IZPP1F4 ON - OFF
(19.68±.393)
500±10

ACTUATOR COLOURS
A : satin chrome
2 : black (standard) L0S : super red - L0Y : yellow - L0G : green

Other : on request. L0B : blue

IZ series
Non-illuminated
(.090)
2.30
(.165)
4.20
(.094)
2.40
(.330)
8.40
1.40
(.055) 1.20
(.125)
3.20
OFF ON (.047)
(.133)
3.40
1.10X0.50
(.043X.019) 2.80
2.80
(.110) (.110)
MODEL
STRUCTURE
Actuator marking available on IZPP models (symbol 10 mm max.). On request. B1
(.630DIAx100IS)
Ø20.00
Ø12.00
(.078)
2.00
(.787DIA)
(.472DIA)
15.00/Plat
(.590/Flat)
(.157)
Curved actuator
4.00
IZPR1S4 ON - OFF
(.342)
8.70
Ø15.00
(.551)
14.00
IZPP1S4 ON - OFF
(.125)
5.08
3.20
(.200)
Sealed flying lead terminals ➞ Flat Ø16.00x100SI

(.630DIAx100IS) Ø20.00
(.078)
2.00
(.787DIA)
Ø12.00
(.472DIA) 15.00/Plat
(.590/Flat)
(.157)
4.00
Curved actuator
(.342)
8.70
IZPR1F4 ON - OFF
Ø15.00
(.590DIA)
Flat actuator
(.787MAX.)
20.00 maxi
IZPP1F4 ON - OFF
(19.68±.393)
500±10
ACTUATOR COLOURS
A : satin chrome
BUSHING AND BEZEL COLOURS
Other : on request.

13-Serie_IRF3-A_08-Serie IP-A 21/11/12 14:41 Page66
IR series
The IR series is a range of sealed momentary pushbutton switches with dia. 16 mm bushing. This
series is divided into 2 families : standard models and microswitch technology models.
Common features
• Sealed to IP67
• Square or round actuator
• Wide choice of bezel and actuator colours
B1 • Wide choice of illumination colours
Standard versions
• Numerous terminal options :
solder, flying lead, straight PC, quick-
connect, screw
• Screw versions withstanding up to 4A
• Electrical function : NO (2 terminals)
NO - Screw terminals NO - Illuminated NO - Solder lug
Flying lead terminals terminals
Microswitch versions
• Withstanding up to 5A
• Two electrical functions :
NC+NO (3 terminals)
NC/NO combined (4 terminals)
NC+NO - 3 terminals NC/NO - 4 terminals - Illuminated
Optional marking
Actuator marking is available on request
for models with flat round actuator.
Ø12.00 Maxi
(.472DIA MAX.)
Standard version Microswitch version
Integrated resistor
On wire lead illuminated versions, the LED
resistor can be integrated in the product by
APEM. On request.

IR series
Sealed pushbutton switches - bushing Ø 16 mm - momentary - standard version
❑ Screw version up to 4A
❑ Sealed to IP67
B1
MATERIALS
- Gold plated silver contacts (code 4) : 200mA 48VDC
- Silver contacts (code 2) - screw terminals : 4A 48VDC • Case : thermoplastic UL94-V0
• Electrical life at full load : 500.000 cycles • Actuator : polyamide 6/6
• Initial contact resistance : 100 mΩ max. • Bushing/bezel : polyamide 6/6
• Insulation resistance : 1 GΩ min. at 500VDC • Contacts :
• Dielectric strength : 1.500 Vrms 4 : silver, gold plated
2 : silver (screw terminals)
section 0,12 mm2
Yellow (L0Y) 20mA 2,1V 2,3V • Lens : polycarbonate
White (L0W) 20mA 3,35V 4,25V
LED forward current

➀ Flat seal 27.00
(1.063)
(.314 max.)
14.80
8.00 Maxi
(.582)
1
(1.063)
27.00
14.80 Ø16.20
(.582) (.637)
Ø16.20
(.637DIA)

IR series
Overview
IR

C Square 3 Normally open S Solder lugs 4 Silver, gold plated
R Round, curved (NO) F Flying leads 2 Silver (screw
P Round, flat P Straight PC terminals only)
Z Quick-connect
(non-illuminated)
V Screw (non-illuminated)
B1

B Dark blue 7 White L0S Super red
2 Black Other : on request. L0Y Yellow
3 Green L0G Green
5 Yellow L0B Blue
6 Red L0W White
7 White
9 Orange
Other : on request.
ABOUT THIS SERIES

Mounting accessories : Standard hardware supplied : 1 hex nut 19 mm (.748) across flats and 1 flat seal
Hex nut P/N U4116.

IR series
Round - illuminated

LED
Cathode
(-)
Function 3 (NO)
MODEL
STRUCTURE
Actuator marking available on IRP models (symbol 12 mm max.). On request. B1
Ø16.00x100SI Ø16.00 Ø19.80
(.630DIAx100IS) (.630DIA) (.779DIA)
(.078)
2.00
Curved actuator
(.196)
5.00
IRR3S4 Normally Open
14.80
(.582)
14.60
(.574)
Flat actuator
IRP3S4 Normally Open
(.177)
4.50
NO NO
LED Cathode (-) 2.00
(.078)
(.141)
3.60
2.00
(.078)
Also available with straight PC terminals : IR•3P4.

Ø16.00x100SI Ø16.00
(.630DIAx100IS) (.630DIA)
(.078)
2.00 Ø19.80
(.779DIA)
(.196)
5.00
Curved actuator
IRR3F4 Normally Open
(.511)
13.00
14.60
23.00
(.905)
(.574)
Flat actuator
IRP3F4 Normally Open
500.00±10.00
(19.685±.393)

ACTUATOR COLOURS
BUSHING AND BEZEL FINISH LED COLOURS
2 : black (standard) - 7 : white L0S : super red - L0Y : yellow - L0G : green - L0B : blue
L0W : white

IR series
(.094)
2.40
(.279)
7.10
(.133)
3.40
1.00 1.20
(.039) (.047)
2.80
MODEL
STRUCTURE
B1 Actuator marking available on IRP models (symbol 12 mm max.). On request.

Ø16.00x100SI Ø16.00 Ø19.80
(.630DIAx100IS) (.630DIA) (.779DIA)
(.078)
2.00
Curved actuator
(.196)
5.00
IRR3S4 Normally open
14.80
(.582)
14.60
Flat actuator (.574)
IRP3S4 Normally open

5.08
(.200)
(.141)
3.60
2.00
(.078)
IR•3P4 and quick-connect terminals : IR•3Z4.
Sealed flying lead terminals - gold plated contacts ➞ Flat Ø16.00x100SI Ø16.00
(.630DIAx100IS) (.630DIA)
(.078)
2.00 Ø19.80
(.779DIA)
(.196)
5.00
Curved actuator
IRR3F4 Normally open
(.511)
13.00
14.60
(.582)
14.80
(.574)
Flat actuator
IRP3F4 Normally open
500.00±10.00
(19.685±.393)
Screw terminals - silver contacts ➞ Flat Ø19.80

(.779DIA)
Ø16.00x100SI Ø16.00
(.630DIAx100IS) (.630DIA)
(.078)
2.00
Curved actuator
IRR3V2 Normally open
(.196)
5.00
Flat actuator 14.60

23.50 Maxi
(.925MAX)
IRP3V2 Normally open (.574)

IR series

LED
Cathode
(-)
Function 3 (NO)
MODEL
STRUCTURE
B1
Ø16.00x100SI 16.00 19.80
(.630DIAx100IS) (.630SQUARE) (.779SQUARE)
(.078)
2.00
(.196)
5.00
IRC3S4 Normally Open
(.582)
14.80
14.60
(.574)
(.177)
4.50
NO NO
2.00
(.141)
3.60
(.078)
LED Cathode (-)
2.00
Also available with straight PC terminals : IRC3P4. (.078)

Ø16.00x100SI 16.00
(.078)
(.630DIAx100IS) (.630SQUARE) 2.00
(.196)
5.00
IRC3F4 Normally Open

14.60
23.00
(.905)
(.574)
13.80
(.543DIA)
500.00±10.00
(19.685±.393)
19.80
(.779SQUARE)

ACTUATOR COLOURS
L0W : white

IR series
(.094)
2.40
(.279)
7.10
(.133)
3.40
1.00 1.20
(.039) (.047)
2.80
MODEL
STRUCTURE
B1
Ø16.00x100SI 16.00
(.630DIAx100IS) (.630SQUARE)
(.078)
19.80
2.00
(.779SQUARE)
(.196)
5.00
IRC3S4 Normally Open
(.582)
14.80
14.60
(.574)
5.08
(.200)
(.141)
3.60
2.00
(.078)

IRC3P4 or quick-connect terminals : IRC3Z4.

Ø16.00x100SI 16.00
(.630DIAx100IS) (.630SQUARE) (.078)
2.00
19.80
(.779SQUARE)
(.196)
5.00
IRC3F4 Normally Open

(.582)
14.80
14.60
(.574)
500.00±10.00
(19.685±.393)

Ø16.00x100SI 16.00
(.630DIAx100IS) (.630SQUARE) 19.80
(.078)
(.779SQUARE)
2.00
IRC3V2 Normally Open

(.196)
5.00
(.511)
13.00
14.60
23.50 Maxi
(.925MAX)
(.574)

IR series
Sealed pushbutton switches - bushing Ø 16 mm - momentary - microswitch version
❑ Microswitch technology up to 5A
❑ Sealed to IP67
B1
• Mechanical life : 1.000.000 cycles
5A 250VAC, 50.000 cycles (function 7)
MATERIALS
5A 250VAC, 25.000 cycles (function 8)
• Insulation resistance : 1 GΩ min. at 500VDC • Actutor : polyamide 6/6
• Dielectric strength : 750 Vrms between terminals • Bushing/bezel : polyamide 6/6
2.000 Vrms between terminals and frame • Contacts : silver
Super red (L0S) 20mA 2V 2,5V
Yellow (L0Y) 20mA 2V 2,5V
Green (L0G) 10mA 2V 2,5V
LED forward current

➀ Flat seal 27.00
(1.063)
(.118 max.)
14.80
3.00 Maxi
(.582)
1
(1.063)
27.00
14.80 Ø16.20
(.582) (.637)
Ø16.20
(.637DIA)

IR series
Overview
IR
SERIES Actuator shapes Electrical functions Terminals Contacts

C Square 7 NC + NO Z Solder lug or 2 Silver
R Round, curved (3 terminals) quick-connect
P Round, flat 8 NC/NO combined
(4 terminals)
B1

B Dark blue 7 White L0S Super red
2 Black Other : on request. L0Y Yellow
3 Green L0G Green
5 Yellow L0B Blue
6 Red
7 White
9 Orange
Other : on request.
The IR series for high currents is based on a microswitch. Please note that this microswitch is supplied separately.
ABOUT THIS SERIES

Mounting accessories : Standard hardware supplied : 1 hex nut 19 mm (.748) across flats and 1 flat seal.
Hex nut P/N : U4116

IR series
Round - illuminated

• Silver contacts Quick-connect Solder lug
(.098)
2.50
1.30
(.051)
(.254)
6.45
7.00
(.275)
1.20
1 4 2 3 1 2 4 (.047)
2.80 2.80
Funct. 7 (NC+NO) Funct. 8 (NC/NO)

(.110) (.110)
CIPCOSMS3Z CIPCOSMS4Z
Funct. 7 (3 terminals) Funct. 8 (4 terminals)

MODEL
STRUCTURE
Actuator marking available on IRP models (symbol 12 mm max.). On request. B1
Quick-connect terminals - NC+NO - 3 terminals ➞ Flat Ø16.00
Ø19.80 (.630DIA)
(.078)
(.779DIA)
2.00
(.196)
5.00
Curved actuator
IRR7Z2 NC+NO 14.60
(.547)
18.10
(.574) Ø16.00x100SI
+ - (.630DIAx100IS)
Flat actuator
0.50
IRP7Z2 NC+NO
(.334)
(.019)
8.50
0.5x0.5 1 4 2
+ - (.019x.019) 0.50
(.019)
2.80 9.55 5.70
(.110) (.376) (.224)
Solder lug terminals - NC/NO - 4 terminals ➞ Flat Ø16.00

Ø19.80 (.630DIA)
(.078)
(.779DIA)
2.00
(.196)
5.00
Curved actuator
IRR8Z2 NC/NO combined 14.60
(.547)
18.20
(.574) Ø16.00x100SI
+ - (.630DIAx100IS)
Flat actuator
(.254)
IRP8Z2 NC/NO combined

6.45
3 1 2 4
+ - 0.50
0.5x0.5 (.019)
(.019x.019) 0.50
(.019)
2.80 3.60 10.90
(.110) (.141) (.429)
Terminals should be used as solder lugs only.
ACTUATOR COLOURS

IR series
• Silver contacts
Quick-connect Solder lug
(.098)
2.50
1.30
(.051)
(.254)
6.45
7.00
(.275)
1.20
1 4 2 3 1 2 4 (.047)
2.80 2.80

(.110) (.110)

MODEL
STRUCTURE
B1 Actuator marking available on IRP models (symbol 12 mm max.). On request.
Quick-connect terminals - NC+NO - 3 terminals ➞ Flat

Ø16.00
Ø19.80 (.630DIA)
(.078)
(.779DIA)
2.00
(.196)
5.00
Curved actuator
IRR7Z2 NC+NO 14.60
(.547)
18.10
(.574) Ø16.00x100SI
(.630DIAx100IS)
Flat actuator
IRP7Z2 NC+NO
(.334)
8.50
0.50 1 4 2
2.80 (.019)
(.110)
9.55 5.70
(.376) (.224)
Solder lug terminals - NC/NO - 4 terminals ➞ Flat

Ø16.00
Ø19.80 (.630DIA)
(.078)
(.779DIA) 2.00
(.196)
5.00
Curved actuator
IRR8Z2 NC/NO combined 14.60
(.547)
18.20
(.574) Ø16.00x100SI
(.630DIAx100IS)
Flat actuator
IRP8Z2 NC/NO combined
(.254)
6.45
3 1 2 4
3.60 10.90
2.80 (.141) (.429)
(.110) 0.50
(.019)
ACTUATOR COLOURS
2 : black (standard) - 7 : white

IR series

• Silver contacts Quick-connect Solder lug
(.098)
2.50
1.30
(.051)
(.254)
6.45
7.00
(.275)
1.20
1 4 2 3 1 2 4 (.047)
2.80 2.80

(.110) (.110)

MODEL
STRUCTURE
B1
Quick-connect terminals - NC+NO - 3 terminals ➞ Flat 16.00
(.629SQUARE)
(.078)
2.00
19.80
(.196)
(.779SQUARE)
5.00
IRC7Z2 NC+NO 14.60
(.547)
18.10
(.574) Ø16.00x100SI
+ - (.630DIAx100IS)
0.50
(.334)
8.50
(.019)
0.5x0.5
(.019x.019) 0.50 1 4 2
(.019)
2.80 9.55 5.70
(.110) (.376) (.224)
Solder lug terminals - NC/NO - 4 terminals ➞ Flat 16.00

(.629SQUARE)
(.078)
2.00
19.80
(.779SQUARE)
(.196)
5.00
14.60
IRC8Z2 NC/NO combined
(.547)
18.20
(.574) Ø16.00x100SI
(.630DIAx100IS)
+ -
(.254)
6.45
3 1 2 4
0.5x0.5
0.50
(.019x.019)
(.019)
0.50
(.019)
2.80 3.60 10.90
(.110) (.141) (.429)
ACTUATOR COLOURS

IR series
• Silver contacts
Quick-connect Solder lug
(.098)
2.50
1.30
(.051)
(.254)
6.45
7.00
(.275)
1.20
1 4 2 3 1 2 4 (.047)
2.80 2.80

(.110) (.110)

MODEL
STRUCTURE
B1
Quick-connect terminals - NC+NO - 3 terminals ➞ Flat 16.00
(.629SQUARE)
(.078)
2.00
19.80
(.196)
(.779SQUARE)
5.00
IRC7Z2 NC+NO
14.60
(.547)
18.10
(.574) Ø16.00x100SI
(.630DIAx100IS)
(.334)
8.50
1 4 2
0.50
(.019)
2.80 9.55 5.70

(.110) (.376) (.224)
Solder lug terminals - NC/NO - 4 terminals ➞ Flat 16.00

(.629SQUARE)
(.078)
2.00 19.80
(.779SQUARE)
(.196)
5.00
IRC8Z2 NC/NO combined 14.60

(.547)
18.20
(.574) Ø16.00x100SI
(.630DIAx100IS)
(.254)
6.45
3 1 2 4
0.50
(.019)
2.80 3.60 10.90
(.110) (.141) (.429)
ACTUATOR COLOURS
2 : black (standard) - 7 : white

IR series
Sealed pushbutton switches - bushing Ø 16 mm - latching

❑ Sealed to IP67
B1
• Operating temperature : -40°C to +85°C 200.000 cycles
• Max. current/voltage rating with resistive load : MATERIALS
100mA 24VDC - 200.000 cycles
• Insulation resistance : 1 GΩ min. at 500VDC • Plunger : polyamide
• Dielectric strength : 1.500 Vrms between terminals • Bushing/bezel : polyamide
section 0,6 mm2
Super red (L0S) 20mA 1,95V 1,95V section 0,12 mm2
Yellow (L0Y) 20mA 2V 2,05V • Lens : polycarbonate
LED forward current

➀ Flat seal 27.00
(1.063)
(.314 max.)
14.80
8.00 Maxi
(.582)
1
(1.063)
27.00
14.80 Ø16.20
(.582) (.637)
Ø16.20
(.637DIA)

IR series
Overview
IR

C Square 1 ON - OFF S Solder lugs 4 Silver, gold plated
R Round, curved F Flying leads
Z Quick-connect
B1

Other : on request.
2 Black L0Y Yellow
3 Green L0G Green
5 Yellow L0B Blue
6 Red
7 White
8 Bright chrome
9 Orange
A Satin chrome
ABOUT THIS SERIES

Mounting accessories : Standard hardware supplied : 1 hex nut 19 mm (.748) across flats and 1 flat seal
Hex nut P/N U4116.

IR series
Round - illuminated

(.090)
2.30
(.165)
4.20
(.094)
2.40
(.330)
8.40
1.40
(.055) 1.20
(.125)
3.20
(.047)
(.133)
3.40
1.10X0.50
OFF ON (.043X.019)
2.80 2.80
(.110) (.110)
MODEL
STRUCTURE
Plunger marking available on IRP models (symbol 12 mm max.). On request. B1
Ø16.00x100SI Ø16.00 Ø19.80
(.630DIAx100IS) (.630DIA) (.779DIA)
(.078)
2.00
Curved actuator
(.196)
5.00
IRR1S4 OFF - ON
13.00
(.512)
14.60
(.574)
17.50
Flat actuator
(.688)
IRP1S4 OFF - ON
(.125) EPOXY
3.20
(+) (-)
Also available with straight PC terminals : IR•1P4

& quick-connect terminals : IR•1Z4.

Ø16.00x100SI Ø16.00 Ø19.80
(.630DIAx100IS) (.630DIA) (.779DIA)
(.078)
2.00
(.196)
Curved actuator
5.00
IRR1F4 OFF - ON
13.00
(.512)
14.60
24.00 maxi
(.944MAX.)
(.574)
Flat actuator
IRP1F4 OFF - ON
500.00±10.00
(19.685±.393)

ACTUATOR COLOURS
A : satin chrome

IR series
(.090)
2.30
(.165)
4.20
(.094)
2.40
(.330)
8.40
1.40
(.055) 1.20
(.125)
3.20
OFF ON (.047)
(.133)
3.40
1.10X0.50
(.043X.019) 2.80
2.80
(.110) (.110)
MODEL
STRUCTURE
B1 Plunger marking available on IRP models (symbol 12 mm max.). On request.

Ø16.00x100SI Ø16.00 Ø19.80
(.630DIAx100IS) (.630DIA) (.779DIA)
(.078)
2.00
Curved actuator
(.196)
5.00
IRR1S4 OFF - ON
13.00
(.512)
14.60
Flat actuator
(.574)
17.50
(.688)
IRP1S4 OFF - ON
(.125) EPOXY
3.20
Also available with straight PC terminals : IR•1P4

& quick-connect terminals : IR•1Z4.

Ø16.00x100SI Ø16.00 Ø19.80
(.630DIAx100IS) (.630DIA) (.779DIA)
(.078)
2.00
(.196)
Curved actuator
5.00
IRR1F4 OFF - ON
13.00
(.512)
14.60
24.00 maxi
(.944MAX.)
(.574)
Flat actuator
IRP1F4 OFF - ON
500.00±10.00
(19.685±.393)
ACTUATOR COLOURS
A : satin chrome

IR series

(.090)
2.30
(.165)
4.20
(.094)
2.40
(.330)
8.40
1.40
(.055) 1.20
(.125)
3.20
(.047)
(.133)
3.40
1.10X0.50
OFF ON (.043X.019)
2.80 2.80
(.110) (.110)
MODEL
STRUCTURE
B1
Ø16.00x100SI 16.00
19.80
(.779SQUARE)
(.078)
2.00
(.196)
5.00
Curved actuator
IRC1S4 OFF - ON
13.00
(.512)
14.60
(.574)
17.50
(.688)
EPOXY
(.125)
3.20
(+) (-)
Also available with straight PC terminals : IRC1P4
& quick-connect terminals : IRC1Z4.

Ø16.00x100SI 16.00
19.80
(.078) (.779SQUARE)
2.00
(.196)
5.00
Curved actuator
13.00
(.512)
IRC1F4 OFF - ON 14.60

24.00 maxi
(.944MAX.)
(.574)
500.00±10.00
(19.685±.393)

ACTUATOR COLOURS
A : satin chrome

IR series
(.090)
2.30
(.165)
4.20
(.094)
2.40
(.330)
8.40
1.40
(.055) 1.20
(.125)
3.20
OFF ON (.047)
(.133)
3.40
1.10X0.50
(.043X.019) 2.80
2.80
(.110) (.110)
MODEL
STRUCTURE
B1
Ø16.00x100SI 16.00
19.80
(.779SQUARE)
(.078)
2.00
(.196)
5.00
Curved actuator
IRC1S4 OFF - ON
13.00
(.512)
14.60
(.574)
17.50
(.688)
EPOXY
(.125)
3.20
Also available with straight PC terminals : IRC1P4

& quick-connect terminals : IRC1Z4.

Ø16.00x100SI 16.00
19.80
(.779SQUARE)
(.078)
2.00
(.196)
5.00
Curved actuator
13.00
(.512)
14.60
IRC1F4 OFF - ON
24.00 maxi
(.944MAX.)
(.574)
500.00±10.00
(19.685±.393)
ACTUATOR COLOURS
A : satin chrome

15-Serie_IA-A_09-Serie IA-A 21/11/12 14:39 Page85
IA series
Low profile pushbutton switches for harsh environments - bushing Ø 16 mm - momentary
❑ Resistant to frost, sand and hydrocarbons

❑ Front panel sealed to IP67
B1
• Front panel sealing (see drawing opposite) : IP67 • Case/bushing : thermoplastic
• Salt spray : IEC 512-6, test 11f • Actuator : polyurethane
• Operating temperature : -20°C to +65°C • Contacts : silver, gold plated
section 0,6 mm2.
ELECTRICAL AND GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS • Terminal seal : epoxy
• Initial contact resistance : 100mΩ max.
PANEL MOUNTING
• Insulation resistance : 100 MΩ min. at 500VDC
• Dielectric strength : 500 Vrms ➀ Flat seal
• Electrical life at full load : 1.000.000 cycles
1

• Total travel : 1,5 mm (.059) +/- 0,3 mm
• Typical operating force : 7N +/- 2N
• Low level or mechanical life : 1.000.000 cycles
• Torque : 0,5 to 1Nm max. applied to nut
IA
SERIES Actuator Electrical Terminals Contacts Actuator colours Case colour

shape functions
F Flying leads 1 Silver, 1 Blue 00 Black
R round 3 Normally gold plated 2 Black
open (NO) 3 Green
5 NC/NO 5 Yellow
combined 6 Red
7/1 White
9 Orange
A sealing boot is available to protect the switches against frost and sand. See end of this catalogue.
Mounting accessories : Standard hardware supplied : 1 hex nut 19 mm (.748) across flats and 1 flat seal.
Knurled nut U3327 available on request.

15-Serie_IA-A_09-Serie IA-A 21/11/12 14:39 Page86
IA series
Low profile pushbutton switches for harsh environments - bushing Ø 16 mm - momentary
• Panel cut-out Ø 16,2 mm (.657)

• Min. pitch for matrix mounting :
- with standard hex nut : 27 x 27 mm (1.062 x 1.062)
- with knurled nut U3327: 20 x 20 mm (.787x.787)
C NC NO
NO NC/NO combined
MODEL
STRUCTURE
B1 NO model has 2 terminals only.
Models Ø16.00x1.00SI
(.629DIAx1.00IS)
(.129)
3.30
Ø15.00
(.590 DIA) 15.50
(.047)
1.20
(.610)
Normally open (NO)
(.728MAX.)
(.393)
10.00
18.50 maxi
IAR3F
EPOXY
NC/NO combined
C NC NO
(19.685±.393)
500.00±10
Ø19.80
IAR5F (.779 DIA)
Wire colours (NC/NO) : black = common, brown = NC, blue = NO
CONTACT MATERIAL
ACTUATOR COLOURS
1 : blue - 2 : black - 3 : green - 5 : yellow - 6 : red - 7/1 : white - 9 : orange
CASE COLOUR
00 : black

16-Etancheite_I-A_09-Serie IA-A 21/11/12 14:39 Page87
“I” range
Sealed pushbutton switches IC-IL-IM-IP-IB-IS-IH-IZ-IR-IA
Sealing features
Degree of protection provided by the enclosures of electric appliances according to IEC 60529, DIN 40050 and NFC 20-010.
SEALING IP67
IP 6 7
(Ingress Protection) Totally protected Protected against the effects of
against dust immersion up to 1 m water (30 mn)
The illustrations show non-

illuminated models.
B1
SEALING IP69K
High pressure, high temperature wash down
IP69K test conditions

1
. Pressure : 80 - 120 bars
. Distance : 15 cm
. Temperature : 80°C ± 5°C
. Flow : 14 - 16 l/mn
. Duration : 30 seconds per position
➀ Elastomeric membrane
ADDITIONAL SEALING FOR IC-IM-IP-IB-IS-IH SERIES
For ROUND plungers only, illuminated or non-illuminated.

By silicone boot for protection against frost and abrasion by sand. Order separately.
- transparent : U5125
- blue : U5125-1
- black : U5125-2
- red : U5125-6
(.377)
9.60
Operating temperature : -40°C to +85°C

Life expectancy : 500.000 cycles Ø19.00
(.748 DIA)
Note : the flat seal should not be used in this case.
ADDITIONAL SEALING FOR IA SERIES

By silicone boot. Order separately. Ø16.00
- Black : U6602 (.629 DIA)
- Yellow : U6605
(.267)
6.80
- Red : U6606
Operating temperature : -40°C to +85°C Ø21.00
(.826 DIA)
Life expectancy : 1.000.000 cycles

17-Serie IF-A_05-Serie IF-A 21/11/12 14:38 Page88
IF series
Sealed pushbutton switches with Ø 25 mm actuator - bushing dia. 16 mm
❑ Can be operated with gloved hands

❑ Snap-in and threaded bushing models
❑ Resistant to frost
❑ Sealed to IP54 or IP67
ELECTRICAL AND GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS MATERIALS
400mA 32VAC - 100mA 48VDC • Actuator : polyamide 12, rubber
• Initial contact resistance : 50 mΩ max. filled
• Insulation resistance : 1 GΩ min. at 500VDC • Bushing/bezel : polyamide 6/6
B1 • Dielectric strength : 1.000 VAC rms. between terminals and frame • Contacts : solid silver, gold plated
1500 VAC between terminals • Terminal seal : epoxy
• Electrical life at full load : 500.000 cycles
ENVIRONMENTAL SPECIFICATIONS
- Snap-in models : 0,8 mm (.031) min. - 2,5 mm ( .098) max.
- Threaded bushing models : 0,8 mm (.031) min. - 5 mm (.196) max. • Front panel sealing (switches
• Total travel : 4 mm (.157) mounted on panel) :
• Typical operating force : 6,5 N +/- 2N . IP67 (threaded bushing models)
• Low level or mechanical life : 1.000.000 cycles . IP54 (snap-in models)
• Torque : 1,5 Nm max. applied to nut • Operating temperature :
• Soldering : 320°C max. for 3 seconds -20°C to +85°C
IF
SERIES Mounting Electrical Terminals Contacts Actuator colours Case colours

function
B Snap-in Z1 Quick- connect AD Solid silver, 1 Blue 5 Yellow 00 Black
S Threaded 3 Normally or solder gold plated 1/4 Dark blue 6 Red 20 Red
bushing open (NO) 2,8 x 0,5 mm 2 Black 7/1White
3 Green 9 Orange
Grey RAL7040 : on request
Models Ø30.00
(1.181DIA)
Ø25.00
(.984DIA)
(.318)
8.10
Snap-in
(.362)
IFB3Z1AD NO
9.20
(.468)
11.90
(.118)
3.00
0.50
(.381)
9.70
(.019) EPOXY
5.08
Ø16.00x1.00SI (.200) 2.80
Threaded bushing (.629DIAx1.00IS) (.110)
IFS3Z1AD NO
(.582±.004)
14.80±0.10
Ø16.00 0/0.10 Ø16.00 0/0.20

(.629DIA 0/.004) (.629DIA 0/.008)
Mounting accessories : Standard hardware supplied : 1 flat seal (IFB series)

1 flat seal and 1 hex nut 19 mm (.748) across flats (IFS series) . The hex nut is presented in section I (part number 10-621).

Pushbutton switches
B2
Section B2
01-Serie ZP-A_01-Serie ZP-A 21/11/12 14:59 Page2
ZP series
Tiny pushbutton switches - metal bushing
❑ Ø 4,83 mm threaded bushing
❑ Solder lug and straight PC terminals

- gold plated contacts : 0,4VA 20V max. AC or DC • Actuator : thermoplastic UL94-V0
B2 - silver plated contacts : 0,5A 48V max. AC or DC • Bushing : zamac, tin plated
• Contact resistance : 50 mΩ max. 0 : brass, gold plated (standard)
• Dielectric strength: 1.000 Vrms 50 Hz min. between terminals and frame 3 : brass, gold plated
500 Vrms 50 Hz min. between terminals (1,27 micron gold)
• Electrical life at full load : • Terminal seal : epoxy
- gold plated contacts : 60.000 cycles
- silver plated contacts: 20.000 cycles
SOLDERING
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS • Hand soldering : 280°C max. for

5 seconds max.
• Travel : • Wave soldering : 260°C max. for
- function 2 (ON-MOM) : 1,2 mm (.047) ± 0,3 (.11) 5 seconds max.
- function 3 (OFF-MOM) : 1 mm (.039) ± 0,3 (.11)
• Strength of terminals : pull-out force 10N max.
• Torque : 1Nm max. applied between the 2 nuts
• Max. panel thickness : 1,5 mm (.059) with 2 nuts
ZP
SERIES Number of Electrical functions Terminals Contact and Bushing

poles terminal materials
2 ON - MOM S0 Solder lug 01 Threaded,
3 Single 3 OFF - MOM P0 Straight PC 0 Brass, gold plated with flat
pole 1 Brass, silver plated
(1,27 micron gold)
Mounting accessories : Standard hardware supplied with all models : 2 hex nuts 7 mm (.275) across flats P/N U5731,
1 locking ring P/N U5831 and 1 lockwasher P/N U5841.

01-Serie ZP-A_01-Serie ZP-A 21/11/12 14:59 Page3
ZP series
Tiny pushbutton switches - metal bushing
• Single pole
• Gold plated or silver plated contacts
(.059)
1.50
0.75 0.70
(.029) (.027)
3 2 1 1 3
(.129)
3.30
1.50
Function 2 Function 3 (.059)
(ON - MOM) (OFF - MOM)
MODEL
STRUCTURE
Shown in function 2 (ON-MOM) B2
Solder lug terminals : ZP..S0 ➞ Flat Ø2.50
(.156)
3.95
(.098 DIA)
Ø4.83-48UNS-2A
(10-48UNS-2A)
(.019)
0.50
(.220)
5.60
Ø6.00
(.236 DIA)
(.110)
(.157) (.338)
2.80
4.00 8.60
EPOXY
ZP32S0 ON MOM 3 2 1
1.50 2.54
(.059) (.100)
ZP33S0 OFF MOM 0.50

(.019)
8.10
(.318)
(.196)
5.00
4.39
(.172)
Straight PC terminals : ZP..P0 ➞ Flat Ø2.50
(.156)
3.95
(.098 DIA)
Ø4.83-48UNS-2A
(10-48UNS-2A)
(.019)
0.50
(.220)
5.60
Ø6.00
(.236 DIA)
(.129)
(.338)
3.30
8.60
ZP32P0 ON MOM EPOXY

3 2 1
2.54
(.100)
(.100)
2.54
ZP33P0 OFF MOM 0.50

(.019)
Ø1.10 8.10
(.043 DIA) (.318)
(.196)
5.00
CONTACT & TERMINAL MATERIALS

0 : Brass, gold plated (standard) - 1 : Brass, silver plated - 3 : Brass, gold plated (1,27µ gold)
BUSHING
Ø4.90 Ø4.90
(.193 DIA) (.193 DIA) Ø2.40
(.094 DIA)
4.39 4.50 6.10

(.172) (.177) (.240)
01

02-Serie SMT TP-A_02-Serie SMT TP-A 21/11/12 14:58 Page4
SMT TP series
Surface mount tiny washable pushbutton switches

• Terminals turned to the outside, preventing the shadow effect in infrared soldering and
permitting visual inspection of solder joints
• Available with positioning pins to ensure switch orientation during the reflow process
and increasing switch mechanical resistance
B2
❑ Washable

44.00±0.30
(1.732±.011)
0,4VA 20V max. AC or DC

(.303)
7.70
(.472)
12.00
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS 40.40±0.10

(1.590±.003)
• Actuator travel : function 2 : 1 mm (.039) - function 3 : 0,8 mm (.031)
• Operating temperature : -40°C to +85°C A

(14.173 DIA MAX)
(3.937 DIA MIN)

Ø360.00 Maxi
Ø100.00 mini
MATERIALS
• Actuator : high temperature plastic material UL94-V0 Ø13.00±0.25 3.00
• Ground plate and positioning pins : steel, tin plated (.511 DIA±.009) (.118)

• Terminals : brass, with pure tin plating over nickel barrier
CTPBRWS
Tape width 24.00 (.944) 44.00 (1.732)

SOLDERING AND CLEANING Reel 24.40+2.00/0.00 44.40+2.00/0.00
(dimension A) (.960+.078/.000) (1.748+.078/.000)
• Reflow soldering : infrared, vapor phase or infrared convection
• Washable per IEA-RS448-2 :
- water + detergent - preferred Standard packaging unit : 700 pieces
- solvents Tape meeting international standard IEC -
• Further information on reflow soldering : see end of catalogue. Publication 286-3 (EIA481A)
Start leader : 400 mm min.

02-Serie SMT TP-A_02-Serie SMT TP-A 21/11/12 14:58 Page5
SMT TP series
Surface mount tiny washable pushbutton switches

• Single pole
Also available for vertical mounting. On request.
3 2 1 1 3
(.120)
(.218)
3.05
5.55
Function 2 Function 3
(ON - MOM) (OFF - MOM) B2
Pushbutton switches Ø2.50
(.098 DIA)
3.80
(.177)
(.149)
4.50
Ø4.60
(.181 DIA)
6.90
(.202) 4.20 Ø5.00 (.271)
(.070)
(.165)
5.15
(.196 DIA)
1.80
1.50
(.059)
TP32WS83500 ON MOM
(.400)
10.16
(.313)
7.96
TP33WS83500 OFF MOM
3 2 1
(.082)
2.10
3.05 2.54
(.120) (.100)
0.50 0.80
(.019) (.031)
5.55
(.218) 2.54
8.10 (.100)
(.318)
Shown in function 2
Pushbutton switches - with positioning pins 3.80

Ø2.50
(.098 DIA)
Ø0.80
(.177)
(.149)
4.50
(.031 DIA)
Ø4.60
(.181 DIA) 6.90
(.271)
4.20 Ø5.00 3.81
(.202)
(.165)
5.15
(.196 DIA) (.150)
(.070)
1.80
(.400)
10.16
(.372)
9.45
1.50
TP32WS83565 ON MOM
(.313)
(.059)
(.025)
7.96
0.65
3 2 1 2.54
0.50 (.100)
1.00 (.019)
(.039) 0.80
TP33WS83565 OFF MOM 8.10 (.031)
(.082)
2.10
3.05 (.318)
(.120) 5.08
(.200)
5.55
(.218)
3.81
(.150)
Shown in function 2
PLUNGER OPTIONS
Ø2.50
(.139)
(.098 DIA)
3.55
Ø4.60
(.240)
(.181 DIA)
6.10
3.80 Ø4.60 3.80

(.149) (.181 DIA) (.149)
4.20 Ø5.00 4.20 Ø5.00

(.240)
6.10
(.165) (.196 DIA) (.165) (.196 DIA)
30 32
Short Flush
Replace 35 with 30 in the above P/N’s Replace 35 with 32 in the above P/N’s.

03-Serie TP-A_03-Serie TP-A 21/11/12 14:58 Page6
TP series
Tiny washable momentary pushbutton switches
❑ Process sealed
❑ Wide variety of contact materials

❑ Same PCB layout as TL, TR and TG tiny switches
B2
- gold plated contacts : 0,4VA 20V max. AC or DC • Actuator : polyamide, glass
- silver plated contacts : 0,5A 48V max. AC or DC filled
• Contact resistance : 50 mΩ max. 0 : brass, gold plated
• Dielectric strength : 3 : brass, gold plated (1,27
1.000 Vrms 50 Hz min. between terminals and frame micron gold)
500 Vrms 50 Hz min. between terminals 8 : contact brass, gold plated
• Electrical life at full load : + tin plated terminals
- gold plated contacts : 60.000 cycles 9 : contact brass, gold plated
- silver plated contacts : 20.000 cycles (1,27 micron gold) + tin plated
terminals
• Total travel :
- function 2 : 1 mm (.039)
- function 3 : 0,8 mm (.031)

TP series
Overview
TP

3 Single pole 2 ON - MOM P0 Straight PC
4 Double pole 3 OFF - MOM Y0 Bracket mounting
W0 Right angle, horizontal mounting
MW Wire-wrap
B2
Contacts and terminal Plungers Special options Caps

materials
• Short - standard 00 No special requirement For long plunger
0 Brass, gold plated • Long 07 Trimmed terminals 3,2 (.125) 30 Ø 6,5 (.255)
1 Brass, silver plated • Flush 08 Extended terminals (P/N U4310)
3 Brass, gold plated 18 Switch without ground plate 40 Ø 5 (.196)
Codes : see "Options" pages.
(1,27 micron gold) 20 Ground plate with 2 pins (P/N U4320)
8 Contact brass, gold 25 Trimmed terminals 5 (.196)
plated + tin plated 30 Wire-wrap on bracket mounting models
terminals 40 With protection cap U3500
9 Contact brass, gold 50 Crimped ground plate pins
plated (1,27 micron
gold) + tin plated
terminals (SP only)
ABOUT THIS SERIES

Packaging unit : 100 pieces, except for models with WW terminals (50 pieces).

TP series

0.70
(.027)
(.598)
15.20
3 2 1 1 3 0.70
(.129)
(.027)
3.30
Fonction 2 Fonction 3 (NO)
(ON - MOM) (OFF - MOM)
MODEL
STRUCTURE
B2 Shown in function 2, with standard plunger
Straight PC terminals : TP..P0 Ø1.10

3.80
(.139)
3.55
Ø2.50 (.149) (.043 DIA)
(.098 DIA)
Ø4.60
(.181 DIA)
Ø5.00 4.20
(.196 DIA) (.165)
(.100)
(.039)
1.00
(.318)
8.10
(.240)
6.10
1 4 Ø1.10
TP32P0 TP42P0 ON MOM (.043 DIA)
2.54 1 2 3
(.100) 4 5 6
0.70 0.50
TP33P0 TP43P0 OFF MOM
5.08
(.129)
3.30
(.027) (.019) (.200)
(.200)
5.08
5.00 8.10 9.10
(.196) (.318) (.358)
2.54
(.100)
Function 3 has two terminals only (3 and 1) per pole
Straight terminals - bracket mounting : TP..Y0

Ø1.10
(.043 DIA)
3.80 10.16
(.149) (.400)
(.139)
3.55
Ø2.50
(.098 DIA)
Ø4.60
(.181 DIA)
2.54
Ø5.00 4.20 (.100)

(.196 DIA) (.165)
Ø1.10
(.039)
1.00
(.043 DIA)
(.338)
(.224)
8.60
5.70
TP32Y0 TP42Y0 ON MOM 1 4 10.16

(.400)
1 2 3
4 5 6
TP33Y0 TP43Y0 OFF MOM 0.70 0.40 0.50 0.70 (.200)
(.129)
5.08
3.30
(.027) (.015) (.019) (.027)
5.00 10.16 9.10 2.54

(.196) (.400) (.358) (.100)
Right angle terminals - horizontal mounting : TP..W0

ø1.10
(.043 DIA)
(.200)
ø2.50
5.08
3.80
(.139)
(.098 DIA) (.149)

3.55
ø4.60
(.181 DIA)
(.137)

3.50
4.20 ø5.00
(.165) 2.54
(.196 DIA)
(.362)
9.20
(.100)
TP32W0 TP42W0 ON MOM

5.08
(.200)
(.027)
5.08
(.200)
0.70
3
(.100)
2.54
3 2 1
(.200)
TP33W0 TP43W0 OFF MOM

5.08
6 5 4 2.54 6
3.30
(.129) 0.50 (.100)
(.019)
2.54
5.55 8.10 9.60 3.30 (.100)
(.218) (.318) (.377) (.129)
ø1.10
(.043 DIA)

TP series
Shown in function 2, with standard plunger
Right angle terminals - vertical mounting : TP..WW
(.100)
2.54
3.80
(.139)
3.55
Ø2.50 (.149)
(.098 DIA)
Ø4.60
(.200)
5.08
(.181 DIA)
(.137)
3.50
4.20 Ø5.00 Ø1.10
(.196 DIA) (.043 DIA)
(.362)
(.165)
9.20
(.200)
TP32WW TP42WW ON MOM
5.08
6 3
(.100)
2.54
(.019)
0.50
(.200)
5.08
1
2 4
TP33WW TP43WW OFF MOM 3.30 3
6
5 5.08
(.200) 5.08
0.70 (.129)
(.027) (.200)
5.08
8.65 (.200)
(.340)
5.00 5.08 9.10 Ø1.10
(.196) (.200) (.358) (.043 DIA)
B2
Wire-wrap terminals : TP..MW 3.80
(.139)
Ø2.50
3.55
(.149) Ø1.10
(.098 DIA) (.043 DIA)
Ø4.60
(.181 DIA)
Ø5.00 4.20
(.196 DIA) (.165)
(.039)
(.100)
1.00
(.240)
6.10
1 4
TP32MW TP42MW ON MOM

Ø1.10
(.043 DIA)
1 2 3
4 5 6
5.00 8.10 9.10
(.318) (.358)
(.598)
15.20
(.196)
TP33MW TP43MW OFF MOM
(.200)
5.08
2.54
(.100)
0.70 0.50 5.08 2.54
(.027) (.019) (.200) (.100)
PCB MOUNTING
(.377)
9.60
(.218)
(.196)
5.55
5.00
(.181)
4.60
(.120)
3.05
(.559)
(.562)
14.20
14.30
(.340)
8.65
CAP FOR PCB PROCESSING

Provide additional protection during PCB processing.
Supplied separately. For cap mounted on the switch, see special option 40.
Material : vinyl
(.687)
17.45
Ø3.96
U3502 (.155 DIA)

TP series

9 Contact brass, gold plated (1,27 micron gold) + tin plated terminals (single pole only)
B2
PLUNGERS
Standard plunger colour is black.
Ø2.50
Ø2.50
(.177)
(.098 DIA)
4.50
(.139)
(.098 DIA)
3.55
Ø4.60
(.240)
(.181 DIA)
6.10
3.80 Ø4.60 3.80 Ø4.60 3.80
(.149) (.181 DIA) (.149) (.181 DIA) (.149)
4.20 Ø5.00 4.20 Ø5.00 4.20 Ø5.00

(.240)
(.240)
6.10
6.10
(.165) (.196 DIA) (.165) (.196 DIA) (.165) (.196 DIA)
Short - standard Long Flush

With blue With black With blue With black With black
case case case case case
30 80 35 85 82
SPECIAL OPTIONS
00 No special requirement
3.20
(.125)
07 Trimmed terminals - length 3,2 mm (.125) for TP..WW models only
12.50
07 (.492)
08 Extended terminals for TP..W0 models only
08

TP series
18 Switch without ground plate for TP..WW models only
2.70
(.106)
20 Ground plate with 2 pins for TP..WW models only 18
(.400)
10.16
5.00
(.196)
25 Trimmed terminals - length 5 mm (.196) for all models, except TP..WW 20
B2
25
30 Wire-wrap terminals on models with mounting bracket
(.598)
15.20
30
40 With cap U3500 mounted over plunger and bushing
Further protects the switch during PCB processing
50 Crimping of ground plate pins. 40

Retains switch on PC during handling and wave soldering.
For models TP..W0, TP..WW and TP..Y0 single and double pole.
50
CAPS
Blank Without cap

Cap colours
Replace "0" by
number
Ø5.00
Ø6.50
(.255)
(.196 DIA)
1 blue
1/4 dark blue
(.153)
2 black
3.90
3 green
(.118)
(.157)
(.118)
3.00
4.00
3.00
4 grey
5 yellow
30 40
6 red
P/N U4310 - for long plunger only P/N U4320 - for long plunger only 7 ivory
7/1 white
To order caps separately, use their part number (U...). 9 orange

9000 series
Subminiature momentary pushbutton switches
Distinctive features and pecifications
❑ Panel and PC mount models, horizontal or vertical
❑ Self-cleaning and butt action contacts
❑ Several plunger options
B2
• Max. current/voltage rating with resistive load : 100mA 30VDC
500 Vrms 50 Hz min. between terminals
9100 - 9200N and 9500N : 250.000 cycles
9200 - 9500 : 100.000 cycles

• Case : Pa6T • Torque : 0,5 Nm (.590 Ft.lb) max. applied to nut
• Actuator : polyamide, glass • Operating temperature : -30°C to +65°C
filled • Panel thickness : 1,50 mm (.059) max.
• Bushing : brass, nickel plated • Travels : see table below
• Contacts : Tolerance : +/- 0,3 mm (.011)
• Terminal seal : epoxy 9533-9233 9532-9232 9533N
9233N-9133
Total travel 1,10 (.043) 1,80 (.070) 1 (.039)
Pre-travel 0,80 (.031) 1,00 (.039) -
Over travel 0,30 (.011) 0,75 (.029) -

9000 series
Overview
SERIES Number of poles Electrical functions

3 Single pole 2 Normally closed (NC)
3 Normally open (NO)
Terminals, case and bushing

Case height 8 (.314) B2
2 Straight terminals - threaded bushing
2..Y Tall bracket - plain bushing
2..WW Right angle terminals - plain bushing
5 Solder lugs - threaded bushing
Case height 6,1 (.240)
1 Straight terminals - threaded bushing - 7,10 (.279) PCB to panel
1..Y Short bracket - plain bushing
1..WW Right angle terminals - plain bushing
2..N Straight terminals - threaded bushing - 8,90 (.350) PCB to panel
2..NY Tall bracket - plain bushing
5..N Solder lugs - threaded bushing
Contact materials Sealing Plunger Caps Mounting bezel

CD Gold plated brass Blank Epoxy sealed Blank Standard For plunger -4 U4922
(standard) terminals standard -0 Flush U4310 Height 4 (.157) For 9500 model
K Front panel sealing -4 Long U4320 Height 3,9 (.153) only.
by two O-rings
ABOUT THIS SERIES

Sealing boots are available to protect the switches. They are presented in section H.
Mounting accessories : standard hardware supplied with all threaded bushing models : 1 nickel plated hex nut 5 (.196)
across flats, part number U544. This nut is presented after model structure of switches.

9000 series
Solder lug or straight PC terminals : 9500 - 9200 - 9200Y
• Case height 8 (.314)

• With over travel
• Self-cleaning contacts
• Epoxy sealed terminals standard 1.00
(.039)
(.118)
3.00
(.039)
1.00
(.196)
5.00
(.157)
4.00
0.60
NC NO 2.00 (.023)
(.031)
0.80
(.078)
(function 2) (function 3)
MODEL
STRUCTURE
B2
Threaded bushing - solder lugs : 9500
Ø2.45 Ø4.00 X 0.70 SI
(.137)
3.50
(.096 DIA) (.157 DIA X 0.70 IS)
9532 Normally Closed

Ø6.50
(.255 DIA)
(.314)
(.118)
8.00
3.00
9533 Normally Open

0.20
(.008) 2.00
(.078) EPOXY
(.118)
3.00
2.54
(.100)
Threaded bushing - straight PC terminals : 9200

Ø2.45 Ø4.00 X 0.70 SI
(.137)
3.50
(.096 DIA) (.157 DIA X 0.70 IS)

Ø6.50
(.255 DIA)
(.314)
(.118)
8.00
3.00
Ø1.10
(.043 DIA)
9233 Normally Open
0.20
(.008) 0.60 EPOXY
(.100)
2.54
(.023)
(.196)
5.00
2.54
(.100)

Ø2.45
(.096 DIA)
Ø3.00
(.137)
3.50
(.118 DIA)
9232Y Normally Closed

(.102)
(.366)
2.60
9.30
Ø1.10
(.043 DIA)
5.08
EPOXY (.200)
0.60
9233Y Normally Open
0.20
(.023) (.008) 0.40
(.157)
4.00
(.015)
2.54
(.300)
7.62
5.08 (.100)
(.200)
7.62
(.100)
2.54
(.300)

9000 series
Right angle terminals : 9200WW
Right angle terminals : 9200WW

Ø6.5
3.50 2.70 EPOXY (.255)
(.137) (.106)
0.20
(.008) Ø3.00
(.127)
3.25
(.118 DIA)
9232WW Normally Closed
(.096 DIA)
Ø2.45
0.60
(.023) Ø1.10
(.374)
9.50
(.043 DIA)
(.118)
3.00
9233WW Normally Open 0.60 0.60 10.16
(.023) (.400)
(.023)
(.200)
5.08
5.08
(.200)
10.16 2.54
(.400) (.100) 2.54
(.100)
(.200)
5.08
B2
9500 - 9200
5.00 1.50
(.196) (.059)
Ø4.20
(.165 DIA)
M4 X 0.70 SI
(.157 DIA X 0.70 IS)
For threaded bushing models. U544 (nickel plated)

9000 series
Solder lug or straight PC terminals : 9500N - 9200N - 9100
• Case height 6,1 (.240)

• Butt action contacts
1.00
(.039)
(.118)
3.00
(.039)
1.00
(.157)
4.00
0.60
(.031)
0.80
NO
(.023)
(function 3) 2.00
(.078)
MODEL
STRUCTURE
B2
Threaded bushing - solder lugs : 9500N
Ø2.45 Ø4.00 X 0.70 SI
(.137)
3.50
(.096 DIA) (.157 DIA X 0.70 IS)
(.240)
6.10
Ø6.50
9533N Normally Open (.255 DIA)
(.118)
3.00
0.40 2.00
(.015) EPOXY (.078)
(.118)
3.00
2.54
(.100)
Threaded bushing - straight PC terminals - 8,90 (.350) PCB to panel

Ø2.45 Ø4.00 X 0.70 SI
(.137)
3.50
(.096 DIA) (.157 DIA X 0.70 IS)

(.240)
6.10
Ø6.50
(.255 DIA)
(.118)
(.350)
9233N Normally Open

3.00
8.90
Ø1.10
(.043 DIA)
EPOXY
0.40 0.60
(.100)
2.54
(.015) (.023)
(.157)
4.00
2.54
(.100)
Threaded bushing - straight PC terminals - 7,10 (.279) PCB to panel

Ø2.45 Ø4.00 X 0.70 SI
(.127)
3.25
(.096 DIA) (.157 DIA X 0.70 IS)

(.240)
6.10
Ø6.50
(.255 DIA)
9133 Normally Open
(.279)
7.10
(.118)
3.00
Ø1.10
(.043 DIA)
0.20
(.008) EPOXY 0.60
(.023)
(.100)
(.157)
2.54
4.00
2.54
(.100)

9000 series
Subminiature momentary puhsbutton switches
Straight PC or right angle terminals : 9200NY - 9100Y - 9100WW
Straight PC terminals - tall bracket : 9200NY

Ø2.45
(.096 DIA)
Ø3.00
(.137)
3.50
(.118 DIA)
(.102)
(.366)
2.60
9.30
9233NY Normally Open Ø1.10
(.043 DIA)
EPOXY 5.08
(.200)
0.40 0.60
(.015) (.023)
0.40
(.157)
4.00
(.015)
2.54
(.100)
(.300)
2.54
7.62
(.100) 0.60
(.023)
7.62 5.08
(.300) (.200)
B2
Straight PC terminals - short bracket : 9100Y Ø2.45
(.096 DIA)
Ø3.00
(.137)
3.50
(.118 DIA)
(.303)
7.70
(.102)
2.60
9133Y Normally Open 0.60
Ø1.10
0.40 EPOXY (.043 DIA)
(.023) 5.08
(.015) (.200)
(.157)
0.20
4.00
(.008)
2.54
(.100) 0.60
(.023)
(.300)
7.62
7.62 5.08
(.300) (.200)
(.100)
2.54
Right angle terminals - vertical : 9100WW Ø6.5
3.50 2.70 EPOXY (.255)
(.137) (.106) 0.40
(.015) Ø3.00
(.127)
(.118 DIA)
3.25
(.096 DIA)
Ø2.45
0.60
(.299)
(.023)
7.60
9133WW
Ø1.10
Normally Open
(.118)
3.00
(.043 DIA)
0.60
(.200)
5.08
(.023) 10.16
0.60 5.08 (.400)
(.023) (.200)
10.16 2.54
(.400) (.100)
2.54
(.100)
(.200)
5.08

9500N - 9200N - 9100
5.00 1.50
Ø4.20 (.196) (.059)
(.165 DIA)
M4 X 0.70 SI
(.157 DIA X 0.70 IS)
For threaded bushing models. U544 (nickel plated)

9000 series
CONTACT MATERIALS
CD Gold plated brass (standard)
SEALING
B2
Blank Epoxy sealed terminals standard 1
K Front panel sealing by two O-rings. Protects the switch against

water and dust.
Panel seal withstands 0,1 bar pressure.
Option K for models 9533N, 9233N and 9133 only.

➀ O-rings
PLUNGERS
Ø2.45 Ø2.45
Ø2.45 Ø2.45 (.096 DIA)
(.096 DIA) (.096 DIA)
(.096 DIA)
Ø2.5
(.098 DIA)
(.185)
(.169)
(.137)
(.126)
4.70
4.30
3.50
3.20
(.240)
(.240)
6.10
6.10
(.314)
8.00
(.314)
8.00
-0
with long case with short case -4 with long case with short case
Standard Long Flush

9000 series
CAPS
+ U...
Cap colours
Replace "0" by
Ø5.00 number
Ø6.50 (.196 DIA)
1
(.255)
blue
1/4 dark blue
(.153)
3.90
2 black
3 green
(.118)
(.157)
(.118)
3.00
4.00
3.00
4 grey
U4310 U4320 5 yellow B2
6 red
For use with plunger -4 only For use with plunger -4 only
7 ivory
7/1 white
9 orange
MOUNTING BEZEL
+ U...
For 9500 model (case height 8 mm) only
The mounting bezel U4922 has been

designed to facilitate the mounting of the
(.090)
2.30
ø11.00
(.433)
9500 series pushbutton switch onto a panel.
The switch + bezel assembly is snapped into
the equipment through the front of the panel,
(.035)
0.90
(.614)
15.60
then electrically connected by solder lug

terminals.
Panel cut-out : Ø 8,15 mm ± 0,05
(.320 DIA ± .002)
Shown with cap U570.

05-Serie PHAP40-A_18-Serie PHAP40-A 21/11/12 15:20 Page20
PHAP40 series
Momentary or latching action key switches
❑ The smallest latching action switch of the range
❑ Audible “click”
❑ Models with 6 x 6 mm case on request
B2
• Max. current/voltage rating with resistive load : 100mA 30VDC • Case : polyamide
• Initial contact resistance : 100 mΩ max. • Actuator : polyamide
• Insulation resistance : 100 MΩ min. at 500VDC • Contacts : brass, silver plated
• Dielectric strength : 500 Vrms min. (1 min.)
• Electrical life : 10.000 cycles
• Travel : see next page.
• Wave soldering : 255°C, 5 seconds
• Manual soldering : 300°C ± 10°C, 3 seconds
• Operating force :
- Model PHAP4673 : 1,4N ± 0,5N
- Models PHAP4683 and PHAP4383V : 2N ± 0,5N
Packaging unit : 1.000 pieces.

PHAP40 series
Momentary or latching action key switches
Straight PC terminals
• Double pole, double throw

• Non-shorting contacts
• Moulded-in terminals
NC NO NO NC
COMM COMM
MODEL
STRUCTURE
B2
7 x 7 mm case
(.039)
1.00
2.00 3.00
(.079) (.118)
(.217)
5.50
(.276)
7.00
(.098)
5.00
2.50
PHAP4673 N
O - N
O (.197)
(.079)
2.00
2.00 0.30
0.50 (.079) (.012)
(.019)
5.00
(.138)
3.50
(.197) Ø1.00
7.00 (.039 DIA)
(.276)
4.00
(.157)
Pre-travel : 1 mm - Total travel : 1,8 mm
8,4 x 8,4 mm case 4.00 4.00

(.157) (.157)
2.00 3.00
(.078) (.118)
(.216)
5.50
5.40
1-2 2-3 (.212)
(.118)
3.00
4-5 5-6
(.334)
8.50
(.098)
2.50
0.50 0.40
(.019) (.015)
PHAP4683 N
O - N
O
2.50
1 2 3 (.098) 4 1
PHAP4383V * N
O - MOM 5.40
(.212) Ø0.80
(.137)
3.50
(.031 DIA)
(.330)
8.40
0.40 8.40
(.015) (.330)
Total travel : 2,5 mm * Audible click
CAPS Cap colours

Remplace "0"
+ U... by number :
1 blue
2 black
3
Ø 9.40
11.50x11.50
(.452 SQ)
(.370 DIA) green
4 grey
5 yellow
6 red
7 ivory
(.129)
(.157)
(.261)
3.30
4.00
(.188)
6.65
4.80
7/1 white
U4520 (square) U4530 9 orange

06-Serie SP-A_10-Serie SP-A 21/11/12 15:04 Page22
SP series
Washable snap-action pushbutton switches
❑ Process sealed
❑ Process compatible (plain bushing models)

• Wave solderable
• Washable
B2
• Max. current/voltage rating with resistive load : • Case and cover : UL94-V0,
- gold plated brass contacts : 100mA 30VDC polyamide, glass filled or PES
- silver or gold plated silver contacts : 1A 30VDC • Actuator : polyamide, glass filled
• Initial contact resistance : 50 mΩ max. • Contacts
• Insulation resistance : 1.000 MΩ min. 0 : brass, gold plated
• Dielectric strength : 1.000 Vrms 50 Hz min. 1 : silver
• Electrical life : 60.000 cycles 2 : silver, gold plated

• Torque : 0,25 Nm (.18 Ft.lb) applied to nut (threaded bushing)
1A 120VAC
Terminals are strengthened by a bracket or a ground plate ensuring the
rigidity of the switch on the board. Actuator strength is 10N max. Availability : all models with silver
• Operating temperature : -20°C to +85°C or gold plated silver contacts.
• Storage temperature : -40°C to +85°C Marking : to order switches marked
• Moisture : UL , complete appropriate box of
The insulating materials employed and the complete seal permit the ordering format.
switches to withstand a 56 days moisture test (IEC 68-2-3).
• Soldering - thermal shock (plain bushing models only) :
The switches are especially designed for flow soldering at 260°C during
5 seconds owing to high temperature polymer parts.
• Iron soldering (threaded bushing models) : 300°C max., 5 seconds max.
• Solderability : The switches are tested at 235°C according to IEC 68-2-20
after accelerated aging.

SP series
Overview
SP
SERIES Number of poles Electrical function Terminals

3 Single pole 5 ON - MOM P0 Straight PC
4 Double pole Y0 Straight PC and
bracket mounting
W0 Right angle,
horizontal mounting
WW Right angle, vertical B2
mounting
SO Solder lug terminals,
(threaded bushing)
Contact and terminal Plungers Options/Approval Caps (mounted)

materials
00 Standard 00 Standard model 10 Ø 5 (.196)
0 Brass, gold plated 02 Short 01 UL marking on 20 Ø 8 (.314)
1 Silver standard model 30 Ø 9,4 (.370)
2 Silver, gold plated 02 UL marking on 40 Ø 10 (.393)
threaded bushing 80 Ø 15 (.590)
model (SP only) 70 Square
76 Short bushing for Height 4 (.157)
plunger 02 (SP only) 50 Square
77 Threaded bushing Height 6 (.236)
ABOUT THIS SERIES

Specifications are on previous page.
Mounting accessories : standard hardware supplied with all models with Ø 6,35 (1/4) threaded bushing :

SP series
Plain or threaded bushing

• Features of threaded bushing models :
- max. torque : 0,25 Nm (.18 Ft.lb)
- iron soldering : 300°C max., 5 seconds max.
(.096)
2.45
(.167)
4.25
1.10
(.043)
1 2 3 0.60
(.074)
1.90
1.90
(.070) (.023)
MODEL
STRUCTURE
B2 Shown with standard plunger
Plain bushing - straight PC terminals

Ø3.10 Ø6.20 5.30
(.281)
7.16
(.122 DIA) (.244 DIA) (.208)
(.248)
(.185)
6.30
4.70
1-3 1-2 Ø1.60
(.062 DIA)
Single pole
6.60 11.35
(.259) 12.70 (.446)
SP35P0... 00 ON - MOM
(.425)
10.80
(.500)
1 2 3
Double pole EPOXY
(.185)
4.70
0.60 0.60 4.75
(.167)
4.25
(.023) (.023) (.187) 4.75

SP45P0... 00 ON - MOM 4.70
(.185)
(.187)
Plain bushing - bracket mounting 3.18

(.125)
(.185)
4.70
Ø3.10 Ø6.20 5.30
(.281)
7.16
(.122 DIA) (.244 DIA) (.208)
(.620)
15.75
1-3 1-2
(.232)
Single pole
5.90
Ø1.60
11.35 (.062 DIA)
(.460)
3.18
11.70
(.446)
SP35Y0... 00 ON - MOM 1 2 3
(.125)
EPOXY 0.40
Double pole 3.18
(.015)
(.620)
15.75
(.173)
4.40
(.125) 0.90
4.70 (.035)
(.185)
SP45Y0... 00 ON - MOM
4.70
8.20 (.185)
(.322)
15.75 4.75
(.620) (.187)
Plain bushing - right angle terminals - horizontal 5.08

(.200)
Ø3.10 Ø6.20 5.30
(.281)
7.16
(.122 DIA) (.244 DIA) (.208)

4.70
(.500)
12.70
(.240)
(.185)
6.10
(.015)
1-3 1-2
0.40
12.70
(.500)
Single pole Ø1.60
(.374)
9.50
(.062 DIA)
(.500)
(.500)
12.70
12.70
SP35W0... 00 ON - MOM
EPOXY
3.90 3 2 1 0.60 5.08
Double pole (.153) (.023) (.200)
(.500)
12.70
(.150)
3.81
(.023)
0.60
6.90 4.70
SP45W0... 00 ON - MOM (.271) (.185) 11.65 3.90
(.468) (.153)
(.150)
3.81
4.70
(.185)

SP series
Plain or threaded bushing
Shown with standard plunger
Plain bushing - right angle terminals - vertical 5.30 Ø6.20 Ø3.10

5.08
(.200)
(.208) (.244 DIA) (.122 DIA)
(.281)
7.16
(.500)
12.70
(.240)
(.015)
6.10
0.40
1-3 1-2
Single pole
(.150)
3.81
(.374)
9.50
Ø1.60
(.500)
12.70
(.062 DIA)
SP35WW... 00 ON - MOM 3 2 1
EPOXY
5.08
Double pole
23 0
(.200)
(.500)
12.70
)
(.0 0.6
(.150)
3.81
0.60 4.75
(.023) (.187)
SP45WW... 00 ON - MOM 6.60 13.00 3.10 11.35

(.259) (.511) (.122) (.446)
B2
(.150)
3.81
4.75
(.187)
Threaded bushing - solder lug terminals ➞ Keyway
(.179)
4.56
Ø3.10
(.122 DIA)
Ø6.35-40UNS
1-3 1-2
(1/4 40UNS)
Single pole
(.350)
8.90
6.60 12.70
SP35S0... 77 ON - MOM (.259) (.500)
(.425)
10.80
1 2 3
EPOXY
0.60
1.80
(.096)
(.023)
2.45
(.070)
4.70
(.185)
Threaded bushing - straight PC terminals ➞ Keyway
(.179)
4.56
Ø3.10
(.122 DIA)
Ø6.35-40UNS
(1/4 40UNS)
(.350)
8.90
1-3 1-2 6.60 12.70
Single pole (.259) (.500)
(.425)
10.80
1 2 3
SP35P0... 77 ON - MOM EPOXY

0.60
0.60
(.023) (.023)
(.167)
4.25
4.70
(.185)
Ø1.60
(.062 DIA)
4.70
(.185)
PANEL CUT-OUT
Ø6.50
(.255 DIA) Ø2.20
(.086 DIA)
5.20
(.204)

SP series

1 Silver
PLUNGERS
B2
Ø3.10 Ø3.10
(.122 DIA) (.122 DIA) Ø3.10
(.179)
4.56
(.122 DIA)
(.200)
5.10
(.248)
6.30
(.350)
8.90
(.165)
4.20
(.281)
7.16
00 02
Standard plunger Short (for models with plain bushing,
single pole only)
Order with option 76 below.
OPTIONS / AGENCY APPROVAL
00 Standard model
01 UL marking for standard model

02 UL marking for threaded bushing model (single pole models only)
76 Short plain bushing for 02 plunger (single pole models only)
77 Threaded bushing
(included in model numbers on previous page)

SP series
CAPS
Blank Without cap
Ø5.00 Ø8.00
(.196 DIA) (.314 DIA) Ø9.40
(.370 DIA)
(.250)
(.118)
(.157)
6.35
(.129)
3.00
4.00
3.30
(.250)
(.129)
3.30
6.35
10 20 30
P/N U2400 P/N U2510 P/N U2130
B2
Ø10.00
Ø15.00
(.590 DIA)
Cap colours
(.393 DIA)
Replace last
(.393) "0" by number
10.00
(.295)
7.50
1 blue
1/4 dark blue
(.118)
3.00
(.137)
3.50
40 80
2 black
Standard - P/N U2900 P/N U3400 3 green
Not available with plunger 02 4 grey
5 yellow
11.50x11.50 11.50x11.50 6 red
7
(.452 SQ)
(.452 SQ)
ivory
7/1 white
9 orange
(.106)
(.157)
2.70
4.00
(.236)
(.196)
5.00
6.00
70 50
Square - P/N U910 Square - P/N U2340
Not available with plunger 02
To order caps separately, use their P/N (U...) (for threaded bushing order only separately).
DRESS NUTS
Chrome plated
For threaded bushing models only.
Ø12.70 Ø18.50 Ø13.50

(.500 DIA) (.728 DIA) (.531 DIA)
Ø8.20 Ø15.50 Ø10.50

(.228)
(.413 DIA)
(.244)
5.80
6.20
(.322 DIA) (.610 DIA)

(.228)
5.80
(.314)
8.00
(.322)
8.20
(.314)
8.00
Ø6.35-40UNS Ø6.35-40UNS Ø6.35-40UNS

(1/4-40UNS) (1/4-40UNS) (1/4-40UNS)
U1636 U825 U840

For cap U2510 For cap U3400 For cap U2900
Dress nuts are to be ordered separately.

8000 series
Momentary or alternate action pushbutton switches
❑ Bushing Ø 6,35 (1/4) and Ø 11,9 (15/32)
❑ UL approved
B2
• Max. current/voltage rating with resistive load : • Case : diallylphthalate (DAP)
- silver contacts : 4A 30VDC • Actuator : brass, nickel plated
- gold plated contacts : 0,4VA max. 20VAC or DC • Bushing : brass, nickel plated
• Initial contact resistance : 10 mΩ max. • Housing : stainless steel
• Insulation resistance : 1.000 MΩ min. at 500VDC • Contacts
• Dielectric strength : A : silver
1.000 Vrms 50 Hz min. between terminals AD : silver, gold plated
2.000 Vrms 50 Hz min. between terminals and frame CD : brass, gold plated
• Electrical life : 30.000 cycles at full load • Terminal seal : epoxy

• Torque : 1,25 Nm (.922 Ft.lb)
max. applied to nut
3A 250VAC, 6A 125VAC
-40°C to +85°C
Marking : to order switches marked UL, complete appropriate box of
ordering format.

8000 series
Overview
SERIES Terminals and bushings Number of poles Electrical functions Terminals

4 Straight PC or right 3 Single pole 2 ON - MOM Blank Solder lugs or
angle terminals 4 Double pole 6 ON - ON straight PC
6 Solder lug terminals depending on
model
All models with Ø 6,35
W Right angle
(1/4) or Ø 11,9 (15/32)
threaded bushing.
B2
Order
separately.
Contact Sealing Special options Caps

materials
Blank No sealing X718 Bushing Ø 11,9 U900 Ø 5 (.196)
A Silver B Epoxy sealed terminals (15/32) U1140 Ø 8 (.314)
AD Silver, gold K Front panel sealing by X934 Flatted bushing U1720 Ø 9,4 (.370)
plated O-ring and sealing washer Ø 11,9 (15/32) U480 Ø 10 (.393)
CD Brass, gold + front panel sealing Standard
plated U630 Ø 15 (.590)
Other, see following pages.
U2430 Square
Height 4 (.157)
U2020 Square
Plungers
Height 6 (.236)
For bushing Ø 6,35 (1/4)
Blank Height 6,3 (.248) Approval
-9 Height 8,8 (.346)
UL
For bushing Ø 11,9 (15/32) Availability : Consult factory for
Blank Height 8,6 (.338) details of approved models.
-6 Height 7 (.275)
ABOUT THIS SERIES

Mounting accessories : standard hardware supplied with all models : 2 hex nuts 8 mm (.314) across flats, 1 locking ring and
1 lockwasher.
Packaging unit : 50 pieces, except 8000W (25 pieces).

8000 series
Threaded bushing Ø 6,35 (1/4)
➞ Keyway • Solder lug, straight PC or right angle terminals

• Button returns in upper position after
actuation.
(.074)
1.90
(.145)
(.208)
3.70
5.30
(.157)
4.00
1.10
(.043) 1.10
1.80 (.043)
1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 (.070)
Funct. 6 (ON-ON) Funct. 2 (ON-MOM)
MODEL
STRUCTURE
Solder lug terminals : 8600 ➞ Keyway

Ø10.00
(.393 DIA)
Ø6.35-40UNS 13.20
(1/4-40UNS) (.519)
(.248)
Ø4.00
6.30
(.157 DIA)
2-3 1-2
Single pole
(.275)
7.00
8632 ON MOM
8636 ON ON
(.716)
18.20
(.283)
7.20
2-3 1-2
5-6 4-5 0.80 1 2 3
Double pole (.031) 0.50 1.80
(.145)
4.75
3.70
(.019) (.070)
8642 ON MOM
(.187)
12.00 4.00
8646
7.00
ON ON (.472) (.157) (.275)
Straight PC terminals : 8400 ➞ Keyway Ø10.00

(.393 DIA)
Ø6.35-40UNS 13.20
(.157)
4.00
(1/4-40UNS) (.519)
(.248)
Ø4.00
6.30
(.157 DIA)
2-3 1-2
Single pole
(.275)
7.00
8432 ON MOM
8436 ON ON Ø1.60
(.062 DIA)
(.767)
19.50
(.157)
4.00
(.283)
2-3 1-2
7.20
5-6 4-5
0.80 1 2 3
Double pole 4.75 (.031)
0.50
1.10
(.157)
8442 ON MOM
4.00
(.187) (.043) 4.75

(.019) (.187)
8446 ON ON
12.00 4.00 7.00
(.472) (.157) (.275)
Right angle terminals - horizontal : 8400W ➞ Keyway Ø10.00 5.08

(.393 DIA) (.196)
Ø6.35-40UNS 13.20
(1/4-40UNS) (.519)
Ø4.00
(.248)
6.30
(.157 DIA)
Ø1.60
(.500)
12.70
2-3 1-2 (.062 DIA)
Single pole
(.283)
7.20
(.275)
7.00
4.00
8432W ON MOM (.157)
8436W ON ON
(.338)
(.338)
8.60
8.60
5.08
(.200)
(.433)
11.00
2-3 1-2
(.015)
(.500)
(.500)
12.70
12.70
0.40
5-6 4-5
Ø1.60
(.150) (.500)
3.81 12.70
(.062 DIA)
0.80 3 2 1
Double pole 12.00
(.031) 12.00
0.50
8442W ON MOM
(.150)
3.81
(.472)
(.043)
(.472)
1.10
(.019)
4.00
8446W ON ON
3.70 4.00 3.70
(.145) (.157) (.145) (.157)

8000 series
PANEL CUT-OUT
Ø6.50 Ø6.50
(.255 DIA) Ø2.20 (.255 DIA)
(.086 DIA)
(.043)
1.10
5.20
(.204) 2.70
(.106)
B2
CONTACT MATERIALS
A Silver
SEALING
Blank No sealing
(.090)
2.30
Ø10.60
(.417 DIA)
K Front panel sealing by one O-ring and sealing washer. Protects the
switch against water and dust. 1 Ø11.80
Panel seal withstands 1 bar pressure. (.464 DIA)
(.078 Max)
2Maxi
2
(.251 DIA)
Sealing boot : see section H.

Ø6.40
5.80
(.228)
➀ O-ring
➁ Sealing washer

8000 series
PLUNGERS
For Ø 6,35 (1/4) bushing Dash compulsory before plunger code.

Ø6.35-40UNS Ø6.35-40UNS
(1/4-40UNS) (1/4-40UNS)
Ø4.00 Ø4.00
(.157 DIA) (.157 DIA)
(.248)
6.30
(.346)
8.80
(.559)
(.559)
14.20
14.20
(.275)
(.275)
7.00
7.00
B2 Blank -9
Standard
For Ø 11,9 (15/32) bushing (X718 models)
Ø11.90-32UNS Ø11.90-32UNS
(15/32-32UNS) (15/32-32UNS)
Ø6.40
Ø4.00 (.251DIA)
(.334)
8.50
(.157 DIA)
(.472) (.275)
12.00 7.00
(.472)
12.00
Blank -6
SPECIAL OPTIONS

Current/voltage rating for an electrical life of 20.000 cycles : 0,5A 30VDC.
➞ Keyway or flat
Ø4.00
(.157)
X718 Bushing Ø 11,9 (15/32) Ø12.50 Ø3.50 Ø12.00
(.338)
Ø11.90-32UNS
8.60
(.492 DIA) (.137 DIA) (.472 DIA)

For all basic models (solder lug
(15/32-32UNS)
(.066)
1.70
straight PC or right angle terminals)

(.472)
12.00
Available with plungers 13 and 6.

K sealing option available.
(.433)
11.00
9.60 5.10
(.377) (.200)
1 2 3
X718
X748 Snap-in mounting. Consult factory
Panel cut-out 15 x 12,5 (.59 x .492)
Ø6.40
(.251)
Ø12.00
Ø11.90-32UNS (.472 DIA)
(.275)
7.00
(15/32-32UNS)
X934 Flatted bushing Ø 11,9 (15/32) + sealing by two O-rings

(.413)
10.50
(for plunger -6 only). Epoxy sealed terminals.

(.314 MAX)
(.492)
12.50
8 Maxi
(.059)
1.50
5.10
(.200)
X934
1 2 3
EPOXY

8000 series
APPROVAL
UL
CAPS
Order separately.
The caps below are for Ø 4 mm plungers (standard and -9), except U2600.
B2
Ø8.00 Ø9.40
Ø5.00 (.314) (.370)
(.196)
(.129)
(.157)
3.30
4.00
(.250)
(.118)
3.00
6.35
(.250)
(.118)
3.00
6.35
U900 U1140 U1720
Ø15.00
Cap colours
Ø10.00 (.590 DIA)
(.393) Replace last "0" by number
1 blue 5 yellow
1/4 dark blue 6 red
(.295)
(.393)
10.00
7.50
2 black 7 ivory
3 green 7/1 white
(.118)
3.00
(.118)
3.00
U480 U630 4 grey 9 orange

Standard
11.50x11.50
11.50x11.50 (.452 SQ)
(.452 SQ) Ø13.00
(.511 DIA)
(.236)
(.118)
6.00
3.00
(.196)
(.157)
3.00
4.00
(.236)
(.195)
5.00
6.00
U2430 U2020 U2600

Square Square For large plunger -6 only.
DRESS NUTS
Chrome plated. Order separately.
Ø12.70 Ø18.50 Ø13.50

(.500 DIA) (.728 DIA) (.531 DIA)
Ø8.20 Ø15.50 Ø10.50

(.228)
(.413 DIA)
(.244)
5.80
6.20
(.322 DIA) (.610 DIA)

(.228)
5.80
(.314)
(.322)
8.00
8.20
(.314)
8.00
Ø6.35-40UNS Ø6.35-40UNS Ø6.35-40UNS

(1/4-40UNS) (1/4-40UNS) (1/4-40UNS)
U1636 U825 U840


9000 series
Momentary pushbutton switches
❑ Two case lengths

❑ Three electrical functions
❑ Sealing options
❑ Model X1146 with Ø 16 (.630) bushing
B2
- silver contact (A) : 1A 30VDC
- gold plated contacts (CD) : 100mA 30VDC

• Case : thermoplastique UL94-V0 • Total travel :
• Actuator : polyamide, glass
filled 9600-9400-9400Y 9600N-9400N
• Contacts : Functions 3 and 5 Function 2 Function 3
A : silver 1,3 mm 2 mm 0,9 mm
• Terminal seal : epoxy • Torque : 1,25 Nm (.922 Ft.lb) max. applied to nut

9000 series
Overview
SERIES Number of poles Electrical functions

3 Single pole 2 Normally closed (NC)
3 Normally open (NO)
5 Combined (NC/NO)
Terminals, case and bushing

B2
Case length 11,2 (.440) All models have Ø 6,35 (1/4) threaded bushing.
4 Straight PC terminals
6 Solder lug terminals
4..Y Straight PC terminals, bracket mounting
Case length 8,5 (.334)
4..N Straight PC terminals
6..N Solder lug terminals
6..NZ1 Quick-connect terminals
Contact materials Sealing Special options Caps

A Silver B Epoxy sealed X1146 Bushing Ø 16 (.630) U900 Ø 5 (.196)
CD Brass, gold terminals (standard) X601 Special contact, lower rating U1140 Ø 8 (.314)
plated KB Front panel sealing U1720 Ø 9,4 (.370)
by two O-rings - not U480 Ø 10 (.393) standard
available with 9400Y. U630 Ø 15 (.590)
U2430 Square - Height 4 (.157)
U2020 Square - Height 6 (.236)
ABOUT THIS SERIES

Mounting accessories : standard hardware supplied with all switches : 2 hex nuts 8 mm (.314) across flats and 1 lockwasher.
Packaging unit : 50 pieces, except for 9400Y (25 pieces)

9000 series
9600 - 9400 - 9400Y
• Single pole
• Solder lug or straight PC terminals
• Epoxy sealed terminals 9600Z1 9600 9400
(.094)
(.204)
2.40
(.204)
5.20
5.20
(.179)
4.55
(.342)
8.70
1.20
(.059)
1.50
(.047) 1.00
Function 2 Function 3 Function 5 1.20 2.00
(.039)
(NC) (NO) (combined) 2.80

(.110)
(.047) (.078)
MODEL
STRUCTURE
B2
Solder lug terminals - case length 11,2 (.440) : 9600
Ø4.00
(.157 DIA) Ø6.35-40UNS
(.236)
6.00
(1/4-40UNS)
9632B Normally Closed

Ø10.00
9635B Combined function (.393 DIA)
(.275)
(.440)
7.00
11.20
Ø9.00
(.354 DIA)
NO
NO
EPOXY
NC
2.00 0.40
(.078) (.204) (.015)
5.20
5.08
(.200)
For Normally Open (function 3), see next page.
Straight PC terminals - case length 11,2 (.440) : 9400

Ø4.00 5.08
(.157 DIA) Ø6.35-40UNS (.200)
(.236)
6.00
(1/4-40UNS)
(.200)
5.08
9432B Normally Closed Ø10.00

(.393 DIA)
Ø1.60
9433B Normally Open (.062 DIA)

(.275)
7.00
(.466)
11.85
Ø9.00
(.354 DIA)
NO
9435B Combined function
NO
EPOXY
(.200)
NC
5.08
0.40
1.00 (.015)
(.179)
4.55
(.039) 5.08
(.200)
Bracket mounting - case length 11,2 (.440) : 9400Y Ø4.00

(.157 DIA) Ø6.35-40UNS
5.08
(.200)
(.236)
6.00
(1/4-40UNS)
(.200)
(.620)
15.75
5.08
(.259)
6.60
3.18
9432YB Normally Closed Ø10.00
(.125)
(.511)
13.00
(.393 DIA) Ø1.60

EPOXY
NO (.062 DIA)
9433YB Normally Open 0.40 NO
NC
1.17
(.015)
(.046) 0.40
(.161)
9435YB Combined function

4.10
(.015)
5.08
(.620)
3.18
15.75
(.200)
5.08
(.125) (.200)
8.20 15.75
(.322) (.620) 3.18
(.125)
The bracket is not fastened to the switch. F2 F5

9000 series
9600N - 9400N
Solder lug terminals - case length 8,5 (.334) : 9600N

Ø4.00 Ø6.35-40UNS
(.157 DIA) (1/4-40UNS)
(.236)
6.00
9633NB Normally Open Ø9.50
(.374 DIA)
(.334)
8.50
(.275)
7.00
0.40 EPOXY
(.059)
1.50
(.015)
(.196)
5.00
2.00
5.08 (.078)
(.200)
Ø8.50
(.334 DIA)
Also available with quick-connect terminals 2,8 x 0,5 mm : 9633NZ1 B2

Straight PC terminals - case length 8,5 (.334) : 9400N
Ø4.00 Ø6.35-40UNS
(.157 DIA) (1/4-40UNS)
(.236)
6.00
Ø9.50
9433NB Normally Open (.374 DIA)
(.393)
10.00
(.275)
7.00
Ø1.60
(.062 DIA)
0.40 EPOXY
(.059)
1.50
(.015)
(.137)
3.50 1.00
5.08
(.039)
(.200)
(.200)
Ø8.50
5.08
(.334 DIA)
PANEL CUT-OUT
Ø6.50
(.255 DIA)
Bushing Ø 16 (.630) - metal button : 9633•X1146

Ø12.00 Ø18.00
(.129)
(.472DIA) (.708DIA)
3.30
(.059)
1.50
Silver contacts
(.118)
3.00
9633AX1146 Normally open

(.291)
7.40
19.00
Gold plated silver contacts (.748)
9633ADX1146 Normally open

(.374)
9.50
2.00 0.40
(.078) (.015)
(.204)
5.20
Ø16.00x1.00SI 5.08
Panel cut-out : Ø 16,2 (.637)

(.629DIAx1.00IS) (.200)
Max. current/voltage rating. : 1A 30VDC

Epoxy sealed terminals. Options of the following pages not applicable. Hex nut 19 (.748) across flats

9000 series
CONTACT MATERIALS
A Silver
Special contact, lower rating : see X601 under "Special options".
SEALING
B2
B Epoxy sealed terminals (standard)
Epoxy sealed terminals + front panel sealing by two O-rings.
(.216 MAX)
5.50 Maxi
1
Panel seal withstands 0,1 bar pressure.
Option KB not available on 9400Y model.

K
Sealing boots : see section H. ➀ O-rings
SPECIAL OPTIONS

Current/voltage rating for an electrical life of 20.000 cycles : 0,5A 30VDC.
X1146 Model with dia. 16 (.630) bushing and metal plunger

See previous page.

9000 series
CAPS
+ U...
Ø8.00 Ø9.40
Ø5.00 (.314) (.370)
(.196)
(.129)
(.157)
3.30
4.00
(.250)
(.118)
3.00
6.35
(.250)
(.118)
3.00
6.35
U900 U1140 U1720 B2
Ø15.00
Ø10.00 (.590 DIA)
(.393)
Cap colours
Replace last
"0" by number
(.295)
(.393)
10.00
7.50
1 blue
(.118)
3.00
(.118)
1/4 dark blue

3.00
U480 U630 2 black

3 green
Standard
4 grey
5 yellow
11.50x11.50 6 red
11.50x11.50
7 ivory
(.452 SQ)
(.452 SQ)
7/1 white
9 orange
(.196)
(.157)
3.00
4.00
(.236)
(.195)
5.00
6.00
U2430 U2020
Square Square
DRESS NUTS
Chrome plated. Order separately.
Ø12.70 Ø13.50 Ø18.50

(.500 DIA) (.531 DIA) (.728 DIA)
Ø8.20 Ø10.50 Ø15.50

(.228)
(.413 DIA)
(.244)
5.80
6.20
(.322 DIA) (.610 DIA)

(.228)
5.80
(.314)
8.00
(.322)
8.20
(.314)
8.00
Ø6.35-40UNS Ø6.35-40UNS Ø6.35-40UNS

(1/4-40UNS) (1/4-40UNS) (1/4-40UNS)
U1636 U840 U825


9000 series
Alternate action or momentary pushbutton switches
❑ Bushing Ø 6,35 (1/4) and 11,9 (15/32)
❑ Two electrical functions
B2
• Max. current/voltage rating with resistive load and electrical life :
- silver contacts (A) : 1A 28VDC - 250.000 cycles
3A 28VDC - 10.000 cycles
- gold plated contacts (CD) : 0,4VA 20V max. AC or DC
• Initial contact resistance : 10 mΩ max. at 0,1A 3VDC
• Insulation resistance : 10.000 MΩ min.
1.000 Vrms 50 Hz min.

• Case : diallylphthalate • Operating temperature : -30°C to +85°C
• Actuator : nylon • Travels : see table below.
black for series 9630M
white for series 9631
• Bushing : brass, nickel plated MODELS 9631 9633M
• Contacts :
A : silver Total travel 3,48 (.137) 2,79 (.110)
• Terminal seal : epoxy Pre-travel 0,66 (.026) -
Over travel 2,69 (.106) 0,51 (.020)

9000 series
Alternate action or momentary pushbutton switches
• Single pole
• Epoxy sealed terminals 1.25
(.050)
(.080)
2.05
(.220)
5.60
(.040)
1.00
Function 3 Function 1
2.55
(.100)
(NO) OFF ON
B2
Bushing Ø 6,35 (1/4) - Alternate action - tactile feedback Ø6.35-40UNS Ø4.05
(1/4-40UNS) (.160 DIA)
Gold plated contacts
(.250)
9631CDB
6.35
ON - OFF
(.210)
5.35
Silver contacts
Ø9.40
(.640)
16.25
(.370 DIA)
9631AB N
O - OFF
EPOXY
0.40
(.015)
(.220)
5.60
5.30
(.209)
Standard hardware : 1 conic nut and 1 lockwasher
Bushing Ø 11,9 (15/32) - front or rear mounting - NO

Ø8.40
(.330 DIA)
A
Ø11.90-32UNS
(15/32-32UNS) MODEL A
(.365)
9.25
9633M 6.35 (.250)

9633MCDB
Ø9.40
(.655)
Normally open
16.65
(.370 DIA)
EPOXY
0.40
(.015)
(.220)
5.60
5.30
(.209)
Standard hardware : 2 hex nuts 14 mm (.551) across flats and 1 lockwasher

10400 series
Professional pushbutton switches - threaded bushing Ø 10 (.393)
❑ CECC approved

B2
• Max. current/voltage rating with resistive load : 3A 24VDC • Case : diallylphthalate (DAP)
• Minimum load : 100µA 10mV • Actuator : brass, chrome plated
• Initial contact resistance : 10 mΩ max. • Bushing : brass, nickel plated
• Insulation resistance : 1.000 MΩ min. at 500VDC • Housing : brass, nickel plated
• Dielectric strength : • Contacts :
1.000 Veff. 50 Hz min. between terminals of the same pole - silver
2.000 Veff. 50 Hz min. between terminals and frame - gold plated silver
2.000 Veff. 50 Hz min. between terminals of adjacent poles • Terminal seal : epoxy
APPROVAL GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS

• Torque : 1,50 Nm (1.106 Ft.lb)
max. applied to nut
CECC 96401-001
-40°C to +85°C
Availability : consult factory for details of approved models. 3,5 mm (.138)
Marking : to order switches marked CECC, add “CECC” to model number.
ABOUT THIS SERIES

Complete part numbers are shown on the following page.
Mounting accessories : standard hardware supplied with all models : 1 knurled nut, 1 hex nut, 1 locking ring and 1
lockwasher. They are presented in section I.

10400 series
Professional pushbutton switches - threaded bushing Ø 10 (.393)
➞ Keyway • Solder lug terminals

• Available with matt black finish :
consult factory for model number
(.066)
1.70
(.196)
5.00
1.20
2 3 1 1 3 2 (.047)
2.50
(.098)
MODEL
STRUCTURE
B2
A B 8.00
(.314)
12.70 5.00
(.500) (.196)
1-2 1-3
(.157)
4.00
A B
Silver contacts
1
2 3 1
(.551)
14.00
104350003
3
ON - MOM
2
(.019)
0.50
5.00 11.00
Ø14.00
Gold plated silver contacts (.196) (.433)
(.551 DIA)
104350108 ON - MOM Ø10.00 X 0.75 SI

(.393 DIA X 0.75 IS) EPOXY
(.251 DIA)
Ø6.40
(.098)
2.50
14.00 12.70 5.00
A B (.551) (.500) (.196)
2-1 2-3 (.157)

4.00
A B
5-4 5-6 2 5
1 3 2
(.551)
14.00
3 6
Silver contacts 1 4
(.019)
0.50
104450003 ON - MOM 5.00

(.196)
11.00
(.433) Ø14.00
(.551 DIA)
Gold plated silver contacts Ø10.00 X 0.75 SI

(.393 DIA X 0.75 IS) EPOXY
104450108 ON - MOM
(.236)
6.00
(.251 DIA)
Ø6.40
(.098)
2.50
CAP PANEL CUT-OUT
+ U...
Ø10.20
(.401 DIA)
(.244)
Cap colours
6.20
Ø13.00 Replace last "0" by number

(.511 DIA)
1 blue 5 yellow 2.20

(.086)
1/4 dark blue 6 red
2 black 7 ivory
(.236)
(.118)
6.00
3.00
3 green 7/1 white

4 grey 9 orange
U2600
APEM www.apem.com 2B-43

13000 series
Professional quick-break momentary pushbutton switches
❑ PC and panel mount models
❑ Bushing Ø 6,35 (1/4) and 11,9 (15/32)
❑ UL and CECC approved
B2
- silver contacts (A-AD2) : 4A 30VDC
- gold plated contacts (CD) : 100mA 30V
• Minimum load (AD2-CD contacts) : 10mA 50mV, 10µA 5V min.
Contacts Max. current/voltage rating Number of cycles

A 4A 30VDC 50.000
AD2 4A 30VDC 20.000
(gold plating : 100mA 30VDC max.)
CD 100mA 30VDC 50.000
Low level or mechanical life 150.000

• Case : diallylphthalate (DAP) • Torque : 1,25 Nm (.922 Ft.lb)
• Actuator : brass, nickel plated max. applied to nut
• Bushing : brass, nickel plated • Standard panel thickness : 2 mm
• Housing : brass, nickel plated (.078 ) max.
• Contacts : A : silver • Total travel : 2 mm (.078)
AD2 : silver, gold plated • Operating temperature :
(2 micron gold) -40°C to +85°C
Note : AD2 contacts can be used for high level applications.In this case, the
gold layer is considered only as a protection against oxidation during
storage.

13000 series
Specifications
RELIABILITY - RUN-IN TEST

Upon request, each individual switch can be submitted to a low level run-in
test of 50 or 250 cycles to ensure suitability for special applications requiring
a very high level of reliability (military, space,etc.).
AGENCY APPROVALS
2A 125VAC/250VAC CECC 96401-001
Designed to MIL specifications

B2
Availability :
UL : all models with silver or gold plated silver contacts
CECC : consult factory for details of approved models.
Marking : to order switches marked UL or CECC, complete appropriate box
of ordering format.
Mounting accessories : standard hardware supplied with all models : 2 hex nuts 8 mm (.314) across flats, 1 locking ring and
1 lockwasher.

13000 series
Overview
13
SERIES Terminals and bushing No of poles Electrical function Terminals

2 Straight PC terminals, 3 Single pole 5 ON - MOM Blank Solder lugs or straight PC
bushing Ø 6,35 (1/4) 4 Double pole depending on model
4 Solder lugs, bushing Ø 6,35 W Right angle, horizontal
(1/4) or 11,9 (15/32) mounting
Right angle terminals,
B2 bushing Ø 6,35 (1/4)
Contact materials Finish Special options Caps

A Silver Blank Bright chrome finish Blank No special U900 Ø 5 (.196)
AD2 Silver, gold plated G Black finish on requirement U1140 Ø 8 (.314)
(2 micron gold) bushing, plunger and X640 Reinforced sealing U1720 Ø 9,4 (.370)
CD Brass, gold plated hardware by three O-rings U480 Ø 10 (.393) std
X768 Bushing Ø 11,9 U630 Ø 15 (.590)
(15/32) + front U2430 Square, height
panel sealing 4 (.157)
(double pole only) U2020 Square, height
6 (.236)
For models with Ø 4
(.157) plunger only.
Plungers Sealing Approvals

Blank Standard for Ø 6,35 Blank Epoxy sealed UL
(1/4) bushing terminals standard CECC
K Front panel sealing by Availability :
-4 4 mm (.157) long, for
one O-ring and Consult factory for
Ø 11,9 (15/32)
sealing washer details of approved
bushing (X768)
-9 9 mm (.354) long, for Reinforced sealing, see X640 models.
Ø 11,9 (15/32) under "Special options".
bushing (X768)
ABOUT THIS SERIES


13000 series
Solder lug terminals : 13400 - Straight PC terminals : 13200
➞ Keyway • Threaded bushing Ø 6,35 mm (1/4)

(.066)
1.70
(.196)
5.00
(.374)
1.00
9.50
1.20 (.039)
1 2 3 (.047)
2.50
(.098)
MODEL
STRUCTURE
B2
Ø4.00
(.157 DIA)
Ø6.35-40UNS
(1/4-40UNS)
8.00 14.00
(.314) (.551)
(.236)
6.00
1-3 1-2
Single pole
13435 ON MOM
1 2 3
(.248)
Double pole
(.527)
13.40
6.30
(.027)
0.70
13445 ON MOM
EPOXY 4.00
(.157)
2.50
(.196)
5.00
(.098) 6.00
0.50 (.236)
(.019)
Straight PC terminals : 13200 ➞ Keyway

Ø6.35-40UNS
(1/4-40UNS)
8.00 Ø4.00 14.00
(.157)
4.00
(.314) (.157 DIA) (.551)
(.236)
6.00
1-3 1-2
Single pole Ø1.6
(.062 DIA)
13235 ON MOM
(.248)
1 2 3
(.527)
6.00
13.40
6.30
(.027)
0.70
(.236)
Double pole EPOXY
13245 ON MOM 1.00

(.039)
4.00
(.157)
(.374)
9.50
(.157)
4.00
0.50 6.00
(.019) (.236)
PANEL CUT-OUT
13400 - 13200
Ø6.50 Ø6.50 Ø6.50
(.255 DIA) Ø2.20 (.255 DIA) (.255 DIA)
(.086 DIA)
(.043)
1.10
5.20
(.204) 2.70 2.70
(.106) (.106)
With K With X640


13000 series
Right angle terminals : 13400W
Right angle terminals - single pole ➞ Keyway
Ø6.35-40UNS
(1/4-40UNS)
Ø4.00
8.00
(.157 DIA)
(.236)
(.314)
6.00
Ø1.6
(.062 DIA) 5.08
(.200)
1-3 1-2
13435W ON MOM
(.015)
(.364)
0.40
9.27
(.232)
(.527)
13.40
1 2 3
(.027)
5.90
(.102)
0.70
2.60
(.364)
9.27
4.00
(.157)
4.00
(.157)
(.039)
1.00
4.40 0.50
(.173) EPOXY (.019)
4.00
(.157)
14.20
(.559)
B2
Panel cut-out, see previous page.
CONTACT MATERIALS
A Silver
AD2 Silver, gold plated (2 micron gold)
PLUNGER
Dash compulsory before plunger code.
Blank Standard plunger for Ø 6,35 (1/4) bushing
-4 4 mm (.157) long plunger for Ø 11,9 (15/32) bushing (X768 option)
-9 9 mm (.354) long plunger for Ø 11,9 (15/32) bushing (X768 option)

13000 series
FINISH
G Black finish on bushing, actuator and hardware
SEALING
B2
Ø10.60
(.090)
2.30
(.417 DIA)
K Front panel sealing by one O-ring and sealing washer. Protects the 1
(.078 MAX)
2.00 Maxi
switch against water and dust. Ø11.80
Panel seal withstands 1 bar pressure and remains sealed even when (.464 DIA)
switch is operated.
Reinforced sealing : see X640 under "Special options". 2
(.251 DIA)
Ø5.80
Ø6.40
(.228 DIA)
➀ O-ring ➁ Sealing washer
SPECIAL OPTIONS
X640 Front panel sealing by three O-rings. Flatted bush for precise orientation.
(.157 MAX)

4.00 Maxi
Panel seal withstands 1 bar pressure and remains sealed even when switch
is operated.
Available on models with Ø 6,35 (1/4) bushing only.
➀ O-rings X640 1
X935 C-ring on plunger for positive stop

13000 series
X768 Sealed switch with Ø 11,9 (15/32) flatted bushing. Chrome plated actuator. Solder lug terminals,
double pole. Contact and finish options available.
Security cap for this model : see section I.
➞ Flat
Ø8.00
(.314 DIA)
Ø8.00
Ø11.9 32UNS
(.468-32UNS)
(.314 DIA)
(.157)
4.00
(.295)
7.50
(.354)
9.00
1-3 1-2
With short plunger
13445 -4 X768 ON MOM 3 2 1
Ø12.00
(.472 DIA)
(.559)
14.20
(.059)
B2
1.50
With long plunger
EPOXY
13445 -9 X768 ON MOM
(.196)
2.50
5.00
4.00
6.00 (.157) (.098)
(.236) 5.10
0.50 (.200)
(.019)
Short (-4) Long (-9)
AGENCY APPROVALS
UL
CECC CECC 96401-001
Availability :
UL : all models with silver or gold plated silver contacts
CECC : consult factory for details of approved models.
Marking : to order switches marked UL or CECC, please complete above box with desired approval.

13000 series
CAPS
+ U...
Ø5.00 Ø8.00 Ø9.40

(.196) (.314) (.370)
(.129)
(.157)
3.30
4.00
(.250)
(.118)
3.00
6.35
(.250)
(.118)
3.00
6.35
U900 U1140 U1720
B2
Ø10.00 Ø15.00
(.393) (.590 DIA)
For models with Ø 6,35 (1/4)

bushing only.
(.295)
7.50
(.393)
10.00
Cap colours
(.118)
3.00
(.118)
3.00
Replace last
U480 U630 "0" by number
Standard
1 blue
1/4 dark blue
11.50x11.50 11.50x11.50 2 black
3 green
(.452 SQ) (.452 SQ)
4 grey
5 yellow
6 red
7 ivory
(.196)
(.157)
3.00
4.00
(.236)
(.195)
5.00
6.00
7/1 white
U2020 U2430 9 orange
Square Square
DRESS NUTS
Chrome plated
For models with Ø 6,35 (1/4) bushing only.
Ø12.70 Ø13.50 Ø18.50

(.500 DIA) (.531 DIA) (.728 DIA)
Ø10.50 Ø15.50
Ø8.20
(.228)
(.413 DIA)
5.80
(.610 DIA)
(.244)
(.228)
6.20
(.322 DIA)
5.80
(.314)
8.00
(.322)
(.314)
8.20
8.00
Ø6.35-40UNS Ø6.35-40UNS
Ø6.35-40UNS (1/4-40UNS) (1/4-40UNS)
(1/4-40UNS)
U1636 U840 U825
Dress nuts are to be ordered separately.

13000X778 series
High performance pushbutton switches - threaded bushing Ø 11,9 (15/32) - momentary
! ❑ 3-pole configurations now available !

New
❑ Agency approvals
CECC 96401-001 (double pole only)
B2
This range of professional switches is suitable for use in military and other high
specification environments.
❑ Contacts
Highly reliable contacts suitable for low level applications or power applications.

❑ Compact size
The small rear end of the switch allows space savings behind the panel.
❑ Finish
Black finish on body, bushing, plunger and hardware.
❑ Full sealing
Panel sealed to IP 67, these switches are frontal sealed by three O-rings and

13000X778 series
Specifications
• Insulation resistance : 1.000 MΩ min. at 500VDC 250 VAC


- At 4A 28VDC : 10.000 cycles 48 VDC B2
- At low level (50mV 10mA) : 150.000 cycles 28 VDC
5 VDC
50 mV
Amps
10µA 10mA 1A 2A 4A
MATERIALS SEALING
• Case : diallylphthalate (DAP) • Front panel sealing by three O-rings
with PBT external shell
1
(epoxy sealed) • Panel seal withstands 1 bar pressure and

• Actuator : brass, black chrome remains sealed even when the switch is operated.
plated
• Bushing : brass, black chrome • Epoxy sealed terminals
plated
(.157 MAX)
4.00 Maxi
• Contacts : silver inlay - • Splash-proof case
gold plated over nickel barrier ➀ O-ring
• Total travel : 2 mm (.078)
APPROVALS
Many double pole models have full CECC approval.Consult factory for
details of approved models. To order switches marked CECC, complete
appropriate box of ordering format.

13000X778 series
Overview
13
SERIES Number of poles Plungers
4 Double pole -4 4 mm (.157) long

5 Three pole -9 9 mm (.354) long
B2 Terminals and bushing Electrical function X778

2 Straight PC terminals, 5 ON - MOM High performance fully
threaded bushing sealed black switches.
Ø 11,9 (15/32)
4 Solder lug terminals,
threaded bushing
Ø 11,9 (15/32)
Approval
CECC
Double pole only
ABOUT THIS SERIES

Mounting accessories : standard hardware supplied with all models : 1 hex nut 14 (.551) across flats, part number U41.
Security cap available to prevent inadvertent plunger operation. See section I.

13000X778 series
• Quick-break momentary pushbutton switches

➞ Flat
(.066)
1.70
(.161)
4.10
1.00
(.338)
8.60
1.20 (.039)
(.047)
2.50
(.098)
1 3 2
MODEL
STRUCTURE
B2
Solder lug terminals - double pole - 4 mm (.157) plunger ➞
Flat
7.50 16.00
(.295) (.629)
4.00
(.157)
(.019)
0.50
(.629)
16.00
(.157)
13445-4X778 ON MOM 4.00
EPOXY 5 Maxi 15.10 4.10
(.196 Max) (.594) (.161)
1.50
Ø11.90-32UNS (.059)
(15/32-32UNS)
(.098)
2.50
(.314 DIA)
Ø8.00
(.236)
6.00
Solder lug terminals - double pole - 9 mm (.354) plunger ➞
Flat
7.50 16.00
(.295) (.629)
9.00
(.354)
(.019)
0.50
(.629)
16.00
(.157)
(.157)
4.00
4.00
13445-9X778 ON MOM EPOXY

EPOXY 5 Maxi
(.196 Max)
15.10
(.594)
4.10
(.161)
1.50
Ø11.90-32UNS (.059)
(15/32-32UNS)
(.098)
2.50
(.314 DIA)
Ø8.00
(.236)
6.00
Straight PC terminals - double pole - 4 mm (.157) plunger ➞

Flat
7.50 16.00
(.295) (.629)
4.00
(.157)
(.019)
0.50
(.629)
16.00
(.157)
13245-4X778
4.00
ON MOM EPOXY 5 Maxi 15.10 8.60

(.196 Max) (.594) (.338)
Ø1.60
1.50 (.062 DIA)
Ø11.90-32UNS (.059)
(15/32-32UNS) 4.00
(.039)
(.236)
(.236)
1.00
6.00
6.00
(.157)
(.314 DIA)
Ø8.00

13000X778 series
Straight PC terminals - double pole - 9 mm (.354) plunger ➞

Flat
7.50 16.00
(.295) (.629)
9.00
(.354)
(.019)
0.50
(.629)
16.00
13245-9X778 ON MOM
(.157)
4.00
EPOXY 5 Maxi 15.10 8.60
(.196 Max) (.594) (.338)
Ø1.60
1.50 (.062 DIA)
Ø11.90-32UNS (.059)
(15/32-32UNS) 4.00
(.039)
(.236)
(.236)
1.00
6.00
6.00
(.157)
(.314 DIA)
Ø8.00
B2
Solder lug terminals - three pole - 4 mm (.157) plunger ➞ Flat
7.50 22.00
(.295) (.866)
4.00
(.019)
(.157)
!
0.50
New
16.00
(.629)
(.157)
4.00
13455-4X778 ON MOM EPOXY 5 Maxi
(.196 Max)
15.10
(.594)
4.10
(.161)
1.50
(.059)
(.236)
(.098)
6.00
2.50
Ø11.90-32UNS
15/32-32UNS
(.314 DIA)
Ø8.00
(.236)
6.00
Solder lug terminals - three pole - 9 mm (.354) plunger ➞ Flat 7.50 22.00
(.295) (.866)
9.00
(.354) (.019)
0.50
!
New 16.00
(.629)
(.157)
4.00

(.196 Max)
15.10
(.594)
4.10
(.161)
1.50
(.059)
(.236)
(.098)
6.00
2.50
Ø11.90-32UNS
15/32-32UNS
(.314 DIA)
Ø8.00
(.236)
6.00
Straight PC terminals - three pole - 4 mm (.157) plunger ➞ Flat 7.50 22.00

(.295) (.866)
4.00
(.019)
(.157)
0.50
!
New
16.00
(.629)
(.157)
4.00

(.196 Max)
15.10
(.594)
8.60
(.338)
Ø1.60
1.50 (.062 DIA)
(.059)
(.236)
6.00
Ø11.90-32UNS
(.039)
1.00
(.236)
6.00
15/32-32UNS
(.314 DIA)
Ø8.00
4.00
(.157)
(.236)
6.00

13000X778 series
High performance pushbutton switches - threaded bushing Ø 11,9 (15/32)
Straight PC terminals - three pole - 9 mm (.354) plunger ➞ Flat 7.50 22.00

(.295) (.866)
9.00
(.019)
(.354)
0.50
!
New
16.00
(.629)
(.157)
4.00
13255-9X778 ON MOM
EPOXY 5 Maxi 15.10 8.60
(.196 Max) (.594) (.338)
Ø1.60
1.50 (.062 DIA)
(.059)
(.236)
6.00
Ø11.90-32UNS
(.039)
1.00
(.236)
6.00
15/32-32UNS
(.314 DIA)
Ø8.00
4.00
(.157)
(.236)
6.00
B2
Hex nut
Ø12.00 14.00 2.30
(.472 DIA) (.551) (.090)
Ø11.9-32UNS
5.10 (15/32-32UNS)
(.200)
U41 (matt black)
POSITIONS AND CONNECTIONS

BUTTON POSITION AND CONNECTIONS
FUNCTION TERMINAL IDENTIFICATION
I II
ON MOM
➞ Flat
A
I
DOUBLE POLE 2 2
13245 A 1-2 A 1-3

3 3 II
1 1
13445 B 1-2 B 1-3 B
A 1-2 A 1-3 C A
THREE POLE 2 2
13255 B 1-2 B 1-3 3 3
13455 C 1-2 C 1-3

1 1
AGENCY APPROVAL
CECC CECC 96401-001 (double pole only)
Marking : to order switches marked CECC, please complete above box with "CECC".

12-Serie 13000X778-alternate-A_08-Serie IP-A 21/11/12 15:36 Page58
13000X778 series New!

High performance pushbutton switches - threaded bushing Ø 11,9 (15/32) - alternate action
❑ Applications
These professional switches are suitable for use in military and other high
specifications environments.
❑ Alternate action
Now available as a bistable switch to have a maintained electrical contact.
B2
❑ Contacts
Highly reliable contacts suitable for low level applications or power
applications.

❑ Compact size
The small rear end of the switch allows space savings behind the panel.
❑ Finish
Black finish on body, bushing, plunger and hardware.
❑ Full sealing
Panel sealed to IP 67, these switches are frontal sealed by two O-rings and

New! 13000X778 series

Specifications
• Insulation resistance : 1.000 MΩ min. at 500VDC 250 VAC


- At 4A 28VDC : 10.000 cycles 48 VDC B2
- At low level (50mV 10mA) : 150.000 cycles 28 VDC
5 VDC
50 mV
Amps
10µA 10mA 1A 2A 4A
MATERIALS SEALING
• Case : diallylphthalate (DAP) • Front panel sealing by two O-rings
with PBT external shell 1
(epoxy sealed) • Panel seal withstands 1 bar pressure and
• Actuator : brass, black chrome remains sealed even when the switch is operated.
plated
• Bushing : brass, black chrome • Epoxy sealed terminals
plated
(.314 MAX)
8.00 Maxi
• Contacts : silver inlay - • Splash-proof case
gold plated over nickel barrier ➀ O-ring


Overview
13
SERIES Number of poles Plunger
4 Double pole -3 8,15 mm (.321)

long
B2 Terminals and bushing Electrical function X778

2 Straight PC terminals, 6 ON - ON High performance fully
threaded bushing sealed black switches.
Ø 11,9 (15/32)
4 Solder lug terminals,
threaded bushing
Ø 11,9 (15/32)
ABOUT THIS SERIES
Mounting accessories : standard hardware supplied with all models : 1 hex nut 14 (.551) across flats, part number U41.

New! 13000X778 series

➞ Flat • Alternate action pushbutton switches

ON
ON • Button returns in upper position after actuation.
(.074)
1.90
(.094)
2.40
(.161)
4.10
1.10
2 1 3 (.043)
1.80 1.10
(.070) (.043)
MODEL
STRUCTURE
B2
Solder lug terminals - double pole ➞ Flat 8.15 10.50 16.00
(.320) (.413) (.629)
(.031)
(.019)
0.80
0.50
16.00
(.629)
(.157)
4.00
13446-3X778 ON ON EPOXY 8 Maxi
(.314 Max)
13.70
(.539)
2.40
(.094)
1.50
Ø11.90-32UNS (.059)
15/32-32UNS
(.070)
1.80
(.314 DIA)
Ø8.00
(.187)
4.75
C1346XDT3
Straight PC terminals - double pole ➞ Flat

8.15 10.50 16.00
(.320) (.413) (.629)
(.031)
(.019)
0.80
0.50
16.00
(.629)
(.157)
4.00
13246-3X778 ON ON EPOXY 8 Maxi 13.70 4.10

(.314 Max) (.539) (.161)
1.50 Ø1.60
Ø11.90-32UNS (.059) (.062DIA)
15/32-32UNS
(.043)
1.10
(.314 DIA)
Ø8.00
4.00
(.187)
4.75
(.157)
(.187)
4.75



Hex nut
Ø12.00 14.00 2.30
(.472 DIA) (.551) (.090)
Ø11.9-32UNS
5.10 (15/32-32UNS)
(.200)
U41 (matt black)
POSITIONS AND CONNECTIONS

B2 BUTTON POSITION AND CONNECTIONS
FUNCTION TERMINAL IDENTIFICATION
I II
ON ON
➞ Flat I
II
A 1-2 A 1-3
2 2
13246 1 1
13446 B 1-2 B 1-3 3 3

B

18000 series
Snap-action momentary pushbutton switches
❑ Panel and PC mount models
❑ Snap-in panel mounting version
B2
• Max. current/voltage rating with resistive load : Models for high currents : see 18635A and 18645A
- gold plated brass contacts : 100mA - 30VDC at the end of the series.
- gold plated silver contacts : 1A 30VDC
• Dielectric strength : 1.000 Vrms 50 Hz min.

• Case : PBT • Total travel : 0,5 mm (.019)
• Actuator : polyamide, glass • Torque : 1,25 Nm (.922 Ft.lb) max. applied to nut
filled • Operating temperature : -30°C to +65°C
• Bushing : brass, nickel plated • Soldering : 300°C, 3 sec. max.
• Housing : stainless steel
• Bracket : tin plated steel
• Contacts
AD : silver, gold plated

18000 series
Overview
18

3 Single pole Blank Solder lugs or straight PC depending
Y Bracket mounting
B2
Terminals and bushing Electrical function

2 Straight PC terminals with Ø 6,35 (1/4) 5 ON - MOM
threaded bushing
Straight PC terminals + bracket or
right angle terminals with plain bushing
5 Solder lug terminals with Ø 6,35 (1/4)
threaded bushing.
7 Solder lug terminals with Ø 6,35 (1/4)
flatted bushing.
8 Solder lug terminals, snap-in mounting
9 Straight PC terminals with Ø 6,35 (1/4)
flatted bushing.
ABOUT THIS SERIES


18000 series
Overview
Contact materials Special options Bezels

AD Silver, gold plated X624 Shorter bushing and For snap-in mounting models
CD Brass, gold plated U1200
plunger
U1210 for LED
X662 Snap-in mounting and
For bracket mounting models
straight PC terminals U3200
Other : specific bushings,

B2
etc... See following pages.
Plungers Caps
Blank Ø 4 (.157), length 6 mm (.236) For Ø 4 (.157) plungers (-3, -13)
Standard with threaded bushing U900 Ø 5 (.196)
-6 Ø 3,1 (.122), length 5,85 mm (.230) U1140 Ø 8 (.314)
U1720 Ø 9,4 (.370)
-3 Ø 4 (.157), length 5,5 mm (.216)
U480 Ø 10 (.393) - standard
Standard with plain bushing U630 Ø 15 (.590)
-5 Ø 3,1 (.122), length 6,3 mm (.248) U2430 Square
Height 4 (.157)
U2020 Square
Height 6 (.236)
For Ø 3,1 (.122) plungers (-5, -6)
U2400 Ø 5 (.196)
U2510 Ø 8 (.314)
U2130 Ø 9,4 (.370)
U2900 Ø 10 (.393)
U3400 Ø 15 (.590)
U910 Square
Height 4 (.157)
U2340 Square
Height 6 (.236)
Mounting accessories : standard hardware supplied with all models with Ø 6,35 (1/4) threaded bushing :
Packaging unit : 25 pieces for W, WW double pole and 18800 models

50 pieces for other models.

18000 series
Threaded bushing Ø 6,35 (1/4) : 18500 - 18700 - 18200
➞ Keyway • Solder lug or straight PC terminals

(.078)
2.00
(.145)
(.216)
3.70
5.50
(.161)
4.10
1.00
(.039) 0.60
1 2 3
1.80 (.023)
(.070)
MODEL
STRUCTURE

Ø6.35-40UNS
13.20 (1/4-40UNS)
Ø4.00
(.236)
6.00
(.519)
(.157 DIA)
1-3 1-2
Single pole
18535 ON MOM
(.472)
12.00
(.314)
8.00
(.039)
1.00
Double pole 1 2 3 4.75
18545
1.80
ON MOM (.070)
0.60
(.023)
(.187)
(.145)
3.70
7.00 12.00
(.275) 4.70 (.472)
(.185)
EPOXY
Flatted bushing - solder lug terminals : 18700 ➞ Flat

Ø6.35-40UNS
13.20 (1/4-40UNS)
Ø4.00
(.236)
6.00
(.519)
(.157 DIA)
5.70
(.224)
1-3 1-2
Single pole
18735 ON MOM
(.472)
12.00
(.314)
8.00
(.039)
1.00
Double pole 4.75

1 2 3
18745
1.80
ON MOM (.070)
0.60
(.023)
(.187)
(.145)
3.70
7.00 12.00
(.275) 4.70 (.472)
(.185)
EPOXY
Straight PC terminals : 18200 ➞ Keyway

Ø6.35-40UNS
13.20 (1/4-40UNS)
Ø4.00
(.236)
6.00
(.519)
(.185)
4.70
(.157 DIA)
1-3 1-2
Single pole Ø1.60
(.062 DIA)
18235 ON MOM
(.314)
(.523)
13.35
8.00
(.039)
(.185)
1.00
4.70
Double pole 0.60 0.60 1 2 3

4.75
18245
(.187)
ON MOM (.023) (.023)
(.161)
4.10
7.00 12.00
(.275) 4.70 (.472) 4.75
(.185) (.187)
EPOXY

18000 series
Threaded bushing Ø 6,35 (1/4) : 18900 - Snap-in mounting : 18800
Flatted bushing - straight PC terminals : 18900 ➞ Flat

Ø6.35-40UNS
13.20 (1/4-40UNS)
Ø4.00
(.236)
6.00
(.519)
(.185)
4.70
(.157 DIA)
5.70
(.224)
1-3 1-2
Single pole Ø1.60
18935 ON MOM (.062 DIA)
(.314)
(.523)
13.35
8.00
(.039)
(.185)
1.00
4.70
Double pole
18945 ON MOM 0.60
(.023)
0.60 1 2 3
4.75
(.187)
(.023)
(.161)
4.10
7.00 12.00
(.275) 4.70 (.472) 4.75
(.185) (.187)
EPOXY
B2
Shown with cap U910 + U1200
Snap-in mounting - solder lug terminals : 18800
19.50
(.767)
15.70
(.618) 11.50 11.50
(.161)
4.10
(.452) (.452)
(.078)
2.00
1-3 1-2
Single pole
18835 ON MOM
(.649)
16.50
(.098 MAX)
2.50 Maxi
Double pole 1 2 3 4.75
1.80
18845 ON MOM (.070) 0.60 (.187)
(.145)
3.70 (.023)
7.00 12.00
(.275) 4.70 (.472)
(.185) EPOXY
Available with straight PC terminals : see 13.20

(.519)
X662 under "Special options".
PANEL CUT-OUT
18500 - 18200 18700 - 18900
Ø6.50 Ø6.50
(.255 DIA) Ø2.20 (.255 DIA)
(.086 DIA)
5.20 2.70
(.204) (.106)
PANEL CUT-OUT
18800
15.00 15.00
(.590) (.590)
Ø8.00
(.314 DIA)
(.492)
12.50
(.492)
12.50
13.20
(.519)
With bezel U1200 With bezel U1210 for LED

18000 series
Plain bushing : 18200Y - 18200W - 18200WW

(.216)
5.50
(.161)
4.10
1 2 3 0.60
(.023)
MODEL
STRUCTURE
B2 Shown with standard plunger (-3)
Straight PC terminals - bracket mounting - single pole 18230Y

Ø4.00 Ø6.25
(.157 DIA) (.246 DIA)
Ø1.60
(.267) (.216)
(.062 DIA)
6.80 5.50
3.18
(.125)
18235Y ON MOM
(.511)
13.00
(.185)
4.70
(.620)
15.75
EPOXY
1 0.40
2 3 (.015)
3.18 15.75 1.27
(.161)
4.10
(.125) (.620) (.050)
7.00
(.275)
Straight PC terminals - bracket mounting - doube pole 18240Y

8.20 Ø4.00 Ø6.25
(.322) (.157 DIA) (.246 DIA)
(.283) (.200)
7.20 5.10
Ø1.60
(.062 DIA)
3.18
(.125)
18245Y ON MOM
(.511)
13.00
(.185)
4.70
(.620)
15.75
EPOXY
1 0.40
2 3 (.015)
15.75 1.27
3.18 4.75
(.185)
(.050)
4.70
(.125) (.620) (.187)

12.00
(.472)
Right angle terminals - horizontal : 18200W Ø6.25 Ø4.00 12.00

5.08
(.200)
(.246 DIA) (.157 DIA) (.472)

(.216)
5.50
(.500)
12.70
4.70
(.185)
(.338)
(.338)
8.60
8.60
Single pole
(.433) (.283)
(.015)
11.00 7.20
(.015)
0.40
0.40
Ø1.60
18235W ON MOM (.062 DIA)
(.500)
(.500)
12.70
12.70
Double pole
18245W ON MOM 0.60 3 2 1
5.08
(.150) (.500)
3.81 12.70
(.023) (.200)
(.023)
0.60
4.70
(.150)
3.81
(.185)
3.70 7.00 13.20 EPOXY
(.145) (.275) (.519) (.185)
4.70

18000 series
Right angle terminals - vertical : 18200WW 5.08

Ø6.25 Ø4.00 12.00 (.200)
(.500)
12.70
(.246 DIA) (.157 DIA) (.472)
(.216)
5.50
(.269)
6.85
(.150)
3.81
1-3 1-2
(.433) (.283)
11.00 7.20
Single pole Ø1.60
(.062 DIA)
18235WW ON MOM
(.015)
(.500)
12.70
0.40
1
Double pole
5.08
2 (.200)
(.500)
12.70
EPOXY
18245WW ON MOM 3
(.150)
3.81
(.023)
0.60
0.60
(.023) 4.75
(.187)
7.00 3.00 13.20
(.118) (.519)
(.150)
(.275)
3.81
4.75
(.187)
B2
CONTACT MATERIALS

PLUNGERS
Dash compulsory before plunger code.
Ø4.00 Ø4.00 Ø3.10 Ø3.10

(.307)
(.236)
(.157 DIA) (.157 DIA) (.122 DIA) (.122 DIA)

7.80
6.00
(.230)
(.301)
5.85
7.65
(.039)
(.039)
1.00
1.00
(.039)
(.039)
(.354)
1.00
(.283)
9.00
1.00
7.20
(.354)
(.283)
9.00
7.20
Blank -6
Ø 4 (.157) - standard with threaded bushing Ø 3,1 (.122)
Ø4.00 Ø4.00 Ø3.10 Ø3.10

(.157 DIA) (.157 DIA) (.122 DIA) (.122 DIA)
(.177)
(.248)
(.216)
(.145)
4.50
6.30
5.50
3.70
(.039)
(.039)
(.039)
(.039)
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
(.354)
(.354)
(.283)
9.00
(.283)
9.00
7.20
7.20
-3 -5
Ø 4 (.157) - standard with plain bushing Ø 3,1 (.122)

18000 series
SPECIAL OPTIONS
X624 Straight PC terminals - bracket mounting - with shorter bushing and plunger
Ø3.10 Ø5.20
(.122 DIA) (.204 DIA)
(.149)
3.80
Ø1.60
(.062 DIA)
Single pole 3.18

(.125)
18235Y -2X624 ON MOM

B2
(.511)
(.161)
13.00
4.10
(.185)
4.70
(.620)
15.75
EPOXY
1 0.40
2 3 (.015)
3.18 15.75 1.27
(.050)
(.161)
4.10
(.125) (.620)
7.00
(.275)
8.20 Ø3.10 Ø5.20

(.322) (.122 DIA) (.204 DIA)
(.149)
3.80 Ø1.60
Double pole 3.18
(.062 DIA)
(.125)
18245Y -2X624 ON MOM

(.511)
(.161)
13.00
4.10
(.185)
4.70
(.620)
15.75
EPOXY
1 0.40
2 3 (.015)
15.75 1.27
3.18 4.75
(.185)
(.050)
4.70
(.125) (.620) (.187)

12.00
(.472)
X662 Snap-in mounting - straight PC terminals
19.50
(.767)
15.70
(.618) 11.50 11.50
(.161)
4.10
(.452) (.452)
(.185)
4.70
(.078)
2.00
Single pole
18835 X662 ON MOM
(.700)
(.098 MAX)
17.80
Ø1.60
2.50 Maxi
Double pole
(.062 DIA)
18845 X662 ON MOM

(.185)
4.70
0.60 1 2 3 4.75
(.023) (.187)
0.60
(.023)
(.161)
4.10
7.00 12.00
(.275) 4.70 (.472)
(.185) EPOXY
4.75
13.20 (.187)
(.519)

18000 series
Ø6.25
(.246 DIA)
X371 Plain bushing Ø 6,25 mm (.246) (instead of standard threaded
(.039)
1.00
bushing). Ø6.35-40UNS
(.236)
6.00
(1/4-40UNS
(.039)
1.00
X371
(.275)
7.00
X372 Shorter threaded bushing Ø 6,35 (1/4). Height 7 mm (.274).
X372
B2
Ø6.35-40UNS
(1/4-40UNS
X386 Threaded bushing Ø 6,35 mm (1/4) to replace plain bushing

on models W - WW and Y.
(.039)
1.00
(.354)
Ø6.25
9.00
(.246 DIA)
X438 Plain bushing Ø 6,25 mm (.246). Height 7,2 mm (.283) - without X386
(.283)
7.20
shoulder.
X438
CAPS
+ U...
Caps for Ø 4 (.157) plungers (-13, -3)
Ø5.00 Ø8.00 Ø9.40

(.196) (.314) (.370)
(.129)
(.157)
3.30
4.00
(.250)
(.118)
3.00
6.35
(.250)
(.118)
3.00
6.35
U900 U1140 U1720

Ø10.00 Ø15.00 11.50x11.50
(.393) (.590 DIA) (.452 SQ)
(.295)
7.50
(.393)
10.00
(.196)
(.157)
3.00
4.00
(.118)
3.00
(.118)
3.00
U480 U630 U2430

Square
11.50x11.50
(.452 SQ) Cap colours
Replace last "0" by number
1 blue 5 yellow
1/4 dark blue 6 red
2 black 7 ivory
(.236)
(.195)
5.00
6.00
U2020 3 green 7/1 white

4 grey 9 orange
Square

18000 series
CAPS (continued)
+ U...
Caps for Ø 3,1 (.122) plungers (-5, -6)
Ø5.00 Ø8.00 Cap colours

(.196 DIA) (.314 DIA)
Replace "0" by
number
1 blue
(.250)
(.118)
(.157)
6.35
(.129)
3.00
1/4 dark blue
4.00
3.30
2 black
B2 U2400 U2510
3 green
4 grey
5 yellow
Ø9.40 Ø10.00
(.370 DIA) (.393 DIA)
6 red
7 ivory
(.295)
7.50
7/1 white
9 orange
(.118)
(.250)
(.129)
3.00
3.30
6.35
U2130 U2900
Ø15.00 11.50x11.50
(.590 DIA) (.452 SQ) 11.50x11.50
(.452 SQ)
(.393)
10.00
(.106)
(.157)
2.70
4.00
(.236)
(.196)
5.00
6.00
(.137)
3.50
U3400 U910 U2340

Square Square
Caps for 18800 and 18800X662 models
11.50x11.50 11.50x11.50
(.452 SQ) (.452 SQ)
(.106)
(.157)
2.70
4.00
(.236)
(.196)
5.00
6.00
U910 U2340
Square Square

18000 series
DRESS NUTS
For models with threaded bushing (18500 - 18700 - 18200 - 18900)
Chrome plated - Order separately.
Ø12.70 Ø13.50 Ø18.50

(.500 DIA) (.531 DIA) (.728 DIA)
Ø8.20 Ø10.50 Ø15.50
(.228)
(.413 DIA)
(.244)
5.80
6.20
(.322 DIA) (.610 DIA)
(.228)
5.80
(.314)
8.00
(.322)
8.20
(.314)
8.00
Ø6.35-40UNS
(1/4-40UNS)
Ø6.35-40UNS
(1/4-40UNS)
Ø6.35-40UNS
(1/4-40UNS)
B2
U1636 U840 U825
For caps U1140 and U2510 For cap U480 and U2900 For caps U630 and U3400
BEZELS
+ U...
For snap-in models (18800 - 18800X662) Bezel colours

Replace last
"0" by number
(.078)
2.00
19.50
(.767)
1 blue
1/4 dark blue
Ø7.10
(.078)
2.00
(.279 DIA)
2
(.196)
black
5.00
(.618)
(.476)
15.70
12.10
9.75 13.20
(.383) (.519)
3 green
12.10
4 grey
5 yellow
(.618)
(.476)
15.70
12.10
(.476)
U1200 Ø5.00
(.196 DIA)
6 red
12.10
(.476) 7 ivory
28.00
(1.102)
7/1 white
9 orange
U1210
For LED Ø 5 - not supplied
For bracket mounting models

(18200Y & 18200YX624) STANDARD PANEL MOUNTING
Panel thickness with bezel : 1 mm (.039) to 2,5 mm (.098)
(.161)
19.50
(.161)
(.078)
4.10
4.10
2.00
(.767)
(.078)
(.078)
2.00
2.00
(.188)
4.80
(.618)
(.476)
15.70
12.10
12.10
(.476)
U3200 18800 + U910 + U1200 18800 + U910 + U1210

18000 series
❑ For high currents
B2
ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
• Max. current/voltage rating with resistive load : 7A 30VDC • Travel : 0,90 mm (.035)
• Initial contact resistance : 20 mΩ max. at 0,1A 3VDC approx.
• Insulation resistance : 200.000 MΩ min. between terminals and frame • Operating temperature :
• Dielectric strength : 1.500 Vrms 50 Hz min. -30°C to +85°C
MATERIALS
• Case : diallylphthalate (DAP)
• Actuator : glass filled polyester
• Housing : stainless steel

18000 series
➞ Keyway • Threaded bushing Ø 6,35 (1/4)

COMM NO NC
MODEL
STRUCTURE
B2
Single pole ➞ Keyway Ø6.35-40UNS
(1/4-40UNS) EPOXY
(.093)
2.35
1.00
(.040)
18635A ON MOM
7.35 10.65 4.35
(.290) (.420) (.172) 7.35
(.290)
(.122 DIA)
Ø3.10
COMM
(.500)
12.70
NO
(.185)
NC
4.70
(.030)
0.75
5.85
(.230)
Double pole ➞ Keyway Ø6.35-40UNS

(1/4-40UNS)
(.093)
2.35
(.210)
1.00
5.35
(.040)
EPOXY
18645A ON MOM
7.35 10.65 4.35 12.70
(.290) (.420) (.172) (.500)
(.122 DIA)
Ø3.10
COMM
(.500)
12.70
NO
(.185)
NC
4.70
(.030)
0.75
5.85
(.230)
CAPS PANEL CUT-OUT

+ U...
+0.10
Ø6.35 0.00
Round Square
+0.10
Ø2.000.00 (.250 DIA +.003
)
.000
(.078 DIA +.003
U2400 Ø 5 (.196) U910 Height 4 (.157) )
.000
U2510 Ø 8 (.314) U2340 Height 6 (.236)

U2130 Ø 9,4 (.370)
U2900 Ø 10 (.393) 4.75–0.10
(.187 –.005)
U3400 Ø 15 (.590)
For cap dimensions, see “Caps for Ø 3,1 (.122) plungers” on the preceding pages.

14-Serie AV-1-A_18-Serie AV-A 21/11/12 15:39 Page76
AV series
Anti-vandal and security pushbutton switches
❑ Attractive, robust and durable

• Irremovable
• Anti-jamming construction : reduced travel to prevent insertion of foreign parts
• Contact and mechanism protected against crushing
• Fire resistant
• Long life
❑ Different bushing sizes and actuator shapes
❑ Sealed versions
B2 ❑ Degree of protection of sealed versions (switches mounted on
vertical panels) : IP65 to IP67 or IP69K depending on models
❑ UL/CSA approved models
The AV series is a large range of very robust pushbutton switches, consisting of 2 families :
ANTI-VANDAL PUSHBUTTON SWITCHES (pages 77-79)
• Great robustness (impact resistance IK08 (Ø 19 mm) and IK10 (Ø 22 mm)
• Actuator and bushing : stainless steel
• Bushing Ø 19 mm (.748) or 22 mm (.866
SECURITY PUSHBUTTON SWITCHES (pages 80-106)

• Large variety of models
• Actuator and bushing : nickel plated, chrome plated or polished varnished brass, stainless steel
• Bushing diameter 16 mm (.629), 19 mm (.748), 22 mm (.866) or 24 mm (.944)
• Marking, illumination, tactile feedback
• Numerous electrical functions (momentary or maintained)
EXAMPLES OF MOUNTING FOR SEALED VERSIONS ➞ Gasket
Preferred For thin panels With boot U2187 (sect. H)
Packaging unit : specified on the following pages.
Mounting accessories : Standard and special hardware are presented in section I.
Sealing boots are available for models with Ø 19 mm (.748) bushing. See Section H.

AV series
Anti-vandal pushbutton switches
❑ Very robust
Impact resistance IK08 for model Ø 19 mm (.748)
and IK10 for model Ø 22 mm (.866)
❑ Stainless steel actuator and bushing
❑ UL-CSA approved (long case only)

B2
SPECIFICATIONS MATERIALS
- A contacts : 4A 12VDC, 500.000 cycles • Contacts : silver (A)
- C contacts : 2A 48 VDC, 10.000 cycles or brass, silver plated (C)
• Initial contact resistance : 10 mΩ max. • Bushing : stainless steel
• Insulation resistance : 1.000 MΩ min. at 500VDC • Actuator : stainless steel
• Dielectric strength : 2.000 Vrms 50 Hz min. between terminals and frame
• Torque : 5 Nm min.- 14 Nm max. applied to nut CUT-OUT
• Panel thickness : 1 (.039) to 11 mm (.433) max.
• Panel cut-out :
Ø 19,2 mm (.755)
or Ø 22,2 mm (.874)
• Hand soldering : 300°C, 3 sec. max.
• Packaging unit : 20 pieces (models Ø 22) or 40 pieces (models Ø 19)
30 mm x 30 mm (1.181x1.181)
ROBUSTNESS SEALING ( OPTION T )

Model Ø 19 mm (.748) Model Ø 22 mm (.866)
2
1.7 Kg 5 Kg
Degree of protection IK08 IK10

according to 29.5 cm Striking energy: 40 cm
Striking energy:
EN 50102, June 95 5 joules 20 joules
(NFC 20-015) (5Nm) (20Nm) 1
Hammer radius 25 mm Hammer radius 50 mm
Increased impact resistance provided by a nut or mechanical stop. Front panel sealing (IP65)
➀ internal gasket ➁ external gasket
Option N does not include ➀ nor ➁.

AV series
Anti-vandal pushbutton switches Ø 19 mm (.748)
Momentary (NO)
ORDER FORMAT
AV 3 40
SERIES Actuator type Case Function Contacts Terminals Bush./act. Sealing

09 Flat 000 Long 3 NO A Silver 9 Screw material N No
19 Curved 100 Short C Brass, 2 Quick- 40 Stainless T Sealed
NO 9D Flush silver pl. connect steel
(function 3)
B2 In the following model numbers, replace • with elements selected in the above order format.
Hex nut 22 (.866) across flats

Flat actuator - short case - 48VDC - AV09100
3.00 ø19.00x1.00 SI
(.118) (.748DIAx1.00 IS) 7.30
(.287)
5.00
(.196)
2.80
(.110)
Screw terminals
(.047)
1.20
AV091003•940•
(.866DIA)
(.590DIA)
(.866DIA)
ø22.00
ø22.00
ø15.00
Solder lug /
quick-connect term.
(.110x.019)
2.80x0.5
AV091003•240•
2.00 9.50 6.50 3.00 EPOXY
Screw terminals for wires 1,5 mm2 max.

(.078) (.374) (.255) (.118)

Flat actuator - long case - 4A 250VAC/8A125VAC - UL/CSA - AV09000
3.00 Ø19.00x1.00 SI
(.118) (.748DIAx1.00 IS)
5.00
(.196)
Screw terminals
(.866DIA)
(.590DIA)
(.866DIA)
Ø22.00
Ø22.00
Ø15.00
AV090003A940•
To order switches marked UL-CSA, add

“UU”at the end of model number.
2.00 11.60 6.50 7.20
Screw terminals for wires 1,5 mm2 max. (.078) (.456) (.255) (.283)
Curved actuator - AV19 Flush model - AV9D

Ø22.00
(.866DIA) Ø22.00 Ø22.20 Mini
(.866DIA) (.874DIA Min.)
Ø15.00
(.141)
3.60
(.078)
(.590DIA)
2.00
(.047)
1.20
(.051 Min.)
1.30 Mini
Ø19.20
(.755DIA)
Screw terminals Screw terminals Panel cut-out

AV19•003•940• AV9D•003•940•
Solder lug/quick-connect term. (short case) Solder lug / quick-connect terminals (short case only)
AV191003•240• AV9D1003•240•

AV series
Anti-vandal pushbutton switches Ø 22 mm (.866)
Momentary (NO)
ORDER FORMAT
AV 3 40
SERIES Bushing/act. Case Function Contacts Terminals Bush./act. Sealing

configuration 000 Long 3 NO A Silver 9 Screw material N No
03 Flat act. 100 Short C Brass, 2 Quick- 40 Stainless T Sealed
NO 02 Curved act. silver pl. connect steel
(function 3) M3 Flat act +
flatted bush.
M2 Curved act.+
flatted bush.
In the following model numbers, replace • with elements selected in the above order format. B2
ø22.00x1.00 SI
(.866DIAx1.00 IS)
7.30
2.00 3.00 (.287)
(.078) (.118)
2.80
(.110)
Screw terminals
(.047)
1.20
AV031003•940•
(.984DIA)
(.59DIA)
ø25.00
ø15.00
Solder lug /
quick-connect term.
(.110x.019)
2.80x0.5
AV031003•240•
12.70 6.30 5.00 EPOXY
Screw terminals for wires 1,5 mm max.

(.500) (.248) (.196)
2

Flat actuator - long case - 4A 250VAC/8A125VAC - UL/CSA - AV03000
Ø22.00x1.00 SI
(.866DIAx1.00 IS)
2.00 3.00
(.078) (.118)
Screw terminals
(.984DIA)
(.59DIA)
Ø25.00
Ø15.00
AV030003A940•

“UU” at the end of model number.
15.00 10.00 5.00
(.590) (.248) (.196)
Curved actuator - AV02 Flatted bushing - AVM3 and AVM2

Ø25.00
Ø15.00 Ø25.00
(.984DIA)
(.590DIA) (.984DIA)
Ø15.00
(.141)
3.60
(.078)
(.590DIA)
2.00
Ø22.20
Flat actuator, screw terminals

(.874DIA)
Screw terminals AVM3•003•940•

AV02•003•940•
10.00
(.393 )
Solder lug / quick-connect (short case) Curved actuator, screw terminals
AV021003•240• AVM2•003•940• Panel cut-out

AV series
Snap action security pushbutton switches Ø 16 mm (.629)
Momentary (NO)
ORDER FORMAT
AV 3 0 C 9 OPTIONS
Bushing/act. configur.
SERIES 06 Flat actuator Function Case Contacts Terminals See “Options”
16 Curved actuator 3 NO 0 Short C Brass, 9 Screw page.
08 Curved act.+chamfer silver pl.
NO 07 Flat act.+chamfer
(function 3) 6P Flat act.+knurled nut
6B Curved act.+knurled nut
• Travel : 1,60 mm (.063) ± 0,3 mm (.011) • Case : PBT
B2 • Max. current/voltage rating with resistive load : • Contacts : brass, silver plated (C)
200mA 48 VDC - 100mA 48VDC • Bushing and actuator : see
• Initial contact resistance : 50 mΩ max. “Options” page
• Dielectric strength : 2.000 Vrms 50 Hz min. between terminals and frame
• Electrical life : 50.000 cycles at 200mA 48VDC CUT-OUT
100.000 cycles at 100mA 48VDC
• Torque : 5 Nm min.- 14 Nm max. applied to nut • Panel cut-out : Ø 16,2 mm
• Panel thickness : 1 (.039) to 6 mm (.236) max. (.637)
• Operating temperature : -30°C to +70°C • Min. pitch for matrix mounting :
• Low level or mechanical life : 1.000.000 cycles 24 mm x 24 mm (.944 x .944)
• Packaging unit : 60 pieces (AV6P & AV6B : 20 mm x 20 mm)
To order a product, select a basic model below and add the desired options.
BASIC MODEL
Flat or curved actuator - screw terminals
3.00
(.118)
3.00
(.118)
Flat actuator
(.629DIAX1.00 IS)
AV0630C9
Ø16.00X1.00 SI
(.708DIA)
(.472DIA)
Ø18.00
Ø12.00
Curved actuator
AV1630C9
1.50 9.50 11.20
(.059) (.374) (.440)
With chamfer With knurled nut for matrix mounting 20 x 20 - AV6P and AV6B
Ø18.00 Ø18.00
(.708DIA) (.708DIA)
(.078)
2.00
20.00 20.00
(.059)
1.50
Ø12.00 Ø12.00 (.787) (.787)

(.472DIA) (.472DIA)
(.787)
20.00
Ø18.00 Ø18.00
(.708DIA) (.708DIA)
Curved actuator Flat actuator Flat actuator Curved actuator Wrench available
AV0830C9 AV0730C9 AV6P30C9 AV6B30C9 under P/N U1990.

AV series
Security pushbutton switches Ø 16 mm (.629)
Latching action
ORDER FORMAT
AV 1 1 A OPTIONS
SERIES Actuator Function Case Contacts Terminals See “Options”

06 Flat 1 Off-On 1 Long A Silver 2 Solder page.
OFF ON 16 Curved 4 PC
8 Quick-
connect
• Max. current/voltage rating with resistive load : 1A 24VDC • Case : PA-6T, UL94-V0
• Initial contact resistance : 50mΩ max. • Contacts : silver (A) B2
• Insulation resistance : 1 GΩ min. at 500VDC Gold plated silver (AD) on request
• Dielectric strength : 1.500 Vrms 50 Hz min. between terminals • Bushing and actuator : see
1 000 Vrms 50 Hz between terminals and frame “Options” page
• Electrical life : 100.000 cycles at 1,5A 250VAC
40.000 cycles at 1A 24VDC
• Torque : 5 Nm min. - 14 Nm max. applied to nut CUT-OUT
• Panel cut-out : Ø 16,2 mm (.637)
24 mm x 24 mm (.944 x .944)
• Packaging unit : 25 pieces
BASIC MODEL
Flat or curved actuator - solder lug terminals
3.40
(.133)
3.00 3.00
(.118) (.118) 2.30
(.090)
Flat actuator
(.629DIAX1.00 IS)
AV0611A2 OFF - ON
Ø16.00X1.00 SI
(.708DIA)
(.472DIA)
(.708DIA)
(.472DIA)
Ø18.00
Ø12.00
Ø18.00
Ø12.00
Curved actuator
(.055)
1.40
AV1611A2 OFF - ON
EPOXY
1.50 9.00 15.20
(.059) (.354) (.598)
Straight PC terminals Quick-connect terminals

(.137)
3.50
(.314)
8.00
0.50
(.019) EPOXY EPOXY
5.08 1.10 0.50 1.20

(.094)
2.40
(.200) (.043) (.019) (.047)
2.80
(.047)
Flat actuator Curved actuator Flat actuator Curved actuator

AV0611A4 AV1611A4 AV0611A8 AV1611A8

AV series
Options
After selecting basic model number, Bushing/act.

fill in last 2 boxes material Sealing
with desired options. BASIC MODEL
BUSHING/ACTUATOR MATERIALS
Flat or curved metal actuator

CODE BUSHING ACTUATOR
00 (standard) Nickel plated brass Nickel plated brass

10 Nickel plated brass Stainless steel
40 Stainless steel Stainless steel
B2
SEALING
Blank No sealing
K Front panel sealing (IP65)

AV series
Momentary (NO)
ORDER FORMAT
AV 3 OPTIONS
SERIES Bushing/act. config. Case Function Contacts Terminals See “Options”

09 Flat actuator 000 Long 3 NO A Silver 9 Screw page.
19 Curved actuator 100 Short C Brass 2 Quick-
NO 9P Flat act., knurled nut silver pl. connect
(function 3) 9B Curved act., knurled nut
- A contacts : 4A 12VDC, 500.000 cycles • Contacts : silver (A) B2
- C contacts : 2A 48 VDC, 10.000 cycles or brass, silver plated (C)
• Approved ratings of models with long case and A contacts (AV..000) : • Bushing and actuator : see
UL-CSA : 4A 250VAC - 8A 125VAC - 6.000 cycles “Options” page
• Dielectric strength : 2.000 Vrms 50 Hz min. between terminals and frame CUT-OUT
• Panel cut-out : Ø 19,2 mm
• Torque : 5 Nm min.- 14 Nm max. applied to nut
(.755)
30 mm x 30 mm (1.181x1.181)
(AV9P & AV9B : 25 mm x 25 mm)
BASIC MODEL
ø19.00x1.00 SI
7.30
(.748DIAx1.00 IS)
(.287)
2.00 3.00
(.078) (.118) 2.80
(.110)
Screw terminals
(.047)
1.20
AV091003•9
(.866DIA)
(.590DIA)
ø22.00
ø15.00
Solder lug /
quick-connect term.
(.110x.019)
2.80x0.5
AV091003•2
13.50 5.50 5.00
(.531) (.216) (.196) EPOXY
Contacts : remplace • with A (silver) or C (silver plated brass).
Curved actuator - short case With knurled nut for matrix mounting 25 x 25 - AV9P and AV9B
Ø22.00 Ø22.00 Ø22.00
(.866DIA) (.866DIA) 25.00 25.00
(.866DIA) (.984)
(.984)
Ø15.00 Ø15.00
Ø15.00
(.141)
3.60
(.590DIA) (.590DIA)
(.078)
(.590DIA)
2.00
(.177)
(.177)
4.50
4.50
25.00
(.984)
Screw terminals Flat actuator, screw terminals Curved actuator, screw terminals
AV191003•9 AV9P1003•9 AV9B1003•9
Solder lug / quick-connect terminals Flat actuator, solder lug term. Curved actuator, solder lug term. Wrench available
AV191003•2 AV9P1003•2 AV9B1003•2 under P/N U1929

AV series
Momentary (NO)

Flat actuator - long case - 4A 250VAC/8A 125VAC - UL/CSA - AV09000
3.00 Ø19.00x1.00 SI
(.118) (.748DIAx1.00 IS)
5.00
(.196)
Screw terminals
(.866DIA)
(.590DIA)
Ø22.00
Ø15.00
AV090003A9

2.00 14.80 10.50
(.078) (.582) (.413)
B2 Screw terminals for wires 1,5 mm2 max.
Curved actuator - long case With knurled nut for matrix mounting 25 x 25 - AV9P and AV9B
Ø22.00 Ø22.00 Ø22.00
(.866DIA) (.866DIA) 25.00 25.00
(.866DIA) (.984)
(.984)
Ø15.00 Ø15.00
Ø15.00
(.141)
3.60
(.590DIA) (.590DIA)
(.078)
(.590DIA)
2.00
(.177)
(.177)
4.50
4.50
25.00
(.984)
Screw terminals Flat actuator, screw terminals Curved actuator, screw terminals Wrench available
AV190003A9 AV9P0003A9 AV9B0003A9 under P/N U1929.

AV series
Options
After selecting basic model number, Bush./actuator

fill in last 3 boxes material Marking Sealing

12 Nickel plated brass Chrome plated brass
20 Chrome plated brass Chrome plated brass
30 Chrome plated brass Stainless steel B2
80 Varnished polished brass Varnished polished brass
Flat thermoplastic actuator

CODE BUSHING ACTUATOR COLOUR
0• (standard) Nickel plated brass Replace • with one of the following codes.
2• Chrome plated brass 1 : blue - 1/4 : dark blue - 2 : black - 3 : green
8• Varnished polished brass 4 : grey - 5 : yellow - 6 : red - 7/1: white
9 : orange
MARKING Select an option from each of the two tables below.

- By engraving on flat or curved
TYPE OF MARKING COLOUR OF MARKING
brass actuator (stainless steel on
request) CODE TYPE CODE COLOUR
- by hot stamping on flat
thermoplastic actuator 0 to 9 Numbers 0 to 9 Brass actuator
X Symbol * 0 (standard) Same as finish
Ø15.00 Y Symbol # 2 Black
(0.590DIA)
A to N Letters A to N
Note : a finished product supplied in
P to W Letters P to W version “0” cannot be modified to
0
(0.314)
Letter O version "2".

8.00
1.50
(0.059)
Letter O : same code and same design as Thermoplastic actuator
number 0.
2 Black
For special symbols, consult factory.
7 White
Minimum order : 500 pieces
SEALING
Blank No sealing
➀ internal gasket
K Frontal panel sealing (IP65) ➁ external gasket

AV series
Momentary (NC/NO)
ORDER FORMAT
Series Bushing Bush./act. Actuator Bush./act. Contact/
diameter config. style matl terminals
AV 19 L 40 7
P
3 1 2 4
B See below
Combined NC/NO
• Max. current/voltage rating with resistive load : • Case : PA 6/6
B2 5A 250VAC - 5A 125VAC - 6.000 cycles • Contacts : silver
5A 15VDC - 3A 30VDC - 50.000 cycles • Bushing : stainless steel (std)
• Initial contact resistance : 100 mΩ max. • Actuator : stainless steel (std)
• Dielectric strength : 2.000 Vrms 50 Hz min. between term. and frame
• Panel thickness : 1 (.039) to 9 mm (.354) max. CUT-OUT
• Operating temperature : -20°C to +85°C • Panel cut-out : Ø 19,2 mm (.755)
• Low level or mechanical life : 1.000.000 cycles • Min. pitch for matrix mounting :
• Front panel sealing : IP65 and IP69K 30 mm x 30 mm (1.181x1.181)
All model numbers below are for switches with standard bushing/actuator material.
BASIC MODEL
Solder lug terminals - AV19..407 ➞ O-ring Hex nut 22 (.866) across flats
2.00
(.059)
(.078)
1.50
3.60 Ø19.00X1.00 SI
(.141) (.748DIAX1.00 IS) (.019)
0.50
Flat actuator
2.00
(.078)
AV19LP407
4
(.866DIA)
(.866DIA)
Ø22.00
Ø15.00
Ø22.00
Ø15.00
2
(.590)
(.590)
Curved actuator
1
AV19LB407
3
13.10 12.60 3.60

(.515) (.496) (.141)
BUSHING/ACTUATOR MATERIALS For non-standard material, replace 40 with one of the following codes.
00 Nickel plated brass Nickel plated brass

AV series
With illuminated ring - momentary (NC/NO)
ORDER FORMAT Options : see next page.
AV 9 2
SERIES Bushing dia. 19 mm LED resistor Contacts Terminals

0 No resistor supplied 2 Silver 2 Solder /
LED colour 1 12VDC resistor quick-connect
0 : no LED - 1 : blue - V : green 2 24VDC resistor F Flying leads
NC/NO 5 : yellow - 6 : red - 7 : white - 9 : amber 4 48VDC resistor C Cable
• Travel : 2 mm ± 0,3 mm (.003) • Case : polyamide, glass filled
• Max. current/voltage rating with resistive load : 1A 30VDC • Contacts : silver
• LED voltage : 12VDC, 24VDC or 48VDC • Bushing : see next page
B2
(If not supplied by APEM, a resistor must be series-connected by the user)** • Actuator : see next page
• Initial contact resistance : 100 mΩ max. • Elastomeric membrane : silicone
• Insulation resistance : 10 MΩ min. at 500VDC • LED
• Dielectric strength : 500 Vrms 50 Hz min. between terminals
• Electrical life : 250.000 cycles at full load CUT-OUT
• Operating force : 5N ± 2N
• Torque : 5 Nm min.- 14 Nm max. applied to nut • Panel cut-out : Ø 19,2 mm (.755)
• Panel thickness : 1 (.039) to 6 mm (.236) max. • Min. pitch for matrix mounting :
• Low level or mechanical life : 1.000.000 cycles 30 mm x 30 mm (1.181x1.181)
• Hand soldering : 350°C, 5 seconds max. To order a product, select a basic
• Packaging unit : flying lead/cable models : 1 piece - other models : 40 pieces model below and add the desired LED
** Resistor value = supply voltage - LED forward voltage colour and voltage. Then select the
LED forward current desired options on next page.

Flat actuator - solder lug terminals
2.20 3.00
(.086) (.118)
NC NO
(.110x.019)
2.80x0.50
Illuminated (select LED colour above) *
(.748DIAx1.00 IS)
AV9•022
Ø19.00x1.00 SI
+
(.866DIA)
Ø22.00
Non-illuminated -
AV90022
NO NC
22.00 11.60 12.10 8.30
(.866) (.456) (.476) (.326)
* No LED resistor supplied on this model.

Flat actuator - flying lead terminals
2.20 3.00 Ø15.00
(.086) (.118) Ø19.00x1.00 SI
(.590DIA)
(.748DIAx1.00 IS)
Illuminated (select LED colour & resistor

above)
(.866DIA)
AV9••2F
Ø22.00
Non-illuminated
AV9002F
11.60 12.10 200 Ø12.00
(.456) (.476) (7.874) (.472DIA)
Wire colours : black: NC, orange: NO, red: LED anode (+), blue : LED cathode (-)

AV series

Flat actuator - cable terminals
2.20 3.00
(.086) (.118) Ø19.00x1.00 SI
(.748DIAx1.00 IS)
Illuminated (select colour & resistor)

AV9••2C
(.866DIA)
Ø22.00
Non-illuminated
AV9002C
11.60 12.10 200

(.456) (.476) (7.874)
B2
After selecting basic model No., Flying lead Flying lead/ Ring Bushing /
fill in last 5 boxes protection cable length colour plunger mat. Sealing
FLYING LEAD PROTECTION

0 No protection and/or no flying leads
1 Heat-shrink sleeves
2 Tube + epoxy
FLYING LEAD/CABLE LENGTH

000 No flying leads / no cable
020 Length 20 cm (standard)
XXX Length in centimeters
RING COLOURS BUSHING/PLUNGER MATERIALS

CODE COLOUR CODE COLOUR CODE BUSHING ACTUATOR
1 Blue 6 Red 00 Brass, nickel plated Brass, nickel plated

2 Black * 7 Opal white (std) 40 Stainless steel 303 Stainless steel 303
3 Green 8 Translucent 4A Stainless steel 304 Stainless steel 304
4 Grey * 9 Orange 4B Stainless steel 316 Stainless steel 316
5 Yellow Other : on request.
* non-illuminated only
SEALING
Blank No sealing
➀ internal membrane
K Front panel sealing (IP67) ➁ external gasket

AV series
Illuminated and non-illuminated - latching
ORDER FORMAT
AV 1 E A OPTIONS
LED colour
SERISE Actuator type Bush./act. Illumin. Function Terminals See next
config. 0 No LED page.
09 Flat 0 No 1 Blue 2 Solder
19 Curved L Illum. Contacts 4 PC
3 Green
5 Yellow 8 Quick-
6 Red connect
• Max. current/voltage rating with resistive load : 2A 48 VDC • Case : PA6T UL94-V0
• LED voltage and consumption : blue 3,5V 10mA, green : 2V 10mA • Contacts : silver B2
yellow & red : 2V 20mA (a resistor must be series-connected by the user)** • Bushing and actuator : see
• Initial contact resistance : 50 mΩ max. next page
• Insulation resistance : 1.000 MΩ min. at 500VDC • LED
• Dielectric strength : 1 000 Vrms 50 Hz min. between terminals
500 Vrms 50 Hz min. between terminals and frame
CUT-OUT
• Electrical life : 500.000 cycles at 2A 48VDC
• Operating temperature : -30°C to +70°C 30 mm x 30 mm (1.181 x 1.181)
• Packaging unit : 20 pieces model below and add the desired
** Resistor value = supply voltage - LED forward voltage options selected on next page.
LED forward current
Standard actuator position : the actuator is flush in the non-latched position and recessed in the latched position.

Ø19.00x1.00 SI
(.748DIAx1.00 IS) 3.00
3.60 2.00 (.118) NC
(.141) (.078)
(.019)
0.50
2.30
(.090)
Flat actuator *
AV09100EA2 ON - ON
(.866DIA)
(.590DIA)
Ø22.00
Curved actuator
Ø15.00
AV19100EA2 ON - ON
NO
(.055)
1.40
NC
13.50 10.70 2.80

(.531) (.421) (.110)
* Also available with prominent actuator in the non-latched position

Ø19.00x1.00 SI
(.748DIAx1.00 IS) 3.00
2.00 (.118) NC
(.078)
(.019)
0.50
2.30
(.090)
Flat actuator
AV091L•EA2 ON - ON
(.866DIA)
(.590DIA)
Ø22.00
Ø15.00
NO
(.055)
1.40
(.125DIA)
Ø3.20
NC
13.50 10.70 2.80

(.531) (.421) (.110)
Replace • with desired LED colour.

AV series
Latching - Options

(.133)
3.40
8.00
(.314)
1.20
(.094)
2.40
1.10 (.047)
(.043)
2.80
(.110)
Replace 2 with 4 at the end of the model Replace 2 with 8 at the end of the model
numbers shown on previous page. numbers shown on previous page.
B2
After selecting basic model number, Bushing/
fill in last 2 boxes act. material Sealing
CODE BUSHING ATUATOR

00 (std) Nickel plated brass Nickel plated brass
50 Stainless steel Nickel plated brass
SEALING
Blank No sealing
1 2
➀ elastomeric membrane

AV series
Snap-action security pushbutton switches Ø 19 mm (.748)
Illuminated and non-illuminated - momentary (NO)
ORDER FORMAT
AV C7 3 D OPTIONS
SERIES Actuator type Case Illumin. Function Terminals See next

09 Flat 0 No 2 Solder page
19 Curved L Illum. Contact 9 Screw
NO
(function 3)
• Travel : 0,7 mm (.027) ±0,1 mm (.003) • Case : PBT UL94-V0
• Max. current/voltage rating with resistive load : 50mA 24VDC • Terminals : brass, gold plated
• LED voltage and consumption : 2-colour LED : 2V (3V max.) 20mA • Contacts : gold plated dome
B2
Other colours : 2V (3V max.) 10mA • Bushing and actuator : see next page
A resistor must be series-connected by the user ** • LED
• Dielectric strength : 500 Vrms 50 Hz min. between terminals CUT-OUT
• Electrical life : 1.000.000 cycles at full load • Panel cut-out : Ø 19,2 mm
• Operating force : 7 N ±-2N (.755)
• Torque : 5 Nm min.- 14 Nm max. applied to nut • Min. pitch for matrix mounting :
• Panel thickness : 1 (.039) to 6 mm (.236) max. 30 mm x 30 mm (1.181x1.181)
LED forward current

Flat actuator - non-illuminated
Ø19.00x1.00 SI
(.748DIAx1.00 IS)
2.00 2.00 3.00
(.078) (.078) (.118) 1.90
(.074)
(.043)
1.10
AV09C703D2
(.866DIA)
(.590DIA)
(.866DIA)
(.590DIA)
Ø22.00
Ø15.00
Ø22.00
Ø15.00
Screw terminals
AV09C703D9 EPOXY
4.15
(.163)
13.50 13.20 13.50 3.90

Also available with curved actuator : (.531) (.519) (.531) (.153)
AV19C703D2 or AV19C703D9

Flat actuator - illuminated
Ø19.00x1.00 SI
(.748DIAx1.00 IS)
2.00 2.00 3.00
(.078) (.078) (.118) 1.90
(.074)

(.043)
1.10
AV09C7L3D2
(.866DIA)
(.590DIA)
(.393DIA)
(.866DIA)
(.590DIA)
Ø22.00
Ø15.00
Ø10.00
Ø22.00
Ø15.00
Screw terminals + -
AV09C7L3D9 EPOXY
4.15
(.163)
13.50 13.20 13.50 3.90

(.531) (.519) (.531) (.153)

AV series
Snap-action security pushbutton switches Ø 19 mm (.748)
Options
After selecting basic model no., Bushing/act. LED

fill in last 4 boxes material colour Marking Sealing
Non-illuminated models Illuminated models

CODE BUSHING ACTUATOR CODE BUSHING ACTUATOR
00 (std) Nickel plated brass Nickel plated brass 00 (std) Nickel plated brass Nickel plated brass
10 Nickel plated brass Stainless steel 20 Chrome plated brass Chrome plated brass
B2 30 Chrome plated brass Stainless steel 40 Stainless steel Stainless steel
40 Stainless steel Stainless steel 50 Stainless steel Nickel plated brass
80 Varnished polished brass Varnished polished brass 80 Varnished polished brass Varnished polished brass
LED COLOURS
Blank No LED
1: Blue - 3 : Green - 5 : Yellow - 6 : Red - 7 : White - 9 : Amber - 2 : Red/green

For flat or curved actuator.
- by engraving on non-illuminated
CODE TYPE CODE COLOUR
request). 0 to 9 Numbers 0 to 9 Non-illuminated actuators
- by hot stamping on thermoplastic
insert (illuminated actuators)
Y Symbol # 2 Black
Ø10.00 P to W Letters P to W version “0” cannot be modified to
(0.393DIA)
0 Letter O version "2".
Letter O : same code and same design as Illuminated actuators
(0.314)
8.00
number 0.
2 Black (on white)
1.50
(0.059)
1.00
(0.039)
SEALING
Blank No sealing
➀ internal gasket

AV series
Snap-action security pushbuttons Ø 19 mm (.748) with overmolded actuator
ORDER FORMAT
AV 9 D OPTIONS
SERIES Bush./act. Illumination Contacts Terminals See next

configuration S0 No 2 Solder page
SL Illum. 9 Screw
NO
(function 3)
• Travel : 0,7 mm (.027) ± 0,1 mm (.003) • Case : PBT UL94-V0
B2
Other colours : 2V (3V max.) 10mA • Bushing : see next page
(a resistor must be series-connected by the user)** • Actuator : stainless steel, with
• Initial contact resistance : 100 mΩ max. thermoplastic overmolding
• Electrical life : 1.000.000 cycles at full load CUT-OUT
• Operating force : 7 N ±2N
• Operating temperature : -30°C to +70°C 30 mm x 30 mm (1.181x1.181)
• Packaging unit : 16 pieces To order a product, select a basic
** Resistor value = supply voltage - LED forward voltage model below and add the desired
LED forward current options selected on next page.

3.00
2.00 2.00 (.118)
(.078) (.078) 1.90
(.074)
Illuminated
(.043)
1.10
AV9SLD2
(.866DIA)
(.590DIA)
(.393DIA)
(.866DIA)
(.590DIA)
Ø22.00
Ø15.00
Ø10.00
Ø22.00
Ø15.00
Non-illuminated
AV9S0D2 EPOXY
4.15
(.163)
9.80 4.30
(.385) (.169)
Also available with bushing Ø 22 (.866) : on request.

Flat actuator - screw terminals
3.00
2.00 2.00 (.118)
(.078) (.078) 9.00
(.354)
Illuminated
AV9SLD9
(.866DIA)
(.590DIA)
(.393DIA)
(.866DIA)
(.590DIA)
Ø22.00
Ø15.00
Ø10.00
Ø22.00
Ø15.00
Non-illuminated
AV9S0D9
9.80 4.30
(.385) (.169)
Also available with bushing Ø 22 (.866) : on request.

AV series
Options
After selecting basic model no., Bushing Over- LED Actuator

fill in last 5 boxes material molding colour type Sealing
BUSHING MATERIALS OVERMOLDING COLOURS LED COLOURS

CODE MATERIAL CODE COLOUR CODE COLOUR CODE COLOUR
0 (std) Nickel plated brass 1 Blue 6 Red Blank No LED

2 Chrome plated brass 2 Black * 7 White 1 Blue
4 Stainless steel 3 Green 8 Translucent 2 Red/green
5 Gold plated brass 4 Grey * 9 Orange 3 ** Green
6 Chrome plated brass, satin 5 Yellow V ** Green, high intensity
B2 7 Chrome pl. brass, matt black * non-illuminated only 5 Yellow
8 Varnished polished brass 6 Red
9 Polished brass 7 White
9 Amber
** To order a green LED for actuator style 002, always use code V.
Other actuator styles can be ordered with LED code 3 or V.
ACTUATOR STYLES
The ring and symbols are obtained by photochemical engraving of a stainless steel insert.
The insert is then overmolded in the desired colour.
The following actuator styles are available. For other types, consult factory.
CODE 001 002 003 004 005

Illuminated Illuminated Loudspeaker
DESCRIPTION Arrow Opening
ring and disc ring OFF
RING/SYMBOL
CODE 006 008 009 010 011
DESCRIPTION Validation Closing Standby Cancel Power
SYMBOL
SEALING
Blank No sealing Recommended panel mounting for IP69K
K Front panel sealing (IP67) ➁ external gasket K Front panel sealing (IP69K)

14bis-Serie AV-2-A_18-Serie AV-A 21/11/12 15:37 Page95
AV series
ORDER FORMAT
AV 3 D OPTIONS
SERIES Bush./act. Illumination Contacts Terminals See next

configuration S0 No 2 Solder page
SL Illum. 9 Screw
NO
(function 3)
• Travel : 0,7 mm (.027) ± 0,1 mm (.003) • Case : PBT UL94-V0
B2
Other colours : 2V (3V max.) 10mA • Bushing : see next page
(a resistor must be series-connected by the user)** • Actuator : stainless steel, with
• Initial contact resistance : 100 mΩ max. thermoplastic overmolding
• Electrical life : 1.000.000 cycles at full load CUT-OUT
• Operating force : 7 N ±2N
• Packaging unit : 16 pieces To order a product, select a basic
** Resistor value = supply voltage - LED forward voltage model below and add the desired
LED forward current options selected on next page.

2.00 4.00
(.078) 2.00 (.157)
(.078) 1.90
(.074)
Illuminated
(.043)
1.10
AV3SLD2
(.984DIA)
(.590DIA)
(.590DIA)
(.393DIA)
(.984DIA)
Ø25.00
Ø25.00
Ø15.00
Ø15.00
Ø10.00
Non-illuminated
AV3S0D2 EPOXY
4.15
(.163)
9.30 4.80
(.366) (.188)

Flat actuator - screw terminals
2.00 4.00
(.078) 2.00 (.157)
(.078) 9.00
(.354)
Illuminated
AV3SLD9
(.590DIA)
(.590DIA)
(.393DIA)
(.984DIA)
(.984DIA)
Ø25.00
Ø25.00
Ø15.00
Ø15.00
Ø10.00
Non-illuminated
AV3S0D9
9.30 4.80
(.366) (.188)

AV series
Options
After selecting basic model no., Bushing Over- LED Actuator

fill in last 5 boxes material molding colour type Sealing
BUSHING MATERIALS OVERMOLDING COLOURS LED COLOURS

CODE MATERIAL CODE COLOUR CODE COLOUR CODE COLOUR
0 (std) Nickel plated brass 1 Blue 6 Red Blank No LED

2 Chrome plated brass 2 Black * 7 White 1 Blue
4 Stainless steel 3 Green 8 Translucent 2 Red/green
5 Gold plated brass 4 Grey * 9 Orange 3 ** Green
6 Chrome plated brass, satin 5 Yellow V ** Green, high intensity
B2 7 Chrome pl. brass, matt black * non-illuminated only 5 Yellow
8 Varnished polished brass 6 Red
9 Polished brass 7 White
9 Amber
** To order a green LED for actuator style 002, always use code V.
Other actuator styles can be ordered with LED code 3 or V.
ACTUATOR STYLES
The ring and symbols are obtained by photochemical engraving of a stainless steel insert.
The insert is then overmolded in the desired colour.
The following actuator styles are available. For other types, consult factory.
CODE 001 002 003 004 005

Illuminated Illuminated Loudspeaker
DESCRIPTION Arrow Opening
ring and disc ring OFF
RING/SYMBOL
CODE 006 008 009 010 011
DESCRIPTION Validation Closing Standby Cancel Power
SYMBOL
SEALING
Blank No sealing Recommended panel mounting for IP69K
K Front panel sealing (IP67) ➁ external gasket K Front panel sealing (IP69K)

AV series
Momentary (NO)
ORDER FORMAT
AV 3 OPTIONS
SERIES Bushing/act. configuration Case Function Contacts Terminals See “Options”

03 Flat actuator 000 Long 3 NO A Silver 9 Screw page.
02 Curved actuator 100 Short C Brass, 2 Quick-
NO M2 Curved act.+flatted bush. silver pl. connect
(function 3) M3 Flat act.+flatted bush.
- A contacts : 4A 12VDC, 500.000 cycles • Contacts : silver (A) or B2
- C contacts : 2A 48 VDC, 10.000 cycles brass, silver plated (C)
• Approved ratings of models with long case and A contacts (AV..000) : • Bushing and actuator : see
UL-CSA : 4A 250VAC - 8A 125VAC - 6.000 cycles “Options” page
• Dielectric strength : 2.000 Vrms 50 Hz min. between terminals and frame CUT-OUTS
2.000 Vrms 50 Hz min. between terminals • Panel cut-out : Ø 22,2 mm
• Torque : 5 Nm min.- 14 Nm max. applied to nut (.874)
To order a product, select a basic model below or on next page and add the desired options.
BASIC MODEL
ø22.00x1.00 SI
(.866DIAx1.00 IS)
7.30
2.00 3.00 (.287)
(.078) (.118)
2.80
(.110)
Screw terminals
(.047)
1.20
AV031003•9
(.984DIA)
(.59DIA)
ø25.00
ø15.00
Solder lug /
quick-connect term.
(.110x.019)
2.80x0.5
AV031003•2
12.70 6.30 5.00 EPOXY
(.500) (.248) (.196)
Contacts : remplace • with A (silver) or C (silver plated brass).
Curved actuator - short case Flatted bushing - short case - AVM3 and AVM2
Ø25.00 Ø15.00
(.984DIA) Ø25.00
(.590DIA) (.984DIA)
Ø15.00
(.141)
3.60
(.078)
(.590DIA)
2.00
Ø22.20
(.874DIA)
Screw terminals Flat actuator, screw terminals 10.00

AV021003•9 AVM31003•9 (.393 )
Solder lug / quick-connect terminals Curved actuator, screw terminals

AV021003•2 AVM21003•9

AV series
Momentary (NO) - momentary (NC) - alternate action

Flat actuator - long case - 4A 250VAC/8A 125VAC - UL/CSA - AV03000
Ø22.00x1.00 SI
(.866DIAx1.00 IS)
2.00 3.00
(.078) (.118)
Screw terminals
(.984DIA)
(.59DIA)
Ø25.00
AV030003A9
Ø15.00
15.00 10.00 5.00
(.590) (.248) (.196)
B2 Screw terminals for wires 1,5 mm2 max.
Curved actuator - long case Flatted bushing - long case - AVM3 and AVM2
Ø25.00 Ø15.00
(.984DIA) Ø25.00
(.590DIA) (.984DIA)
Ø15.00
(.141)
3.60
(.078)
(.590DIA)
2.00
Ø22.20
Flat actuator, screw terminals (.874DIA)
AVM30003•9
Screw terminals Curved actuator, screw terminals 10.00
(.393 )
AV020003A9 AVM20003•9
MOMENTARY NORMALLY CLOSED MODEL (NC)

Bushing Ø 22 (.866) - AV..1200
• Single pole, screw terminals, without marking Ø22.00x1.00 SI
(.866DIAx1.00 IS)
• Silver plated copper contacts (C) 2.00 3.00
Ø3.00x0.50

(.118DIAx.0.50)
(.078) (.118)
2A 250VAC - 3A 125VAC - 2,5A 24VDC

2.000 Vrms 50 Hz min. betw. term. and frame
2.000 Vrms. 50 Hz min. between terminals
(.984DIA)
(.59DIA)
(.59DIA)
Ø25.00
Ø15.00
Ø15.00
(.519)
13.20
• Electrical life : 100.000 cycles at 0,3A 24VAC or DC
10.000 cycles at full load
Flat actuator Curved actuator 3.60 14.00 15.40 7.00
AV031202C900 AV021202C900
(.141) (.551) (.606) (.275)

Bushing Ø 22 (.866) - alternate action - AV..4700 Ø22.00x1.00 SI
• Double pole, solder lug/quick-connect term., curved actuator (.866DIAx1.00 IS)
• Silver contacts 1.60 3.00

(.118)
(.063)
(.019x.110)
0.50x2.80
3(1,5)A 250VAC - 6A 125VAC - 3A 24VAC or DC

(.228)
5.80
3.000 Vrms min. between terminals and frame
(.984DIA)
(.59DIA)
Ø25.00
Ø15.00
50.000 cycles at 1A 24VAC or DC

(.330)
8.40
• Mechanical life : 100.000 cycles

3.60 14.00 20.60 7.20
AV044746A200 ON - ON (.141) (.551) (.811) (.283)
Further specifications : see previous page. Bushing/actuator materials, marking and sealing : see ”options” on next page.

AV series
Options
After selecting basic model number, Bush./actuator

fill in last 3 boxes material Marking Sealing

12 Nickel plated brass Chrome plated brass
30 Chrome plated brass Stainless steel B2
80 ** Varnished polished brass Varnished polished brass
Flat thermoplastic actuator

0• (standard) Nickel plated brass Replace • with one of the following codes.
2• Chrome plated brass 1 : blue - 1/4 : dark blue - 2 : black - 3 : green
8• Varnished polished brass 4 : grey - 5 : yellow - 6 : red - 7/1: white
9 : orange

- By engraving on flat or curved
request) CODE TYPE CODE COLOUR
- by hot stamping on flat
thermoplastic actuator 0 to 9 Numbers 0 to 9 Brass actuator
Ø15.00 Y Symbol # 2 Black
(0.590DIA)
P to W Letters P to W version “0” cannot be modified to
0
(0.314)
Letter O
8.00
version "2".
1.50
(0.059)
Letter O : same code and same design as Thermoplastic actuator
number 0.
2 Black
7 White
SEALING
Blank No sealing
➀ internal gasket

AV series
ORDER FORMAT Options : see next page.
AV 3 2
SERIES Bushing dia. 22 mm LED resistor Contacts Terminals

0 No resistor supplied 2 Silver 2 Solder /
LED colour 1 12VDC resistor quick-connect
0 : no LED - 1 : blue - V : green 2 24VDC resistor F Flying leads
NC/NO 5 : yellow - 6 : red - 7 : white - 9 : amber 4 48VDC resistor C Cable
• Travel : 2 mm ± 0,3 mm (.003) • Case : polyamide, glass filled
• Max. current/voltage rating with resistive load : 1A 30VDC • Contacts : silver
B2 • LED voltage : 12VDC, 24VDC or 48VDC • Bushing : see next page
(If not supplied by APEM, a resistor must be series-connected by the user)** • Actuator : see next page
• Initial contact resistance : 100 mΩ max. • Elastomeric membrane : silicone
• Insulation resistance : 10 MΩ min. at 500VDC • LED
• Electrical life : 250.000 cycles at full load CUT-OUT
• Operating force : 5N ± 2N
• Low level or mechanical life : 1.000.000 cycles 30 mm x 30 mm (1.181x1.181)
• Packaging unit : flying lead/cable models : 1 piece - other models : 40 pieces model below and add the desired LED
** Resistor value = supply voltage - LED forward voltage colour and voltage. Then select the
LED forward current desired options on next page.

2.20 4.00
(.086) (.157)
NC NO
(.110x.019)
2.80x0.50
Illuminated (select LED colour above) *
(.866DIAx1.00 IS)
AV3•022
Ø22.00x1.00 SI
+
(.984DIA)
Ø25.00
Non-illuminated -
AV30022
NO NC
25.00 11.60 12.10 8.30
(.984) (.456) (.476) (.326)
* No LED resistor supplied on this model.

Flat actuator - flying lead terminals
2.20 4.00
(.157) Ø22.00x1.00 SI Ø15.00
(.086) (.866DIAx1.00 IS) (.590DIA)
Illuminated (select LED colour & resistor

above)
(.984DIA)
Ø25.00
AV3••2F
Non-illuminated
AV3002F
Ø12.00
11.60 12.10 200 (.472DIA)
(.456) (.476) (7.874)
Wire colours : black: NC, orange: NO, red: LED anode (+), blue : LED cathode (-)

AV series
With illuminated ring - momentary changeover (NC/NO)

Flat actuator - cable terminals
2.20 4.00
(.157) Ø22.00x1.00 SI
(.086) (.866DIAx1.00 IS)
Illuminated (select colour & resistor)

AV3••2C
(.984DIA)
Ø25.00
Non-illuminated
AV3002C
11.60 12.10 200

(.456) (.476) (7.874)
B2
After selecting basic model No., Flying lead Flying lead/ Ring Bushing /
fill in last 5 boxes protection cable length colour plunger mat. Sealing
FLYING LEAD PROTECTION

0 No protection and/or no flying leads
1 Heat-shrink sleeves
2 Tube + epoxy
WIRE/CABLE LENGTH
000 No flying leads / no cable
020 Length 20 cm (7.874) - standard
XXX Length in centimeters
RING COLOURS BUSHING/PLUNGER MATERIALS

CODE COLOUR CODE COLOUR CODE BUSHING ACTUATOR
1 Blue 6 Red 00 Brass, nickel plated Brass, nickel plated

2 Black * 7 Opal white (std) 40 Stainless steel 303 Stainless steel 303
3 Green 8 Translucent 4A Stainless steel 304 Stainless steel 304
4 Grey * 9 Orange 4B Stainless steel 316 Stainless steel 316
5 Yellow Other : on request.
* non-illuminated only
SEALING
Blank No sealing

AV series
ORDER FORMAT
AV 1 E A OPTIONS
LED colour
SERIES Actuator type Bush./act. Illumin. Function Terminals See next
config. 0 No LED page.
03 Flat 0 No 1 Blue 2 Solder
02 Curved L Illum. Contacts 4 PC
3 Green
5 Yellow 8 Quick-
6 Red connect
• Max. current/voltage rating with resistive load : 2A 48 VDC • Case : PA6T UL94-V0
B2 • LED voltage and consumption : blue 3,5V 10mA, green : 2V 10mA • Contacts : silver
yellow & red : 2V 20mA (a resistor must be series-connected by the user)** • Actuator and bushing : see
• Initial contact resistance : 50 mΩ max. next page
• Dielectric strength : 1 000 Vrms 50 Hz min. between terminals
500 Vrms 50 Hz min. between terminals and frame
CUT-OUT
• Electrical life : 500.000 cycles at 2A 48VDC
LED forward current
Standard actuator position : the actuator is flush in the non-latched position and recessed in the latched position.

Ø22.00x1.00 SI
(.866DIAx1.00 IS) 3.00
(.118) NC
3.80 2.00
(.149) (.078)
(.019)
0.50
2.30
(.090)
Flat actuator *
AV03100EA2 ON - ON
(.984DIA)
(.590DIA)
Ø25.00
Ø15.00
Curved actuator
AV02100EA2 ON - ON NO
(.055)
1.40
NC
12.70 11.50 2.80

(.500) (.045) (.110)
* Also available with prominent actuator in the non-latched position

Ø22.00x1.00 SI
(.866DIAx1.00 IS) 3.00
(.118) NC
2.00
(.078)
(.019)
0.50
2.30
(.090)
Flat actuator
AV031L•EA2 ON - ON
(.984DIA)
(.590DIA)
Ø25.00
Ø15.00
NO
(.055)
1.40
(.125DIA)
Ø3.20
NC
12.70 11.50 2.80

(.500) (.045) (.110)
Replace • with desired LED colour.

AV series

(.133)
3.40
8.00
(.314)
1.20
(.094)
2.40
1.10 (.047)
(.043)
2.80
(.110)
Replace 2 with 4 at the end of the model Replace 2 with 8 at the end of the model
numbers shown on previous page. numbers shown on previous page.
B2
After selecting basic model number, Bushing/
fill in last 2 boxes act. material Sealing

00 (std) Nickel plated brass Nickel plated brass
50 Stainless steel Nickel plated brass
SEALING
Blank No sealing
1 2
➀ elastomeric membrane

AV series
Security pushbutton switches Ø 22 mm (.866) or 24 mm (.944) with large actuator
Momentary (combined NC+NO)
ORDER FORMAT
AV L OPTIONS
SERIES Bushing Bush./act. Act. style Bush./actuator Terminals

diameter config. P Flat material 4 Quick-
22 22 mm B Curved See next page connect
24 24 mm C Recessed 2 Solder lug
Combined NC+NO
• Max. current/voltage rating with resistive load : 5A 250VAC • Case : polyester, glass filled
B2 • Initial contact resistance : 100 mΩ max. • Contacts : silver/nickel alloy
• Insulation resistance : 1.000 MΩ min. at 500VDC • Bushing and actuator :
• Dielectric strength : 2.000 Vrms 50 Hz min. between terminals and frame see next page.
• Electrical life : 1.000.000 cycles at 1A 250VAC
• Torque : 5 Nm min.- 14 Nm max. applied to nut CUT-OUT
• Panel cut-out : Ø 22,2 mm
(.874) or Ø 24,2 mm (.952)
• Front panel sealing : IP65
30 mm x 30 mm (1.181x1.181)
or 33 mm x 33 mm (1.299x1.299)
• Packaging unit : 20 pieces (except black chrome plated : 16 pieces)
To order a product, select a basic model below or on next page and add the desired bushing/actuator materials.
BASIC MODEL
Flat actuator - AV22LP ➞ O-ring Hex nut 25 (.984) across flats
4.00 3.60
(.157) (.141)
(.279)
7.10
2.80X0.50
(.866DIAX1.00 IS)
(.110X.019)
Ø22.00X1.00 SI
AV22LP••4
(1.023DIA)
(.787DIA)
Ø26.00
Ø20.00
(.019)
0.50

(.051)
1.30
AV22LP••2
2.40
(.250)
3.00 12.50 12.80
(.118) (.492) (.503)
Curved actuator - AV22LB Recessed actuator - AV22LC
Quick-connect terminals Quick-connect terminals

AV22LB••4 AV22LC••4
Solder lug terminals Solder lug terminals

AV series
Security pushbutton switches Ø 22 mm (.866) or 24 mm (.944) with large actuator
BASIC MODEL
Flat actuator - low profile - AV24LP ➞ O-ring Hex nut 27 (1.062) across flats
4.00
(.157)
3.60
(.141)
(.279)
7.10
2.80X0.50
(.110X.019)
(.944DIAX1.00 IS)
Ø24.00X1.00 SI
(1.181DIA)
(.787DIA)
AV24LP••4
Ø30.00
Ø20.00
(.019)
0.50
(.051)
1.30
AV24LP••2
2.40
(.250)
1.30
(.051)
14.20
(.559)
13.00
(.511)
B2
Curved actuator - AV24LB Recessed actuator - AV24LC
Quick-connect terminals Quick-connect terminals

Solder lug terminals Solder lug terminals
Models with non-anodized actuator

40 (standard) Stainless steel Stainless steel
Models with anodized actuator

1• Black chrome plated brass Replace • with one of the following codes :
2• Chrome plated brass 1 : blue - 2 : black - 3 : pale green - 3F : dark green - 4 : natural - 5 : gold yellow
4• Stainless steel 6 : red - 6B : maroon

AV series
Mushroom head security pushbutton switches Ø 22 mm (.866)
ORDER FORMAT
AV 22 PNA OPTIONS
SERIES Bushing Bush./act. Actuator colour Terminals

diameter config. See below 4 Quick-
connect
2 Solder lug
Combined NC+NO
• Max. current/voltage rating with resistive load : 5A 250VAC • Case : polyester, glass filled
B2 • Initial contact resistance : 100 mΩ max. • Contacts : silver/nickel alloy
• Insulation resistance : 1.000 MΩ min. at 500VDC • Bushing : brass, nickel plated
• Dielectric strength : 2.000 Vrms 50 Hz min. between terminals and frame • Actuator : aluminium, anodized
• Electrical life : 1.000.000 cycles at 1A 250VAC
• Panel thickness : 1 (.039) to 6 mm (.236) max. CUT-OUT
• Operating temperature : -20°C to +55°C • Panel cut-out : Ø 22,2 mm
• Low level or mechanical life : 1.000.000 cycles (.874)
• Front panel sealing : IP65 • Min. pitch for matrix mounting :
• Hand soldering : 300°C, 5 sec. max. 30 mm x 30 mm (1.181x1.181)
To order a product, select a basic model below and add the desired actuator colour.
BASIC MODEL
Mushroom head actuator - AV22PNA ➞ O-ring Hex nut 25 (.984) across flats
4.00
(.157) 3.60
(.141)
(.279)
7.10
(.866DIAX1.00 IS)
2.80X0.50
Ø22.00X1.00 SI
(.110X.019)
AV22PNA•4
(1.181DIA)
Ø30.00
(.019)
0.50

(.051)
1.30
AV22PNA•2
2.40
(.250)
10.80 8.60 12.80
(.425) (.338) (.503)
ACTUATOR ANODIZATION COLOURS

1 : blue - 2 : black - 3 : pale green - 3F : dark green - 4 : natural - 5 : gold yellow - 6 : red - 6B : maroon

1200 series
Momentary pushbutton switches - round plunger
❑ Butt action contacts, double break
❑ NF (EN 61058-1), UL and CSA approved
B2
• Max. current/voltage rating with resistive load : • Case : polyamide
- silver contacts (A) : 4A 250VAC - 8A 125VAC - 4A 24VDC - 8A 12VDC • Plunger : polyamide
- silver plated copper contacts. (C) : 2A 250VAC - 3A 125VAC • Bushing : brass, nickel plated
2A 24VDC - 3A 12VDC • Contacts :
• Initial contact resistance : 10 mΩ A : silver
• Insulation resistance : 1.000 MΩ min. at 500VDC C : copper, silver plated
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS AGENCY APPROVALS

• Torque : 1,50 Nm (1.10 Ft.lb) 2A 250VAC or 4A 250VAC, T55/125°C
max. applied to nut EN 61058-1
All models
5 mm (.196) max.
• Total travel : 4A 250VAC - 8A 125VAC
NO : 4,5 (.177) +/- 0,3 (.011) All models function 3 (NO)
NC : 3,5 (.137) +/- 0,3 (.011)
• Operating temperature : Models 1233X209 and 1233X209L are standard marked NF.
-20°C to +55°C To order switches marked NF, UL or CSA, complete appropriate box of
ordering format.
ABOUT THIS SERIES
Mounting accessories : standard hardware supplied :

- silver contact models : 1 hex nut U166 and 1 knurled nut U411
- copper contact models : 1 hex nut U42 and 1 knurled nut U411
Packaging unit : 40 pieces, except model 1200.L (50 pieces).

1200 series
➞ Keyway • Single pole configurations

• Approved models : see following pages
• Panel cut-out : Ø 12,2 (.480)
Ø3.10 Ø.50 Ø3.00x0.50
(.122DIA) Ø3.00x0.50 (.059DIA)
(.118DIAx0.50) (.118DIAx0.50)
(.362)
(.362)
9.20
9.20
(.362)
9.20
(.283)
7.20
NO NC 6.35x0.80 6.35 0.80 6.35x0.80 6.35 0.80
(.177)
(.25x.031) (.25) (.031)
(.177)
(.25x.031)
4.50
4.50
(.25) (.031)
121. 122. 123. 120.
MODEL
STRUCTURE
B2 Plunger height : NO model : 7,50 mm, NC model : 5,80 mm
Solder lug/quick-connect terminals ➞ Keyway Ø12.00x0.75 SI Ø8.00

(.472DIAx0.75 IS) (.315DIA)
(.295)
7.50
(.413)
10.50
(.472)
12.00
(.039)
1.00
1213 Normally Open
(.362)
9.20
17.00 13.20
(.669) (.519) 6.35x0.80
(.25x0.031)
14.00
(.551)
Screw terminals ➞ Keyway

Ø12.00x0.75 SI Ø8.00
(.472DIAx0.75 IS) (.315DIA)
(.295)
7.50
(.413)
10.50
1223 Normally Open

(.472)
12.00
(.039)
1.00
(.315)
8.00
17.00 13.20 14.00

(.669) (.519) (.551)
Normalized quick-connect terminals ➞ Keyway

ø12.00x0.75 SI ø8.00
(.472DIAx0.75 IS) (.315DIA)
(.295)
7.50

(.413)
10.50
(.472)
12.00
(.039)
1.00
1233 Normally Open

(.362)
9.20
ø1.50
17.00 13.20 (.059DIA)
(.669) (.519) 6.35x0.80
(.25x0.031)
14.00
(.551)

1200 series
Plunger height : NO model : 7,50 mm, NC model : 5,80 mm
Straight screw terminals + clamp ➞ Keyway

Ø12.00x0.75 SI Ø8.00
(.472DIAx0.75 IS) (.315DIA)
(.295)
7.50
(.413)
10.50
(.472)
12.00
(.039)
1203 Normally Open
1.00
(.283)
7.20
13.20 6.35x0.80
(.519) (.25x.031)
17.00
(.669)
14.00
(.551) B2
Right angle screw terminals + clamp ➞ Keyway Ø12.00x0.75 SI Ø8.00

(.472DIAx0.75 IS) (.315DIA)
(.295)
7.50
1203-7 Normally Open
(.413)
10.50
(.472)
12.00
(.039)
1.00
(.275)
7.00
90˚ 6.35x0.80
(.25x.031)
21.00 14.00
(.826) (.551)
CONTACT MATERIALS
A Silver
FINISH
LUXE Chrome plated cap nut U117 instead of knurled nut U411
PLUNGER COLOURS
2 : Black - 3 : Green - 6 : Red - 7/1 : White

1200 series
SPECIAL MODELS
X209 NF standard marked - Silver contacts

➞ Keyway
Ø12.00x0.75 SI Ø8.00
(.472DIAx0.75 IS) (.315DIA)
(.295)
7.50
(.413)
10.50
1233AX209 Normally open
B2
(.472)
12.00
(.039)
1.00
(.362)
9.20
13.20
(.519) 6.35x0.80
(.25x0.031)
17.00
(.669) 14.00
(.551)
X209L NF standard marked - Silver contacts
➞ Keyway Ø12.00x0.75 SI Ø8.00

(.472DIAx0.75 IS) (.315DIA)
(.511)
13.00
(.413)
10.50
1233AX209L Normally open
(.472)
12.00
(.039)
1.00
(.362)
9.20
13.20
(.519) 6.35x0.80
(.25x0.031)
17.00
(.669)
14.00
(.551)
NOTE : Ground connector U187 compulsory on models X209 and X209L if the panel is not metallic or not connected
to ground. Order separately : see section I.
AGENCY APPROVALS
NF All models
UL-CSA All models function 3 (NO), including X209 and X209L
Marking : to order switches marked NF, UL or CSA, complete above box with desired approvals.

16-Serie 1200M-MR-A_21-Serie 1200M-MR-A 21/11/12 16:41 Page111
1200M/MR series
Robust momentary pushbutton switches - metal plunger
❑ UL and CSA approved
B2
- silver contacts (A) : 4A 250VAC - 8A 125VAC - 4A 24VDC - 8A 12VDC
- silver plated copper contacts (C) : 2A 250VAC - 3A 125VAC - 2A 14VDC - 3A 12VDC

• Case : polyamide • Torque : 1,50 Nm (1.10 Ft.lb) max. applied to nut
• Plunger : top chrome plated • Panel thickness : 4,5 mm (.177) max.
brass on polyamide base • Total travel :
• Bushing : brass, nickel plated NO : 4,5 mm (.177) +/- 0,3 (.011)
• Cap nut : brass, chrome plated NC : 3,5 mm (.137) +/- 0,3 (.011)
• Contacts : A : silver • Operating temperature : -20°C to +55°C
AGENCY APPROVALS
4A 250VAC - 8A 125VAC
Availability : approved models are 1213A and 1203A (M or MR)

(model 1223A is only UL approved).
Marking : to order switches marked UL or CSA, complete appropriate box of
ordering format.
ABOUT THIS SERIES
Mounting accessories : standard hardware supplied with all models : 1 hex nut U166 and 1 conic cap nut U1866-6.
Special cap nut U1874 is presented on the following pages.

1200M/MR series
➞ Keyway • Flat or curved plunger

• Panel cut-out Ø 12,2 (.480)
• Single pole 121. 122. 120.
Ø3.10 Ø3.00x0.50
(.122DIA) Ø3.00x0.50
(.118DIAx0.50) (.118DIAx0.50)
(.362)
9.20
(.362)
9.20
(.283)
7.20
NO NC 6.35x0.80 6.35 0.80 6.35 0.80
(.177)
(.25x.031) (.25) (.031)
4.50
(.25) (.031)
MODEL
STRUCTURE
B2
Solder lug/quick-connect terminals 6,35 x 0,8 (.250 x .031) ➞
Keyway
Ø12.00x0.75 SI
Ø8.00
(.196)
(.472DIAx0.75 IS)
5.00
(.315DIA)
(.196)
5.00
Curved plunger Flat plunger
1212MR 1212M NC
(.295)
7.50
(.472)
1213MR 1213M
12.00
NO
(.039)
1.00
(.362)
9.20
17.00 13.20
(.669) (.519) 6.35x0.80
(.25x0.031)
14.00
(.551)
Screw terminals ➞ Keyway

Ø12.00x0.75 SI
(.472DIAx0.75 IS) Ø8.00
(.196)
5.00
(.315DIA)
(.196)
5.00
1222MR 1222M NC
(.295)
7.50
1223MR 1223M NO
(.472)
12.00
(.039)
1.00
(.315)
8.00
17.00 13.20 14.00

(.669) (.519) (.551)
Screw terminals + clamp ➞ Keyway

Ø12.00x0.75 SI
(.472DIAx0.75 IS) Ø8.00
(.196)
5.00
(.315DIA)
(.196)
5.00
1202MR 1202M NC
(.295)
7.50
(.472)
12.00
1203MR 1203M NO
(.039)
1.00
(.275)
7.00
13.20 6.35x0.80
(.519) (.25x.031)
17.00 14.00
(.669) (.551)

1200M/MR series
CONTACT MATERIALS
A Silver
AGENCY APPROVALS
B2
UL - CSA
Availability : approved models are 1213A and 1203A (M or MR) - model 1223A is only UL approved.
Marking : to order switches marked UL or CSA, complete above box with desired approvals.
SPECIAL CAP NUT
Chrome plated cap nut Ø 16 (.629), flat and plain.

Can be supplied instead of standard cap nut U1866-6.
Order separately.
(.137)
3.50
Ø16.00
(.629DIA)
U1874

17-Serie 1400N-A_23-Serie 1400N-A 21/11/12 16:40 Page114
1400N series
Momentary pushbutton switches - snap-in mounting - square plunger
❑ Solder lug, straight PC and quick-connect terminals
B2
• Max. current/voltage rating with resistive load : • Case : polyamide
- silver contacts (A) : 6A 12VDC • Plunger : polyamide
- silver plated copper contacts (C) : 3A 12VDC • Contacts :
• Initial contact resistance : 10 mΩ A : silver
• Insulation resistance : 1.000 MΩ min. at 500VDC C : copper, silver plated
2.000 Vrms 50 Hz min. between terminals and metal panel

1400N series
Solder lug, straight PC or quick-connect terminals
141.N 144.N 141.N/8

2.50 Ø1.40
(.055DIA)
(.196)
(.098)
5.00
(.118)
3.00
Ø2.50
(.283)
7.20
(.098DIA)
(.255)
6.50
C NO NC Ø5.00 1.20x0.8 4.70x0.80
(.196DIA) (.047x.031) (.185DIAx.031)
MODEL
STRUCTURE
B2
Solder lug terminals 13.00
(.512)
6.00
(.236)
18.00
(.708)
(.551)
(.472)
(.708)
14.00
12.00
18.00
1412N Normally Closed
16.00 3.50 12.00
(.63) (.137) (.472)
1413N Normally Open 1.50
(.059)
(.291)
7.40
1415N Changeover
(.031)
0.8
(.185)
4.70
Straight PC terminals 13.00
(.512)
5.00
(.197)
(.551)
(.472)
(.708)
14.00
12.00
18.00
(.047)
1.20
1442N Normally Closed

16.00 3.50 12.00
(.63) (.137) (.472)
1443N Normally Open 1.50

(.059)
(.291)
7.40
7.40
(.031)
0.80
1445N Changeover
(.059)
4.70
(.185)
Ø1.60
(.062DIA)
(.185)
4.70
Quick-connect terminals 4,7 x 0,8 (.185 x .031) 13.00

(.512)
7.20
(.283)
18.00
(.708)
(.551)
(.472)
(.708)
14.00
12.00
18.00
1412N/8 Normally Closed

16.00 3.50 12.00
(.63) (.137) (.472)
1413N/8 Normally Open 1.50
(.059)
(.291)
7.40
1415N/8 Changeover
(.031)
0.8
(.185)
4.70

1400N series
PANEL CUT-OUT
16.50
(.649)
(.562)
14.30
B2
CONTACT MATERIALS
A Silver
PLUNGER COLOURS
2 Black (standard)
3 Green
6 Red
7 Ivory
Switch frame supplied in black.


❑ UL, CSA and VDE (EN 61058-1) approved
B2
- silver contacts (A) : 3A 250VAC - 6A 125VAC
- copper contacts (C) : 2A 250VAC - 4A 125VAC
• Dielectric strength : 2.000 Vrms 50 Hz min. between terminals

• Case : melamine-phenolic • Torque : 0,95 Nm (.70 Ft.lb) max. applied to nut
• Plunger : polyamide • Panel thickness : 5 mm (.196) max. between 2 nuts
• Bushing : polyamide • Total travel : 4,5 mm (.177) +/- 0,5 (.019)
• Contacts : A : silver • Operating temperature : -20°C to +65°C
C : copper, silver plated • Hand soldering : 270°C max. for 10 seconds max. - Iron Ø 3 mm (.118)
APPROVALS
EN 61058-1
Models 4731A, 4736A, 4741A, 4746A are UL, CSA and VDE (EN 61058-1 approved.
Models 4831A, 4836A, 4841A, 4846A are VDE (EN 61058-1) approved.
Marking : to order switches marked UL/CSA, complete appropriate box of ordering format. VDE is standard marked.
Mounting accessories : standard hardware supplied with all models : 1 hex nut U166 and 1 knurled nut U520 in the same
colour as the plunger. They are presented in section I.
Packaging unit : single pole models : 40 pieces - Double pole models : 20 pieces.


Solder lug/quick-connect or straight PC terminals
➞ Keyway • 1 and 2 pole configurations

• Button returns in upper position after actuation.
• Panel cut-out :
Ø 12,2 (.480) 1.20 Ø1.40
(.055DIA)
(.196)
(.047)
(.094)
5.00
2.40
(.322)
8.20
(.283)
7.20
(.244)
6.20
4.70
(.185)
(.118)
3.00
3 2 1 2 1 2.80x0.50 1.20x0.5
Funct. 6 (ON-ON) Functions 1 and 3 (.11x.019) (.047x.019)
MODEL
STRUCTURE
B2
Solder lug/quick-connect terminals ➞ Keyway
Ø8.00
(.315DIA)
(.472DIAx0.75 IS)
Ø12.00x0.75 SI
(.287)
7.30
(.287)
7.30

(.472)
(.452)
11.50
(.492)
12.50
4731 4741 ON - OFF 1

4736 4746 ON - ON
8.40
(.33)
15.00
(.748)
19.00
(.59)
(.551)
4733 4743 OFF - MOM 2

14
(.228)
5.80
(.283)
2.80x0.50
7.20
(.283)
8.40 5.80
7.20
2.80x0.50 (.11x.019)
(.11x.019) (.33) (.228)
Straight PC terminals ➞ Keyway

Ø8.00
(.315DIA)
(.472DIAx0.75 IS)
Ø12.00x0.75 SI
16.50
(.649)
(.287)
(.287)
7.30
7.30

8.00
(.314)
(.452)
11.50
(.228)
(.492)
12.50
5.80
4831 4841 ON - OFF
23.00
(.905)
A1 B4
4836 4846 ON - ON
15.50
21.00
(.826)
(.61)
14.50
(.57)
B5
4833 4843 OFF - MOM
8.40
(.33)
A2
A3 B6
(.196)
5.00
(.196)
5.00
1.20x0.5 1.20x0.50
(.047x.019) (.047x.019)
Quick-connect terminals 4,7 x 0,8 (.185 x .031) ➞ Keyway 12.50 14 8.20

(.492) (.551) (.322)
(.185)
4.70
(.315DIA)
Ø8.00
4731/8 ON - OFF 12.00 7.30

4736/8 ON - ON
(.472) (.287)
(.303)
7.70
4733/8 OFF - MOM 3

(.748)
19.00
2
(.031)
0.80
Available with silver contacts only.

(.303)
7.70
Ø12.00x0.75 SI
(.472DIAx0.75 IS)
Minimum order : 1 000 pieces per type in one shipment.


CONTACT MATERIALS
A Silver
C Copper, silver plated (not available on models with quick-connect terminals /8)
ACTUATOR COLOURS
B2
01 Blue
02 Black
03 Green
05 Yellow
06 Red
07/1 White
09 Orange
APPROVALS
UU (UL-CSA)
Availability : see specifications for details or approved models.

Marking : to order switches marked UL-CSA, complete above box with "UU".
VDE approval is standard marked.

19-Serie CG-A_08-Serie IP-A 18/12/12 15:41 Page120
CG series
Capacitive switches for underlay applications New!
And your panel becomes active !
Like the CP series, CG series switches are activated by the touch of a finger. But they are
designed for mounting under a non-conductive front face (glass or polycarbonate*) and are
activated through the front face, transforming the inert fascia into an active interface. Low
profile is an asset for this type of mounting.
No moving mechanical parts to wear out.
B2
❑ Advantages of under-panel mounting
- Robustness
- Sealing
- Easy to clean flat surface
- Easy panel marking
❑ Custom disk colours and marking

Marking flexibility based on digital printing.
* For other non conductive materials, consult APEM.
Customisable
adhesive disk
Electronic circuit
with LED
Connector
ABS case
Mounting of a CG switch
Note : the panel surface should be degreased prior to mounting.

CG series
New! Capacitive switches for underlay applications
Specifications
❑ Activated by the touch of a finger

Even with surgeon gloves
❑ Auto-calibration function
Ensures the sensor adapts to changing external environments
❑ Mounting under max. 6 mm glass or 4 mm polycarbonate panels

B2
• Triggered by flowing water • Case : ABS
• Temperature range : -40°C to +70°C • Sealing : epoxy
• Adhesive and connector resistant to vibrations
Wiring for mating connector
ELECTRICAL AND GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
Harwin M30-1100400
• Supply voltage : 5 to 24VDC max. Pin 1 : output

• Supply current : 15mA max. (12V) Pin 2 : GND
• Max. current/voltage rating : 200mA 24VDC Pin 3 : +LED
• Life expectancy : 50 million cycles Pin 4 : +VCC
• Switch resistance ON : 1 Ohm max. Mating harness (connector + wires)
• Power consumption : 10mA max. mode OFF available : see «Accessories» at the
• Output type : NPN end of the series.
Wiring diagrams
Illuminated 1 LED This switch should not be used
Non-illuminated
Output indicator Independent in safety applications.
VCC Output VCC Output +LED VCC Output
OFF-ON
OFF - MOM
GND GND GND

CG series
Overview
CG
SERIES
Electrical functions Sensitivity Types of illumination/ LED functions

voltage
1 OFF - MOM 1 Medium (6 mm glass or Blank Non-illuminated
2 OFF - ON 4 mm polycarbonate) 0 Non-illuminated - 5VDC S Independent
Other on request. 1 Non-illuminated - 12VDC C Output indicator
2 Non-illuminated - 24VDC
L Dot - 5VDC
B2 P Dot - 12VDC
J Dot - 24VDC
Terminals
1 Connector
Surface adhesive LED colours
Different length, gauge or
connector : on request A For common glass Blank Non-illum.
or polycarbonate 0B Blue
0G Green
For a specific surface,
0R Red
contact APEM.
0Y Amber
Other on request.

CG series
New! Capacitive switches for underlay applications
Illuminated or non-illuminated
• Momentary or latching
MODEL
STRUCTURE
B2
Ø29.00
(1.141)
5.00
(.196 ) LED
Momentary
CG1 OFF - ON VCC
Latching
CG2 OFF - ON
2.00 7.40
(.078) (.291)
For connector wiring, see “Specifications” page.
TERMINALS
1 Connector
SENSITIVITY
1 Medium (6 mm glass or 4 mm polycarbonate)

Other on request.
SURFACE ADHESIVE
A For common glass or polycarbonate

For a specific surface, contact APEM.

CG series
Options
TYPE OF ILLUMINATION
L Dot - 5VDC
P Dot - 12VDC
J Dot - 24VDC
LED COLOURS
B2
Blank Non-illuminated
0B Blue
0G Green
0R Red
0Y Amber
Other on request.
LED FUNCTION
S Independent
C Output indicator
ACCESSORIES
Order separately.
Connector : Harwin M30-1100400

Wires : AWG28, 150 mm
1 2 3 4 1 2 4
U7120 U7040
Mating harness for independent LED Mating harness for all other versions
(version S)

20-Serie CP-A_08-Serie IP-A 21/11/12 16:45 Page125
CP series
New! Capacitive switches
❑ Activated by the touch of a finger

Even with surgeon gloves
❑ Auto-calibration function
❑ Bushing diameter 16, 19 or 22 mm
❑ Momentary or latching
B2
• Sealing : IP68 and IP69K according to IEC 60529 • Case : aluminium, anodized
• Triggered by flowing water • Multi-wire leads section 0,22 mm2
• Impact resistance : IK10 length 300 mm
• Operating temperature : -20°C to +65°C • Cable, length 300 mm, section
• ESD : complies with EN61000-4-2 (extended) ± 8KV (20 contacts) depending on switch model
and ± 15KV (20 air discharges) • Connector : HE14 6V compatible
with AMP/TYCO281839-3

ADJUSTABLE SENSITIVITY
• Max. current/voltage rating : 200mA 24VDC
• Supply voltage : 5 to 24VDC Connection to ground by means of the
• Life expectancy : 50 million cycles yellow wire increases sensitivity
• Power consumption non-illuminated : 7mA (momentary version only).
• Power consumption illuminated : 25mA
• Operating force : 0N
• LED state for output image option : This switch should not be used
1 LED : the LED is ON when the output is closed. in safety applications.
2 LEDs : first colour is ON when the output is open. Second colour is ON
when the output is closed.
• Output type : NPN
Wiring diagrams
1 LED 2 LEDs
Non-illuminated
Output indicator Independent Output indicator Independent Legend
R W R W R W R W R W R red +V
Black black GND
W white output
OFF-ON
Y yellow sensitivity
G green -LED 1
Black Black G Black Black Blue G Black Blue blue -LED2
RY W RY RY RY RY
W W W W Wire colours may vary.
Always refer to the label
OFF-MOM on the switch.
Black Black G Black Black Blue G Black
Wiring for switch connector 3
Pin 1 : GND Pin 4 : LED 2 6
Pin 2 : output Pin 5 : sensitivity 2

5
Pin 3 : +V Pin 6 : LED 1
4
Chamfer
1

CP series
Capacitive switches New!
Overview
CP 000
SERIES
Bushing diameters Terminals Types of illumination/ LED functions

voltage
B1 16 mm (.630) 1 Flying leads S Independent
B2 19 mm (.748) 2 Cable 0 Non-illuminated - 5VDC C Output indicator
B3 22 mm (.866) 3 Connector 1 Non-illuminated - 12VDC
A Standard ring - 5VDC
B2 N Standard ring - 12VDC
LED colours
K Standard ring - 24VDC
Electrical functions
C Thin ring - 5VDC Blank Non-illum.
1 OFF - MOM Colours / Materials D Thin ring - 12VDC 0B Blue *
2 OFF - ON 0 Natural anodized E Thin ring - 24VDC 0G Green *
1 Blue anodized F Large ring - 5VDC 0S Red
2 Black anodized G Large ring - 12VDC 0Y Amber
3 Green anodized H Large ring - 24VDC GS Green/red *
5 Gold anodized A, N, K for dia. 16 & 19 only * For 12VDC and
6 Red anodized C, D, E, F, G, H for dia 22 only 24VDC models only
On request
• Duration of activation 15 minutes for latching models (standard duration is infinite)
• Different lengths, gauges or colours for flying lead terminals
• Different cable lengths

CP series
New! Capacitive switches
Ø16.20 Ø22.20
Shown with flying lead terminals
Ø19.20
(.637 DIA) (.756 DIA) (.874 DIA)
MODEL
STRUCTURE
B2
Bushing Ø 16 mm (.630) - standard ring
Ø16.00x1.00 SI
(.630DIAx1.00 IS)
Ø13.50
4.50 11.70
(.177) (.460) (.531DIA)
Momentary
CPB11 OFF - MOM
(.708DIA)
Ø18.00
Latching 0.22mm 2 1.20

CPB12 OFF - ON 27.00
(.047)
(1.062)
CPB1110000NGSC
Bushing Ø 19 mm (.748) - standard ring

Ø19.00x1.00 SI
(.748 DIAx1.00 IS)
3.00 6.70 Ø13.50
(.118) (.263 ) (.531DIA)
Momentary
CPB21 OFF - MOM
(.866DIA)
Ø22.00
Latching 0.22mm 2
CPB22 OFF - ON 1.20
(.047)
27.00
(1.062)
CPB2110000NGSC
Bushing Ø 22 mm (.866) - large or thin ring 4.50

(.177)
Ø22.00x1.00 SI
(.866DIAx1.00 IS)
Ø13.50
(.531DIA)
4.70
(.185)
10.50
(.413)
30°
(1.102DIA)
Momentary
Ø28.00
CPB31 OFF - MOM

0.22mm 2
27.00
Latching (1.062)
Ø18.00
(.709DIA)
2.40
(.094)
CPB32 OFF - ON
(.079)
2.00
CPB3210000GGSC

CP series
Capacitive switches New!
Options
TERMINALS 7.62
(.300)
000
(.300)
7.62
1 Flying leads
2 Cable
3 Connector HE14 6V (see opposite)
(.389)
9.90
B2 CASE COLOURS / MATERIALS
000
Code Colour Code Colour

0 Natural anodized aluminium 3 Green anodized aluminium
1 Blue anodized aluminium 5 Gold anodized aluminium
2 Black anodised aluminium 6 Red anodised aluminium
TYPES OF ILLUMINATION
000
5VDC 12VDC 24VDC

Non-illuminated 0 1 2
Standard ring (Ø 16 & 19 only) A N K
Thin ring (Ø 22 only) C D E
Large ring (Ø 22 only) F G H
LED COLOURS
000
0B : blue - 0G : green - 0S : red - 0Y : amber - GS : green/red
Blue, green and green/red LEDs available on 12VDC and 24VDC models only.
LED FUNCTIONS
000
S Independent
C Output indicator

21-Serie PBA-A_24-Serie PBA-A.qxd 21/11/12 16:54 Page129
PBA series
Piezo switches
Specifications
❑ Bushing diameter 16 mm, 19 mm or 22 mm

❑ Sealed to IP68 and IP69K (switches mounted on panel)
❑ Easy to clean metal surface
❑ Very long life expectancy
❑ Ring or dot illumination
B2
• Sealing : IP68 per IEC 529, IP69K per DIN 40050-9 • Case : aluminium, anodized
(switches mounted on panel) or stainless steel 316L
• Vibration resistance : 10-500 Hz / 10 g per IEC 60068-2-6 • Multi-wire leads section 0,22 mm2
• Operating temperature : -40°C to +75°C length 300 mm, twisted by pair
• EMC compatibility according to EN 61058-1 for the whole range • Cable, length 300 mm, section
• EMC compatibility according to EN 61000-4 & EN61000-6-2 for model depending on switch model
1A (code 002) • PC terminals : bronze, tin plated
ELECTRICAL AND GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS Note : to maintain the ESD performance,

always add a ground washer when the
• Max. current/voltage rating : panel is made of non-conductive material
- Function A : standard 200mA 24VAC/DC - option 1A 24VAC/DC (PVC, polycarbonate).
- Function B : standard 100mA 24VAC For part numbers, see «Mounting
• Switch resistance ON : 10Ω max. accessories» on the following pages.
• Switch resistance OFF : 5MΩ min.
• Operating force : 2 to 6N
• Life expectancy : 50 million cycles
• LED consumption : Illuminated dot 10mA - Illum. ring 20mA (functions A-B-C)
• Power consumption for function 1 : non-illum.10mA - illuminated 30mA
SEALING IP68 SEALING IP69K

1m
➀ One-piece bushing
➁ Epoxy sealed terminals
3 ➂ O-ring
3
Continuous immersion in water High pressure, high temperature wash down

IP68 test conditions IP69K test conditions
Continuous immersion in water . Pressure : 80 - 120 bars
(1m, 24 hours) . Distance : 15 cm
. Flow : 14 - 16 l/mn

PBA series
Piezo switches
Electrical functions
FINGER PRESSURE t<20s t>20s

applied to switch 1
1 = pressure
0 t
0 = no pressure
OUTPUT
- Momentary NO (pulse) 1
B2 No external power supply required
0 t
1
- Momentary NC (pulse)
No external power supply required
0 t
Up to 20s
1
- Momentary NO
prolongated pulse
No external power supply required 0 t
1
- Latching (ON - OFF)
Requires external power supply
0 t
1 = closed output 0 = open output
Wiring diagrams
Non-illuminated 1 LED * 2 LEDs 3 LEDs
RED RED
RED
RED
Momentary NO RED
RED RED
RED
C D A B A B A B A B A B
GREEN GREEN
GREEN
GREEN
Momentary NC GREEN
GREEN GREEN
GREEN
C D A B A B A B A B A B
WHITE
WHITE
Momentary NO WHITE
WHITE
prolongated pulse WHITE
WHITE
C D A B A
WHITE RED
WHITE RED 9-24V
Latching (ON - OFF) 9-24V

AC/DC
AC/DC
WHITE RED
WHITE RED
Legend : C = yellow, D = blue, B = black, A = same colour as LED * LED colour is indicated by the bottom of the product.

PBA series
Piezo switches Ø 16 (.630)
Overview
PBA
SERIES
Bushing / operator Terminals Ratings LED colours

All models with Ø 16 bushing F Flying leads 000 Standard Blank Non-illum.
C Cable 002 1A 24VAC/DC 0B Blue
R1 Flat operator, height 4,50
P Straight PC (T5 model, (NO pulse only, 0G Green
(.177)
non-illuminated, function A) 0S Red
T5 Flat operator, height
functions A & B only) 0Y Yellow
1 (.039) (non illuminated)
R5 Operator with finger
0W White B2
Colours / Materials Type of illumination/ 2A Red/green
location, height 4,50
voltage 2B Red/yellow
(.177) (non-illuminated) 0 Natural anodized
2C Red/blue
1 Blue anodized Blank Non-illuminated 2D Red/white
2 Black anodized A Standard ring - 5VDC 2E Green/blue
3 Green anodized N Standard ring - 12VDC 2F Green/yellow
5 Gold anodized K Standard ring - 24VDC 2G Green/white
6 Red anodized W Standard ring, 2H Blue/yellow
B Stainless steel 316L microcontroller driven 2I Blue/white
2K Yellow/white
Electrical function
LED colours (continued)
A NO (pulse)
B NC (pulse) 3A Red/green/blue
C NO prolongated pulse 3B Red/green/yellow
(ground connector compulsory) 3D Red/green/white
1 ON - OFF 3E Red/blue/yellow
(requires external power 3F Red/blue/white
supply - cannot be combined 3G Red/yellow/white
with T5 operator - illumination 3H Green/blue/yellow
type W only) 3I Green/blue/white
3J Green/yellow/white
3K Blue/yellow/white
For options not listed above, please contact APEM.
Mounting accessories : standard hardware supplied :1 hex nut 10-621 (19 mm ac. flats) and 1 O-ring.
Always add a ground washer U5735 when the panel is non-conductive (PVC, polycarbonate).
Packaging unit : 20 pieces (flying lead terminals) or 25 pieces (cable terminals)

PBA series
• Operator Ø 18 mm (.708)
Shown with flying lead terminals.
Ø16.20
(.637 DIA)
MODEL
STRUCTURE
B2
Non-illuminated, operator height 4,50 mm (.177)
Ø18.00 Ø13.00
(.177)
4.50
(.708DIA) (.512DIA)
Flat
PBAR1
20.00
(.787)
Ø16.00x1.00 SI
(.630DIAx1.00 IS)
With finger location

PBAR5 (.197)
5.00
0.22mm 2
R1 R5
PBAR1AF2000
Non-illuminated, operator height 1 mm (.039)

(.039)
Ø18.00
1.00
(.708DIA)
Flat
10.00
PBAT5
(.394)
Ø16.00x1.00 SI
(.630DIAx1.00 IS)
0.22mm 2
PBAT5AF0000
With standard illuminated ring

Ø16.00x1.00 SI
(.630DIAx1.00 IS)
Ø13.50
4.50 5.00
(.177) (.197) (.531DIA)
Flat operator, height 4,50 (.177)

(.708DIA)
Ø18.00
PBAR1
0.22mm 2
1.20
(.047)
20.00
(.787)
PBAR1AF000A0B Wire colours : see “Electrical functions”

PBA series
Options
ELECTRICAL FUNCTION
A NO pulse
B NC pulse
C NO prolongated pulse - Ground connector U5735 compulsory, supplied with the switch.
1 ON - OFF - Requires external power supply - Cannot be combined with T5 operator.
Illumination type W only.
TERMINALS
B2
(.105)
2.67
F Flying leads
C Cable
P Straight PC (T5 model, non-illuminated, functions A and B only) 0.64
(.125)
0.22mm 2
3.17
(.025)
2.54
(.100)
CASE COLOURS / MATERIALS
Code Colour Code Colour Code Colour

0 Natural anodized aluminium 3 Green anodized aluminium B Stainless steel 316L
0 1 2 3 5 6 B
RATINGS
000 Standard
002 1A 24VAC or DC (NO pulse only, function A)

PBA series
Options
TYPE OF ILLUMINATION / VOLTAGE
Blank : non-illuminated
Microcontroller
5VDC 12VDC 24VDC driven
A N K W
B2
LED COLOURS
Integrated LED resistor
0B 0G 0S 0Y 0W
Illuminated 1 LED *
0B : blue - 0G : green - 0S : red - 0Y : yellow - 0W : white
Illuminated 2 LEDs
2A : red/green - 2B : red/yellow - 2C : red/blue - 2D : red/white - 2E : green/blue - 2F : green/yellow - 2G : green/white
2H : blue/yellow - 2I : blue/white - 2K : yellow/white
Illuminated 3 LEDs
3A : red/green/blue - 3B : red/green/yellow - 3D : red/green/white - 3E : red/blue/yellow - 3F : red/blue/white
3G: red/yellow/white - 3H : green/blue/yellow - 3I : green/blue/white - 3J : green/yellow/white - 3K : blue/yellow/white
* LED colour is indicated by the bottom of the product.

PBA series
Overview
PBA
SERIES

R9 Bushing Ø 19 (.748), flat F Flying leads 000 Standard Blank Non-illum.
operator, height 3 (.118) C Cable 002 1A 24VAC / DC 0B Blue
RA Bushing Ø 19 (.748), with (NO pulse only, 0G Green
chamfer, height 3 (.118) function A) 0S Red
0Y Yellow
0W White B2
Colours / Materials Type of 2A Red/green
0 Natural anodized illumination/voltage 2B Red/yellow
1 Blue anodized Blank Non-illuminated 2C Red/blue
2 Black anodized A Standard ring - 5VDC 2D Red/white
3 Green anodized N Standard ring - 12VDC 2E Green/blue
5 Gold anodized K Standard ring - 24VDC 2F Green/yellow
6 Red anodized W Standard ring, 2G Green/white
B Stainless steel 316L microcontroller driven 2H Blue/yellow
2I Blue/white
2K Yellow/white
Electrical function
LED colours (continued)
A NO (pulse)
B NC (pulse) 3A Red/green/blue
C NO prolongated pulse 3B Red/green/yellow
(ground connector compulsory) 3D Red/green/white
1 ON - OFF 3E Red/blue/yellow
(requires external power supply, 3F Red/blue/white
illumination type W only) 3G Red/yellow/white
3H Green/blue/yellow
3I Green/blue/white
Mounting accessories : standard hardware supplied :1 hex nut 10-855-0 (22 mm ac. flats) and 1 O-ring

PBA series
• Operator Ø 22 mm (.866)
Shown with flying lead terminals.
Ø19.20
(.756 DIA)
MODEL
STRUCTURE
B2
Non-illuminated - operator height 3 mm (.118)
Ø22.00
Flat 45°
(.118)
(.079)
3.00
2.00
(.866DIA)
PBAR9
20.00
(.787)
With chamfer Ø19.00x1.00 SI

PBARA (.748DIAx1.00 IS)
0.22mm 2
R9 RA
PBARAAF1000
With standard illuminated ring - operator height 3 mm Ø22.00 45°

(.118)
(.079)
3.00
2.00
(.866DIA)
20.00
(.787)
Flat
PBAR9
Ø19.00x1.00 SI
(.748DIAx1.00 IS)
(.047)
(.047)
1.20
1.20
0.22mm 2
With chamfer
PBARA
(.531DIA)
(.531DIA)
Ø13.50
Ø13.50
PBAR9AF0000A0S R9 RA
Wire colours : see “Electrical functions”.
ELECTRICAL FUNCTIONS
A NO pulse
B NC pulse
C NO prolongated pulse - Ground connector U5736 compulsory, supplied with the switch.
1 ON - OFF - Requires external power supply - Illumination type W only.

PBA series
Options
TERMINALS
F Flying leads
C Cable
0.22mm 2

B2

0 1 2 3 5 6 B
RATINGS
000 Standard
Microcontroller
5VDC 12VDC 24VDC driven
A N K W

PBA series
Options
LED COLOURS
0B 0G 0S 0Y 0W
B2
Illuminated 1 LED *
Illuminated 2 LEDs
Illuminated 3 LEDs

PBA series
Overview
PBA
SERIES

All models with Ø 22 bushing F Flying leads 000 Standard Blank Non-illum.
C Cable 002 1A 24VAC/DC 0B Blue
R2 Flat, operator height 3 mm (.118)
Z Solder lug/quick- (NO pulse only, 0G Green
Not available w. illuminated ring.
connect (non-illum. function A) 0S Red
R6 With finger location, operator
functions A & B only) 0Y Yellow
height 3 mm (.118). Not available
with illuminated ring.
On request. 0W White B2
Type of SG Red/green
RY With chamfer, operator height illumination/voltage (dot only)
4,5 mm (.177). Available with thin Colours / Materials
Blank Non-illuminated 2A Red/green
or large illuminated ring only.
0 Natural anodized 2B Red/yellow
RZ Flat, operator height 4,5 mm C thin ring - 5VDC
1 Blue anodized 2C Red/blue
(.177). Available with thin or large D thin ring - 12VDC
2 Black anodized 2D Red/white
illuminated ring only. E thin ring - 24VDC
3 Green anodized 2E Green/blue
F large ring - 5VDC
5 Gold anodized 2F Green/yellow
G large ring - 12VDC
6 Red anodized 2G Green/white
H large ring - 24VDC
B Stainless steel 316L 2H Blue/yellow
L* dot - 5VDC
P* dot - 12VDC 2I Blue/white
Electrical function J* dot - 24VDC 2K Yellow/white
V* dot - µcontroller driven
A NO (pulse)
Y thin ring - µcontroller LED colours (continued)
B NC (pulse)
driven
C NO prolongated pulse 3A Red/green/blue
Z large ring - µcontroller
(illuminated ring only - ground 3B Red/green/yellow
driven
connector compulsory) 3D Red/green/white
* Dot illumination only
1 ON - OFF (requires external 3E Red/blue/yellow
available with LED colours
power supply - Illumination 0B, 0G, 0S, 0Y, 0W and SG. 3F Red/blue/white
types V, Y and Z only - 3G Red/yellow/white
only one LED colour) 3H Green/blue/yellow
3I Green/blue/white
Mounting accessories : standard hardware supplied :1 hex nut 10-856-0 (25 mm ac. flats) and 1 O-ring

PBA series
• Operator Ø 28 mm (1.102)
Ø22.20 Ø22.20
(.874 DIA) (.874 DIA)
(.381)
9.70
2.80
(.110)
MODEL
STRUCTURE
B2 Wire colours : see “Electrical functions”.
Non-illuminated - operator height 3 mm (.118)
Ø28.00 Ø22.00
(1.102DIA) (.866DIA)
Flat
PBAR2
(.197)
5.00
(.768)
19.50
(.118)
3.00
Ø22.00x1.00 SI
(.866DIAx1.00 IS)
With finger location
PBAR6 Ø20.70
0.22mm 2
(.815DIA)
R2 R6
PBAR2AF6000
With illuminated dot - operator height 3 mm (.118) Ø28.00

(1.102DIA)
Ø22.00
(.866DIA)
(.768)
19.50
(.118)
3.00
Flat Ø22.00x1.00 SI
PBAR2 (.866DIAx1.00 IS)
(.197)
0.22mm 2
5.00
(.323)
8.20
With finger location LED

PBAR6 Ø3.00 PUSH PUSH
(.118DIA) ZONE ZONE
6.50
(.256) 3.00
(.118)
PBAR6AF6000L0G R2 R6
With thin illuminated ring - operator height 4,50 (.177) Ø28.00

(1.102DIA)
2.00
(.079)
30°
(.138)
3.50
(.787)
20.00
Ø22.00x1.00 SI
(.177)
4.50
(.157)
4.00
Flat
(.866DIAx1.00 IS)
PBARZ
2
0.22mm
Ø20.70
(.094)
(.094)
2.40
2.40
(.815DIA)
With chamfer
PBARY
(.709DIA)
(.709DIA)
Ø18.00
Ø18.00
RZ RY
PBARYAF0000C0B
➞ Dimension of ON-OFF models

PBA series
Illuminated or non-iluminated
With large illuminated ring - operator height 4,50 (.177) Ø28.00

(1.102DIA)
2.00
(.079)
30°
(.138)
3.50
(.787)
20.00
Ø22.00x1.00 SI
(.177)
4.50
(.157)
4.00
Flat (.866DIAx1.00 IS)
PBARZ
2
0.22mm
Ø20.70
(.185)
(.185)
4.70
4.70
(.815DIA)
With chamfer
PBARY
(.531DIA)
(.531DIA)
Ø13.50
Ø13.50
RZ RY
PBARYAF0000F0B B2
➞ Dimension of ON-OFF models
ELECTRICAL FUNCTIONS
A NO pulse
B NC pulse
C NO prolongated pulse (illuminated ring only) - Ground connector U5737 compulsory, supplied w. the switch.
1 ON - OFF - Requires external power supply - Illumination types V, Y and Z only - one LED colour only.
TERMINALS
(.200)
5.08
F Flying leads
(.031)
0.80
2.80
C Cable
(.110)
Z Solder lug / quick-connect (non-illuminated, functions A and B only)

0.22mm 2
(.142)
3.60
On request.

0 1 2 3 5 6 B

PBA series
Options
RATINGS
000 Standard
B2
Microcontroller
5V 12V 24V driven
C D E Y
F G H Z
Dot illumination only available with LED colours

L P J V 0B, 0G, 0S, 0Y, 0W and SG.
LED COLOURS
0B 0G 0S 0Y 0W
Illuminated 1 LED *
SG : red/green (reversed polarity LED - for dot illumination only)
Illuminated 2 LEDs
Illuminated 3 LEDs

PBA series
ATEX approved piezo switches
❑ Approved according to the ATEX 94/9/CE directive

❑ Sealed to IP66 (mounted on panel)
❑ Easy to clean metal surface
❑ Long life
❑ Illuminated models
B2
• Rated voltage : 5V to 24 VAC/DC max. • Case : 316L stainless steel
• Rated current : 200mA max. at 6VAC/DC • Terminals : multi-wire leads
50mA max. at 24VAC/DC 0,22 mm2, length 300 mm (11.81)
(power limited to 1,2W for user group II)
• Contact resistance (ON) : 10Ω max.
• Insulation resistance (OFF) : 5MΩ min. Standard hardware supplied: 1 hex nut
• Make impulse time : depending on actuating force and speed 10-621 (19 mm ac. flats), 10-855-0
• LED : 5VDC, 10mA to 20mA depending on model (22 mm ac. flats) or 10-856-0 (25 mm ac.
flats), 1 O-Ring and 1 ground connector
U5735, U5736 or U5737.
Packaging units : 20 pieces
• Operating force : 2 to 6N
• Torque : 2,5 Nm max. Instructions for use :
• Life expectancy : 50 million cycles see instruction notice NTPBA007.
• EMC compatibility according to EN 61058-1
• In accordance with EN 60079-0, EN 60079-11, EN 61241-0,
EN 61241-11, EN 60079-26 and EN 50303
• Sealing : IP66 per IEC 60529 (switches mounted on panel)
PBA • A F • 000 • •• X
SERIES
Models Terminals Ratings LED colours

R1 Bushing Ø 16, flat F Flying leads 000 200mA max. at 0B Blue
R2 Bushing Ø 22, flat 6VAC/DC - 50mA 0G Green
R9 Bushing Ø 19, flat max. at 24VAC/DC 0S Red
R5 Bushing Ø 16,with 0Y Yellow
finger location (non-
illuminated only)
Electrical function Colours/materials Type Approval
R6 Bushing Ø 22, with
finger location A NO (pulse) B 316L stainless steel M One-piece bushing X ATEX
(non-illuminated)
R2 and R6 not available with
A Illuminated ring
illuminated ring.
(Ø 16 and 19 mm)
L Illuminated dot
(Ø 22 mm)

PBA series
ATEX approved piezo switches
1 = very high
- Highest classifications protection level I = mines
- Universal
II 1 G D ; I M1
II = surface industries M1 = very high

protection level
Usage : mines full of fire damp and potentially explosive atmospheres of

groups IIC,IIB et IIA in T4 temperature class and/or in the presence of combustible
dust (T135°C).
B2
Dia. 16 (.630) bushing - illuminated ring
Ø16.00x1.00 SI
(.630DIAx1.00 IS)
4.50 5.00 Ø13.50
(.177) (.197) (.531DIA)
Stainless steel 316L, blue LED

(.708DIA)
PBAR1AFB000A0BX
Ø18.00
AWG24
6.35 x 0.8
(.250 x .031)
20.00 1.20
(.787) (.047)
Dia. 19 (.748) bushing - illuminated ring
3.00 Ø19.00x1.00 SI Ø13.50

(.118) (.748DIAx1.00 IS) (.531DIA)
Stainless steel 316L, blue LED

PBAR9AFB000A0BX
(.866DIA)
Ø22.00
AWG24
6.35 x 0.8
(.250 x .031)
20.00 1.20
(.787) (.047)
Dia. 22 (866) bushing - non-illuminated

3.00 Ø22.00x1.00 SI
(.118) (.866DIAx1.00 IS)
Stainless steel 316L

PBAR2AFB000MX
(1.102DIA)
Ø28.00
AWG24
5.00
(.197)
6.35 x 0.8
(.250 x .031)
19.50
(.768)

22-Serie FP-A_08-Serie IP-A 21/11/12 16:43 Page145
New! FP series
Fully illuminated pushbutton switches - bushing Ø 24 mm - momentary or latching
❑ Suited for integrated designs

❑ Large but lightweight
❑ Pad printed or laser etched symbols
❑ Full actuator or symbol illumination, adaptable to design
requirements
Pad printing Laser
B2
Non-illuminated
Illuminated

• Max. current/voltage rating with resistive load : 200mA 12VDC • Case : PA46
• Initial contact resistance : 50 mΩ max. • Actuator : PA12
• Insulation resistance : 1 GΩ min. at 500VDC • Bushing/ bezel : PA66
• Dielectric strength : 1.000 Vrms 50 Hz min. • Contacts : silver, gold plated
• Electrical life at full load : (code 4)
- Momentary models : 1 million cycles • Cable : length 30 mm, section
- Latching models : 200.000 cycles depending on switch model
• Terminal seal : epoxy or
overmolding
• Panel thickness : 1(.039) to 18 mm (.708) max.
• Total travel : 2,8 mm ± 0,5 mm
• Typical operating force : 8N ± 2N
- Momentary models : 1 million cycles
- Latching models : 200.000 cycles
• Torque : 3 Nm max. applied to nut

FP series New!
Overview
FP
SERIES Actuator Electrical function Terminals

P Round, flat 1 OFF - ON 1 Solder lugs
Model
R Round, curved 3 Normally open 2 Straight cable
A Threaded bushing, (NO) 3 Right angle
dia. 24 mm cable, length
LED control and No of poles 300 mm
B2 A Non-illuminated, 1 pole
B Non-illuminated, 2 poles
C Independent, 1 pole
D Independent, 2 poles
Contact mat. Actuator colour Bezel colour LED colour LED resistor Symbols
4 Silver, gold 1 Blue 1 Blue X Non-illum. 0 No resistor See end of series
plated 2 Black 2 Black A Blue supplied
3 Green 3 Green B Green 1 12V resistor
Silver on request.
4 Grey 4 Grey C Red 2 24V resistor
5 Yellow 5 Yellow D Yellow 3 48V resistor
6 Red 6 Red E White
7 White/natural 7 White/natural F Red/green Marking
9 Orange G Red/blue
X No marking
1 Pad printing
2 Laser
ABOUT THIS SERIES

Mounting accessories : Standard hardware supplied : 1 hex nut and 1 O-Ring
Packaging unit : solder lug versions : 20 pieces - cable versions : 1 piece

New! FP series
• Three terminal types

Ø
(.9 24
53 .20
DI
A)
11.30
(.445) To order a product, replace • with one of the codes selected under “LED control
and number of poles” on next page, then add he desired options.
MODEL
STRUCTURE
B2
Ø18.50
(.728DIA)
(.260)
(.189)
4.80
6.60
LATCHING (1 Ø27
.08 .5
Curved actuator 3D 0
IA
)
FPAR1•1 OFF - ON
Flat actuator
22.50
(.886)
FPAP1•1 OFF ON
MOMENTARY (NO)
Curved actuator 0.50
(.248)
6.30
(.020)
FPAR3•1 2.80
(.110)
Ø24.00x1.00 SI
(.944DIAx1.00 IS)
Flat actuator
FPAP3•1
Straight cable terminals

Ø18.50
(.728DIA)
(.260)
(.189)
4.80
6.60
LATCHING
(1 Ø27
Curved actuator .08 .5
3D 0
IA
FPAR1•2 OFF - ON )
Flat actuator
(1.260 -.039/0)
32.00 -1.00/0
FPAP1•2 OFF ON
MOMENTARY (NO)
Curved actuator
FPAR3•2 Ø24.00x1.00 SI
(.944DIAx1.00 IS)
Flat actuator
FPAP3•2
Right angle cable terminals

Ø18.50
(.728DIA)
(.260)
(.189)
4.80
6.60
(1 Ø27
LATCHING .08 .5
3D 0
Curved actuator IA
)
FPAR1•3 OFF - ON
Flat actuator
(1.260 -.039/0)
32.00 -1.00/0
FPAP1•3 OFF ON
MOMENTARY (NO)
Curved actuator Ø24.00x1.00 SI
FPAR3•3 (.944DIAx1.00 IS)
Flat actuator
FPAP3•3

FP series New!
Options
LED CONTROL AND NUMBER OF POLES
Complete the model numbers on previous pages with one of the following codes.
Function 1 (latching) Function 3 (momentary) Function 1 (latching) Function 3 (momentary)
Non-illuminated Independent
one pole one pole
A C + - + -
Non-illuminated Independent
B2 two poles two poles
B D + - + -
CONTACT MATERIALS

Silver : on request.
ACTUATOR COLOUR
1 : blue - 2 : black - 3 : green - 4 : grey - 5 : yellow - 6 : red - 7 : white/natural

9 : orange
BEZEL COLOUR
1 : blue - 2 : black - 3 : green - 4 : grey - 5 : yellow

6 : red - 7 : white/natural - 8 : bright chrome
LED COLOUR
X : non-illuminated
A : blue - B : green - C : red - D : yellow - E : white - F : red/green - G : red/blue

New! FP series
Options
LED RESISTOR
0 No resistor supplied
1 12V resistor
2 24V resistor
3 48V resistor
MARKING
B2
X No marking
1 Pad printing
2 Laser
SYMBOLS
XX No symbol
Available symbols
See end of K-range, section D. Ø
(.6 16
30 .00
DI
A)
Marking colour
White marking for illuminated actuators (laser etching) and non-illuminated
black actuators (pad printing). Black marking for non-illuminated colour
actuators (pad printing). Other : on request.
Marking area
The symbol will be included in the hatched area.

23-Serie MP-A_08-Serie IP-A 21/11/12 16:42 Page150
MP series
Two-step pushbutton switches New!
MP Series two-step momentary pushbutton switches with optical barrier contacts are
designed for control of two-speed motors.
❑ SIL2
Safety Integrity Level (SIL2) is a safety level defined by the IEC 61508 standard, corresponding
to a high protection level for the equipment, production and employees.
The electrical and mechanical redundancy of MP pushbuttons are ensured by :
- redundant optical contacts for each active position,
- two mechanical systems (a membrane and two springs).
In case of mechanical or electrical failure, the pushbutton will provide a low logic signal if the
B2 equipment control system is programmed to verify output activation state.
❑ Easy to integrate
Disconnectable crimp style connector. The PCB is integrated in the switch.
❑ Resistant to harsh environments

IP68 front panel sealing and a bezel membrane resistant to UV and hydrocarbons make
MP pushbuttons ideal for harsh environment applications.
Nitrile membrane
Actuator
UV and hydrocarbon resistant
custom marking
IP68 panel seal

Bayonet mounting
Easy cap replacement
Connector
Disconnectable, crimp style
Integrated PCB
Plungers
Redundant optical contacts

Practically unlimited life (no wear)
Simultaneaous contacts Turned part
SIL2 Choice of 1 or 2 activated positions

MP series
New! Two-step pushbutton switches
❑ SIL 2
❑ Easy to integrate
❑ Sealed to IP68
❑ UV and hydrocarbon resistant
B2
• Current/voltage rating : 20mA 5VDC max. / 3,3VDC min. • Case + plungers : POM
• Idling current : 20 to 80mA 5VDC - 11 to 44mA 3,3VDC` • Bezel membrane : UV and
• NPN output signal : 20mA with 12VDC max. commutation voltage hydrocarbon resistant nitrile
• Operating force : • Bushing + actuator : polyamide 6/6
- step 1 : 11,5N ± 1,5N • Connector : disconnectable
- step 2 : 14,5N ± 1,5N crimp-style JST SM09B-SRSS-TB
• Travel :
Note : mating connector JST09SR-3S
- 1 step : 4 mm ± 0,4 mm
- 2 steps : 6,65 mm ± 0,4 mm
• Mechanical life expectancy : 1 million cycles on each position
• SIL 2 according to IEC 61508
• Sealing to IP68 according to IEC 529
• Static resistance : 10KV
PANEL CUT-OUT & RECOMMENDED MOUNTING
2.20 MAX
(.086 MAX)
13.50
(.531)
(.748DIA)
Ø19.00
Ø15.20
(.598DIA)
1.50 MAX
(.059 MAX)

MP series
Electrical information
Diagram of an optical barrier redundant in position 1
+VCC1
OPTICAL CELL
OUTPUT SIGNAL
MP pushbutton switches feature two active positions.
BAR 11
Each position is activated by redundant optical
contacts.
LED V2
IN = 0 +VCC2 The redundant barriers have separate power supplies.
OPTICAL CELL
The output signal is equivalent to a NPN output signal.
B2 OUTPUT SIGNAL
BAR 12 The load should be connected between VCC
BARRIER
and Output Signal Bar
Wiring diagram for connector JST SM09B-SRSS-TB
VCC2
BAR 21
BAR 22
BAR 11 = output signal of step 1
LED V2 BAR 21 = output signal of step 2
LED V1 VCC1 supplies the optical barriers with BAR 11 and BAR 21 outputs.
VCC2 supplies the optical barriers with BAR 12 and BAR 22 outputs.
BAR 11
Optical cell inputs LED V2 and LED V1 are at zero.

BAR 12
VCC1
Activation state of optical cells
POS 0 POS 1 POS 2
BAR11 BAR21 BAR12 BAR22 BAR11 BAR21 BAR12 BAR22 BAR11 BAR21 BAR12 BAR22
1
IF VCC1=1
0
1
IF VCC2=1
0
1
IF VCC1=1 and
IF VCC2=1 0
Note : MP pushbutton switches can be used in low power mode. Please contact APEM.

MP series
Overview
MP
SERIES Model Assembly elements Positions

A Standard F Full product (T + L) Blank Cap only
T Cap only 1 1 step
L Base only 2 2 steps
B2
PCB Marking Actuator colour Connector

Blank Cap only Blank Base only Blank Base only Blank Base only
01 to 04 0 Without marking 1 Blue 0 JST SM09B-SRSS-TB
See following pages. B Dark blue
2 Black
3 Green
5 Yellow
6 Red
7 White
9 Orange
ABOUT THIS SERIES


MP series
POS 0
POS 1
POS 2
OFF OFF OFF ON ON ON
MODEL
STRUCTURE
B2
Cap only Ø15X1.00SI
Ø21.50
(.846DIA)
(.590X1.00SI)
13.40
(.527)
(.374)
9.50
(.523)
13.30
MPAT
17.00
13.50
(.669) (.531)
Add desired actuator colour (see options).
Switch base only Ø14.60

(.574)
(1.523)
MPAL
38.70
VCC 2
1.55
(.061)
27.60 27.40
Add desired PCB (see options). (1.086) (1.078)
Full product
17.00 Ø21.50
(.669) (.846DIA)
Ø15X1.00SI 13.40
(.590X1.00SI) (.527)
(.374)
9.50
One-step switch
MPAF1 OFF MOM
(1.791)
45.50
Two-step switch
MPAF2 OFF MOM MOM VCC 2
1.55
(.061)
27.60 27.40
(1.086) (1.078)

MP series
Options
PCB
Blank Cap only
No of barriers No of steps Contact Redundancy

01 4 2 yes
02 2 1 yes
03 2 2 no
04 1 1 no
B2
MARKING
Blank Base only

0 Without marking
ACTUATOR COLOUR
Blank Base only

1 blue
B dark blue
2 black
3 green
5 yellow
6 red
7 white
9 orange
CONNECTOR
Blank Cap only

0 JST SM09B-SRSS-TB

24-Serie LPI-A_08-Serie IP-A 21/11/12 16:56 Page156
LPI series
Tactile pushbutton switches with large actuator
Distinctive features and applications
❑ Common features
• Large ergonomic actuator (Ø 35 mm)
• Low behind-panel depth (21 mm max.)
• Stylish design
• Long life
B2 This series has been developed on a modular base in order to fit the exact
needs of technicians and end-users.
❑ Installation options
The LPI series has a number of features to ensure easy installation:
• Front or rear mounting
• With or without sealing
• 2 separate circuits for NO/NC 5A version
• Terminal block connector for 0,1A NO version
• 3 different LED voltages: 6V, 12V, 24V
• Integrated LED resistor
❑ Aesthetic options
• Ring or dot illumination
• Wide range of LED colours
• Wide range of bezel colours
• Many different actuator types and colours
❑ Applications
Because of its large actuator, this product is suited to all indoor applications
where the pushbutton needs to be located quickly (access control, call
information, museums, exhibitions). This product is also ideal for applications
where the end-user uses gloves.
This product meets the requirements of EN81-70 and is ideal for use in all types
of indoor lifts.

LPI series
Specifications
❑ Front or rear mounting

❑ Flexibility of marking
❑ Designed to meet the requirements of EN81-70

• Snap-action, momentary function • Switch block : thermoplastic for B2
• Mechanical life : 1.000.000 cycles min. for 5A NO/NC 5A NO/NC
5.000.000 cycles min. for 50mA NO • Contacts :
• Max. currrent/voltage rating with resistive load : 5A NO/NC : silver, gold plated
50mA NO : silver
5A NO/NC version 50mA NO version • Actuator crimped symbol : 304L
stainless steel
5A 12VDC - 50.000 cycles
50mA 24 VDC - 5.000.000 cycles
100mA 12VDC - 1.000.000 cycles
MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS
• Min. current with resistive load : 0,5mA at 24VDC for NO version • Environmental protection :
• Contact resistance : 100mΩ max. - IP53 for sealed version
• Dielectric strength : 500Vrms 50Hz between terminals - IP40 for unsealed version
1.000 Vrms 50 Hz between terminals and ground • Impact resistance :
• Insulation resistance : 10MΩ at 500VDC - IK06 for NO/NC version
• Integrated resistors for illuminated versions - IK04 for NO version
• LED current : 20mA typical for dot or ring (30mA max.) • Operating force : 2,5 to 5N (unsealed)
• LED protected from reverse polarity • Total travel : 2 mm ±0,3 mm
• Stand-by consumption : 0,5VA max. • Operating temperature :
- 20°C to +65°C
• Storage temperature :
- 40°C to +70°C
PANEL CUT-OUT
Panel thickness : 1 to 4 mm (.039 to .157) 1 to 4 mm

(.039 to.157)
40.00
(1.574)
M4
1 to 4 mm
(.039 to.157)
Unsealed
(1.574)
40.00
version
(1.437 0/+0.001)
ø39.10 +0.20
36.50 +0.20
-0.00
-0.00
(1.539DIA 0/+0.001)
Rear mounting
1 to 4 mm
(.039 to.157) 40.00
(1.574)
ø4.00
ø38.10 +0.20
-0.00 (.157 DIA)
(1.5DIA 0/+.001)
Front mouting
Sealed
(1.574)
40.00
version
2.50 ø4.00 ø44.10 +0.20

-0.00
(.098) (.157 DIA) (1.736DIA 0/+0.001)

LPI series
Overview
SWITCH BLOCK
LPI
SERIES Electrical functions Illumination LED voltage LED colour

3 50mA NO 0 No illumination XX None X None
5 5A NO/NC 1 Dot 06 6V R Red
B2 4 Ring 12 12V G Green
24 24V B Blue
A Amber
W White
OPERATOR
Mounting Sealing Bezel colour Actuator type Actuator colour Actuator

marking
1 Front mounting X Unsealed X No bezel 1 Raised crimped 7 White
2 Rear mounting K Sealed 1 Blue 2 Raised moulded See end of the
2 Black 3 Raised screen series.
3 Green printed
4 Grey 4 Without symbol
5 Yellow 5 Screen printed
6 Red
7 White
9 Amber
N Satin grey
Consult APEM.
ABOUT THIS SERIES

On the following pages, you will find successively switch block order numbers and operator order numbers.
Dimensions : first dimensions are in m while inches are shown as bracketed numbers.
Packaging unit : 15 pieces for front mounting versions - 20 pieces for rear mounting versions.
Sealing boot available to increase the sealing of LPI switches. See section H.

LPI series
Switch block
SWITCH BLOCK
MODEL
STRUCTURE
5A momentary NC/NO combined
1 3
1 2
2 4
LPI5 3 4
+ -
B2
Terminal block
Wire size : AWG20-15 - 0,5 to 1,5 mm2
Rated torque : 0,5 Nm
Screw size : M3
50mA momentary NO
2 4
+ - 2 4
LPI3
+ -
Terminal block
Wire size : AWG28-16 - 0,5 to 1 mm2
Rated torque : 0,4 Nm
Screw size : M2

LPI series
Switch block
ILLUMINATION
SWITCH BLOCK
Illuminated dot Illuminated ring

0 Non-illuminated
1 Illuminated dot (1 LED)
4 Illuminated ring (4 LEDs)

Option 4 available only in the case of screen-printed
symbol
B2
Option 1 Option 4
LED VOLTAGE
SWITCH BLOCK
XX Non-illuminated
06 6V Combination with other options : see table below.
12 12V
24 24V
• Integrated resistors
• LED current : 20mA typical for dot or ring (30mA max.)
• LEDs protected from reverse polarity
• Stand-by consumption for illuminated product : 0,5VA max.
LED COLOUR
SWITCH BLOCK
Colours available with illuminated ring (option 4)

X Non-illuminated Red Green Amber Blue White
R Red LED voltage Version 5A
G Green 6V No No No No No
A Amber
12V Yes Yes No No No
B Blue
W White 24V Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
LED voltage Version 50mA
6V No No No No No
12V Yes No Yes No No
24V Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes@

LPI series
Operator
MOUNTING
OPERATOR
1 Front mounting
2 Rear mounting
FRONT MOUNTING - 50mA version FRONT MOUNTING - 5A version REAR MOUNTING - all versions
(0.209)
(0.256)
(0.256)
5.30
6.50
6.50
ØA ØA
B2
(0.744)
(0.780)
18.90
19.80
(0.827)
21.00
48.00
(1.890)
35.00
35.00 35.00 (1.378 DIA)
(1.378 DIA) (1.378 DIA)
(1.890)
48.00
MATRIX MOUNTING Dimension A
Sealed models : 44 mm (1.732)
All versions Unsealed models : 39,9 mm (1.570)
50.00
(1.969)
(1.969)
50.00
SEALING
OPERATOR
X Unsealed Note : bezel compulsory on sealed versions.

K Sealed

LPI series
Operator
BEZEL COLOUR
OPERATOR
X No bezel Bezel
1 Blue
2 Black
3 Green
4 Grey
5 Yellow
6 Red
B2 7/1 White
9 Orange
Satin grey (option N) : consult APEM.
For sealed versions, the bezel is compulsory.
ACTUATOR TYPE
OPERATOR
1 Stainless steel raised crimped symbol

2 Raised moulded symbol (star and bell)
3 Raised screen printed symbol
4 Without symbol
5 Screen printed symbol
Ring illumination available with options 3, 4 and 5 only.
1 2 3 4 5
ACTUATOR COLOR Actuator

OPERATOR
7 White

LPI series
Operator
ACTUATOR MARKING
OPERATOR
CODE SYMBOL DESCRIPTION CODE SYMBOL DESCRIPTION
XX / No symbol 14 Open
(.031)
0.80
00 0 15 Close
01 1 16 Up B2
02 2 17 Down
03 3 18 Left
04 4 19 Right
With single
05 5• tactile point 20 Ventilation
(.590 min)
15 mini
Alarm (moulded,
06 6 21
yellow)
Exit level Actuator type 1
07 7 22
(moulded, green)
08 8 23 Phone
09 9
11 -1 Symbol height
Symbol 21 Symbol 22 Other symbol
12 -2
Actuator type 1 x x 0,8 mm
Actuator type 2 0,8 mm 5 mm x
13 -3
Actuator type 3 x x 0,8 mm
Actuator type 4 x x x
Actuator type 5 x x 0 mm
x = non available

Tact switches
Section C
01-Serie D162_03-Series DS_DA_DP-A 21/11/12 17:37 Page2
D162 series
SMT tact switches
6 x 6 mm case
❑ Excellent coplanarity
❑ Right angle for pick and place

• Normally open (NO) • Case : high temperature 4/6
• Current/voltage rating : 50mA 12VDC max. nylon
• Contact resistance : 100 mΩ max. • Actuator : high temperature
• Insulation resistance (at 100VDC) : 1.000 MΩ min. 4/6 nylon
• Dielectric strength : 250 Vrms • Cover : steel, tin plated
• Electrical life : 40.000 cycles • Contacts : stainless steel or
copper alloy, min. 0,2 micron
C gold plated over nickel barrrier
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS • Terminals : copper alloy, min.
0,2 micron gold plated over
• Operating force : 1,6N ± 0,3N nickel barrier
• Travel : 0,2 mm ± 0,1 mm
• Shocks : 50 g according to IEC 512-4
• Moisture : 21 days according to IEC 512-6
• Temperature range : -40°C to +90°C
• Tape and reel packaging
• SMT soldering
Right angle mounting

4.57 5.33
(.110)
2.79
(.015)
(.180) (.210)
0.38
(.067)
1.70
(.080)
2.03
(.164)
4.19
(.181)
(.188)
(.145)
4.61
4.80
3.68
1 2 1.14
1 2 (.045)
0.86 0.76
Model No (.034) (.03)
1.40
3.81
(.150)
4.00 (.055)
D162-02 (.157) 7.11
(.279)
5.08
3.81 3.96
(.140 DIA)
(.200)
Ø3.56
(.150) (.156)
(.124)
3.17
(.004 Max)
0.10 Maxi
(.279)
7.11
7.77
(.306)
PACKAGING
Ø160.00 16.00 7.40

(.630) (.291)
(6.300DIA)
24.40+2.00/0.00
0.960+.078/.000)
(12.992 DIA MAX)
Ø330.00 Maxi
Quantity per reel : 600 pieces

24.00
(.945)
11.50
(.453)
3.00
(.118)
Ø13.00±0.25
(.511 DIA±.009) 4.00 Ø1.75
(.069)
(.157) (.069DIA)
1.75
C-2 www.apem.com APEM

PHAP33 series
Tact switches
❑ Wide range of case formats
❑ SMT and through-hole models
❑ Normally closed models available
PHAP3301
PHAP3355 PHAP3302
PHAP3371
PHAP3381 PHAP3361 PHAP3303 PHAP3350
Models PHAP3372
PHAP3390 PHAP3382 PHAP3362 PHAP3305 PHAP3351 PHAP3320
PHAP3373
PHAP3391 PHAP3383 PHAP3363 PHAP3306 PHAP3352 PHAP3321
Performances
PHAP3384
PHAP3374
PHAP3378
PHAP3365 PHAP3307 PHAP3353 C
PHAP3366 PHAP3308
PHAP3368
Current/voltage rating 50mA 12VDC
Contact resistance 100 mΩ max.
Insulation resistance 100 MΩ min.
Dielectric strength 250 VAC min. (1 minute)
Electrical life (cycles) 70.000 70.000 75.000 30.000 100.000 100.000 100.000
Operating force 2,6N ± 0,5N 1,6N ± 0,5N 1,6N +0,5/-0,3N 1,8N ± 0,5N 1,6N ± 0,5N 2N ± 0,3N 1,6N ± 0,5N
Travel 0,20 mm 0,25 mm 0,25 mm 0,25 mm 0,25 mm 0,50 mm 0,30 mm
Operating temperature -20°C to +70°C
Storage temperature -30°C to +80°C
Vibrations 10-500 Hz / 10 g
IR reflow soldering 260°C for 40 seconds max. -
Wave soldering 255°C for 5 seconds max.
Manual soldering 300°C for 3 seconds max.
Dimensions : First dimensions are in mm while inches are shown as bracketted numbers.
Packaging unit : 1.000 pieces and multiples, except for tape and reel packaging (see following pages).
APEM www.apem.com C-3

PHAP33 series
SMT tact switches
Microminiature and ultra-low profile - 4,2 x 4,2 mm case
• Ultra-compact size for board space saving : 4,2 x 4,2 mm case,

1,5 mm button height from PCB
• Reflow solderable
• For tape and reel packaging, add ”R” at the end of model number.
With positioning pins
(.028DIA)
2.60
C
ø0.80
Ø0.70
4.20 (.102)
(.055)
0.60 (.031 DIA)
1.40
(.024) (.165)
Ø2.00
(.079DIA) 1 3
2.80
Model number
(.236)
(.276)
6.00
7.00
(.110)
1.50
(.059)
PHAP3390
0.50
1.10 (.020) 2 4
(.150)
3.80
(.043) 3.50
(.137) 4.80
(.188)
4.40
(.173)
1 2
3 4
Operating force : 2,6N ± 0,5N - Travel : 0,20 mm
1.10 4.80
(.150)
4.20 (.188)
3.80
(.043) (.165)
Ø2.00
(.079DIA) 1 3
Model number
(.236)
(.276)
6.00
7.00
1.50 0.50
PHAP3391 (.059) (.020) 2 4
2.60
3.50 (.102)
(.137)
4.40
(.173)
1 2
3 4
PACKAGING
ETIQUETTE
(LABEL)
LABEL
4.00
14.00 (.157)
(.551) Ø1.50
Ø13.00 2.00
To order a product with tape and reel
(.059 DIA)
(.512 DIA) (.079)
packaging, add ”R” at the end of its

model number.
(.217)
5.50
(.472)
(.069)
12.00
1.75
Example : PHAP3390R.
Quantity per reel : 3.400 pieces 2.00 2.50 2.00 8.00
(.079) (.098) (.079) (.315)
Ø330.00
(13.00 DIA)

PHAP33 series
SMT tact switches
Ultra-low profile - 6 x 6 mm case
• Ultra-compact size for board space saving : 6 x 6 mm case,

• Types for iron soldering (L = 10 mm)
• With positioning pins
• With or without grounding tab for protection against electrostatic
discharges
Without grounding tab

6.00
(.236)
4.50
(.051 DIA)
(.177)
Ø1.30
4.50
1.60
(.063)
(.177)
0.70
(.028) 1 3 C
Model No Dim. «L»
(.063)
(.185)
(.409)
(.185)
10.40
1.60
(.236)
Ø3.00
4.70
4.70
6.00
L
(.118 DIA)
0.30
PHAP3381 8 mm (.012)
Ø1.50
2.30 6.60 (.059 DIA) 2 4
PHAP3382 10 mm (.091) (.260) 1.40
(.055)
1 2
3 4
With grounding tab 6.00

(.236) 4.50
(.051 DIA)
(.177)
Ø1.30
4.50
(.177) 0.70
1.60 (.028) 1 5 3
(.063)
(.063)
(.185)
(.409)
(.185)
10.40
1.60
(.236)
Ø3.00
4.70
4.70
6.00
L
(.118 DIA)
Model No Dim. «L» 0.30
(.012)
Ø1.50
PHAP3383 8 mm
2.30 (.059 DIA) 2 4
(.091) 6.60 1.40
(.260) (.055)
PHAP3384 10 mm
1 2
3 4
5
PACKAGING
ETIQUETTE
(LABEL)
LABEL 4.00
(.157)
18.00 Ø1.50
2.00
To order a product with tape and reel Ø13.00
(.512 DIA)
(.709)
(.079)
(.059 DIA)

model number.
(.295)
7.50
(.069)
1.75
(.630)
16.00
Quantity per reel : 2.200 pieces

2.00
(.079)
Ø330.00 3.00 12.00
(13.00 DIA) (.118) (.472)

PHAP33 series
SMT tact switches
Low profile - 6,2 x 6,2 mm case

2,6 to 3,4 mm button height from PCB
discharges
• Models with external terminals type G or internal terminals type J
External terminals type G (gullwing)

6.20 4.00
L (.244) (.157)
C
Ø3.00
(.118 DIA) 2 4
(.228)
(.244)
(.354)
(.433)
12.00
5.80
9.00
6.20
Model No Dim. «L» 0.70
2.60 1 3
PHAP3371
(.028)
2,6 mm (.102)
4.00 1.00
(.157) (.039)
PHAP3371A 3,4 mm
1 2
3 4
Operating force : 1,6N + 0,5N/-0,3N - Travel : 0,25 mm
Internal terminals type J - tape and reel packaging

6.20
L (.244) 4.00
(.157)
(.110)
2.80
Ø3.00
(.118 DIA)
2 4
(.244)
(.268)
(.315)
6.20
8.80
6.80
Model No Dim. «L» 0.70 1 3

2.60
(.028)
PHAP3372R 2,6 mm (.102) 1.00
4.00 (.039)
(.157)
PHAP3372AR 3,4 mm
1 2
3 4
PACKAGING
ETIQUETTE
(LABEL)
LABEL 4.00
(.157)
18.00 Ø1.50
2.00 (.059 DIA)
Ø13.00 (.709) (.079)
(.512 DIA)

model number.
(.295)
7.50
(.069)
1.75
(.630)
16.00

2.00
(.079)
Ø330.00 3.70 12.00
(13.00 DIA) (.146) (.472)

PHAP33 series
SMT tact switches
Low profile - 6,2 x 6,2 mm case
Button height from PCB : 2,9 mm
(.063)
1.60
2.60 6.20 1.40
(.102) (.244) (.055)
Ø3.00
(.118 DIA)
2 4
(.315)
(.244)
(.331)
8.00
8.40
6.20
Model No 0.70
(.028)
1 3
PHAP3373 2.90
(.114)
4.50
(.177)
4.50
(.177)
1 2
3 4
Button height from PCB : 3,1 mm - with grounding tab

6.20
4.50
(.098)
2.50
(.244)
2.60 0.70 (.177)
(.102) (.028)
C
Ø3.00
(.118 DIA)
2 5 4
(.244)
(.374)
6.20
9.50
L
Model No Dim. «L» 0.70 1 3
3.10 (.028) 1.60
PHAP3374 8 mm (.122) 4.50
(.177)
(.063)
1 2
3 4
PACKAGING
ETIQUETTE
LABEL
(LABEL) 4.00
(.157)
18.00 Ø1.50
2.00 (.059 DIA)
Ø13.00 (.709) (.079)
(.512 DIA)

model number.
(.295)
7.50
(.069)
1.75
Example : PHAP3373R. (.630)

16.00

2.00
(.079) 4.10
Ø330.00 12.00
(13.00 DIA) (.161) (.472)

PHAP33 series
SMT tact switches
Normally closed - 7,6 x 7,6 mm case
• Compact size for board space saving : 7,6 x 7,6 mm case,

• Standard PCB layout
Normally closed
(.118DIA)
4.30 7.60
(.043)
1.20
Ø3.00
(.169) (.299) 1.00
(.039)
C 3 1
(.299)
(.374)
7.60
9.50
(.393)
10.00
Model No 0.70
(.028)
4 2
3.50
PHAP3378R (.137) 4.50
(.177)
4.50
(.177)
1 2
3 4
PACKAGING
LABEL 4.00
(.157)
18.00 Ø1.50
2.00 (.059 DIA)
Ø13.00 (.709) (.079)
(.512 DIA)

(.295)
7.50
(.069)
1.75
(.630)
16.00
2.00
(.079) 4.60
Ø330.00 12.00
(13.00 DIA) (.181) (.472)

PHAP33 series
SMT tact switches
Microminiature - 6 x 3,5 mm case
• Ultra-compact size for board space saving : 6 x 3,5 mm case,

4,3 or 5 mm button height from PCB
• Right angle version available
Standard mounting
(.132)
C
3.35
0.30 3.50
0.40 (.012) (.138)
(.016)
1
Model No Dim. «L»
(.354)
(.236)
(.520)
13.20
9.00
6.00
(.039)
PHAP3361 4,3 mm
1.00 1.50 2 2.00
(.118)
PHAP3361A
3.00
5,0 mm (.059) (.098)

3.50
(.138) 1.00
(.039)
L
1 2
For tape and reel packaging, add “R” at the end of model number.

1.50 3.30
3.00 (.059) (.130)
(.118) 0.90
(.138)
(.098)
(.050)
(.035)
3.50
2.50
1.27
1.75
(.024)
0.60
(.069)
(.024)
(.034)
0.60
0.80
1 2
Model No 3 4
(.010)
0.25
0.60
PHAP3355R (.024) 4.20
(.165)
1.45 5.30
(.057) (.209)
(.133)
3.40
6.90
(.272)
1 2
7.80 3 4
(.307)
PACKAGING
Ø1.50
LABEL (.059 DIA) 2.00
Ø13.00 (.079)
18.00 4.00
(.512 DIA) (.709) (.157)
Quantity per reel :

PHAP3361R : 1.800 pieces
(.295)
7.50
(.069)
1.75
PHAP3361AR : 1.800 pieces

(.629)
16.00
PHAP3355R : 2.000 pieces
Ø330.00 2.00 3.60 8.00

(13.00 DIA) (.079) (.141) (.314)

PHAP33 series
SMT tact switches
Microminiature - Low profile - 6,1 x 3,7 mm case

• Available with flat or bent terminals
Flat terminals
3.70
C (..102)
2.60 2.50
(.098)
(.146)
1.20
(.217)
(.047)
5.50
Model No 1
(.248)
(.240)
(.366)
(.314)
PHAP3365R
9.30
6.30
6.10
8.00
2
0.60 1.40
(.024) (.055)
1 2
Bent terminals
3.70
(.146)
2.50
(.098) 1.20
(.102)
2.60
(.217)
(.047)
5.50
(.157)
Model No 1
4.00
PHAP3366R
(.267)
(.240)
(.314)
8.00
6.10
6.80
2
0.60
(.024) 1.40
(.055)
1 2
PACKAGING
4.00
LABEL (.157) Ø1.50
2.00 (.059 DIA)
18.00
(.079)
Ø13.00 (.709)
(.512 DIA)
(.295)
7.50
(.069)
1.75

(.630)
16.00
2.00
(.079) 2.80 8.00
Ø330.00 (.110) (.314)
(13.00 DIA)

PHAP33 series
SMT tact switches
6 x 6 mm case
• 4,3 to 13 mm button height from PCB

• Excellent tactile feedback (snap dome)
• Standard PCB layout
• Caps for model with square actuator
Ø4.50 5.50
4.00 5.50 (.177 DIA)
(.157 SQ) (.217) (.217)
2.80 2.80
(.110)
Cap colours : 1 : blue - 2 : black - 3 : green
(.110)
5 : yellow - 6 : red - 7 : ivory U5520 square U5530 round
Round actuator
4.50
(.177)
4.50
Model No Dim. «L» Actuator colour
(.137 DIA)
0.70
(.177)
Ø3.50
(.027) L
PHAP3368 4,3 mm black/white

2 4
C
(.063)
PHAP3368A
1.60
5,0 mm black/white
(.354)
(.236)
9.00
(.354)
6.00
9.00
PHAP3368B 9,5 mm black

1 3
0.40
(.016)
PHAP3368C
1.40
8,0 mm white 6.00
(.236) (.055)
PHAP3368D 13,0 mm black 3.50

(.137)
1 2
PHAP3368E 7,3 mm ivory
PHAP3368F 8,5 mm grey
3 4
Square actuator 4.50

(.177)
0.70 7.40 4.50
(.027) (.291) (.177)
(.094)
2.40
2 4
(.063)
1.60
(.354)
(.236)
9.00
(.354)
Model No
6.00
9.00
1 3
PHAP3368T
0.40
2.40 (.016)
(.094) 1.40
(.055)
6.00
(.236) 3.60
(.142)
1 2
3 4
Edge of PCB mounting

(.012 MAXI)
Ø3.50
0.30 MAXI
(.137 DIA)
1 2
(.012)
(.177)
0.30
4.50
3 4
(.157)
4.00
(.039)
1.00
Model No 14.00
(.055)
1.40
(.551)
PHAP3305ASR 0.70
7.00
(.027)
(.275)
(.074)
1.90
4.50 4.50
(.177) (.177)
(.047)
(.173)
1.20
4.40
(.173)
4.40
1 2
(.252)
(.291)
6.40
7.40
3 4
12.00 0.80
(.126)
3.20
Ø2.30
Operating force : 1,6N ± 0,5N - Travel : 0,25 mm (.472) (.034)
(.090 DIA)
Quantity per reel : 650 pieces

PHAP33 series
Through-hole tact switches
Microminiature - 6 x 3,5 mm case
• Ultra-compact size for board space saving : 6 x 3,5 mm case,

4,3 or 5 mm button height from PCB
• Crimped terminals for direct mounting onto PCB
• Moulded-in terminals for wave soldering
Standard mounting
6.00
(.236)
(.012)
0.30
1.50
(.138)
3.00
3.50
(.059) (.118)
1
(.028)
(.110)
0.70
2.80
Model No Dim. «L» Ø1.25
(.256)
6.50
(.049 DIA)
L
PHAP3362 4,3 mm 1.00
3.50
(.039) 0.30 2
PHAP3362A 5,0 mm (.138) (.012)
(.071)
1.80
6.50
(.138)
3.50
(.256)
7.90
(.311)
1 2

5.90
(.232) 2.50 Ø1.00
(.169)
4.30
1.45 (.098)
(.059)
(.039 DIA)
1.50
(.098)
2.50
(.057)
(.098)
2.50
1.00
Model No 0.30 (.039) 3
1
(.276)
(.197)
7.00
5.00
(.012) 2
PHAP3363 2.50 5.00 4
3.72 (.098) 0.50 (.197) 0.30
(.146) (.020) (.012) Ø1.30
(.051 DIA)
7.00
(.276)
1 2
3 4

PHAP33 series
6 x 6 mm case

• Excellent tactile feedback (snap dome)
• With or without grounding tab for protection ag. electrostatic discharges
• Caps for model with square actuator (L = 2,4 mm) :
Ø4.50 5.50
4.00 5.50 (.177 DIA)
(.157 SQ) (.217) (.217)
2.80 2.80
Cap colours : 1 : blue - 2 : black - 3 : green -
(.110) (.110)
5 : yellow - 6 : red - 7 : ivory U5520 square U5530 round
Straight terminals
4.50
Model No Dim. «L» Actuator colour 0.70
(.177)
3.50 4.50
(.137 DIA)
(.027) (.137) L (.177)
PHAP3301 4,3 mm black
Ø3.50
2 4
PHAP3301A 5,0 mm black
(.011)
(.236)
(.255)
(.255)
0.30
6.00
6.50
6.50
1 3
PHAP3301C 8,0 mm white 6.00 1.80
0.50
(.019)
Ø1.00
(.039 DIA)
PHAP3301D
(.236) (.070)
13,0 mm black 3.60
1 2
PHAP3301E
(.141)
7,3 mm ivory
PHAP3301F 8,5 mm grey 3 4
Straight terminals - with grounding tab 6.35

(.250)
6.35
4.50 (.250)
(.177)
Model No Dim. «L» Actuator colour 0.70 3.50 4.50
(.137 DIA)
(.027) (.137) L (.177)

(.011)
Ø3.50
PHAP3302
0.30
4,3 mm black 2 4

(.236)
(.255)
(.255)
= =
6.00
6.50
6.50
5

(.059)
3
(.027)
1.50
0.70
0.50 1
Ø1.00
PHAP3302C 8,0 mm white 6.00
(.236)
1.80
(.070)
(.019) (.039 DIA)
PHAP3302D 13,0 mm black

1 2
3.60
(.141)
3 4
5
Straight terminals - square actuator

4.50
(.177)
0.70 3.50 7.50 4.50
(.027) (.137) (.295) (.177)
Model No Dim. «L» Actuator colour 2 4

(.011)
(.236)
(.255)
(.255)
0.30
6.00
6.50
6.50
PHAP3303 2,4mm blue

L
PHAP3303A 2,8 mm black 0.50

(.019)
1 3
Ø1.00
(.039 DIA)
6.00 1.80
(.236) (.070)
3.60
(.141) 1 2
3 4

PHAP33 series
6 x 6 mm case

Model No Dim. «L» Actuator colour 7.40 2.50
(.137 DIA)
(.291) (.098)
PHAP3305 3,15 mm black
Ø3.50
3
PHAP3305A
1
3,85 mm black
(.177)
(.275)
4.50
7.00
(.137) (.283)
3.50 7.20
(.165)
4.20
PHAP3305B 8,35 mm black 2
4
PHAP3305C 6,85 mm white Ø1.00
(.070)
0.70 0.30
1.80
(.039 DIA)
(.027) (.011)
0.40 1.00
PHAP3305D 11,85 mm black (.015) (.039)
4.50 2.50
PHAP3305E 6,15 mm ivory (.177)
7.00
(.098) L
1 2
(.275)
PHAP3305T 6,15 mm blue 2.4 x 2.4 3 4
Right angle mounting of 2 tact switches 5.60

(.220)
8.40
(.331) 3.00
(.118)
4.50 Ø1.30
Model No Dim. «L» Actuator colour (.177)
(.051 DIA)
C PHAP3306 3,15 mm black (.492)

12.50
22.60
(.890)
1
(.236)
(.315)
2
6.00
8.00
3
4
PHAP3306B 8,35 mm black Ø0.80
(.079)
(.240)
2.00
6.10
0.40 (.031 DIA)

PHAP3306C 6,85 mm white 0.30
1.00
(.039)
(.016)
0.60
PHAP3306D 11,85 mm black
(.012) (.024) 2.00
(.079)
L 1 4
6.00
7.50 (.236)
(.295) 2 3
8.00
10.55 (.315)
(.415)
Long straight terminals + tape 12.70 Ø3.50

(.500) (.138 DIA)
(.142)
3.60
0.70
L
Model No Dim. «L» (.028)
0.50 0.30
(.102)
2.60
PHAP3307
(.020)
4,3 mm
0.50
(.020) (.012)
(.709)
18.00
PHAP3307A 5,0 mm
6.10 Ø1.00
(.240) (.039 DIA)
(.354)
PHAP3307G 7,0 mm
9.00
1
(.197)
(.240)
5.00
6.10
5.00
(.709)
18.00
(.197)
2
Ø4.00 6.35
(.157 DIA) (.250)
1 2

12.70
(.500)
Quantity per tape : 1.000 pieces
Straight terminals + LED

Ø0.80 4.50
(.031 DIA) (.177)
1 4
Model No LED colour LED If LED Vf
(.098)
2.50
6.40 4.10
(.256)
6.50
(.252) 5 6
PHAP3308 - - -
3.60 (.161)
(.016)
0.40
0.20 2.40
(.142) (.094)
(.008) 2 3
PHAP3308R red 15mA 2,1V
6.20
(.047)
(.244)
1.20
(.079)
(.165) (.228)
2.00
4.20 5.80
PHAP3308G green 30mA 2,2V Ø1.00

(.059)
(.039 DIA)
1.50
PHAP3308Y yellow 30mA 2V

0.40
(.016) 0.18 0.70 1 2
(.007) (.028)
(.106)
2.70
6.50
(.256) 4.50
(.177)
7.20
(.283) 6.20 3 4
(.244)
5 6

PHAP33 series
Sealed - 7,2 x 7,2 mm or 10 x 10 mm case
• Dust and splash proof

discharges
7,2 x 7,2 mm case - straight terminals - grounding or not

2.60 7.20
(.102) (.283)
Grounding Dim. «L»
1.00 0.70
(.039) (.027)
PHAP3350 5,0 mm
(.118 DIA)
Ø3.00 1 5 3 C
(.299)
(.311)
(.358)
(.311)
(.283)
7.60
7.90
9.10
7.90
7.20
PHAP3350A 9,0 mm 2 4
PHAP3350B 13,0 mm L
3.90 5.00 5.00
(.154) (.197) (.197)
Non grounding Dim. «L» 1 2
PHAP3351 5,0 mm
PHAP3351A 9,0 mm 3 4
PHAP3351B 13,0 mm 5
Operating force : 2N ± 0,3N - Travel : 0,50 mm
7,2 x 7,2 mm case - right angle terminals

5.60
(.220)
3.50 8.00
(.138) (.315) 2.50
(.098)
Model No Dim. «L»
(.157)
4.00
(.118 DIA)
PHAP3352
4
4,35 mm
Ø3.00
(.315)
8.00
2
(.307)
(.197)
7.80
5.00
1
PHAP3352A 8,35 mm
3
Ø1.10 Ø1.00
2.50 (.039 DIA)
PHAP3352B
(.043 DIA)
12,35 mm
(.024)
0.60
L (.098) 5.00
(.197)
(.138)
3.50
3.00
(.118)
7.80 1 2
(.307)
3 4
8.90
(.350)
Operating force : 2N ± 0,3N - Travel : 0,50 mm
10 x 10 mm case - straight terminals

2 4
(.512)
13.00
(.394)
10.00
(.138)
3.50
(.315)
(.406)
10.30
8.00
Model No 0.70 0.30 1 3

(.028) Ø1.00
PHAP3353
(.012) 6.00
10.30 (.039 DIA)
6.00 (.236)
(.071)
1.80
(.236) (.406)
11.70
(.461)
1 2
1 2
(.394)
10.00
3 4 3 4
Ø3.80
(.150 DIA)
10.00
(.394)

PHAP33 series
12 x 12 mm case

• Excellent tactile feedback (snap-dome)
• Caps for model PHAP3321 :
4.00 5.70
(.157) (.224) Ø11.50
2.00
(.453 DIA)
(.079)
(.472)
12.00
Cap colours : 1 : blue - 2 : black - 3 : green R=1.00
1.50
(.059) 1.50
5 : yellow - 6 : red - 7 : ivory (R.039) 12.00
(.472)
R=1.00
(R.039)
(.059) Ø13.00
(.512 DIA)
U5540 square U5550 round
Straight terminals - short actuator

4.00 1.00 0.3
X
(.157) (.039) (.012) 5.00
3.50 (.197)
(.138)
C 1 3
(.263 DIA)
Model No Dim. «L»

Ø6.70
(.491)
12.50
(.491)
(.472)
12.50
12.00
(.555)
14.10
PHAP3320
1.20
4,3 mm 4x
(.047)
2 4
PHAP3320A 7,5 mm L 1.80 5.00
(.197) 1 3
(.071)
12.00
(.472)
2 4
Straight terminals - long keyed actuator

12.00
(.472) 1.00 0.3 5.00
3.50 1.20 X
8.00 (.039) (.012) (.197)
(.315) (.138) (.047)
1 3
Model No
(.236)
(.491)
12.50
(.491)
(.472)
12.50
12.00
6.00
(.555)
14.10
PHAP3320B 1.00 4x
1.20
(.047)
0.30 (.039) 2 4
(.012) 1.80 Ø4.00
5.00
(.071) (.197) (.157 DIA) 1 3
4.00
(.157)
12.00
(.472)
2 4
Straight terminals - square actuator

4.00 1.00 0.3 5.00
3.50 X
(.157) (.039) (.012) (.197)
(.138)
(.150)
3.80
1 3
Model No
(.491)
12.50
(.491)
(.472)
12.50
12.00
(.555)
14.10
1.20
4x
PHAP3321 1.80
(.071) 2 4
(.047)
1.80 5.00
7.30 (.071) (.197) 1 3
(.287)
12.00
(.472)
2 4

Section D
01-Serie SMT TR-A_01-Serie SMT TR-A 21/11/12 17:56 Page2
SMT TR series
Surface mount tiny washable rocker switches

• Terminals turned to the outside, preventing the shadow effect in infrared soldering
and permitting visual inspection of solder joints
• Available with positioning pins to ensure switch orientation during the reflow
process and increasing switch mechanical resistance
❑ Washable

• Max. current/voltage rating with resistive load : 44.00±0.30
0,4VA 20V max. AC or DC (1.732±.011)

D • Initial contact resistance : 20 mΩ max Unrolling direction
12.00

(.472)

40.40±0.10
(1.590±.003)
A

(14.173 DIA MAX)
Ø100.00 mini
(3.937 DIA MIN)
Ø360.00 Maxi
MATERIALS
• Actuator : high temperature plastic rocker Ø13.00±0.25 3.00

• Terminals : brass, with pure tin plating over nickel barrier Tape width 24.00 (.944) 44.00 (1.732)
Reel 24.40+2.00/0.00 44.40+2.00/0.00

(dimension A) (.960+.078/.000) (1.748+.078/.000)
D-2 www.apem.com APEM

01-Serie SMT TR-A_01-Serie SMT TR-A 21/11/12 17:56 Page3
SMT TR series
Surface mount tiny washable rocker switches

• Single pole
1 2 3
(.218)
5.55
(.120)
3.05
14.75
5.84 (.580)
(.230) II
III II I I
24∞
III 6.90
(.271)
(.070)
1.80
1.50
TR36WS80000 ON - ON
(.043)
1.10
(.059)
(.437)
11.10
(.350)
8.90
TR39WS80000 ON OFF ON
(.313)
7.96
TR37WS80000 MOM OFF MOM
10.16
(.400)
(.082)
TR38WS80000 ON OFF MOM
2.10
TR32WS80000 ON - MOM 3 2 1 0.80
3.05
(.120)
0.50
2.54
(.100) 2.54
(.031)
D
(.019) (.100)
5.55
(.218) 8.10
(.318)
Supplied without rocker.
With positioning pins 5.84

14.75
(.580)
(.230) II
24∞
I III
Ø0.80
III II I (.031 DIA)
(.043)
6.90
1.10
(.437)
11.10
(.350)
8.90
(.271)
TR36WS80065 ON - ON 3.81
TR39WS80065
(.150)
ON OFF ON
(.070)
1.80
(.025)
0.65
(.400)
10.16
(.372)
9.45
TR37WS80065 MOM OFF MOM

TR38WS80065 ON OFF MOM 0.50
3 2 1 2.54
(.100)
1.50
(.059) (.313)
7.96
TR32WS80065 ON - MOM
1.00 (.019)
(.039)
8.10 0.80
3.05 (.318) (.031)
(.120)
(.082)
2.10
5.08
5.55 (.200)
(.218)
Supplied without rocker. 3.81

(.150)
ROCKERS
Order separately.
Rocker colours
14.705)
(.58
Replace last "0" by number
5.84
(.229)
24˚
1 blue 5 yellow
1/4 dark blue 6 red
(.437)
11.10
2 black 7 ivory
(.350)
8.90
3 green 7/1 white

4 grey 9 orange
U4700
APEM www.apem.com D-3

02-Serie TR-A_02-Serie TR-A 21/11/12 17:55 Page4
TR series
Tiny washable rocker switches
❑ Sealed

❑ Same PCB layout as tiny toggle (TL), pushbutton (TP)
and slide switches (TG)

- gold plated contacts : 0,4VA 20V max. AC or DC • Actuator : polyamide
- silver plated contacts : 0,5A 48V max. AC or DC • Contacts and terminals :
• Minimum load : 10mA 50mV - 10µA 5VDC 0 : brass, gold plated
• Contact resistance : 20 mΩ max. 1 : brass, silver plated
• Insulation resistance : 1.000 MΩ min. at 500VDC 3 : brass, gold plated
• Dielectric strength : (1,27 micron gold)
1.000 Vrms 50 Hz min. between terminals and frame 8 : contact brass, gold plated
D 500 Vrms 50 Hz min. between terminals + tin plated terminals
• Electrical life at full load : 9 : contact brass, gold plated
Contacts Number of cycles (1,27 micron gold) + tin plated
terminals
2 positions 3 positions • Terminal seal : epoxy
Silver plated 20.000 10.000

TR series
Overview
TR

3 Single pole 6 ON - ON P0 Straight PC
4 Double pole 9 ON OFF ON Y0 Bracket mounting
7 MOM OFF MOM W0 Right angle, horizontal mounting
8 ON OFF MOM WW Right angle, vertical mounting
2 ON - MOM MW Wire-wrap
00
Contacts and terminal Case colour Special options Rockers D

materials
00 Blue 00 No special requirement 10 Small
0 Brass, gold plated 07 Trimmed terminals - length 3,2 (.125) 20 Large
1 Brass, silver plated 08 Extended terminals
3 Brass, gold plated 18 Switch without ground plate
(1,27 micron gold) 20 Ground plate with 2 pins
8 Contact brass, gold 25 Trimmed terminals - length 5 (.196)
plated + tin plated 30 Wire-wrap on bracket mounting models
terminals 50 Crimped ground plate pins
9 Contact brass, gold
plated (1,27 micron
gold) + tin plated
terminals (SP only)
ABOUT THIS SERIES


TR series

0.70
(.027)
(.598)
15.20
0.70
(.129)
(.027)
3.30
1 2 3
MODEL
STRUCTURE
Shown with small rocker (code 10)
Straight PC terminals : TR..P0 III II I
14.75
5.84 (.580) Ø1.10
III II I
(.229) 24˚ (.043 DIA)
(.452)
11.50
(.366)
9.30
2.54
(.100)
9.10
TR36P0 TR46P0 ON - ON (.358)
TR39P0 TR49P0 ON OFF ON (.318)

8.10
1 4
Ø1.10
(.043 DIA)
TR37P0 TR47P0 MOM OFF MOM
D
1 2 3
TR38P0 TR48P0 ON OFF MOM
(.039)
1.00
4 5 6 0.50
0.70
(.019) 0.70
(.129)
TR32P0 TR42P0
3.30
ON - MOM
(.027)
(.027)
(.200)
5.08
5.00 2.54 5.08 2.54
(.196) (.100) (.200) (.100)
Straight terminals - bracket mounting : TR..Y0 III II I
14.75 Ø1.10
5.84 (.580) (.043 DIA)
(.229)
III II I 24˚ 10.16
(.400)
(.437)
11.10
2.54
(.350)
8.90

(.100)
TR36Y0 TR46Y0 ON - ON
(.039)
1.00
(.338)
8.60
Ø1.10
TR39Y0 TR49Y0 ON OFF ON 1 4 (.043 DIA)
TR37Y0 TR47Y0 MOM OFF MOM 0.40

1 2 3
0.50
10.16
(.400)
TR38Y0 TR48Y0 ON OFF MOM 0.70 (.015) 4 5 6
(.019)
5.08
(.129)
3.30
(.027)
TR32Y0 TR42Y0 ON - MOM 2.54 (.200)
(.200)
5.08
(.100)
5.00
(.196) 9.10 2.54
10.16
(.400) (.358) (.100)
Right angle terminals - horizontal mounting : TR..W0 I II III

14.75
5.84 (.580) ø1.10
(.200)
(.043 DIA)
III II I
5.08
(.229) 24°
11.10
(.437)
(.137)
(.350)
3.50
8.90

(.200)
5.08
(.100)
TR36W0 TR46W0 ON - ON
(.027)
5.08
0.70
(.200)
TR39W0 TR49W0 ON OFF ON

(.200)
5.08
3
TR37W0 TR47W0 MOM OFF MOM
(.100)
2.54
3 2 1 2.54 6
3.30 6 5 4
TR38W0 TR48W0 ON OFF MOM
(.100)
(.100)
(.129)
2.54
0.50
5.05
TR32W0 TR42W0 ON - MOM
3.05 (.019) (.198)
(.120)
9.60 3.30 2.54
8.10 (.100)
5.55 (.318) (.377) (.129)
(.218)
ø1.10
(.043 DIA)

TR series
Right angle terminals - vertical mounting : TR..WW I II III

14.75
(.580)
5.84
III II I
(.229) 24˚
(.100)
2.54
(.200)
5.08
(.437)
11.10
(.137)
(.350)
3.50
8.90
Ø1.10
(.043 DIA)
TR36WW TR46WW ON - ON
TR39WW TR49WW ON OFF ON
(.200)
(.100)
5.08
2.54
6 3
(.200)
5.08
(.019)
TR37WW TR47WW MOM OFF MOM
0.50
1
TR38WW* TR48WW* ON OFF MOM 2 4
0.70 3 5 5.08
3.30
TR32WW* TR42WW* ON - MOM (.027) (.200) 5.08
(.129) 6
(.200) 5.08
5.00 8.65 (.200)
(.196) (.340)
5.08 9.10 Ø1.10
(.200) (.358) (.043 DIA)
* Functions 2 and 8 : reversed connection available . Consult factory.
Wire-wrap terminals : TR..MW III

14.75
II I
(.580)
5.84 24˚
III II I (.229) Ø1.10
(.043 DIA)
(.452)
11.50
(.366)
9.30
(.100)
TR36MW TR46MW ON - ON
(.039)
1.00
(.318)
8.10
TR39MW TR49MW ON OFF ON 8.10
1 4 Ø1.10
(.043 DIA)
TR37MW TR47MW MOM OFF MOM (.318)
TR38MW TR48MW ON OFF MOM 5.00

(.196)
1 2 3 9.10
D
(.598)
15.20
4 5 6 0.50 (.358)
TR32MW TR42MW ON - MOM (.019)
(.200)
5.08
0.70
(.027)
2.54
(.100)
0.70 2.54 5.08
(.027) (.100) (.200)
PANEL CUT-OUT PCB MOUNTING
14.80 14.80
(.377)
9.60
(.582) (.582)
(.196)
5.00
(.218)
(.775)
(.775)
19.70
19.70
5.55
(.181)
(.120)
4.60
3.05
(.330)
8.40
(.340)
(.259)
8.65
6.60
With small With large

rocker rocker

9 Contact brass, gold plated (1,27 micron gold) + tin plated terminals (single pole only)
CASE COLOUR
00
00 Blue

TR series
SPECIAL OPTIONS
00 No special requirement
3.20
(.125)
07 Trimmed terminals - length 3,2 mm (.125) for TR..WW models only
12.50
(.492)
07
08 Extended terminals for TR..W0 models only
08
18 Switch without ground plate for TR..WW models only
2.70
(.106)
18
20 Ground plate with 2 pins for TR..WW models only
(.400)
10.16
D 5.00
(.196) 20
25 Trimmed terminals - length 5 mm (.196) for all models, except TR..WW
30 Wire-wrap terminals on models with mounting bracket 25
(.598)
15.20
50 Crimping of ground plate pins. 30
Retains switch on PCB during handling and wave soldering.
For models TR..W0, TR..WW and TR..Y0 single and double pole.
Marking on rocker : consult factory. 50
ROCKERS
Rocker
colours
Replace "0" by
number
1 blue
14.705)
1/4 dark blue
(.58
5.84
14.75
(.580) 7.62
(.300)
2 black
3 green
(.229)
24˚ 24˚
4 grey
5 yellow
(.437)
11.10
(.437)
11.10
(.350)
(.350)
8.90
8.90
6 red
7 ivory
7/1 white
10 20
9 orange
Small Large

03-Serie S-SR-A-R1_03-Série S-SR-A 05/02/13 10:51 Page9
S and SR series
Washable rocker and paddle switches
❑ Sealed
❑ Process compatible (S series)

• Wave solderable
• Washable
❑ Optional ESD protection

• Max. current/voltage rating with resistive load : • Case and cover : UL94-V0,
- silver contacts (A or 1) : 4A 30VDC polyamide, glass filled or PES
- brass, gold plated contacts (CD or 0) : 0,4VA 20VAC or DC • Actuator : polyamide
- silver, gold plated contacts (AD or 2) : 4A 30VDC • Contacts
(300mA 30VDC for gold plating) CD or 0 : brass, gold plated
• Initial contact resistance : 10 mΩ max. A or 1 : silver
• Insulation resistance : 1.000 MΩ min. AD or 2 : silver, gold plated
• Dielectric strength : 1.000 Vrms 50 Hz min. • Terminal seal : epoxy
• Electrical life with nominal load : D
A or 1 40.000 40.000
CD or 0 100.000 50.000
AD or 2 40.000 40.000
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS AGENCY APPROVALS

Terminals are strengthened by a bracket or a ground plate ensuring the 2A 250VAC
rigidity of the switch on the board. Actuator strength is 10N max. 4A 125VAC
• Storage temperature : -40°C to +85°C Availability : consult factory for
• Moisture : details of approved models.
The insulating materials employed and the complete seal permit the switches
to withstand a 56 days moisture test (IEC 68-2-3). Marking : to order switches
• Soldering - thermal shock (S series only) : marked UL, complete appropriate
The switches are especially designed for flow soldering at 260°C during box of ordering format.
5 seconds owing to high temperature polymer parts.
• Iron soldering (SR series) : 300°C 5 sec. max.
• Solderability : The switches are tested at 235°C according to IEC 68-2-20
after accelerated aging.

S series
Overview
SERIES Terminals Bushing and terminals Number of poles Electrical functions

W Right angle, 2 Terminal spacing 3 Single pole 6 ON - ON
horizontal 4,7 (.185) or 3,81 4 Double pole 9 ON OFF ON
mounting (.150) 7 MOM OFF MOM
WW Right angle, 0 Terminal spacing 8 ON OFF MOM
vertical mounting 5,08 (.200) 2 ON - MOM
Y Bracket mounting (SW switches) 4TH ON ON ON
D Contact materials Lever Special options / Approvals Actuators

insulated models
A Silver -6 UL Rockers
AD Silver, gold For rocker and Blank No special U620 Large
plated paddle. requirement Availability : U730 Small
X653 Vertical right angle Consult factory for
CD Brass, gold details of approved Paddles
plated with stand-off plate models. U610 Narrow
X1159 Insulated models
U700 Broad
See following pages.
Bezels
For SK models
U1200
U1210 For LED
For SW, SWW and
SY models
ABOUT THIS SERIES U4602
Specifications are on previous page.
Packaging unit : 25 pieces to 50 pieces depending on models.

S series

• Models with snap-in mounting (SK)
• Terminal spacing 4,7 (.185) or 5,08 (.200)
on SW switches
(.163)
4.15
1 2 3 1.10
(.043)
MODEL
STRUCTURE
Shown with rocker U620

2.40 (.200)
(.094) I II III 9.30
24˚ (.366)
(.236)
6.00
III II I
Ø1.60
(.062 DIA)
(.500)
12.70
(.177) (.344)
4.50 8.75
Single pole Double pole (.015)
0.40
12.70 5.08
(.200)
SW236-6 SW246-6 ON - ON
(.500)
(.500)
(.500)
12.70
12.70
SW239-6 SW249-6 ON OFF ON
SW237-6 SW247-6 MOM OFF MOM EPOXY 3 2 1
0.80 Ø1.60
SW238-6 SW248-6 ON OFF MOM 5.10 (.031) (.062 DIA)
(.043)
(.500)
12.70
1.10
(.200) 0.50 3.90 D
(.150)
3.81
SW232-6 SW242-6 ON - MOM (.019) (.153)
(.125) 8.40
3.20 (.330)
4.70 11.65
SW244TH-6* ON ON ON
(.185) (.458)
4.70
(.185)
(.150)
3.81
Single pole with stand-off plate, double pole without.
5.08
Right angle terminals - vertical (.200)
III II I
9.30
(.366) 24˚
(.236)
Ø1.60
6.00
(.062 DIA)
III II I
(.500)
12.70
(.500) (.177) (.344)
12.70 4.50 8.75

5.08
(.150)
3.81
(.200)
(.177)
SWW236-6 SWW246-6 ON - ON
0.40
SWW239-6 SWW249-6 ON OFF ON 1

EPOXY
SWW237-6 SWW247-6 MOM OFF MOM 2
3 Ø1.60
1.10 4.75 (.062 DIA)
0. 31
(.500)
12.70
(.0
SWW238-6 SWW248-6** ON OFF MOM (.187)

80 )
(.043)
(.150)
3.81
(.019)

0.50
SWW232-6 SWW242-6** ON - MOM 6.65

6.60 (.261) 11.35
SWW244TH-6* ON ON ON (.259) (.446)
3.10 13.00
(.122) (.511)
4.75
(.150)
3.81
(.187)
Bracket mounting 3.18

9.30 III II I (.125)
(.366) 24˚
(.236)
6.00
III II I
(.460) (.169) (.344)
11.70 4.30 8.75
(.620)
15.75

(.185)
4.70
Ø1.60
(.173)
4.40
SY236-6 SY246-6 ON - ON (.062 DIA)

3.18
SY239-6 SY249-6 ON OFF ON 0.40 (.125)
EPOXY 1 2 3 (.015)
3.18
0.80
SY237-6 SY247-6 MOM OFF MOM
0.90 (.125)
(.031) 0.50
SY238-6 SY248-6 ON OFF MOM (.035)
(.019)
8.20 11.35
(.446)
ON - MOM
(.620)
(.322)
SY232-6 SY242-6
15.75
4.70
SY244TH-6* ON ON ON (.185)
(.185)
4.70
15.75
(.620) 4.75
(.187)

S series

2.40 (.200)
(.094) I II III 9.30
24˚ (.366)
(.236)
III II I Ø1.10
6.00
(.043 DIA)
(.500)
12.70
(.177) (.344)
4.50 8.75
(.015)
0.40
SW036-6 SW046-6 ON - ON 12.70 5.08
(.500) (.200)
(.500)
(.500)
12.70
12.70
SW039-6 SW049-6 ON OFF ON
SW037-6 SW047-6 MOM OFF MOM EPOXY 3 2 1
0.60 Ø1.10
SW038-6 SW048-6 ON OFF MOM 5.10 (.023) (.043 DIA)
(.023)
0.60
(.200)
(.500)
12.70
0.60 3.90
(.150)
3.81
SW032-6 SW042-6 ON - MOM (.023) (.153)
3.20 8.40
ON ON ON (.125) (.330)
5.08 11.65
SW044TH-6*
(.200) (.458)
5.08
(.200)
(.150)
3.81
Single pole with stand-off plate, double pole without.

Straight PC terminals - snap-in mounting 19.50
(.767) and bezel U1200
15.70 11.30
(.618) III II I (.444)
24˚
(.255)
6.50
III II I
(.078)
2.00
(.653)
16.60
(.098 MAX)
2.50 Maxi
SK236-6 SK246-6 ON - ON
SK239-6 SK249-6 ON OFF ON
1 2 3 EPOXY
SK237-6 SK247-6 MOM OFF MOM
1.10
SK238-6 SK248-6 ON OFF MOM (.043) 0.80 4.75
(.031) (.187)
D (.163) 0.50
4.15
SK232-6 SK242-6 ON - MOM (.019)
4.70
SK244TH-6* ON ON ON
(.185)
(.063 DIA)
Ø1.60
(.063 DIA)
Ø1.60
(.185)
(.185)
4.70
4.70
PANEL CUT-OUT
12.00 12.00
17.00 15.00
17.00 15.00
For SK only 15.00
15.00 15.00 15.00
12.00 (.472) 17.00 (.590)
(.669) (.590)
(.590) (.590)
(.472) (.472) (.669) (.669) (.590) (.590)
Ø8.00 Ø8.00 Ø8.
(.314 DIA) (.314 DIA) (.314
(.492)
(.492)
12.50
12.50
(.492)
(.492)
12.50
12.50
(.460)
(.393)
11.70
10.00
(.460)
(.393)
11.70
10.00
(.492)
(.492)
12.50
12.50
(.460)
(.393)
11.70
10.00
13.20 13.20 13.20

(.519) (.519) (.519)
With rocker U730 With rocker U620
or paddle U700 or paddle U610

S series
CONTACT MATERIALS
-6
A Silver
SPECIAL OPTIONS / INSULATED MODELS

-6
X653 Vertical right angle with stand-off plate

III II I
5.08
Single pole
(.200)
9.30
III II I D
SWW236-6 X653 ON - ON (.366) 24˚
(.236)
Ø1.60
6.00
SWW239-6 X653 ON OFF ON
(.062 DIA)
(.500)
12.70
SWW237-6 X653 MOM OFF MOM
(.500) (.242) (.344)
12.70 6.15 8.75
SWW238-6 X653 ON OFF MOM

SWW232-6 X653 ON - MOM
5.08
(.150)
3.81
(.200)
(.050)
1.27
Double pole
1
EPOXY
2
Ø1.60
SWW246-6 X653 ON - ON 3 4.75 (.062 DIA)
0. 31
1.10
(.500)
12.70
(.0
(.187)
80 )
(.043)

(.150)
3.81
(.019)
SWW249-6 X653 ON OFF ON

0.50
9.15
(.360) 11.35
6.60
(.446)
ON OFF MOM (.259) 3.30 15.50
(.129) (.610)
SWW248-6 X653**
4.75
(.150)
3.81
SWW242-6 X653** ON - MOM (.187)
SWW244TH-6 X653* ON ON ON

Current/voltage rating for an electrical life of 20.000 cycles : 0,5A 30VDC
Minimum quantity : 5.000 per type and shipment.

S series
SPECIAL OPTIONS / INSULATED MODELS (continued)

-6
X1159 Insulated model protected against E.S.D. up to 12 KV - Horizontal right angle
III II I Shown with rocker U620

Single pole 5.08
SW236-6 X1159 ON - ON 3.00
(.118) I II III 9.30
(.200)
24°
SW239-6 X1159 ON OFF ON (.366)
(.236)
6.00
SW237-6 X1159 MOM OFF MOM
12.70
(.500)
ø1.60
(.189) (.343)
4.80 8.70
(.062 DIA)
SW238-6 X1159 ON OFF MOM
(.015)
0.40
SW232-6 X1159 ON - MOM
5.08
12.70
12.70
(.500)
(.500)
12.70
(.200)
Double pole (.500)
SW246-6 X1159 ON - ON EPOXY

3 2 1
SW249-6 X1159 ON OFF ON
(.043)
ø1.60
12.70
1.10
(.500)
5.10 0.80
(.062 DIA)
(.150)
3.81
(.200) (.031)
SW247-6 X1159 MOM OFF MOM 0.50
(.019)
3.90
(.153)
3.20
SW248-6 X1159 ON OFF MOM (.125)
8.40
(.330)
4.70 11.65
SW242-6 X1159 ON - MOM
(.150)
(.185) (.458)
3.81
4.70
(.185)
SW244TH-6 X1159* ON ON ON
X1159 Insulated model protected against E.S.D. up to 12 KV - Vertical right angle

D III II I Shown with rocker U620 5.08
Single pole III II I
(.200)
9.30
SWW236-6 X1159 ON - ON (.366) 24°
(.236)
6.00
SWW239-6 X1159 ON OFF ON ø1.60
12.70
(.500)
(.062 DIA)
(.500) (.189) (.343)

8.70
SWW238-6 X1159 ON OFF MOM

12.70 4.80
SWW232-6 X1159 ON - MOM
(.150)
3.81
(.016)
5.08
0.40
(.200)
Double pole 1
EPOXY
SWW246-6 X1159 ON - ON 2
0. 31
3 ø1.60
ON OFF ON
12.70
SWW249-6 X1159
(.500)
80 )
(.0
1.10
(.150)
4.75
3.81
(.019)
(.062 DIA)
0.50
(.043)
(.187)
SWW247-6 X1159 MOM OFF MOM 6.65
SWW248-6 X1159** ON OFF MOM 6.60
(.259)
(.261) 11.35
(.446)
SWW242-6 X1159** ON - MOM 3.10 13.00
(.150)
3.81
(.122) (.511)
4.75
SWW244TH-6 X1159* ON ON ON (.187)
X1159 Insulated model protected against E.S.D. up to 12 KV - Straight PC terminals - bracket mounting
III II I Shown with rocker U620

Single pole III II I 9.30
3.18
(.125)
SY236-6 X1159 ON - ON 24° (.366)
(.236)
6.00
SY239-6 X1159 ON OFF ON

(.460) (.181) (.343)
11.70 4.60 8.70
SY237-6 X1159 MOM OFF MOM

15.75
(.620)
SY238-6 X1159 ON OFF MOM

(.185)
4.70
SY232-6 X1159 ON - MOM

(.173)
4.40
ø1.60
(.062 DIA)
Double pole 0.40
3.18
(.125)
SY246-6 X1159 ON - ON EPOXY 1 2 3 (.015)
3.18
0.80
SY249-6 X1159 ON OFF ON 0.90
(.035)
(.031) 0.50
(.125)
(.019)
SY247-6 X1159 MOM OFF MOM
15.75
(.620)
8.20 11.35
(.322) 4.70 (.446)
SY248-6 X1159** ON OFF MOM
(.185)
4.70
(.185)
SY242-6 X1159** ON - MOM 15.75

4.75
SY244TH-6 X1159* ON ON ON (.620)
(.187)
* Function 4 : SP in DP case - TH connection, see end of catalogue. ** Functions 2 and 8 : reversed connection available. Consult factory.
Above models available with all actuators shown on next page.

S series
AGENCY APPROVAL
-6
UL

Marking : to order switches marked with the UL symbol, complete above box with "UL".
ACTUATORS
-6 + U...
Actuator
9.50 2.13
(.374) (.083) 9.30 13.50 colours
(.366) (.531)
3.96
Replace last
(.309
7.87

(.155) .43
(.299)
R:8 1 R.)
7.60
(.374)
9.50
"0" by number
)
3 D
(.740)
18.80
(. 3
20.70
(.814)
16.80
(.661) 1 blue
1/4 dark blue
U610 U620 2 black
Narrow paddle Large rocker 3 green
4 grey
5 yellow
6 red
11.20 2.50 11.30 9.05
(.440) (.098) (.444) (.356) 7 ivory
5.37
7/1 white
(.311)
7.90
(.211)
(.279)
7.10
(.354)
5
9.00
R:5.7
9 orange
(.649)
16.50
R.)
(.724)
18.40
(.226 11.70
(.460)
U700 U730 U610 and U620 not available

Broad paddle Small rocker on SK models
Bezels for SK model (snap-in) Bezel for SW - SWW and SY models

Add bezel part number to actuator part number.
19.50
(.767) Ø7.10
(.078)
2.00
(.279 DIA)
(.078)
12.40 20.10
2.00
(.079)
2.00
(.050)
(.488) (.791)
1.27
(.196)
5.00
(.189)
13.20
4.80
(.519)
17.00
(.669)
(.618)
(.476)
15.70
12.10
(.618)
(.476)
15.70
12.10
Ø5.00
12.10 (.196 DIA)
(.476)
(.394)
(.614)
10.00
15.60
12.10
(.476)
28.00 25.00
(1.102) (.984)
U1200 U1210 U4602
Bezel Bezel for LED Ø 5 (.196) - not supplied Black bezel - for rocker U620 only

SR series
Overview
SR

3 Single pole 6 ON - ON S0 Solder lug
4 Double pole 9 ON OFF ON
7 MOM OFF MOM
8 ON OFF MOM
2 ON - MOM
4 ON ON ON
Contact materials Mounting plate Model Actuators

0 Brass, gold plated 00 Standard plate 00 Standard 10 Rocker
1 Silver 01 Standard plate + 20 Paddle
2 Silver, gold plated accessories
5 Special contact :
lower rating, minimum
quantity : consult
factory
ABOUT THIS SERIES

Specifications are at the beginning of this section (S and SR series).

SR series

• Iron soldering 300°C max. 5 seconds max.
(.096)
2.45
1.10
(.043)
1.90
1 2 3 (.070)
(.074)
1.90
MODEL
STRUCTURE
Shown with standard mounting plate (code 00)

(1.377)
26.60
(1.047
III II I
)
15.00
(.590)
III II I
24˚
(.594)
15.10
(.421)
10.70
SR36S0 SR46S0 ON - ON
6.60 11.35
12.70
SR39S0 SR49S0 ON OFF ON
(.259) (.446)
(.500)
(.425)
10.80
SR37S0 SR47S0 MOM OFF MOM
(.015)
0.40
SR38S0 SR48S0 ON OFF MOM EPOXY 1 2 3 D
SR32S0 SR42S0 ON - MOM 1.80 0.80 4.75
(.070) (.031) 0.50 (.187)
(.096)
2.45
(.019)
SR44S0* ON ON ON
4.70
(.185)
PANEL CUT-OUT
27.50
(1.082)
Ø2.70
(.106 DIA)
(.610)
15.50
35.00
(1.377)

SR series
CONTACT MATERIALS

1 Silver
5 Special contact, lower rating, minimum quantity : consult factory.
MOUNTING PLATE
00 Standard mounting plate
(.472)
12.00
01 Standard mounting plate + mounting accessories
(.236)
6.00
D (spacers, screws and nuts) M2.5x0.45
(.098 DIA x0.45 IS)
ACTUATORS
Actuator
00
colours
Replace "0" by
number
15.00 22.55 2.50
(.590) (.887) 14.00
(.551) (.098) 1 blue
1/4 dark blue
23.00
(.905)
(.366
9.30
5.00
(1.173)
(.393)
29.80
10.00
(1.251)
(.196)
31.80
(.476)
12.10
2 black
)
15.00
3 green
26.60 (.590)
(1.047) 4 grey
5 yellow
6 red
10 20 7 ivory
Rocker Paddle 7/1 white
9 orange

04-Serie AS-A_04-Serie AS-A 21/11/12 17:54 Page19
AS series
Snap-in rocker switches
❑ Double insulation
❑ Epoxy sealed terminals

- silver contacts (code 1) and gold plated silver contacts (code 2) : 4A 30VDC
- gold plated brass contacts (code 0) : 0,4VA 20V AC or DC
• Electrical life : 50.000 cycles D
MATERIALS APPROVALS
• Case : PES
• Actuator : polyamide
2A 250VAC
• Contacts
4A 125VAC
0 : brass, gold plated
1 : silver
2 : silver, gold plated Availability : consult factory for details or approved models.
5 : special contact, lower rating
Marking : to order switches marked with above approvals, complete last box
Minimum quantity : consult
of ordering format.
factory.
ABOUT THIS SERIES

AS series
• Black body
• Single pole configuration
(.074)
1.90
(.212)
5.40
(.145)
(.161)
3.70
4.10
1 2 3 1.10
1.10 (.043)
(.043) 1.80
(.070)
MODEL
STRUCTURE

(.771)
III II I 10.30 13.70
(.405) (.539)
6.60 III II I
(.259) 22˚
(.125)
AS36S0 ON - ON
3.20
(.287)
7.30
AS39S0 ON OFF ON
8.50
AS37S0 MOM OFF MOM (.334)
AS38S0 ON OFF MOM
(.047)
1.20
6.80 13.20
(.314)
AS32S0 ON - MOM
8.00
(.267) (.519)
D EPOXY
0.80
(.031)
(.145)
3.70
1.80 0.50
(.070) (.019)
4.70
(.185)
Straight PC terminals 19.60

(.771)
III II I 10.30 13.70

(.405) (.539)
6.60 III II I
(.259) 22˚
(.125)
3.20
(.185)
4.70
(.287)
7.30
AS36P0 ON - ON 8.50
AS39P0 ON OFF ON (.334)
(.047)
AS37P0
1.20
MOM OFF MOM 6.80 13.20

(.314)
8.00
AS38P0 ON OFF MOM

(.267) (.519)
Ø1.60
(.062DIA)
AS32P0 ON - MOM EPOXY 0.80
(.031)
(.212)
5.40
1.10 0.50
(.043) (.019)
4.70
(.185)
PANEL CUT-OUT
18.65
(.734)
(.350)
8.90

AS series
CONTACT MATERIALS

1 Silver
5 Special contact, lower rating
Minimum quantity. Consult factory
ACTUATORS
00 Black
01 Red
02 Grey
03 Blue
04 Ivory
07 White
09 Dark blue D
For marking on actuator, consult factory.
OTHER OPTIONS
10 With UL-CSA marking

(.212)
10.00
(.342)
8.70
20 10 mm (.393) long straight PC terminals 1.10

(.043)
20

05-Serie MT-A_01-Serie SMT TR-A 18/12/12 15:55 Page22
MT series
Sealed selector switches New!
Distinctive features - Specifications
❑ Environmentally sealed selector switch

❑ Multiple single functions available
❑ Various contact materials that allow usage from dry circuit
applications up to 4A

• Max. current/voltage rating with resistive load : • Actuator : 6/6 nylon
- Silver contacts (A) : 4A 30VDC • Bushing : brass, nickel plated
- Gold plated silver contacts (AD) : 4A 30VDC (gold plating withstands up • Contacts :
to 100mA 30VDC) A : silver
- Gold plated brass contacts (CD) : 0,4VA 20VAC or DC AD : silver, gold plated
• Minimal load : CD : brass, gold plated
- A contacts : 50mA 10VDC • Terminal seal : epoxy
- AD and CD contacts : 10mA 50mV - 10µA 5V
D • Initial contact resistance : 10mΩ max.
• Dielectric strength : 1.000 Vrms 50Hz min. between terminals
1.500 Vrms 50Hz min. between terminals and frame
• Contact bounce : 2ms max.
• Panel thickness : 11,5 mm (.452) max.
Mounting accessories : Standard hardware supplied : 1 hex nut 20.64 mm (.813) across flats and 1 sealing gasket.
Packaging unit : 25 pieces or 50 pieces depending on model

05-Serie MT-A_01-Serie SMT TR-A 18/12/12 15:55 Page23
MT series
New! Sealed selector switches
MT
SERIES Finish Terminals Actuator colour

Blank Bright chrome 1 Straight PC 2 Black
G Matt black (std) 2 Solder lug Other : on request.
Electrical functions Contact materials

6 ON - ON A Silver
9 ON OFF ON AD Gold plated silver
7 MOM OFF MOM CD Gold plated brass
8 ON OFF MOM
2 ON - MOM
TERMINALS PANEL CUT-OUT

Ø17.65
(.074)
1.90
(.695DIA)
(.122)
3.10
D
(.185)
4.70
1.10
(.043)
1.10
(.043) 1.80
(.070) 8.13
1 2
(.320)
Sealed selector with straight PC terminals ➞ Flat

(.043)
1.10
(.748DIA)
Ø19.00
11.18
(.440)
3.00
Ø20.00
(.118)
(.787DIA) 2.50 10.00
(.098) 4.70 (.394)
(.185)
(.185)
4.70
(.643DIA)
Ø16.35
(.551)
14.00
4.50 Ø22.23
16.70 Ø17.46-28UN
(.177) (.875DIA)
(.657) 11/16-28UN 564.52 [ 22.224]
To order a product, select the desired codes in the above overview.

7000 series
Overview

3 Single pole Blank Solder lugs or straight PC depending
Consult factory for
(7900 switches)
three and four pole
models.
(7000 switches)
Y }
Y4 } Bracket mounting
Y6 } (7000 switches)
Y7 }
Z Quick-connect (7200 switches)
Mounting plate
N Mounting with small plate
D
Terminals-mounting Electrical functions Connections Momentary for
for function 4 function 4
0 Right angle terminals or straight PC 6 ON - ON
terminals with bracket 9 ON OFF ON TH (standard) 1R ON ON MOM
2 Straight PC or quick-connect terminals, 7 MOM OFF MOM CT (reversed) 2R MOM ON MOM
4,7 (.185) terminal spacing, snap-in 8 ON OFF MOM
mounting . For functions 4, 41R, 42R Leave blank for other
2 ON - MOM
. Leave blank for all other functions.
4 Straight PC terminals, 4 (.157) terminal
functions.
spacing, snap-in mounting 4 ON ON ON
6 Solder lug terminals, snap-in mounting ON ON MOM Δ
7 Solder lug terminals, panel mounting MOM ON MOM Δ
9 Straight PC or quick-connect terminals,
4,7 (.185) terminal spacing, panel Function 4
mounting . Must not have blank in
Right angle terminals "connections" box.
. Δ Must not have blank in
"momentary" box.
ABOUT THIS SERIES


7000 series
Overview
Contact materials Special options Actuators

A Silver Blank No special requirement Rockers
AD Silver, gold plated X653 Vertical right angle with U530 Large
CD Brass, gold plated stand-off plate U620 Medium
U730 Small
Other, see following pages.
U830 Medium
U1010 Large
Paddles
U490 Large
U610 Narrow
U700 Broad
D
Sealing Approvals Bezels - Mounting accessories
Blank No sealing UL Bezels for rocker U730 or paddle U700
B Epoxy sealed CSA U1200
terminals Availability : U1210 For LED
Consult factory for
details of approved Accessories for panel mounting models
models. U543 Spacer + nut + screw
For VDE, refer to U1022 Spacer + nut + screw +
57000. washer

7000 series
❑ Wide variety of actuators
❑ Many mounting styles for panel or PCB
• Current/voltage rating with resistive load :
Contact Maximum Minimum Level *
Silver A 4A 30VDC 50mA 10VDC III and IV
Silver, 4A 30VDC 10mA 50mV I to IV
gold plated AD Gold plating withstands up to 100mA 30VDC. 10µA 5V
D Brass, 0,4 VA at 20VAC or DC 10mA 50mV I and II D
gold plated CD 10µA 5V
• For inductive, lamp or capacitive loads, consult factory. * For details, see technical information, end of catalogue.
• Initial contact resistance : 10 mΩ

• Case : diallylphthalate (DAP) or • Low level or mechanical life : 100.000 cycles
high temperature plastic material • Panel thickness : 1 (.039) to 2,5 mm(.098)
(UL94-V0) • Operating temperature : -40°C to +85°C
• Actuator : polyamide
• Housing : stainless steel or steel
tin plated AGENCY APPROVALS
• Bracket : steel, tin plated
• Contacts
A : silver 3A 250VAC
AD : silver, gold plated 6A 125VAC
• Terminal seal : epoxy For VDE, refer to 57000 series.
Marking : to order switches marked UL or CSA, complete appropriate box of
ordering format.

7000 series
Snap-in mounting : 7600 - 7200 - 7400
• Epoxy sealing standard on models

with straight PC terminals
(.074)
1.90
(.145)
3.70
(.208)
5.30
(.157)
4.00
1.10
1 2 3 (.043)
1.80 1.10
(.070) (.043)
MODEL
STRUCTURE
Shown with rocker U730 and bezel U1200
Solder lug terminals : 7600

III II I
19.50
(.767)
2-3 1-2 15.70
(.618) III II I
11.30
(.444)
5-6 4-5
(.204)
24˚
5.20
(.078)
2.00
7636 7646 ON - ON
(.649)
16.50
7639 7649 ON OFF ON
(.098 MAX)
2.50 Maxi
7637 7647 MOM OFF MOM 7.00
(.275)
12.00
(.472)
7638 7648 ON OFF MOM
D D
1 2 3 0.80
1.80
7632 7642 ON - MOM
(.031)
(.070)
(.145)
0.50 4.75
3.70
7644* ON ON ON
(.019) (.187)
7644 1R* ON ON MOM 4.70

(.185)
7644 2R* MOM ON MOM
Straight PC terminals - spacing 4,7 (.185) : 7200

19.50
(.767)
15.70 11.30
III II I
III II I
(.618) (.444)
24° (.078)
5.20
2.00
(.204)
2-3 1-2
5-6 4-5

(.098 MAX)
2.50 Maxi
17.85
(.702)
7236 B 7246 B ON - ON 7.00

(.275)
12.00
(.472)
7239 B 7249 B ON OFF ON 1 2 3
7237 B 7247 B MOM OFF MOM 1.10 0.80
(.043) (.031) Epoxy 4.75
7238 B 7248 B ON OFF MOM
0.50 (.187)
(.019)
4.00
(.157)
7232 B 7242 B ON - MOM 4.70
7244 B* ON ON ON
(.185)
(.063 DIA)
Ø1.60
(.063 DIA)
Ø1.60
(.185)
4.70
4.70
(.185)
Straight PC terminals - spacing 4 (.157) : 7400

19.50
(.767)
15.70 11.30
(.618) III II I (.444)
III II I 24°
(.204)
5.20
2.00
(.078)
2-3 1-2
5-6 4-5

(.098 MAX)
2.50 Maxi
(.702)
17.85
7436 B 7446 B ON - ON 7.00

(.275)
12.00
(.472)
7439 B 7449 B ON OFF ON 1 2 3 0.80
7437 B 7447 B MOM OFF MOM 1.10
(.043) (.031) Epoxy 4.75
7438 B 7448 B
0.50
ON OFF MOM
(.157)
4.00
(.019) (.187)
7432 B 7442 B ON - MOM 4.00
7444 B*
(.157)
ON ON ON
(.063 DIA)
Ø1.60
(.063 DIA)
Ø1.60
(.157)
4.00
(.157)
4.00


7000 series
Snap-in mounting : 7200Z
• Quick-connect terminals
(.255)
6.50
(.208)
5.30
1 2 3
1.57
(.061)
MODEL
STRUCTURE
Shown with rocker U730 and bezel U1200
Quick-connect terminals : 7200Z
19.50
III II I (.767)
2-3 1-2
15.70 11.30
(.618) III II I (.444)
(.204)
24˚
5-6 4-5
5.20
(.078)
2.00
7236Z 7246Z ON - ON
(.694)
17.65
(.098 MAX)
7239Z 7249Z ON OFF ON
2.50 Maxi
12.00
7237Z 7247Z MOM OFF MOM
7.00
(.275) (.472)
7238Z 7248Z ON OFF MOM

D 7232Z 7242Z ON - MOM 1.57
1 2 3
0.78 Epoxy
4.75
D
7244Z* ON ON ON
(.208)
(.061) (.030)
5.30
(.187)
7244Z 1R* ON ON MOM 4.70

(.185)
7244Z 2R* MOM ON MOM
PANEL CUT-OUT
7600 - 7200 - 7400 - 7200Z
15.00 15.00
(.590) (.590)
Ø8.00
(.314 DIA)
(.492)
(.492)
12.50
12.50
13.20
(.519)
With or without bezel U1200 With bezel U1210

7000 series
Panel mounting : 7700 - 7900
• Large rocker or paddle

• Quick-connect terminals : on request
(.074)
1.90
(.145)
3.70
(.208)
5.30
(.157)
4.00
1.10
(.043)
1 2 3
1.80 1.10
(.070) (.043)
MODEL
STRUCTURE
Solder lug terminals : 7700 35.00

(1.377)
III II I III II I
2-3 1-2 26.60
(1.047 15.00
5-6 4-5 ) (.590)
24˚
(.594)
15.10
7736 7746 ON - ON
(.421)
10.70
7739 7749 ON OFF ON 12.00
7737 7747 MOM OFF MOM
7.00 13.20 (.472)
(.433)
11.00
(.275)
(.015)
0.40 (.500)
7738 7748 ON OFF MOM
D 7732 7742 ON - MOM 1.80
1 2 3
4.75
D
7744*
0.80
ON ON ON (.070) (.031) (.187)
(.145)
0.50
3.70
7744 1R* ON ON MOM
(.019)
7744 2R* MOM ON MOM 4.70

(.185)
Straight PC terminals : 7900 35.00
(.063 DIA)
Ø1.60
(1.377)
III II I
(.063 DIA)
Ø1.60
2-3 1-2
III II I
(.185)
(.185)
4.70
4.70
26.6
(1.0470
5-6 4-5 ) 4.75
(.187)
15.00 24°
(.590)
7936 B 7946 B ON - ON
(.594)
15.10
(.421)
10.70
7939 B 7949 B ON OFF ON

7937 B 7947 B MOM OFF MOM 7.00
12.00
(.472)
(.015)
12.30
(.484)
0.40
13.20
7938 B 7948 B ON OFF MOM
(.275)
(.519)
7932 B 7942 B ON - MOM EPOXY 1 2 3 1.10

7944 B* ON ON ON 1.10
(.043)
0.80
(.031) 4.75
(.043)
(.157)
4.00
0.50 (.187)
(.019)
7944 2R B* MOM ON MOM 4.70
(.185)
PANEL CUT-OUT
7700 - 7900
27.50
(1.082)
Ø2.70
(.106 DIA)
(.610)
15.50
35.00
(1.377)

7000 series
Panel mounting : 7700N - 7900N
• Small or medium rocker or paddle

• Quick-connect terminals : on request
(.074)
1.90
(.145)
3.70
(.208)
5.30
(.157)
4.00
1.10
(.043)
1 2 3
1.80 1.10
(.070) (.043)
MODEL
STRUCTURE
Solder lug terminals : 7700N 23.80

(.937)
III II I 16.80)
2-3 1-2 (.661
5-6 4-5 9.30

(.366)
III II I
24˚
(.490)
12.45
7736N 7746N ON - ON
(.374)
9.50
7739N 7749N ON OFF ON 7.00 12.00
(.472)
7737N 7747N MOM OFF MOM
(.387)
(.275) 13.20
9.85
(.023)
0.60 (.519)
7738N 7748N ON OFF MOM
D 7732N 7742N ON - MOM 1.80 0.80
1 2 3
4.75
D
7744N* ON ON ON
(.187)
(.145)
(.070) (.031) 0.50
3.70
(.019)
7744N 1R* ON ON MOM 4.70
7744N 2R* MOM ON MOM (.185)
Straight PC terminals : 7900N 23.80
(.063 DIA)
(.937)
III II I
Ø1.60
(.063 DIA)
Ø1.60
2-3 1-2
(.185)
(.185)
16.80 )
4.70
4.70
(.661
5-6 4-5 9.30 III II I
4.75
(.187)
(.366)
24°
7936N B 7946N B ON - ON
(.490)
12.45
(.374)
9.50
7939N B 7949N B ON OFF ON

7937N B 7947N B MOM OFF MOM 7.00 12.00
(.472)
(.440)
13.20
(.023)
(.275)
11.20
7938N B 7948N B
0.60
ON OFF MOM (.519)
7932N B 7942N B ON - MOM EPOXY 1 2 3 1.10

7944N B* ON ON ON 1.10
(.043)
0.80
(.031) 0.50
4.75
(.043)
7944N 1R B* ON ON MOM
(.157)
(.187)
4.00
(.019)
7944N 2R B* MOM ON MOM

4.70
(.185)
PANEL CUT-OUT
7700N - 7900N
12.00 17.00 Ø2.30
(.472) (.669) (.090 DIA)
(.460)
(.393)
11.70
10.00
Ø2.30 23.80 23.80

(.090 DIA) (.937) (.937)
With small rocker U730 With medium rocker U620

or small paddle U700 or medium paddle U610

7000 series
1 2 3
MODEL
STRUCTURE
Single pole 9.30

(.366)
7.60 4.40
(.299) (.173)
III II I 5.00
(.519)
13.20
2-3 1-2
(.031)
0.80
(.196)
(.039)
1
1.00
III
Ø1.60
(.500)
12.70
(.661)
16.80
II 24˚ (.062 DIA)
(.185)
4.70
I
7936W ON - ON
(.196)
5.00
4.70
7939W
3
ON OFF ON 15.30
(.602)
(.185)
7937W MOM OFF MOM
(.196)
5.00
7938W** ON OFF MOM
D D
(.326)
8.30
7932W** ON - MOM
1.10
0.40 (.043)
(.098)
(.125)
2.50
(.015)
3.20
12.70
(.500)
Double pole 9.30

(.366)
7.60 4.40 5.00
(.196)
(.299) (.173)
III II I
(.519)
13.20
(.031)
2-3 1-2
0.80
(.039)
(.150) (.500)
4 1 ø1.60
3.81 12.70
1.00
5-6 4-5 III 1

(.062 DIA)
2
(.661)
16.80
II 24°
7946W ON - ON 3
(.185)
4.70
4.70
I
7949W ON OFF ON
(.196)
(.185)
5.00
6 3
7947W MOM OFF MOM
7948W** ON OFF MOM
7942W** ON - MOM
(.472)
12.00
(.145)
3.70
7944W* ON ON ON
7944W 1R* ON ON MOM 1.10
(.236)
6.00
0.40 (.043)
7944W 2R* MOM ON MOM (.015)
12.70 3.81
(.500) (.150)

** Functions 2 and 8 : standard connection (CT) shown on drawing - reversed connection available. Consult factory.
PANEL CUT-OUT
12.00 17.00 27.30

(.472) (.669) (1.074)
(.460)
(.393)
(.464)
11.70
10.00
11.80

or small paddle U700 or medium paddle U610 With large rocker U1010

7000 series
Right angle terminals - vertical : 7000WW
1 2 3
MODEL
STRUCTURE
Single pole 3.00 11.00

(.118) (.433) ø1.60
III II I 9.30
(.062 DIA)
2-3 1-2 (.366) 7.60
(.150)
3.81
(.519)
13.20
(.299)
3 I
0.80
(.661)
16.80
(.529)
13.46
2 II 24° (.301)
7036WW ON - ON 1.00
1 III
7039WW ON OFF ON (.039) 0.40

1 2 3
5.08
7037WW MOM OFF MOM
(.015)
(.118)
3.00
5.08 13.46 3.81 (.200)
(.200) (.529) (.150)
7038WW** ON OFF MOM
D 7032WW** ON - MOM D
(.043)
1.10
(.275)
7.00
Double pole 3.00 11.00

III II I
(.118) (.433) ø1.60
(.062 DIA)
9.30
2-3 1-2 (.366) 7.60
(.150)
3.81
(.519)
13.20
(.299)
5-6 4-5
3 6 I
4.75
7046WW ON - ON
0.80
(.661)
16.80
(.187)
(.529)
13.46
2 5 II 24° (.301)
7049WW ON OFF ON 1 4 III
7047WW MOM OFF MOM 1.00

(.039) 0.40
1 2 3
7048WW** ON OFF MOM (.015) 5.08

(.118)
3.00
5.08 13.46 3.81 (.200)

(.200) (.529) (.150)
7042WW** ON - MOM
7044WW* ON ON ON
7044WW 1R* ON ON MOM
(.472)
12.00
7044WW 2R* MOM ON MOM

(.187)
(.043)
4.75
1.10
* Function 4 :SP in DP case - specify CT or TH connections, see end of catalogue.

** Functions 2 and 8 : standard connection (CT) shown on drawing - reversed connection available. Consult factory.
PANEL CUT-OUT
12.00 17.00 12.00

(.472) (.669) (.472)
(.460)
(.393)
(.460)
11.70
10.00
11.70
With small rocker U730 With medium rocker U830 With broad paddle U700

7000 series
Brackets reduce mechanical stress on

solder joints and increase the resistance
to vibrations.
(.208)
5.30
(.157)
4.00
(.385)
9.80
(.334)
8.50
(B included in model structure)
1.10
(.043)
1.10
1 2 3 (.043)
Y - Y6 Y4 - Y7
MODEL
STRUCTURE
Short bracket - width 15,75 (.620) - single pole : 7030Y

III II I
III II I
9.30
24˚ (.366)
2-3 1-2
5-6 4-5 Ø1.60
(.352)
8.95
(.062 DIA)
(.236)
6.00
7036Y B ON - ON 3.18
(.125)
7039Y B ON OFF ON
(.614)
15.60
(.511)
13.00
7037Y B MOM OFF MOM
(.185)
7038Y B ON OFF MOM
4.70
EPOXY
(.620)
15.75
0.40 1 2 3
7032Y B ON - MOM
D D
(.015) 7.00
4.70
(.161)
(.275)
4.10
(.185)
3.18
(.125) 15.75
(.620)
6.60
(.259)
Short bracket - width 15,75 (.620) - double pole : 7040Y

III II I III
24˚
II I
9.30
(.366)
2-3 1-2
5-6 4-5 Ø1.60
(.352)
(.062 DIA)
8.95
(.236)
6.00
3.18
7046Y B ON - ON
(.125)
7049Y B ON OFF ON
(.614)
15.60
(.511)
13.00
7047Y B MOM OFF MOM

(.185)
4.70
(.620)
15.75
7048Y B ON OFF MOM EPOXY
7042Y B ON - MOM
0.40 1 2 3
(.015)
4.75
7044Y* B ON ON ON
4.70 4.75
(.185)
4.70
(.185) (.187) (.187)

3.18
7044Y 1R* B ON ON MOM (.125)
15.75 12.00
7044Y 2R* B MOM ON MOM
(.620) (.472)
8.20
(.322)

7000 series
Straight PC terminals - bracket mounting : 7000Y4 - Y6 - Y7
Tall bracket - width 15,75 (.620) : 7000Y4

III II I
III II I 24˚
9.30
(.366)
3.18
(.125)
2-3 1-2
5-6 4-5
(.352)
8.95
(.185)
(.236)
4.70
6.00
(.620)
15.75
7036Y4 B 7046Y4 B ON - ON
(.771)
19.60
(.669)
17.00
7039Y4 B 7049Y4 B ON OFF ON 3.18
Ø1.60
(.062 DIA)
7037Y4 B 7047Y4 B MOM OFF MOM EPOXY
(.125)
(.165)
4.20
1 2 3
0.40
7032Y4 B 7042Y4 B ON - MOM (.015)
4.70 4.75
(.185)
4.70
7044Y4* B ON ON ON
(.185) (.187)
(.620)
15.75
3.18
(.125)
7044Y4 1R* B ON ON MOM
15.75 12.00
(.620) (.472)
7044Y4 2R* B MOM ON MOM

8.20 4.75
(.322) (.187)
Short bracket - width 19,05 (.750) : 7000Y6 6.35

III II I III II I (.250)
9.30
2-3 1-2
24° (.366)
5-6 4-5
(.185)
4.70
(.750)
19.05
(.352)
8.95
(.236)
6.00
7036Y6 B 7046Y6 B ON - ON
(.614)
15.60
Ø1.60
(.511)
13.00
7039Y6 B 7049Y6 B ON OFF ON (.062 DIA) 6.35

(.250)
7038Y6 B 7048Y6 B ON OFF MOM 1 2 3
D D
0.40
6.35
(.185)
4.70
6.35 (.015) 4.70
7032Y6 B 7042Y6 B ON - MOM
(.185)
(.250)
4.70
(.750)
19.05
(.250) (.185)
7044Y6* B ON ON ON
12.00
8.20 19.05 (.472)
7044Y6 1R* B ON ON MOM (.322) (.750) 4.75
(.187)
Tall bracket - width 19,05 (.750) : 7000Y7 III II I

9.30 6.35
III II I 24˚ (.366) (.250)
2-3 1-2
5-6 4-5
(.352)
8.95
(.236)
(.185)
6.00
4.70
(.750)
19.05
7036Y7 B 7046Y7 B ON - ON
(.771)
19.60
(.669)
17.00
7039Y7 B 7049Y7 B ON OFF ON Ø1.60

(.062 DIA) 6.35
(.250)

(.165)
4.20
0.40 1 2 3
7032Y7 B 7042Y7 B ON - MOM
(.015)
6.35 4.70 4.75
(.185)
4.70
(.250) (.185) (.187)

(.750)
19.05
7044Y7* B ON ON ON 12.00
7044Y7 1R* B ON ON MOM 8.20
(.322)
19.05
(.750)
(.472)

4.75
(.187)
* Function 4 :SP in DP case - specify CT or TH connections, see end of catalogue.
PANEL CUT-OUT
7000Y - Y4 - Y6 - Y7
12.00 17.00 27.30
(.472) (.669) (1.074)
(.460)
(.393)
(.464)
11.70
10.00
11.80

or small paddle U700 or medium paddle U610 With large rocker U1010

7000 series
CONTACT MATERIALS
A Silver
SEALING
Blank No sealing
D SPECIAL OPTIONS D
Blank No special requirement
X653 Vertical right angle with stand-off plate Shown with rocker U620
16.80
(.661)
III II I
(.150)
3.81
9.30 III II I
5.08
2-3 1-2
(.366) (.200)
24˚
5-6 4-5
(.118)
3.00
(.233) (.299)
5.93 7.60
(.500)
12.70
5.08
(.200)
7036WW X653 7046WW X653 ON - ON
(.433)
11.00
Ø1.60
(.500)
(.050)
(.062 DIA)
12.70
7039WW X653 7049WW X653 ON OFF ON

1.27
7037WW X653 7047WW X653 MOM OFF MOM

1 2 3
0.80
(.150)
3.81
(.031)
7038WW X653 7048WW X653** ON OFF MOM
7032WW X653 7042WW X653** ON - MOM
4.75
(.150)
1.10
3.81
(.019)
0.50
(.043) (.187)
9.20
7044WW X653* ON ON ON
(.500)
12.70
(.362) 5.08
12.00
7044 1RWW X653* ON ON MOM
6.60 (.200)
(.259) 3.30 15.80 (.472)
7044 2RWW X653* MOM ON MOM

(.129) (.622)

Actuators for X653 : small rocker U730 and medium rocker U620, broad paddle U700 and narrow paddle U610.

Current voltage rating for an electrical life of 20.000 cycles : 0,5A 30VDC

7000 series
AGENCY APPROVALS
UL All standard models

CSA
Availability : consult factory for details of approved combinations or options.

Marking : to order switches marked UL or CSA, complete above box with desired approvals in this order, without space
(ex. ULCSA). Blank : no agency approval required.
VDE (with UL & CSA) Refer to 57000 series on the following pages.
ACTUATORS
+ U...
For snap-in mounting models : 7600 - 7200 - 7400 - 7200Z
Actuator
11.20 2.50
11.30 9.05 (.440) (.098)
(.444) (.356)
colours
(.311)
7.90
5.37
D D
(.279)
Replace last
(.211)
7.10
(.354)
(.649)
16.50
9.00
(.724)
5
18.40
R:5.7
R.)
11.70
(.226 "0" by number
(.460)
U730 U700 1 blue
1/4 dark blue
Small rocker Broad paddle
2 black
3 green
For 7700 and 7900 models 4 grey
5 yellow
15.00 22.55
14.00
(.551)
2.50
(.098)
(.590) (.887) 6 red
7 ivory
(.366
9.30
23.00
(.905)
(.393)
10.00
7/1 white
(1.173)
29.80
(.476)
(1.251)
12.10
31.80
5.00
)
(.196)
9 orange
15.00 26.60
(.590) (1.047)
U490 U530
Large paddle Large rocker
For 7700N - 7900N - 7900W - 7000WWX653 and 7000Y models

9.50 2.13 11.20 2.50
(.374) (.083) 9.30 13.50 (.440) (.098)
(.366) (.531)
(.309
7.87
3.96 5.37
(.299)
7.60
(.155) .43 (.211)

(.374)
9.50
(.649)
16.50
)
(.740)
R:8 1 R.)
18.80
(.724)
5
18.40
20.70
(.814)
3 R:5.7
(.3 R.)
(.226
16.80
(.661)
U610 U620 U700

Narrow paddle Medium rocker Broad paddle
11.30 22.60
11.30 9.05 (.444) (.889)
(.444) (.356)
(.311)
7.90
(.279)
7.10
(.354)
(.374)
9.00
9.50
(.448)
11.40
11.70
(.460) 26.80
(1.055)
U730 U1010
Small rocker Large rocker
For 7900W, available on DP only.

7000 series
For 7000WW models
11.20
(.440)
2.50
(.098) 11.30 9.05
Actuator
(.444) (.356)
colours
(.311)
7.90
5.37
Replace last
(.279)
(.211)
7.10
(.354)
(.649)
16.50
9.00
(.724)
5
18.40
R:5.7
(.226
R.)
"0" by number
11.70
1 blue
(.460)
U700 U730
1/4 dark blue
Broad paddle Small rocker 2 black
3 green
9.30
(.366)
13.50
(.531) 4 grey
5 yellow
(.273
6.95
6 red
(.299)
7.60
(.374)
9.50
16.80
7 ivory
(.661) 7/1 white
U830 9 orange
Medium rocker
BEZELS - MOUNTING ACCESSORIES

+ U...
D D
Bezels for paddle U700 and rocker U730 Bezel colours
Replace last
"0" by number
(.078)
Ø7.10
2.00
(.078)
2.00
19.50 (.279 DIA)

(.767)
1 blue
(.196)
5.00
13.20
(.519) 1/4 dark blue
2 black
3 green
(.618)
(.476)
(.618)
(.476)
15.70
12.10
15.70
12.10
Ø5.00
(.196 DIA)
4 grey
12.10 12.10 5 yellow
6
(.476) (.476)
28.00
red
U1200 U1210 (1.102) 7 ivory
For LED Ø 5 (.196) - not supplied 7/1 white
9 orange
STANDARD PANEL MOUNTING
Panel thickness with bezel 1 to 2,5 mm (.039 to .098)
(.204)
(.125)
5.20
3.20
(.496)
12.60
(.574)
14.60
U730 + U1200 U700 + U1210
Mounting accessories
(.472)
12.00
(.425)
10.80
(.236)
6.00
(.236)
6.00
M2x0.40 SI
(.078 DIA x0.4 IS)
M2.5x0.45
(.098 DIA x0.45 IS)
U543 - Spacers, screws and nuts U1022 - Spacers, screws, nut and washers
For rocker U530 or paddle U490 For rockers U620 or U730
For paddles U610 or U700

57000 series
VDE approved rocker and paddle switches
• The switches described below are standard marked VDE.
• UL and CSA agency approvals are also available. To order a switch marked
EN 61058-1
UL or CSA, please complete "Other agency approvals" box.

• Class I (normal insulation) • Contacts : silver
• Small contact opening : µ (< 3 mm (.118)) • Case : diallylphthalate (DAP)
• Current/voltage rating with resistive load : 3A 250VAC - 6A 125 VAC • Actuators : polyamide
• Dielectric strength : • Housing : stainless steel or steel
2.000 Vrms 50 Hz min. between poles and between terminals and frame tin plated
1.000 Vrms 50 Hz min. between terminals • Terminal seal : epoxy
• Special body for increased creepage distance and air gap : 3 mm (.118)
Further specifications, see 7000 series.
D
MODEL
STRUCTURE
Panel mounting - solder lug terminals - large rocker or paddle 35.00

(1.377)
III II I
26.60 15.00
(1.047 (.590)
III II I
)
2-3 1-2
24˚
5-6 4-5
(.594)
15.10
(.421)
10.70
Single pole Double pole 7.00 13.20

12.00
57736A 57746A ON - ON
(.472)
(.433)
11.00
(.275)
(.015)
(.500)
0.40
57739A 57749A ON OFF ON 1.80

1 2 3 (.070)
1.80 0.80 4.75
(.070) (.187)
(.145)
(.031) 0.50
3.70
(.019)
EPOXY 4.70
(.185)
Panel mounting - straight PC terminals - large rocker or paddle 35.00

(1.377)
(.063 DIA)
Ø1.60
(.063 DIA)
Ø1.60
III II I
(.185)
(.185)
4.70
4.70
26.60
III II I (1.047
) 4.75
(.187)
2-3 1-2 15.00 24˚
5-6 4-5
(.590)
(.594)
15.10
(.421)
10.70

57936A 57946A ON - ON 7.00 12.00
(.472)
57939A 57949A ON OFF ON
(.275) 13.20
(.015)
(.511)
13.00
0.40
(.519)
2 1.10
1.10 0.80 1 3 (.043)
(.043) (.031) 4.75
0.50 (.187)
(.129)
3.30
(.019)
4.70
EPOXY (.185)

57000 series
Panel mounting - solder lug terminals - small or medium rocker or paddle 23.80
(.937)
16.80)
(.661
III II I 9.30 III II I

(.366)
2-3 1-2
24˚
5-6 4-5
(.490)
12.45
(.374)
9.50
Single pole Double pole 7.00 12.00
(.472)
57736NA 57746NA ON - ON
(.389)
(.275) 12.70
9.90
(.023)
0.60
(.500)
57739NA 57749NA ON OFF ON 1.80
1 2 3 (.070)
1.80 0.80 4.75
(.070) (.187)
(.145)
(.031) 0.50
3.70
(.019)
EPOXY 4.70
(.185)
Panel mounting - straight PC terminals - small or medium rocker or paddle 23.80

(.937)
(.063 DIA)
Ø1.60
(.063 DIA)
16.80)
Ø1.60 (.661
(.185)
(.185)
4.70
4.70
III II I 9.30 III II I 4.75
(.187)
(.366)
2-3 1-2 24˚
5-6 4-5
(.490)
12.45
(.374)
9.50
57936NA 57946NA ON - ON
7.00
(.275) 13.20
12.00
(.472) D
(.511)
13.00
(.023)
0.60
(.519)
57939NA 57949NA ON OFF ON
1 2 3 1.10
1.10 0.80 (.043)
(.043) (.031) 4.75
0.50 (.187)
(.125)
3.20
(.019)
EPOXY 4.70
(.185)
Right angle terminals - horizontal 7.60

(.299)
4.40
(.173) 5.08
(.200)
(.519)
13.20
(.031)
0.80
Ø1.60
(.185) (.500)
4.70 12.70
III (.062 DIA)

1
III II I
II 24˚
2
(.185)
2-3 1-2
4.70
I
3
(.185)
4.70
5-6 4-5 15.30
(.602)
EPOXY
(.196)
(.236)
Single pole Double pole *

5.00
6.00
57936WA 57946WAX433 ON - ON
(.098)
(.472)
12.00
(.145)
(.381)
2.50
3.70
9.70
57939WA 57949WAX433 ON OFF ON 1.10

0.40 (.043) 1.10
(.043)
(.125)
(.015) 0.40
3.20
(.015)
12.70
Also available for VERTICAL mounting (on request).
(.500) 12.70 4.70
(.500) (.185)
PANEL CUT-OUT : Refer to 7000 series * In double pole W models, spacing between
poles on PCB is different from standard :
4,70 mm (.185) instead of 3,81 mm (.150).
Part number X433.

57000 series
OTHER AGENCY APPROVALS
UL
CSA
To order a switch additionally marked UL and/or CSA, complete above box with desired approvals (ex. ULCSA).
ACTUATORS
+ U...
For 57000A models

Actuator
14.00 2.50
(.551) (.098) 15.00
(.590)
22.55
(.887) colours
23.00
(.905)
Replace last
(1.173)
29.80
(1.251)
(.366
9.30
31.80
5.00
(.393)
10.00
"0" by number
(.476)
12.10
(.196)
)
D 15.00
(.590)
26.60
(1.047) 1 blue
U490 U530 1/4 dark blue
2 black
3 green
For 57000NA and 57000WA models 4 grey
5 yellow
9.50 2.13
(.374) (.083)
9.30 13.50 7 ivory
(.366) (.531)
7/1 white
(.309
3.96
7.87
(.155) .43

9 orange
(.299)
7.60
(.740)
18.80
(.374)
R:8 1 R.)
9.50
20.70
(.814)
3
(.3
16.80
(.661)
U610 U620
11.20 2.50
(.440) (.098) 11.30 9.05
(.444) (.356)
(.311)
5.37
7.90
(.279)
7.10
(.211)
(.649)
16.50
(.354)
9.00
(.724)
18.40
5
R:5.7
R.)
(.226
11.70
(.460)
U700 U730
11.30 22.60
(.444) (.889)
(.374)
9.50
(.448)
11.40
26.80
(1.055)
U1010
For 57000WA, available on double pole
only

57000 series
MOUNTING ACCESSORIES
+ U...
(.472)
12.00
(.425)
10.80
(.236)
6.00
(.236)
6.00
M2x0.40 SI
M2.5x0.45 (.078 DIA x0.4 IS)
(.098 DIA x0.45 IS)
U543 - Spacers, screws and nuts U1022 - Spacers, screws, nut and washers
For rocker U530 or paddle U490 For rockers U620 or U730
For paddles U610 or U700
MOUNTING RECOMMENDATIONS
8.70 8.70 10.40 10.40

(.342) (.342) (.409) (.409)

08-Serie FM-A_07-Serie FM-A 21/11/12 17:49 Page42
FM series
Snap-in rocker switches - panel cut-out 19 x 13 (.750 x .508)
❑ Illuminated and non-illuminated
❑ For class II appliances
❑ VDE and UL approved
❑ Protection against moisture by double-shell case

When the switch is submitted to moisture (drops,
condensation), the double-shell case conducts the liquid
outside, thus protecting the contact area and terminals.
The light dripping inside the equipment resulting from
this should be evacuated by adequate arrangement on
back of panel.
D
❑ Protection by boot
In case of sand or splashing water, the best protection consists of insulating the rocker from
these aggressive elements. This can be achieved with transparent PVC boot U5720. Order
separately, see section H.
AGENCY APPROVALS
EN 61058-1
Availability : functions 1 and 6

Marking : approved models are standard marked.

FM series
Single pole - non-illuminated
• Approved ratings (functions 1 and 6 ) : • Operating temperature :

VDE : 10(4)A 250VAC T85°C - UL : 6A 250VAC & 125VAC T65°C -20°C to +85°C
• Max. contact rating : • Case, frame, rocker : PA6/6
- functions 1 and 6 : see above. • Contacts : silver
- function 3 : 4A 250VAC • Terminals : silver plated
- functions 8 and 9 : 6A 250VAC
• Panel cut-out :
• Insulation resistance : 1.000 MΩ min. at 500VDC Panel thickness Dim. Y Dim. Z
0,75 to 1,25 mm 19,2 +0/-0,1 12,9 +0,15/-0
• Dielectric strength : - functions 1 and 6 : 2.500 Vrms between terminals 1,25 to 2 mm 19,4 +0/-0,1 12,9 +0,15/-0
- functions 3, 8 and 9 : 1.500 Vrms between terminals 2 to 3 mm 19,8 +0/-0,1 12,9 +0,15/-0
• Electrical life at full load : 10 000 cycles
FM C A 0 0
SERIES Electrical functions Contacts Frame colour Rocker colours Lamp

1 ON - OFF A Silver 2 Black 1 Blue 0 None
3 MOM - OFF 2 Black (std)
Others : on
6 ON - ON Terminals 3 Green Lens colour Marking *
request.
8 ON OFF MOM
2 Solder lug
4 Grey
0 No lens 000 None
D
9 ON OFF ON 5 Yellow
8 Quick-conn. 001 0
6 Red (std)
9 Straight PC
Rocker 7 Ivory 002
I
(funct. 1 & 6)
7/1 White 003 0 I
C Non illum.
9 Orange 004 I 0 II
Concave
005
OFF
ON
* Colour of marking : white for black rockers - black for other colours - Other : on request.
Single throw and double throw switch 9.30

(.059)
(.366)
1.50
(.189)
4.80
(.492)
12.50
1-2 2-3
(.315)
3 2 1
8.00
0.80
FMC1 ON - OFF (.031)
FMC3 MOM - OFF 7.00 7.00 12.80

(.275) (.275) (.504)
FMC6 ON - ON 18.80
FMC8 ON OFF MOM (.740)
FMC9 ON OFF ON 21.00

(.827) Y
(.591)
15.00
Shown with quick-connect terminals
TERMINALS
1.30
(.204)
5.20
(.122)
(.051)
3.10
(.275)
7.00
(.512)
13.00
4.70x0.80
(.185x.031) 1.20 x 0.80
2.80x0.80
(.11x.031) (.047 x .031)
2 8 9
Solder lug Quick-connect Straight PC (functions 1 and 6 only)

FM series
Single pole - illuminated
• Approved ratings : • Lens : PC

VDE : 10(4)A 250VAC T85°C - UL : 6A 250VAC & 125VAC T65°C • Contacts : silver
• LED types available : • Terminals : silver plated
3,3V (4V max.) 10mA LED (resistor to be series connected by the user) • Lamp terminal : no plating
5V or 12V LED with integrated resistor • Fluorescent lamp for blue or green lens,
• Initial contact resistance : 20mΩ max. neon lamp for other colours
• Insulation resistance : 1.000 MΩ min. at 500VDC • Panel cut-out :
• Dielectric strength : 2.500 Vrms between terminals Panel thickness Dim. Y Dim. Z
0,75 to 1,25 mm 19,2 +0/-0,1 12,9 +0,15/-0
• Electrical life at full load : 10 000 cycles
1,25 to 2 mm 19,4 +0/-0,1 12,9 +0,15/-0
• Operating temperature: - 20°C to + 85°C
2 to 3 mm 19,8 +0/-0,1 12,9 +0,15/-0
• Case, frame and rocker : PA6/6
FM L 1 8 A
SERIES Electr. function Contacts Rocker colour Lens Lamp Marking *

colour
1 ON - OFF A Silver 1 Blue A 220V neon 000 None
2 Black (std) 1 Blue * B 220V fluor. 001 0
3 Green 3 Green * C 110V neon
Rocker Terminals Frame colour
D 4 Grey 5 Yellow D 110V fluor.
L Illumin. 8 Quick-connect 2 Black 5 Yellow 6 Red
concave 6 Red (std) 8 Translucent
Others : on LED 3,3V 10mA LED 5V
7 Ivory 9 Orange
request. E Blue N Green
7/1 White * w. fluorescent
9 Orange lamp F Red/green P Yellow
G Green Q Red
H Yellow
J White LED 12V
K Red
* Colour of marking : white for black rockers - black for other colours - Other : on request. T Green
L Orange
** Resistor value = supply voltage - LED forward voltage U Yellow
LED forward current No resistor** V Red
Illuminated switches - quick-connect terminals 9.30

(.059)
1.50
(.366)
(.189)
4.80
(.492)
12.50
1 2 3
(.315)
3 2 1
8.00
0.80
FML1 ON - OFF (.031)
7.00 7.00 12.80

(.275) (.275) (.504)
18.80
(.740)
21.00
AUTRES OPTIONS : voir Guide de Codification sur page ci-

(.827) Y
(.591)
15.00
For LED models, terminal 2 = cathode (-), terminal 3 = anode (+)

2600 series
Power rocker switches
❑ Three rocker shapes : plain, V-shaped or concave
❑ Various rocker colours
❑ Frame with protection guard on 2600LP models
❑ UL, CSA, VDE and NF (EN 61058-1) approved
• Max. current/voltage rating with resistive load and approved ratings : see table below.
APPROVED RATINGS DIRECT CURRENT
FUNCTIONS CSA (double pole) UL (double pole) VDE NF D
24 VDC 12 VDC
CSA 22-2 UL 1054 EN 61058-1 EN 61058-1
1/6 HP 125VAC 1/6 HP 125VAC

ON - OFF 16A 125VAC 16A 125VAC 10(4)A 250VAC
- 10A 15A
ON - ON 16A 250VAC 16A 250VAC T 85/55
1/3 HP 250VAC 1/3 HP 250VAC
10A 125VAC 10A 125VAC

L I option L I option
ON - OFF - ON 10A 250VAC 10A 250VAC 8A 10A
10(4)A 250VAC 10(4)A 250VAC
1/6 HP 125/250VAC 1/6 HP 125/250VAC
ON - ON - ON - - - - 5A 8A
10A 125VAC
L I option L I option
OTHERS 10A 250VAC - 8A 10A
10(4)A 250VAC 10(4)A 250VAC
1/6 HP 250VAC

• Case : melamine/polyester • Panel thickness : 0,8 mm to 4 mm (.031 to .157)
• Frame : polyamide • Operating temperature :
• Actuator : polyamide - silver contacts (A) : -20°C to +85°C
• Contacts : - silver plated contacts (C) : -10°C to +55°C
A : silver
AGENCY APPROVALS
EN 61058-1 EN 61058-1

Marking : approved models are standard marked.

2600 series
Overview
26
SERIES Electrical functions Frame type

1 ON - OFF LH Plain
4 ON ON ON▲ LP With protection guard
5 MOM - ON
6 ON - ON
7 MOM OFF MOM
8 ON OFF MOM
9 ON OFF ON
▲ double pole only
Number of poles Special contact Terminals

D 3 Single pole (none) Standard (none) Screw + clamp
4 Double pole /2 Solder lugs
/quick-connect
/3 Normalized
quick-connect
ABOUT THIS SERIES

Sealing boot U2150 available to protect the switches against dust and water. See section H.

2600 series
Overview
Contact materials Rocker shapes Rocker marking Illuminated

window
A Silver 1 Plain Black White
C Copper, silver plated 2 V-shaped 00 00 (none) /3 green
(functions 1, 6 and 9 only) 3 Concave 01 21 O — /6 red
07 27 O I With green, use
08 28 ON OFF fluorescent lamp
Complete table at the end of only.
the series.
Frame colours Rocker colours Lamps

1 blue Illuminated rocker (without L0 Without lamp D
1/4 dark blue window) L6V 6V filament lamp
2 black (standard) 0 Without rocker L12V 12V filament lamp
4 grey 1 blue L24V 24V filament lamp
7/1 white 3 green L110V 110VAC neon lamp
8 chrome plated 5 yellow L110V1 110VAC blue fuor. lamp
B light brown 6 red L110V3 110VAC green fuor. lamp
E dark brown 7/1 white L220V 220VAC neon lamp
9 orange L220V1 220VAC blue fuor. lamp
With green or blue rocker, L220V3 220VAC green fuor. lamp
use fluorescent lamp only. L380V 380VAC neon lamp
L380V1 380VAC blue fuor. lamp
Non-illuminated rocker or
L380V3 380VAC green fuor. lamp
rocker with illum. window•
0 Without rocker
02 light brown L I option
04 dark brown
LI EN 61058-1 approved
03 beige
version, without lamp
10 blue
(3 position switches)
14 dark blue
20 black •
30 green •
40 grey
50 yellow
60 red •
70 white
90 orange

2600 series
• Model 2600LP with protection guard

I II III
2640LH 2640LH/2
Ø3.00x0.50 SI Ø3.10
(.118DIAx0.50 IS) (.122DIA)
6.35x0.80
(.177)
(.25x.031)
4.50
6.35 0.80
1 2 3 (.25) (.031)
MODEL
STRUCTURE
2600LH - single pole

III II I
A2-A1 A2-A3
6.35x0.80
(.25x.031)
Screw term. Solder lug/ 11.00 9.00 17.00 11.10 18.50
+ clamp quick-connect (.433) (.354) (.669) (.437) (.728)
2631LH 2631LH/2 ON - OFF

2645LH 2645LH/2 MOM - ON A1
2636LH 2636LH/2 ON - ON
(.578)
14.70
A2
(1.259)
D
25.00
32.00
(.984)
2637LH 2647LH/2 MOM OFF MOM
2638LH 2638LH/2 ON OFF MOM A3
2639LH 2639LH/2 ON OFF ON
(.267)
6.80
2.00 25.00
(.078) (.984)
2600LH - double pole

III II I
A2-A1 A2-A3
6.35x0.80
(.25x.031)
B5-B4 B5-B6
+ clamp quick-connect (.433) (.354) (.669) (.437) (.728)
2641LH 2641LH/2 ON - OFF

2644LH* 2644LH/2* ON ON ON A1 B4
2645LH 2645LH/2 MOM - ON
(.578)
14.70
(1.259)
25.00
32.00
(.984)
2646LH 2646LH/2 ON - ON
2647LH 2647LH/2 MOM OFF MOM
A2 B5
A3 B6
2648LH 2648LH/2 ON OFF MOM

(.267)
6.80
2649LH 2649LH/2 ON OFF ON 2.00

(.078)
25.00
(.984)
2600LP - with protection guard - single pole

III II I
A2-A1 A2-A3
6.35x0.80
(.25x.031)
Screw term. Solder lug/ 11.00

(.433)
10.00
(.393)
17.00
(.669)
11.10
(.437)
18.50
(.728)
+ clamp quick-connect
2631LP 2631LP/2 ON - OFF
2635LP 2635LP/2 MOM - ON A1
(.578)
14.70
2636LP 2636LP/2 ON - ON
(1.259)
25.00
32.00
(.984)
2637LP 2637LP/2 MOM OFF MOM A2
2638LP 2638LP/2 ON OFF MOM

A3
2639LP 2639LP/2 ON OFF ON

(.267)
6.80
2.00 25.00
(.078) (.984)

2600 series
2600LP - with protection guard - double pole

III II I
A2-A1 A2-A3
6.35x0.80
(.25x.031)
B5-B4 B5-B6
+ clamp quick-connect
(.433) (.393) (.669) (.437) (.728)
2641LP 2641LP/2 ON - OFF

2644LP* 2644LP/2* ON ON ON A1 B4
2645LP 2645LP/2 MOM - ON
(.578)
14.70
(1.259)
25.00
32.00
(.984)
2646LP 2646LP/2 ON - ON A2 B5
2647LP 2647LP/2 MOM OFF MOM A3 B6
2648LP 2648LP/2 ON OFF MOM
(.267)
6.80
2.00 25.00
2649LP 2649LP/2 ON OFF ON (.078) (.984)
PANEL CUT-OUT
30.00
(1.181)
(.866)
22.00
TERMINAL OPTION
ø1.50
Specify after LH or LP.

(.059DIA)
/3 Normalized quick-connect terminals 6,35 x 0,8 (.250 x .031)

6.35x0.80
(.250x.031)

2600 series
CONTACT MATERIALS
A Silver
C Copper, silver plated (available with functions 1, 6 and 9 only)
FRAME COLOURS
1 Blue
1/4 Dark blue
2 Black (standard)
4 Grey
7/1 White
8 Chrome plated This option has UL approval only.
B Light brown
E Dark brown
D
ROCKER SHAPES
1 2 3
Plain V-shaped Concave

2600 series
ROCKER COLOURS
For illuminated switches
Without rocker Blue* Green* Yellow Red White Orange

Plain rocker P/N - U881 U883 U885 U886 U887 U889
V-shaped rocker P/N - U861 U863 U865 U866 U867 U869
Concave rocker P/N - U871 U873 U875 U876 U877 U879
Colour code 0 1 3 5 6 7/1 9
* With green or blue rocker, use fluorescent lamp only.
For non-illuminated switches or switches with illuminated window (•)
Without Light Dark Dark

Beige Blue Black Green Grey Yellow Red White Orange
rocker brown brown blue
Plain rocker P/N - U1250B U1250BF U1250 U1251 U1251/4 U1252 U1253 U1254 U1255 U1256 U1257 U1259
V-shaped rocker P/N - U1270B U1270BF U1270 U1271 U1271/4 U1272 U1273 U1274 U1275 U1276 U1277 U1279
Concave rocker P/N - U1260B U1260BF U1260 U1261 U1261/4 U1262 U1263 U1264 U1265 U1266 U1267 U1269
Colour code 0 02 04 03 10 14 20• 30• 40 50 60• 70 90
D
Complete box with one of above colour codes.

To order rockers separately, use their P/N (U....) and complete box with code 0.
Rockers with illuminated windows (codes 20, 30, 60) : part numbers on request.
ROCKER MARKING
4 1 4 1 4 1 4 1 4 1 4 1 3 6 4 1 4 1 4 1 4 1
MARKING
OFF STOP
STOP
- 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 2 5 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2
ON STOP
COLOUR 6 3 6 3 6 3 6 3 6 3 6 3 1 4 6 3 6 3 6 3 6 3
Black 00 01 02 06 07 08 03 04 05* 40 43* 46

Red 00 11 12 16 17 18 13 14 15* 41 44* 47
White 00 21 22 26 27 28 23 24 25* 42 45* 48
* Not available on V-shaped rockers
Special markings and marking on rockers with illuminated window : consult factory.

2600 series
LAMP
L0 Non-illuminated switch
L6V Filament lamp 6V
L110V Neon lamp 110VAC
L110V1 BLUE fluorescent lamp 110VAC B4 B5
L110V3 Green fluorescent lamp 110VAC

A1 A2
L220V1 BLUE fluorescent lamp 220VAC

L220V3 Green fluorescent lamp 220VAC For illuminated models, the lamp is always
connected between center terminals 2 and 5.
L380V1 BLUE fluorescent lamp 380VAC
L380V3 Green fluorescent lamp 380VAC
EN61058-1 approved version
LI Lamps L380V, L380V1 and L380V3 are not UL/CSA approved.
without lamp (3 position switches)
D
ILLUMINATED WINDOW
For black, green and red rockers only
/3 Green ø
(.19 5.00
/6 Red 7 DIA
)
With green, use fluorescent lamp only.

No marking available on illuminated windows.

10-Serie KR-A _08-Serie KG-A 21/11/12 17:47 Page53
KR series
Attractive rugged rocker switch
Removable actuator Up-to-date rocker design

Easy to stock Smooth curves
Easy to customize Wide choice of colours and symbols
Laser etched symbols on illuminated versions
High performance LEDs

Long life expectancy
Optional panel seal An array of colours and voltages
High performance ultrasonic

welding
Protection against dust and the Integrated resistors
effects of continuous immersion Easy electrical connection
under pressure.
Robust roller contact Large variety of terminal options

Very long life expectancy Up to 10 terminals
Many electrical functions available Screw, solder lug and quick-connect
APEM will be happy to develop custom product solutions. Please contact us with your requirements.

KR series
Specifications
❑ Unique rocker design

❑ Wide choice of colours
❑ Laser etched symbols
❑ Optionally sealed to IP68

• Currrent/voltage rating with resistive load : • Case : PA 6-6
- Silver contacts (A) : 5A 24VDC, 100.000 cycles • Actuator : ABS
10A 24VDC, 10.000 cycles (terminals 6.35 x 0.8 only) • Bezel : PA 6-6
- Gold plated contacts (D) : 20mA 12V, 150.000 cycles • Terminals : brass, silver plated
• Current/voltage rating with lamp load - silver contacts (A) : • Contacts : silver (A)
- functions 1 & 6 : 100W 24VDC, 10.000 cycles or silver, gold plated (D)
- other functions : 60W 24VDC, 10.000 cycles • Contact roller : brass, nickel plated
• Dielectric strength : 2.000 Vrms 50 Hz min. between terminals SEALING
D • Mechanical life :150.000 cycles min.
Sealing is optional.
To order a sealed product,
ENVIRONMENTAL SPECIFICATIONS complete the appropriate box of
ordering format on the following
• Degree of protection of sealed versions : frontal sealing to IP68 acc. to pages.
IEC 60529 (submersion under 1 meter of water for more than 30 minutes)
• Salt spray resistance : 96 hours according to IEC 512-6, test 11f
• Vibration resistance : 10-500 Hz / 10 g per IEC 60068-2-6
DIMENSIONS
➞ Flat seal
46.50 24.00
(1.830) (.944)
(1.398)
35.50
(1.969 Max)
50.00 Max
(.472)
12.00
11.00
(.433)
U2282
25.00
(.984)
47.00

(1.850)

KR series
Selection guide
HOW TO ORDER
• To order a complete product, fill in all the boxes of the following order guide.
• To order case only (without actuator), finish your order number with the LED wiring code.
• To order actuator only (without case), begin the order number with code KRR, then follow the order format from
”actuator type” until the end of the options.
CASE + LEDS
KR Side A Side B
SERIES Electrical functions Contacts Sealing LEDS Wiring

1 ON - OFF A Silver X No X None See following
Poles
4 O
N O
N O
N D Gold plated K Yes A LED 6V red pages.
3 Single pole 4-1R ON ON MOM B LED 6V green
4 Double pole 5 MOM - ON Terminals Terminals (continued) C LED 6V yellow
6 ON - ON M LED 6V blue
Screw Quick-connect 6,35x0,8 R LED 6V white
7 MOM OFF MOM
0 6 terminals with barrier 5 6 terminals w/o barrier D LED 12V red
8 ON OFF MOM
Solder lug/quick-connect D 10 term. with barrier E LED 12V green
9 ON OFF ON
2 6 terminals with barrier E 10 term. w/o barrier
Function 1 only for
F LED 12V yellow D
4 6 terminals w/o barrier F 10 term. for use with N LED 12V blue
6-terminal versions. A 10 term. with barrier connector U2292 S LED 12V white
Functions 5 and 6 cannot B 10 term. w/o barrier Quick-connect 2,8x0,8 J LED 24V red
be combined with “H” C 10 terminals for use G 10 term. with barrier K LED 24V green
wiring. with connector U2292 H 10 term. w/o barrier L LED 24V yellow
Quick-connect 6,35x0,8 J 10 terminals for use P LED 24V blue
3 6 terminals with barrier with connector U2282 T LED 24V white
...
ACTUATOR ACTUATOR MARKING
Area A Area M Area B
Type Colour Orientation Symbols

1 For non-illuminated 1 Blue 4
ON
1
4 1
A
application 1/4 Dark blue N 5 2
5 M 2
2 For illuminated 2 Black 6

OFF
3
B
6
3
3
application Green 1 2 3
4 Grey O ON OFF
5 Yellow 4 5 6
6 Red 3
Symbols & Accessories : see end of section D.

6
S
OFF
7 Ivory 2 5
9 Orange 1
ON 4
A Aluminium 6 5 4
bright E OFF ON
3 2 1
NOTICE : please note that not all combinations of above numbers are available. Refer to the following pages for further information.

KR series
Case
• To order case only (without rocker), finish your order number with the LED wiring code.
CASE + LEDS
MODEL
STRUCTURE
Bottom view
Contact Contact &
2-3 1-2 area LED area
5-6 4-5
10 3 2 1 8 3 2 1
KR31 KR41 ON - OFF
KR44* ON ON ON
KR44-1R* ON ON MOM
KR35 KR45 MOM - ON
KR36 KR46
9 6 5 4 7 6 5 4
ON - ON
KR37 KR47 MOM OFF MOM
LED
KR38 KR48 ON OFF MOM area
KR39 KR49 ON OFF ON
* Function 4 : single pole in double pole case 10 terminal version 6 terminal version
D ELECTRICAL FUNCTIONS AND CONNECTIONS

In the tables below, terminal connections as viewed from bottom of switch. x = w/o terminal
Only the contact area is represented. o = with terminal
For single pole models, only terminals 1, 2 and 3 are to be considered (not terminals 6, 5, 4). ▲ = momentary
Positions Positions
3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1
Function 1 * 3 2 1 3 2 1 Function 8 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1
KR31-KR41 KR38-KR48
6 5 4 6 5 4 6 5 4 6 5 4 6 5 4
Function 5 3 2 1 3 2 1 Function 9 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1
KR35-KR45 KR39-KR49
6 5 4 6 5 4 6 5 4 6 5 4 6 5 4
KR36-KR46 KR44
6 5 4 6 5 4 6 5 4 6 5 4 6 5 4
Function 7 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 Function 4-1R 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1
KR37-KR47 KR44-1R
6 5 4 6 5 4 6 5 4 6 5 4 6 5 4 6 5 4
* Function 1 only available for 6 terminal versions.

KR series
Case
TERMINALS
CASE + LEDS
Screw Solder lug / quick-connect Normalized quick-connect 6,35x0,8 Normalized quick-connect 2,8x0,8
Ø3.00x0.50 SI
ø1.50
(.118DIAx0.50 IS) Ø3.10 Ø1.20
(.059DIA)
(.122DIA) (.047DIA)
6.35 0.80 6.35x0.80 6.35x0.80 2.80x0.80

(.177)
(.031) (.25x.031) (.250x.031)

4.50
(.25) (.110x.031)
2 6 terminals with barrier 3 6 terminals with barrier G 10 terminals with barrier

0 6 term. with barrier 4 6 terminals w/o barrier 5 6 terminals w/o barrier H 10 terminals w/o barrier
A 10 terminals with barrier J 10 terminals for use with
D 10 terminals with barrier connector U2282
B 10 terminals w/o barrier E 10 terminals w/o barrier
C 10 terminals for use with F 10 terminals for use with
connector U2292 connector U2292
Terminals are marked

on the case.
D
5
4
The drawings show the

maximum possible number
1
3
2
of terminals.
6.85 11.30 5.85 7.10
(.269) (.445) (.230) (.280)
(.358)
9.10
(.445)
11.30
6 terminal version 10 terminal version
CONTACT MATERIALS
CASE + LEDS
A Silver
D Silver, gold plated

KR series
Case - LEDs
SEALING
CASE + LEDS
X No sealing
K IP68 (switch assembled on panel)
Ultrasonic welding of frame to case is standard on

all versions.
The ultrasonic welding and the optional panel seal Optional seal
prevent water and dust from introducing into the (K version)
switch housing.
The product shall be installed professionally.
Test conditions available on request.
LEDS
CASE + LEDS
D
Side A Side B
Complete each enlarged box with one of the codes listed below.
X Without LED Side A
Red Green Yellow Blue White Red/green

6VDC A B C M R 1 7 8 7 8 7 8 7 8
12VDC D E F N S 2 4 1 4 1 4 1 4 1
24VDC J K L P T 3 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2
No U V W Y Z - 6 3 6 3 6 3 6 3
resistor
9 10 9 10 9 10 9 10
LED consumption : 20mA @ nominal voltage (25°C)

Other illumination solutions : on request. Side B

KR series
Case - LEDs
WIRING The LED wiring diagram is shown on the case.

CASE + LEDS
• For 6 terminal versions LED connected to the load
1 4 1 4 1 4 1 4 1 4 1 4 1 4 1 4
+ - + - - + + -
2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5
3 6 3 6
+ 3 6
- + 3 6
- 3 6
+ - 3 6 3 6
- + 3 6
A (standard) B C
1 4 1 4 1 4 1 4 1 4
- + - +
Note : If not available, 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5
terminals are added to
connect the LED. + 3 6
- 3 6
+ - 3 6 3 6
+ - 3 6
D
D - for function 1 (on-off)
with LED on side A E F
• For 10 terminal versions Independent LED or integrated functions
+ 8 7 - 8 7 + 8 7 -
1 4 1 4 1 4
To have independent LEDs.

2 5 2 5 2 5
3 6 3 6 3 6
10 9 + 10 9 - + 10 9 -
G (standard)
R1
To obtain 2 symbol illumination levels (night illumination when OFF
and higher illumination when ON).
R2 R1
8 7 - + 8 7 8 7
1 4 1 4 1 4 - H wiring with LED on side A available with functions 6, 8, 9 and 44.

2 5 2 5 2 5
H wiring with LED on side B available with functions 5, 6 and 9.
3 6 3
R2
6 3
R2
6 + H wiring with 2 LEDs available with functions 8 and 9.
+ 10 9 10 9 - 10 9
More information (H wiring schematics) : on request.
R1
Dotted line = external wiring, continuous line = internal wiring

H
Available in Single Pole only, with H and J quick-connect terminals.
8 7
1 4
To have a polarity inversion (typical application : fan motor).
2 5
3 6
Dotted line = external wiring
10 9
I
Power supply betweeen 2 and 5 - Load between 1 and 4 or 3 and 6. Please contact us for other wiring solutions.
Available with H and J quick-connect terminals.

KR series
Actuator - Marking
To order actuator only (without case), begin the order number with code KRR, then follow the order format
from ”actuator type” until the end of the options.
ACTUATOR TYPE
ACTUATOR
1 For non-illuminated application

2 For illuminated application
Other rocker design : on request.
ACTUATOR COLOUR
ACTUATOR
D Note : colours 7 and 7/1 not available on

illuminated versions.
1 Blue 4 Grey 7/1 White
A soft-touch varnish can be added. Consult us.
1/4 Dark blue 5 Yellow 9 Orange
2 Black 6 Red A Aluminium
bright
3 Green 7 Ivory
MARKING ORIENTATION If no marking required, leave box blank.

ACTUATOR MARKING
4 1 1 2 3 6 5 4
3 6
ON
OFF
5 2 ON OFF 2 5 OFF ON
OFF
6 3 4 5 6 1
ON 4
3 2 1
NO S E
Other orientations : on request

KR series
Marking - Mounting
SYMBOLS ACTUATOR MARKING
A M B
XX No symbol
Available symbols : see end of section D.
Marking colour
White marking for illuminated rockers (laser etching) and non-illuminated black
rockers (pad printing). Black marking for non-illuminated colour rockers (pad 4
A
1
printing). Other : on request.

Laser etching resistance 5 M 2
- Water and petrol resistant acccording to EN61058-1

B
- Tear resistant (cross-cut test) according to NF ISO 2409 : class 0 6 3
- UV resistant according to ISO 4892-2
Marking area
For illuminated versions. The symbol will be included in the hatched area.
Marking in M area : on request.
R:20.00
14.00 (.787 R)
(.252)
6.40
(.551)
R:6.00
D
(.236 R)
20.20
(.795)
°
.00
87
20.30
(.799)
(.303)
7.70
SWITCH PANEL CUT-OUT MATRIX MOUNTING

25.00 mini 4.00 47.00 mini
Panel thickness : 0,8 mm to 4,6 mm (.984 min.) (.157) (1.850 min.)
Recommended panel thickness : 10.20

(.402)
between 2 mm and 3,5 mm
21.08 0/+0.3
(.830 0/+.012)
(1.449 0/+.012)
36.80 0/+0.3

11-Serie KL-A_08-Serie KG-A 21/11/12 17:45 Page62
KL series
Locking power rocker switches
Unlocking actuator Protection frames
Unlocking actuator
Each KL rocker switch includes an unlocking actuator.
This actuator must be pressed to activate the protected function of the rocker.
Moreover, two frames protect the unlocking actuator from untimely activation.
This intuitive and secured ergonomics is patented by APEM.
2 position versions (electrical functions 1, 5 and 6)
Press unlocking actuator Press opposite part of actuator

to reach the protected position to leave the protected position
➪ ➪
3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1
3 position versions (electrical functions 7, 8, 9 4, 4-1R)
Press unlocking actuator Press opposite part of actuator

to reach the protected position to leave the protected position
➪ ➪ ➪
3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1

KL series
Specifications
❑ One protected position

❑ Patented intuitive ergonomics
❑ Wide choice of colours

• Currrent/voltage rating with resistive load : • Case : PA 6-6
- Silver contacts (A) : 5A 24VDC, 100.000 cycles • Actuator and unlocking
10A 24VDC, 10.000 cycles (terminals 6.35 x 0.8 only) actuator : ABS
- Gold plated contacts (D) : 20mA 12V, 150.000 cycles • Bezel : PA 6-6
• Initial contact resistance : 10 mΩ max. • Terminals : brass, silver plated
• Insulation resistance : 1.000 MΩ min. at 500VDC • Contacts : silver (A)
• Dielectric strength : 2.000 Vrms 50 Hz min. between terminals or silver, gold plated (D)
• Mechanical life : 150.000 cycles min. • Contact roller : brass, nickel plated
ENVIRONMENTAL SPECIFICATIONS SEALING D

• Degree of protection of sealed versions : frontal sealing to IP68 Sealing is optional.
according to IEC 60529 (submersion under 1 meter of water for more than To order a sealed product,
30 minutes) complete the appropriate box of
• Salt spray resistance : 96 hours according to IEC 512-6, test 11f ordering format on the following
• Operating temperature : -40°C to +85°C pages.
DIMENSIONS
24.00
(.944)
➞ Flat seal
46.50
(1.830) 17.00
(.669)
(1.039)
26.40
(1.398)
35.50
(1.969 Max)
50.00 Max
12.00
(.472)
11.00
(.433)
U2282
25.00
(.984)
47.00
(1.850)
CKL49DT1-A

KL series
Selection guide
• To order a complete product, fill in all the boxes of the following order guide.
CASE + LEDS
KL Side B
SERIES Electrical functions Contacts Sealing LEDS Wiring

1 ON - OFF A Silver X No X None See following
Poles
4 O
N O
N O
N D Gold plated K Yes A LED 6V red pages.
3 Single pole 4-1R ON ON MOM B LED 6V green
4 Double pole 5 MOM - ON Terminals Terminals (continued) C LED 6V yellow
6 ON - ON M LED 6V blue
Screw Quick-connect 6,35x0,8 R LED 6V white
7 MOM OFF MOM
0 6 terminals with barrier 5 6 terminals w/o barrier D LED 12V red
8 ON OFF MOM
Solder lug/quick-connect D 10 term. with barrier E LED 12V green
9 ON OFF ON
2 6 terminals with barrier E 10 term. w/o barrier F LED 12V yellow
Function 1 only for 4 6 terminals w/o barrier F 10 term. for use with N LED 12V blue
6-terminal versions. A 10 term. with barrier connector U2292 S LED 12V white
Functions 5 and 6 cannot B 10 term. w/o barrier Quick-connect 2,8x0,8 J LED 24V red
be combined with “H” C 10 terminals for use G 10 term. with barrier K LED 24V green
wiring. with connector U2292 H 10 term. w/o barrier L LED 24V yellow
D Quick-connect 6,35x0,8 J 10 terminals for use P LED 24V blue
3 6 terminals with barrier with connector U2282 T LED 24V white
ACTUATOR ACTUATOR MARKING
Area A Area B
Type Rocker Unlocking Orientation Symbols Marking colour

colour actuator colour
1 For non-illum. 4 ON 1 4 A 1
Illuminated models
application 1 Blue 1 Blue N Blank White
1/4 Dark blue 1/4 Dark blue
5 2 5 2
2 For illuminated Non-illuminated

2 Black 2 Black
6 3
OFF
application
6 3
B
1 Blue
3 Green 3 Green 2 Black
4 Grey 4 Grey 3 Green
5 Yellow 5 Yellow 4 Grey
6 Red 6 Red Symbols & Accessories : see end of section D. 5 Yellow
7 Ivory 7 Ivory 6 Red
9 Orange 9 Orange 7 White
9 Orange

KL series
Case
CASE + LEDS
MODEL
STRUCTURE
Bottom view
Contact Contact &
2-3 1-2 area LED area
5-6 4-5
10 3 2 1 8 3 2 1
KL31 KL41 ON - OFF
KL44* ON ON ON
KL44-1R* ON ON MOM
KL35 KL45 MOM - ON 9 6 5 4 7 6 5 4
KL36 KL46 ON - ON
KL37 KL47 MOM OFF MOM
LED
KL38 KL48 ON OFF MOM area
KL39 KL49 ON OFF ON
* Function 4 : single pole in double pole case 10 terminal version 6 terminal version
ELECTRICAL FUNCTIONS AND CONNECTIONS

In the tables below, terminal connections as viewed from bottom of switch. Only the contact area is x = w/o terminal
represented. For single pole models, only terminals 1, 2 and 3 are to be considered (not 6, 5, 4). o = with terminal D
▲ = momentary
Press unlocking
actuator to unlock.
3 2 1 CKLFUN1-A 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 CKLFUN2-A 3 2 1
Function 1 * 3 2 1 3 2 1 Function 7 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1
KL31-KL41 KL37-KL47
6 5 4 6 5 4 6 5 4 6 5 4 6 5 4
Functionn 5 3 2 1 3 2 1 Function 8 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1
KL35 - KL45 KL38-KL48

6 5 4 6 5 4 6 5 4 6 5 4 6 5 4
KL36-KL46 KL39-KL49
6 5 4 6 5 4 6 5 4 6 5 4 6 5 4
* Function 1 Function 4 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1
- Only available for 6 terminal versions. KL44

- Illuminated versions only available with “A” wiring. 6 5 4 6 5 4 6 5 4
Function 4-1R 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1
KL44-1R
6 5 4 6 5 4 6 5 4

KL series
Case
TERMINALS
CASE + LEDS
Screw Solder lug / quick-connect Normalized quick-connect 6,35x0,8 Normalized quick-connect 2,8x0,8
Ø3.00x0.50 SI
ø1.50
(.118DIAx0.50 IS) Ø1.20
Ø3.10 (.059DIA)
(.122DIA) (.047DIA)
6.35 0.80 6.35x0.80 6.35x0.80 2.80x0.80

(.031) (.250x.031)
(.177)
(.25) (.25x.031)
4.50
(.110x.031)
2 6 terminals with barrier 3 6 terminals with barrier G 10 terminals with barrier

0 6 term. with barrier 4 6 terminals w/o barrier 5 6 terminals w/o barrier H 10 terminals w/o barrier
A 10 terminals with barrier J 10 terminals for use with
D 10 terminals with barrier connector U2282
B 10 terminals w/o barrier E 10 terminals w/o barrier
C 10 terminals for use with F 10 terminals for use with
connector U2292 connector U2292
4
6
5

on the case.
D
1
3
2
The drawings show the

6.85
(.269)
11.30
(.445)
5.85
(.230)
7.10
(.280)
maximum possible number
(.358)
9.10
of terminals.
11.30
(.445)
CKLCO-A
6 terminal version 10 terminal version
CONTACT MATERIALS
CASE + LEDS
A Silver
D Silver, gold plated

KL series
Case - LEDs
SEALING
CASE + LEDS
X No sealing

all versions.
switch housing.
LEDS
CASE + LEDS
D
Side B
Complete enlarged box with one of the codes listed below.
X Without LED
Red Green Yellow Blue White Red/green 7 8 7 8
6VDC A B C M R 1 4 1 4 1
12VDC D E F N S 2 5 2 5 2
24VDC J K L P T 3
6 3 6 3
No U V W Y Z -
9 10 9 10
resistor
LED consumption : 20mA @ nominal voltage (25°C) Side B

Other illumination solutions : on request.

KL series
Case - LED
WIRING The LED wiring diagram is shown on the case.

CASE + LED
• For 6 terminal versions LED connected to the load
1 4 1 4 1 4 1 4 1 4 1 4
+ + - -
2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5
3 6
+ 3 6
- - 3 6 3 6
- 3 6
+ 3 6
+
A (standard) B C E F
Note : If not available, terminals are added to connect the LED.
• For 10 terminal versions Independent LED or integrated functions
D 8 7
1 4
2 5
3 6 To have independent LED.

+ 10 9 -
G (standard)
R1
+ 8 7
1 4
2 5
To obtain 2 symbol illumination levels (night illumination when OFF and higher illumination when ON).
3 6 Dotted line = external wiring, continuous line = internal wiring
R2
10 9 -
H
Available in Single Pole only, with H and J quick-connect terminals.
8 7
1 4
2 5 To have a polarity inversion (typical application : fan motor).

3 6
Dotted line = external wiring
10 9
I
Power supply betweeen 2 and 5 - Load between 1 and 4 or 3 and 6.
Available with H and J quick-connect terminals.
Please contact us for other wiring solutions.

KL series
Actuator - Marking
ACTUATOR TYPE
ACTUATOR
1 For non-illuminated application

2 For illuminated application
ROCKER COLOUR
ACTUATOR
Code Colour Code Colour Code Colour Note : colour 7 not available on illuminated versions
1 Blue 3 Green 6 Red
1/4 Dark blue 4 Grey 7 Ivory
2 Black 5 Yellow 9 Orange
D
UNLOCKING ACTUATOR COLOUR
ACTUATOR

1 Blue 3 Green 6 Red
1/4 Dark blue 4 Grey 7 Ivory
2 Black 5 Yellow 9 Orange
MARKING ORIENTATION If no marking required, leave box blank.

ACTUATOR MARKING
4 ON 1
5 2
6 3
OFF
N Other orientations : on request

KL series
Marking - Mounting
SYMBOLS ACTUATOR MARKING
A B
XX No symbol
4 A 1
Laser etching resistance

- Water and petrol resistant acccording to EN61058-1 5 2
- Tear resistant (cross-cut test) according to NF ISO 2409 : class 0
6 3
Marking area - The symbol will be included in the hatched area. B
13.20 13.20
(.154)
(.154)
3.90
3.90
(.520) (.520)
(.209)
(.209)
5.30
5.30
13.70
13.70
(.539)
(.539)
D
(.252)
6.40
14.00 14.00
(.551) (.551)
For illuminated versions For non-illuminated versions
MARKING COLOUR
ACTUATOR MARKING
Illuminated models (laser etching)

Blank White
Non-illuminated models (pad printing)
1 : Blue - 2 : Black - 3 : Green - 4 : Grey - 5 : Yellow - 6 : Red - 7 : White - 9 : Orange
Panel thickness : 0,8 mm to 4,6 mm

25.00 mini 4.00 47.00 mini
(.984 min.) (.157) (1.850 min.)

(.402)
21.08 0/+0.3
(.830 0/+.012)
(1.449 0/+.012)
36.80 0/+0.3
ON
ON

12-Serie KI-A_08-Serie KG-A 21/11/12 17:44 Page71
KI series
LED indicators
Specifications
❑ Wide choice of bezel colours

❑ Wide choice of LEDs
❑ Long life expectancy

• Operating voltage : 6VDC, 12VDC or 24VDC • Case : ABS
• Nominal current : 20mA per LED • Bezel : ABS
• Terminals : brass, silver plated
SEALING
• Degree of protection of sealed versions : frontal sealing to IP68
according to IEC 60529 (submersion under 1 meter of water for more than Sealing is optional.
30 minutes) To order a sealed product,
• Salt spray resistance : 96 hours according to IEC 512-6, test 11f complete the appropriate box of
• Operating temperature : -40°C to +85°C ordering format on the following
pages. D
DIMENSIONS
➞ Flat seal
(.248)
6.30
(1.398)
35.50
(1.969 Max)
50.00 Max
12.00
(.472)
11.00
(.433)
U2282
25.00
(.984)
46.80
(1.843)

KI series
LED indicators
Selection guide
Side Side Side Side Side Side

KI A M B A M B
SERIES Colours LEDS Type of Symbols Sealing

illumination
1 Blue X None X No
1/4 Dark blue A LED 6V red X Standard 4 A 1
K Yes
2 Black B LED 6V green S Super bright M
5 2
6
B 3
3 Green C LED 6V yellow

4 Grey M LED 6V blue
5 Yellow R LED 6V white
6 Red D LED 12V red Marking orientation Terminals with
9 Orange E LED 12V green barrier
F LED 12V yellow 4 ON 1
N C Solder lug /
N LED 12V blue
5 2
6 OFF 3
quick-connect
S LED 12V white
F Quick-connect 6,35
J LED 24V red 1 2 3
O J Quick-connect 2,8
K LED 24V green ON OFF
L LED 24V yellow 4 5 6
P LED 24V blue 3

OFF 6
T LED 24V white S 2 5
D
1 4
ON
DC voltage standard
6 5 4
E OFF ON
3 2 1
On request : 48VDC voltage - AC voltage - new design
Symbols & Accessories : see end of section D.

KI series
LED indicators
Case - LEDs - Marking
BEZEL COLOUR
KI

1 Blue 4 Grey
1/4 Dark blue 5 Yellow
2 Black 6 Red
3 Green 9 Orange
LEDS
Side A Center Side B
X Without LED
Side A
Red Green Yellow Blue White Red/green

D
6VDC A B C M R 1 4 1 4 1 4 1 4 1
12VDC D E F N S 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2
24VDC J K L P T 3
No
6 3 6 3 6 3 6 3
U V W Y Z -
resistor
LED consumption : 20mA @ nominal voltage (25°C) Side B
Other illumination solutions : on request.
TYPE OF ILLUMINATION
X Standard
S Super bright
MARKING ORIENTATION If no marking required, leave box blank. Other orientations : on request
1 2 3 6 5 4
4 ON 1 3
OFF 6
5 2 ON OFF 2 5 OFF ON
6 OFF 3 1
ON 4
4 5 6 3 2 1
NO S E

KI series
LED indicators
Marking - Terminals
SYMBOLS
A M B
XX No symbol
4 A 1
Marking colour
White (laser etching) M
5 2
Laser etching resistance 6

B 3
- Water and petrol resistant acccording to EN61058-1

- Tear resistant (cross-cut test) according to NF ISO 2409 : class 0
Marking area - The symbol will be included in the hatched area.
10.50
(.413)
4 1
5 2
(.323)
8.20
(1.315)
33.40
23.50
(.925)
6 3
D
13.60
(.535)
TERMINALS (WITH BARRIER)
Solder lug / quick-connect Normalized quick-connect 6,35x0,8 Normalized quick-connect 2,8x0,8
ø1.50
Ø3.10 (.059DIA) Ø1.20
(.122DIA) (.047DIA)
6.35x0.80 6.35x0.80 2.80x0.80

(.250x.031)
(.177)
(.25x.031) (.110x.031)
4.50
C 10 terminals for use with F 10 terminals for use with J 10 terminals for use with
connector U2292 connector U2292 connector U2282

on the case.
7.10
(.280)
(.358)
9.10

KI series
LED indicators
Sealing - Mounting
SEALING
X No sealing

all versions.
switch housing.
Panel thickness : 0,8 mm to 4,6 mm 25.00 mini

(.984 min.)
4.00
(.157)
47.00 mini
(1.850 min.)
between 2 mm and 3,5 mm D

(.402)
21.08 0/+0.3
(.830 0/+.012)
(1.449 0/+.012)
36.80 0/+0.3
ON
OFF

13-Serie KG-A-R1_08-Serie KG-A 05/02/13 10:59 Page76
KG series
❑ Protected rocker
❑ VDE (EN 61058-1) approved
❑ Sealed to IP65

• Currrent/voltage rating : • Case : thermoplastic UL94-V0
- functions 1 (ON-OFF) and 6 (ON-ON) : 15A 12VDC, 10A 24VDC max., • Terminals : brass, silver plated
10mA 14VDC min. • Contacts : silver grain
- functions 4 ( ON ON ON) and 4-1R (ON ON MOM) : • Contact roller : brass, nickel plated
8A 12VDC, 5A 24VDC max.
- other functions : 10A 12VDC, 8A 24VDC max.
• Initial contact resistance : 10 mΩ max. at 1A 2VDC AGENCY APPROVAL
• Insulation resistance : 1.000 MΩ min. at 500VDC
12(4)A 250VAC
• Electrical life : 10.000 cycles min.
T85/55°C
D • Mechanical life : 2 position models : 100.000 cycles min. EN 61058-1
3 position models : 30.000 cycles min.
Availability : double pole models,
functions ON-OFF and ON-ON.
ENVIRONMENTAL SPECIFICATIONS Marking : to order switches

marked VDE, add “VDE” at the
• Degree of protection : IP65 according to IEC 60529 end of model number.
• Shock resistance : 100 g according to IEC 512-4, test 6c
• Vibration resistance : 10-500 Hz - 10 g according to IEC 512-4, test 6d
• Salt spray resistance : 96 hours according to IEC 512-6, test 11f
• Operating temperature : 2 position models : -40°C to + 85°C
3 position models : -10°C to + 65°C
MATRIX MOUNTING
25.00 mini. 4.00 49.00 mini.
(.984 min.) (.157) (1.929 min.)
12.20
(.480)

KG series
Case
21.08
(.830)
PANEL CUT-OUT
Panel thickness :
0,8 mm to 4,6 mm
(1.449)
36.80
Recommended thickness :
3 2 1
CASE + LAMPS ROCKER LENS MARKING
MODEL
STRUCTURE
➞ Flat seal
2-3 1-2
11.00
24.50
(.964)
(.433)
5-6 4-5

KG31 KG41 ON - OFF
10.50 23.50 12.00 20.00
(.413) (.925) (.472) (.787)
KG44* ON ON ON
KG44-1R* ON ON MOM
(.269)
KG35 KG45 MOM - ON
6.85
KG36 KG46 ON - ON D
KG37 KG47 MOM OFF MOM
(1.909)
48.50
(1.720)
43.70
KG38 KG48 ON OFF MOM
14.65
(.576)
KG39 KG49 ON OFF ON
* Function 4 : single pole in double pole case
TERMINALS
Side A
Ø3.00x0.50 SI ø1.50
(.118DIAx0.50 IS) Ø3.10 (.059DIA)
(.122DIA)
1 4
Terminals 1 to 6
2 5
are marked on the case.
6.35x0.80 6.35x0.80
6.35 0.80 (.25x.031) (.250x.031)
(.25) (.031)
(.177)
4.50
Side A : terminals 1 and 4

3 6
0 2 3 Side B : terminals 3 and 6
Screw Solder lug / quick-connect Quick-connect
Side B
CONTACT MATERIALS
A Silver grain

KG series
Lamps
BEZEL
2 Black, sealed to IP65
LAMPS Side A Side B
X Without lamp J 24V LED red Side A
A 6V LED red K 24V LED green

B 6V LED green L 24V LED yellow
4 1 4 1 4 1 4 1
C 6V LED yellow M Neon 125V
D 12V LED red N Neon 250V 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2
E 12V LED green O Filament 6V

F 12V LED yellow P Filament 12V 6 3 6 3 6 3 6 3
D
G 18V LED red R Filament 24V
H 18V LED green S Fluorescent 220V Side B
I 18V LED yellow T Fluorescent 110V White and blue LEDs : on request.
LAMP WIRING The lamp wiring diagram is shown on the case.
+ - + -
1 4 1 4 1 4 1 4 1 4 1 4 1 4 1 4
- + + -
2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5
+ - + -
2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5
3 6 3 6 3 6 3 6 3 6
+ - 3 6 3 6
- + 3 6
A (standard) B C
CKGRLA-B
1 4 1 4 1 4 1 4 1 4
- + - +
Note : If not available, 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5 2 5
terminals are added to
connect the LED. + 3 6
- 3 6
+ - 3 6 3 6
+ - 3 6
D - for function 1 (on-off) CKGRLE-A CKRRLF-A
with LED on side A E F

CKGRLD-B
To order case only (without rocker), finish your CATAL92/CATAL2001

order number with the lamp wiring code.
CKGRLE indice A
D-78 www.apem.com23.07.08 APEM
ECH 1
KG series
Rocker - Lenses
ROCKER COLOUR
1 Blue 5 Yellow
1/4 Dark blue 6 Red
2 Black 7 Ivory
3 Green 9 Orange
4 Grey
ROCKER SHAPE
D
1 4 6 8
Full rocker Opening on side A Opening on side B Opening on sides A and B
Other rocker shapes on customer specifications : on request.
To order rocker only (without case), begin the order number with code KGR, then follow the order format
from ”rocker colour” until the end of the options.
LENS COLOUR Side A Side B
X No lens Side A
1 Blue *
4 1 4 1
3 Green *
5 2 5 2
6 Red
9 Orange
B White 6 3 6 3
T Translucent
Side B
* Blue or green lens recommended with fluorescent lamp.
To order lenses only, begin the order number with the codes :
KGLA for lens A and KGLB for lens B,
then follow the order format from ”lens colour” until the end of the options.

KG series
Marking
MARKING If no marking required, leave all boxes blank.
• •
Select one option from each of the MARKING ORIENTATION

tables below.
4 1 1 2 3
5 2
MARKING METHOD
6 3 4 5 6
C Hot stamping Other orientations :
V H on request
SYMBOLS A B
XX No symbol 4 1
A
D 5 2
4
A
1
Marking colour
B marking
White marking for black rockers6 - Black 3
for colour rockers
5 2
Other : on request.
6 B 3
Marking area CKGR1-A
For illuminated versions. The symbol will be included in the hatched area.
CKGR1-A
11.00
(.433)
11.00
(.433)
4 1
(.433)
11.00
12.40
(.488)
4 1
(.433)
11.00
5 2 12.40
(.488)
5 2
6 3
6 3
CKGR2-A
CKGR2-A
CKGR-A
ech 0.6
indice A CKGR-A
le 14/05/08 ech 0.6
indice A
le 14/05/08

14-Symbols-Accessories.K-A_08-Serie KG-A 21/11/12 17:40 Page81
K range
Power rocker switches and indicators
Symbols
Most symbols meet the ISO 7000 standard “graphical symbols for use on equipments” (code given in bracket in the
description). Contact us for symbols not featured in the following tables.
Legend scale :
KR series : 1:1
KL, KG and KI series : depending on space available on the product (see “Symbols” section at the end of each series).
CODE SYMBOL DESCRIPTION CODE SYMBOL DESCRIPTION CODE SYMBOL DESCRIPTION
Emergency first
Revolving light
XX None - 16 32 aid vehicle
(2565)
Rear Load tipping

01 - 17 ventilator 33 (1557)
Heating Loading light

02 - 18 (0637) 34 (2457)
Door Tractor, rear-ward

03 - 19 opening 35 (1667)
Windshield Combine,
04 - 20 demister/defroster 36 direction of
(0635) movement (1678)
D
Windshield
Use no forks
05 - 21 wiper 37 (2406)
(0086)
Windshield
Transmission
06 - 22 washer 38 (1166)
(0088)
Working spot
Ventilator fan
07 Stop 23 39 light
(0089)
(1145)
Side mirror Engine

08 Motion 24 40
defroster (0640)
Restarting Horn
09 Up motion 25 41
pump (0244)
Front
Lock
10 Down motion 26 fog lights 42 (1656)
(0633)
Rear
Taxi sign light
11 Hot 27 fog lights 43 (2551)
(0634)
Propulsion Working light

12 Cold 28 44
system trim (1204)
Beacon Working light

Hazard warning
13 29 45 symmetric
(0085) (1141) (1204)
Traveller
14 30 Anchor 46 -
lighting
Driver
Electric motor
15 lighting 31 47 -
(0011)
(1421

K range
Symbols
Legend scale :
KR series : 1:1
All wheel Front windshield

48 64 Indicator 80
drive heating
Differential lock
49 65 Brake release 81 Aus
(1662)
Baggage room Radiator

50 - 66 82
left door fan
Baggage room Remove

51 - 67 83
right door retarder
Restricted
52 - 68 Power blinds 84 speed
D
Engine
53 - 69 85 Preheater
idle control
Rear window
Cruise
54 wiper 70 86 ABS detection
res/set
(0097)
Rear window
Driver windows
55 washer 71 87 ECAS detection
up/down
(0099)
Lower load Middle door

56 72 88 Engine stop
(2223) opening
Cab lock Front door Cruise

57 (1560) 73 opening 89 res/cancel
Lighting in
58 Extraction 74 90 ECAS reset
baggage room
Driver windows
59 Pumping in 75 Cruise on/off 91 heating
Rear PTO
60 76 TV 92 Cruise set
(1572)
Air bag
61 Front PTO 77 Pump 93 up/down
62 Rockshaft down 78 Toilet 94 Read lighting
Toilet Lighting
63 Rockshaft up 79 95
decontamination main switch

K range
Symbols
Legend scale :
KR series : 1:1
Heating
96 AD - AV -
using water
97 Low beam AE - AW -
Position
98 AF - AY -
lights
Battery charging
Diesel
99 AG condition AZ -
acceleration
(0247)
Manual Turn signals

A1 AH B1 -
mode (0084)
D
Clockwise High beam
A2 AJ B2 -
cabin rotation (0082)
Differential lock,
Anticlockwise
A3 AK bogie B3 -
cabin rotation
(2600)
Brushing with a
A4 - AL rotating brush
(0070)
Differential lock,
A5 - AM transfer case 4x4
(2475)
Loader bucket,
Parking
A6 AN float
brake
(1441)
Loader bucket
A7 - AP (1437)
Rear window
A8 - AQ washer & wiper
(0098)
Header
A9 - AR Header drive
(1579)
Excavator/backhoe
AA - AS boom side shift
(2091)
Chemical water
AB - AT treatment
(1851)
Grapple skidder,
AC - AU single funct° boom
(1762)

K range
Accessories for KR, KL and KI series
MOUNTING PANEL END MOUNTING PANEL MIDDLE SINGLE MOUNTING PANEL

(2.205)
(2.205)
(2.205)
56.00
56.00
56.00
3.80 26.50 29.26 3.80 26.50 26.26 3.80 26.50 32.26
(.150) (1.043) (1.152) (.150) (1.043) (1.034) (.150) (1.043) (1.270)
U2261 U2262 U2267

D Recommended panel thickness : 1,10 mm - 1,80 mm - 2,60 mm - 3,40 mm - 4,20 mm - 5 mm - 5,80 mm
MOUNTING PANEL CUT-OUT For additional elements, add 26,40 mm (1.039)

For 1 element U2267 For 2 elements U2261 For 3 elements (2xU2261 + 1x U2262)
25.00 0/+0.20 51.00 0/+0.20 77.50 0/+0.20
(.984 0/+.008) (2.008 0/+.008) (3.051 0/+.008)
(1.898 0/+.008)
(1.898 0/+.008)
(1.898 0/+.008)
48.20 0/+0.20
48.20 0/+0.20
48.20 0/+0.20
22 X 44 ADAPTER 22 X 44 ADAPTER PANEL CUT-OUT

Front panel dismounting Rear panel dismounting
22.00 0/+0.1
(.866 0/+.004)
(1.732 0/+.004)
44.00 0/+0.1
(1.969)
(1.969)
50.00
50.00
3.50 19.00 25.00 3.50 19.00 25.00

(.138) (.748) (.984) (.138) (.748) (.984)
Adapter colours (replace 0 with code)

1/4 : dark blue - 2 : black - 4 : grey
U3060 U3070 5 : yellow - 6 : red - 7/1 : white
Recommended panel thickness : 0,60 mm to Recommended panel thickness : 1,60 mm -0,1/0
1,50 mm to 5,60 mm -0,1/0 in stages of 0,40 mm

K range
ACTUATOR REMOVING TOOL
EXTRACT ACTUATOR (KR ONLY)

Allows the extraction of the rocker / rocker support assembly.
Place the 2 claws under the support and push as indicated by the arrow.
EXTRACT ROCKER (KR ONLY)
Allows to separate the rocker from its support.
Insert the tool between rocker and support as indicated by the arrrow. Pull out the tool in the
opposite direction.
EXTRACT SWITCH (KR, KL AND KI)
Allows to extract switch from panel mounting units. 2 tools are necessary.
Insert the tools between switch and panel mounting units from the rear to compress the snap-
U3052 in device. Pull off switch manually.
2 tools are supplied
CONNECTORS
Standard colour : black. Other colours : on request.
Connectors cannot be combined with wiring types H and I.
U2260 U2282 U2292
6 terminal version 10 terminal version 10 terminal version

For use with terminals type 2, 3, 4 or 5. For use with terminals type H or J. For use with terminals type B, C, E or F.
6,35 (1/4) tabs to be fitted by the user 2,8 (.110) tabs to be fitted by the user 6,35 (1/4) tabs to be fitted by the user
(example : AMP/Tyco 0-0141013-2). (example : AMP/Tyco 0-927779-3). (example : AMP/Tyco 0-0141013-2).
Can be used for the KG series.
45.00
(1.772) 36.60 36.60
➀ poka-yoke
(1.441) (1.441)
(1.157)
(1.157)
(1.315)
29.40
29.40
33.40
24.40
24.40
(.961)
(.961)
25.00
(.984)
1 1
20.80
(.433)
(.819)
20.40
11.00
(.803)
(.433)
11.00
20.80
(.433)
(.819)
11.00
U2260 U2282 U2292

K range
HOLE PLUGS
(.248)
(.059)
6.30
1.50
Usefull for future extensions.
22.00
(.866)
U2271 Blue U2274 Grey Recommended panel thickness : 44.10 20.80
1,50 mm to 6 mm
(1.736) (.819)
U2271/4 Dark blue U2275 Yellow
U2272 Black U2276 Red
25.00
(.984)
U2273 Green U2277 Ivory
U2279 Orange
46.80
(1.843)
Connectors can be hanged on specific hole plugs. Contact APEM.

D

Slide switches
Section E E
01-Serie NK-A_01-Serie NK-A 21/11/12 18:26 Page2
NK series
Subminiature slide switches
❑ The smallest changeover

❑ Flush and raised actuators

• Max. current/voltage rating with resistive load : 0,5A 12V • Case : PA6/6, glass filled,
• Minimum load : 1mA 10mV UL94-V0
• Initial contact resistance : 20 mΩ max. • Actuator : PA6/6, glass filled,
• Insulation resistance : 10.000 MΩ min. at 500VDC UL94-V0
• Dielectric strength : 250 Vrms. 50 Hz min. between terminals • Contacts : gold over nickel
2.000 Vrms 50 Hz min. between adjacent poles of switches placed side by
side
• Electrical life with nominal load : 2.000 cycles
• Capacitance : < 1,5 pF EXAMPLES OF LAYOUT
Ø1.00
(.039DIA) 2.54
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS (.100)
(.100)
2.54
• Wave solderable : flux sealed
• End stackable, 2,54 (.100) terminal to terminal pitch - 4 switches max.,
hole dia. 1 mm (.039)
• Travel : 1,6 mm (.062)
• Soldering temperature : 250°C for 5 sec. max. Ø0.80 - Ø1.00
• Moisture test : 21 days at 95 % RH (IEC 68-2-3) (.031DIA - .039DIA)
I II
1-3 1-2
E 1 II I
2.60
(.102)
I II
2.54
(.100)
(.311)
7.90
(.256)
6.50
3 2
Flush actuator
(.196)
5.00
(.019)
NK236 ON - ON
0.50
3 1 2 2 1 3
2.54 Ø0.60 Ø1.00
(.100) (.023 DIA) (.039 DIA)
Raised actuator 10.00

(.393)
NK236H ON - ON
Right angle terminals

I II
1-3 1-2
2.60
1 (.102)
II I I II
3.70 2.54
(.027)
0.70
(.311)
(.146) (.100)
7.90
(.256)
6.50
3 2
Flush actuator
(.019)
NK236W ON - ON
0.50
3 1 2 2 1 3
(.023 DIA)
2.54
Ø0.60
Ø1.00
(.100) (.039 DIA)
Raised actuator 10.00

(.393)
NK236WH ON - ON
E-2 www.apem.com APEM

02-Serie SMT TG-A_02-Serie SMT TG-A 21/11/12 18:26 Page3
SMT TG series
Surface mount tiny washable slide switches

• Terminal coating : tin-lead alloy over nickel plating
• Terminals turned to the outside, preventing the shadow effect in infrared soldering
and permitting visual inspection of solder joints
• Available with positioning pins to ensure switch orientation during the reflow
process and increasing switch mechanical resistance
❑ Washable

• Max. current/voltage rating with resistive load : 24.00±0.30
0,4VA 20V max. AC or DC (.944±.011)
(.295)
7.50
E
(.629)
16.00
• Actuator travel : 2,60 mm (.102) A
(14.173 DIA MAX)
(3.937 DIA MIN)

Ø360.00 Maxi
Ø100.00 mini
MATERIALS
• Actuator : high temperature plastic material UL94-V0 Ø13.00±0.25 3.00

• Terminals : brass, with pure tin plating over nickel barrier
• Rubber seal : silicone, transparent Tape width 24.00 (.944) 44.00 (1.732)
Reel 24.40+2.00/0.00 44.40+2.00/0.00

(dimension A) (.960+.078/.000) (1.748+.078/.000)
APEM www.apem.com E-3

02-Serie SMT TG-A_02-Serie SMT TG-A 21/11/12 18:26 Page4
SMT TG series
Surface mount tiny washable slide switches

• Rubber seal removable after cleaning
• Single pole
1 2 3
(.218)
(.120)
5.55
3.05
Slide switches
5.80 3.20
(.228) (.125)
(.118)
3.00
(.035)
0.90
(.169)
(.378)
4.30
9.60
(.400)
10.16
0.50
(.019) 3.05
(.051)
TG36WS80050 ON - ON
(.120)
1.30
2.54 2.54 6.90
(.100) (.100) (.271)
TG39WS80050 ON OFF ON
(.070)
1.80
5.55
2.50 (.218)
(.098)
1.50
(.059)
(.313)
7.96
(.098)
0.80
2.50
(.196)
5.00
(.031)
10.10
(.082)
2.10
(.397) 5.08
(.200)
E Slide switches - with positioning pins

5.80
(.228)
3.20
(.125)
(.118)
3.00
(.169)
(.378)
4.30
9.60
(.400)
10.16
(.372)
9.45
Ø0.80
(.031 DIA)
0.50 6.90
(.019) 3.05 (.271)
(.120)
TG36WS80065 ON - ON 2.54
(.100)
2.54
(.100) 3.81
(.150)
TG39WS80065 ON OFF ON 5.55
(.070)
1.80
2.50 (.218)
(.098)
1.50
(.313)
(.059)
(.025)
7.96
0.65
(.098)
2.50
3.81
(.196)
5.00
(.150) 0.80
(.031)
(.082)
2.10
10.10 5.08
(.397) (.200)
Slide switches with flush actuator

5.80 3.20
(.228) (.125)
(.035)
0.90

(.169)
(.378)
4.30
9.60
(.400)
10.16
TG36WS81050 ON - ON
TG39WS81050 ON OFF ON
0.50
(.019) 3.05
(.051)
(.120)
1.30
2.54 2.54 6.90

(.100) (.100) (.271)
With positioning pins
(.070)
1.80
5.55
TG36WS81065
2.50
ON - ON (.098)
(.218)
TG39WS81065 ON OFF ON 1.50

(.059)
(.313)
7.96
(.098)
0.80
2.50
(.196)
5.00
(.031)
Shown without positioning pins 10.10
(.082)
2.10
(.397) 5.08
(positioning pins same as above) (.200)

03-Serie TG-A_03-Serie TG-A 21/11/12 18:26 Page5
TG series
Tiny slide switches
Overview and specifications
❑ Sealed

❑ Same PCB layout as TL, TP and TR tiny series
• Current/voltage rating with resistive load : • Case : flame retardant
- Gold plated contacts : 0,4VA 20V max. AC or DC. thermoplastic
- Silver plated contacts : 0,5A 48V max. AC or DC • Actuator : thermoplastic
• Contact resistance : 20 mΩ max. • Ground plate and bracket :
• Insulation resistance : 1.000 MΩ min. at 500VDC brass, tin plated
• Dielectric strength : 1.000 Vrms 50 Hz min. between terminals and frame • Contacts and terminals :
500 Vrms 50 Hz min. between terminals see above
• Electrical life at full load : 2 position switches : 60.000 cycles • Rubber seal : silicone, transparent
3 position switches : 30.000 cycles • Terminal seal : epoxy
• Travel : 2,60 mm (.102)
• Wave soldering : 260°C - 5 sec. max.
TG
E
3 Single pole 6 ON - ON P0 Straight PC
9 ON OFF ON Y0 Straight PC, bracket mounting
W0 Right angle, horizontal mounting
MW Wire-wrap
Contact and terminal Actuators Model

materials
00 High (standard) 00 Standard
0 Brass, gold plated (std) 10 Flush 50 Washable
3 Brass, gold plated (1,27 µ gold)
8 Contact brass, gold plated
+ tin plated terminals
9 Contact brass, gold plated
(1,27 µ gold) + tin plated term.
Packaging unit : 100 pieces, except for models with right angle terminals (50 pieces)

TG series
Tiny slide switches
Standard or washable

• Single pole
• The silicone rubber seal can be removed after cleaning.
(.218)
5.55
(.120)
3.05
(.496)
(.496)
12.60
12.60
(.377)
(.358)
9.60
9.10
Y0 P0 W0
To complete the following part numbers, refer to "Overview" and replace the • symbol with one of the options proposed
under "Contact and terminal materials".
Straight PC terminals - standard model 2.50 2.50
(.137)
3.50
(.098) (.098)
(.358)
(.129)
9.10
3.30
0.50
TG36P0•0000
(.019)
ON - ON
(.039)
0.70
1.00
(.027)
TG39P0•0000 ON OFF ON
2.54 2.54
(.100) (.100)
Ø1.10
(.043 DIA)
(.196)
10.10
5.00
(.397)
2.54 2.54
(.100) (.100)
E Straight PC terminals - washable model 5.80

(.228) 3.20
(.125)
2.50 2.50
(.118)
3.00
(.098) (.098)
(.169)
(.378)
4.30
(.129)
9.60
3.30
TG36P0•0050 ON - ON 0.50
(.019)
(.039)
0.70
1.00
TG39P0•0050 ON OFF ON 2.54 2.54

(.027)
(.100) (.100)
Ø1.10
(.043 DIA)
(.196)
10.10
5.00
(.397)
2.54 2.54
(.100) (.100)
Straight terminals - bracket mounting - standard model 2.50 2.50

(.118)
3.00
(.098) (.098)
(.039)
1.00
(.378)
(.129)
9.60
3.30
0.50
(.019) 0.70
(.027)
(.104)
2.65
TG36Y0•0000 ON - ON 2.54
(.100)
2.54
(.100)
TG39Y0•0000 ON OFF ON 10.16 2.54
(.400) (.100)
2.54
(.196)
Ø1.10
5.00
(.100) (.043 DIA)
2.54 2.54
(.100) (.100)
11.10
(.437)

TG series
Tiny slide switches
Standard or washable
Straight terminals - bracket mounting - washable model

5.80 3.20
(.228) (.125)
2.50 2.50
(.118)
3.00
(.098) (.098)
(.039)
(.169)
1.00
(.378)
4.30
(.129)
9.60
3.30
0.50
(.019) 0.70
TG36Y0•0050 ON - ON (.027)
(.104)
2.65
2.54 2.54
TG39Y0•0050 ON OFF ON (.100) (.100)
10.16 2.54
(.400) (.100)
2.54
(.196)
Ø1.10
5.00
(.100) (.043 DIA)
2.54 2.54
(.100) (.100)
11.10
(.437)
Right angle terminals - horizontal mounting - standard model 2.50 2.50
(.118)
3.00
(.098) (.098)
(.187)
4.75
(.027)
0.70
(.378)
9.60
0.50 3.05
(.019)
(.039) (.120)
(.200)
1.00
(.027)
5.08
0.70
TG36W0•0000 ON - ON 2.54
(.100)
2.54
(.100)
5.55
(.218)
3.30
(.129)
TG39W0•0000 ON OFF ON
(.196)
10.10
5.00
5.08
(.397)
(.200)
(.200)
5.08
Ø1.10
(.043 DIA)
0.40 )
5 5.08 2.54 2.54
(.01 (.100) (.100)
(.200)
Right angle terminals - horizontal mounting - washable model

5.80
(.228)
3.20
(.125)
E
2.50 2.50
(.118)
3.00
(.098) (.098)
(.187)
4.75
(.027)
0.70
(.169)
(.378)
4.30
9.60
0.50 3.05
TG36W0•0050 ON - ON (.019)
(.039)
(.120)
(.200)
1.00
(.027)
5.08
0.70
TG39W0•0050 ON OFF ON 2.54

(.100)
2.54
(.100)
5.55
(.218)
3.30
(.129)
(.196)
10.10
5.00
5.08
(.397)
(.200)
(.200)
5.08
Ø1.10
(.043 DIA)
0.40 )
5 5.08 2.54 2.54
(.01 (.100) (.100)
(.200)
OTHER CONFIGURATIONS
MW Wire-wrap terminals
(.598)
15.20
0.70
10 Flush actuator
(.027)
MW 10

04-Serie G-A_04-Serie G-A 21/11/12 18:25 Page8
G series
Slide switches - telecom grade
❑ Panel and PC mount models
❑ 6 actuator lengths
- silver contacts (codes 1 or 2) : 3A 30VDC
- gold plated brass contacts (code 0) : 0,4VA 20VAC or DC max.
• Initial contact resistance : 10 mΩ
• Dielectric strength : 1.000 Vrms 50 Hz min.
• Electrical life with resistive load :
- silver contacts (codes 1 or 2) : 2 positions : 40.000 cycles
3 positions : 20.000 cycles
- gold plated brass contacts (code 0) : 60.000 cycles (0,4VA max.)
E MATERIALS GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS

• Case : PES • Travel : 2,20 mm (.086), except actuator N on SP model : 2,60 mm (.102)
• Actuator : polyamide, glass • Operating temperature : -30°C to +85°C
filled • Recommended soldering : 300°C 5 sec. max.
• Cover : stainless steel
• Contacts
0 : brass, gold plated
1 : silver
2 : silver, gold plated
5 : special contact, lower
rating, minimum quantity :
consult factory

G series
Overview
SERIES Actuators Number Electrical functions Terminals

of poles
C 3,50 mm (.137) 6 ON - ON S0 Solder lugs
H 5,10 mm (.200) 3 Single pole 9 ON OFF ON P0 Straight PC
Standard 4 Double pole W0 Right angle, horizontal
L 6,40 mm (.251) WW Right angle, vertical
B 7,65 mm (.301) Y0 Straight PC with short
E 9,10 mm (.358) bracket
N 9,50 mm (.374) Y4 Straight PC with tall
Types L, B and E for bracket
single pole models only.
Contact and terminal Special options 1 Special options 2

materials
00 Standard model 00 No epoxy seal E
0 Brass, gold plated 10 Switch without ground 01 Epoxy sealed
1 Silver plate terminals
2 Silver, gold plated 11 10,35 mm (.407) 10 Extended terminals
5 Special contact, lower PC terminals 11 Same as 10, with
rating 12 Same as 11, without epoxy seal
ground plate
ABOUT THIS SERIES

Packaging unit : 100 pieces for SP solder lug (S0) and straight terminal (P0) models.
50 pieces for other models.

G series

• Single and double pole configurations
(.074)
1.90
(.232)
(.165)
5.90
4.20
(.157)
4.00
1.10
1 2 3 (.043)
1.10
1.80 (.043)
(.070)
MODEL
STRUCTURE
Shown with standard actuator (type H)

(.767)
19.50
(.767)
17.53
17.53
(.261)
(.690)
(.240)
(.240)
6.65
6.10
6.10
(.690)
(.094)
(.094)
2.40
2.40
(.448)
11.40
4.70
(.185) 4.70
(.185)
Single pole Double pole 3.85 3.85 3.85
GH36S0 GH46S0 ON - ON (.151) (.151) 3.85 (.151)

(.151)
GH39S0 GH49S0 ON OFF ON
(.250)
(.011)
6.35
0.30
(.299)
7.60
(.200)
(.011)
5.10
0.30
(.200)
5.10
0.80 0.80
(.031) 0.50 (.031)
(.165)
(.173)
4.20
4.40
(.019) 0.50
(.019) 10.55
5.80 (.415)
12.70 (.228)
Order with epoxy sealed terminals (option 01). (.500) 12.70
(.500)
E Straight PC terminals 12.70

(.500) 6.65
(.261)
12.70
(.500)
11.40
(.448)
3.85 3.85 3.85 3.85

(.151) (.151) (.151)
(.151)
(.324)
8.25
(.374)
(.200)
(.200)
9.50
5.10
5.10

GH36P0 GH46P0 ON - ON
1.10 0.80 1.10
(.031) (.043) (.043)
(.157)
(.031)
4.00
(.157)
4.00
0.50
0.50
GH39P0 GH49P0 ON OFF ON
(.019)
(.019)
4.70 4.70
(.185) (.185) 4.70 4.70
(.185) (.185)
Ø1.60
(.062 DIA)
Ø1.60
4.70 (.062 DIA)
(.185)
4.70
(.187)
4.75
(.185)
Right angle terminals - horizontal 13.60

(.535) 3.85
(.151)
13.60
(.535) 3.85
(.151)
3.85 3.85
(.151) (.151)
(.046)
1.17
(.185)
(.185)
(.375)
4.70
4.70
9.53
(.051)
1.30
(.500)
12.70

(.019)
GH36W0 GH46W0 ON - ON
0.80 0.80
(.031) (.031)
4.70 0.50 5.70 3.10
GH39W0 GH49W0 ON OFF ON (.185) 4.30
(.169)
3.30
(.129)
(.019) (.224) (.122)
13.20
(.519) 13.20
(.519)
(.500)
12.70
Ø1.60
Ø1.60 (.062 DIA)
(.062 DIA)
(.375)
9.53
4.70
4.70
(.150)
3.81
(.185)
(.185)

G series
Right angle terminals - vertical 6.65 12.70 11.40

12.70 (.500)
(.500) (.261) (.448)
3.85 3.85 3.85

3.85 (.151) (.151)
(.151) (.151)
(.185)
4.70
(.400)
10.16
(.185)
4.70
(.500)
12.70
GH36WW GH46WW ON - ON
GH39WW GH49WW ON OFF ON
1.10
(.043) 2.80 6.35 4.75
2.80 6.35 (.110) (.250) (.187)
(.110) (.250)
3.81 12.70
(.150)
(.500)
Ø1.60 Ø1.60
(.062 DIA) (.062 DIA)
3.81
(.175)
10.16
4.45
(.187)
(.150)
4.75
(.400)
Straight PC terminals - short bracket : Y0 7.50

(.295)
11.40
(.448)
3.85 3.85 3.85 3.85

(.151) (.151) (.151) (.151)
(.362)
9.20
(.185)
(.185)
(.411)
10.46
4.70
4.70
0.40
(.015) 0.80
0.40
GH36Y0 GH46Y0 ON - ON
(.031) (.015)
(.031)
(.185)
4.70
(.185)
0.50
4.70
0.50 7.50
GH39Y0 GH49Y0 ON OFF ON
(.019)
(.019) (.295)
3.18
15.75 (.125)
(.620) 15.75
(.620)
4.70 Ø1.60
4.70 (.185) (.062 DIA)
(.125)
3.18
(.185) Ø1.60
(.062 DIA)
(.125)
3.18
(.187)
4.75
15.75 15.75
(.620) (.620)
Straight PC terminals - tall bracket : Y4

7.50
(.295)
11.40
(.448) E
3.85 3.85 3.85 3.85
(.151) (.151) (.151) (.151)
(.185)
(.185)
4.70
4.70
(.537)
13.65
(.586)
14.90
0.40
GH36Y4 GH46Y4 ON - ON 0.80
(.031)
(.015) 0.80
(.031)
0.40
(.015)
(.185)
GH39Y4 GH49Y4 ON OFF ON

4.70
(.185)
0.50
4.70
(.019) 0.50 7.50
(.019) (.295)
3.18
15.75 (.125)
(.620) 15.75
(.620) 4.70 Ø1.60
4.70 (.185) (.062 DIA)
(.125)
3.18
(.185) Ø1.60
(.062 DIA)
(.125)
15.75
3.18
15.75
(.187)
4.75
(.620) (.620)
PANEL CUT-OUT
Solder lug 17.53
(.165)
(.690)
4.20
model
Ø2.40
(.094 DIA)
6.50
(.255)
PCB MOUNTING
(.224)
(.261)
5.70
(.250)
6.65
6.35
(.129)
3.30
(.537)
13.65
(.586)
14.90
(.500)
12.70
(.448)
11.40
(.362)
9.20
(.374)
(.411)
10.46
9.50
(.324)
8.25

G series
ACTUATORS
G H . . . . Replace second digit (H) of basic model number with

one of the codes below.
Dimensions below are for solder lug (S0) and straight terminals (P0) models.
For other models (WO - WW - Y0 - Y4), height is less 0,4 mm (.015).
(.251)
6.40
(.200)
5.10
(.137)
3.50
C H L
Standard For single pole only
(.374)
9.50
(.358)
9.10
(.301)
7.65
B E N
For single pole only For single pole only
E

1 Silver
5 Special contact, lower rating, minimum quantity : consult factory

G series
SPECIAL OPTIONS 1
00 Standard switch as presented under "Model Structure"
10 Switch without ground plate

For right angle only (W0 and WW models)
10
(.407)
10.35
11 10,35 mm (.407) long PC terminals
11
(.407)
10.35
12 10,35 mm (.407) long PC terminals without ground plate
12
SPECIAL OPTIONS 2
00 No epoxy seal E
01 Epoxy sealed terminals

(compulsory on solder lug models)
21.60
(.850)
10 Extended terminals
For vertical right angle (WW models) 10 EPOXY
11 Extended terminals as above, with epoxy seal 11

25000N series
Professional slide switches
❑ Professional grade slide switches for PC boards

❑ Approved according to UL 1054
❑ Wave solderable
Not washable in aqueous process
❑ Available with flush, high and side actuator

❑ Various actuator lengths

- silver contacts (A) : 1A 30VDC • Actuator : polyamide, glass
- gold plated brass contacts (LD) : 100mA 30VDC filled
• Minimum load : • Cover : polyamide, glass filled
- silver contacts (A) : 100mA 10V • Contacts
- gold plated brass contacts (LD) : 10µA 5VDC - 10mA 50mV A : silver
• Initial contact resistance : LD : brass, gold plated
- silver contacts (A) : 10mΩ max. • Terminal seal : epoxy
- gold plated brass contacts (LD) : 50mΩ max.
E • Electrical life : 10.000 cycles at full load
APPROVALS GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS

2A 250VAC -40°C to +85°C
4A 125VAC • Overall length : 14 mm (.551)
• Actuator height (outside case) :
Availability : consult factory for details of approved models. - high : 2,80 mm (.110)
- extra high : 6 mm (.236)
Marking : To order switches marked UL, complete the “Options and - side : 2,3 mm (.090)
Approvals” box of ordering format. - long side : 6 mm (.236)
• Travel : 4 mm (.157)

25000N series
Overview
25 N
SERIES Actuator and terminals Number of poles Electrical functions Version

1 Flush or high actuator, 3 Single pole 6 ON - ON N
terminal spacing 4 Double pole 9 ON OFF ON For all models
2,54 (.100)
4 Flush or high actuator,
terminal spacing
5,08 (.200)
3 Side actuator, terminal
spacing 2,54 (.100)
5 Side actuator, terminal
spacing 5,08 (.200)
Contact materials Actuator Options and approvals

E
A Silver B Flush X601 Special contact :
LD Gold plated brass H High lower rating
H6 Extra high Other : see following pages.
Blank Side
-6 Long side
ABOUT THIS SERIES

- model structure of switches (including actuator options)
- contact options
Packaging unit : single pole : 100 pieces - double pole : 50 pieces

25000N series

• UL approved models : see next page.
MODEL
STRUCTURE
Shown with 2,54 mm terminal spacing

Flush actuator : 25000NB
Terminal spacing Terminal spacing
(.100)
2.54
2,54 (.100) 5,08 (.200)
7.50 14.10 12.50
(.295) (.555) (.465)
Single pole Single pole
25136N B 25436N B
(.149)
3.80
(.318)
Ø1.10
8.10
25139N B 25439N B (.043DIA)
Double pole Double pole
(.100)
2.54
0.60 0.50 0.60
(.023) (.019) (.023)
25146N B 25446N B
EPOXY
25149N B 25449N B 2.54

(.100)
5.08
(.200)
5.08
(.200)
E High actuator : 25000NH Shown with 5,08 mm terminal spacing

7.50 14.10 12.50
(.200)
5.08
(.295) (.555) (.465)
2,54 (.100) 5,08 (.200) 3.00 3.00

(.118) (.118) (.110)
2.80

25136N H 25436N H
(.149)
3.80
(.318)
8.10
Ø1.10
25139N H 25439N H (.043DIA)
(.200)
5.08

0.60 0.50 0.60
(.023) (.019) EPOXY (.023)
25146N H 25446N H 5.08 5.08

25149N H 25449N H (.200) (.200)
5.08
(.200)

Extra high actuator : 25000NH6 7.50 14.10 12.50
(.200)
(.295) (.555) (.465)

5.08
2,54 (.100) 5,08 (.200)

3.00 3.00
(.236)
(.118) (.118)
6.00

25136N H6 25436N H6
(.149)
3.80
(.318)
8.10
Ø1.10
25139N H6 25439N H6 (.043DIA)
(.200)
5.08

0.60 0.50 0.60
(.023) (.019) EPOXY (.023)
25146N H6 25446N H6 5.08 5.08

25149N H6 25449N H6 (.200) (.200)
5.08
(.200)

25000N series

Side actuator : 25000N
Terminal spacing Terminal spacing 7.50 14.10 12.50 2.30
(.100)
2.54
(.295) (.555) (.465) (.090)
2,54 (.100) 5,08 (.200)
3.00
(.118)

25336N 25536N
(.149)
3.80
(.318)
8.10
Ø1.10
25339N 25539N (.043DIA)
(.051)
1.30
(.236)
6.00
(.100)
2.54
0.60 0.50 0.60
(.023) (.019) EPOXY (.023)
25346N 25546N
25349N 25549N 2.54
(.100)
5.08
(.200)
5.08
(.200)

Long side actuator : 25000N-6
Terminal spacing Terminal spacing 7.50 14.10 12.50 6.00
(.100)
2.54
(.295) (.555) (.465) (.236)
2,54 (.100) 5,08 (.200)
3.00
(.118)

25336N -6 25536N -6
(.149)
3.80
(.318)
Ø1.10
8.10
25339N -6 25539N -6 (.043DIA)
(.118)
3.00
(.169)
4.30
(.100)
2.54
0.60 0.50 0.60
(.023) (.019) EPOXY (.023)
25346N -6 25546N -6
25349N -6 25549N -6 2.54
(.100)
5.08
(.200)
5.08
(.200)
PCB MOUNTING POSITIONS AND CONNECTIONS E

7.50 7.50 2 1 2 1
(.295) (.295)
2.30 6.00
(.090) (.236)
(.318)
8.10
(.555)
14.10
(.425)
10.80
Function 6 ON - ON
B H H6 6 Function 9 ON OFF ON
CONTACT MATERIALS
A Silver
LD Brass, gold plated
OPTIONS AND APPROVALS
X601 Silver plated brass contacts - Lower rating 3VA 30VDC. Min quantity : 5.000 pieces per model and shipment.
X693 Flame retardant plastic materials
X693UL Switches approved and marked UL (silver contacts only)

Dip and coded rotary

switches
Section F
F
01-Serie CR36-P36-A_01-Serie CR36-A 21/11/12 18:50 Page2
P36 series d t h e
this
UK, ies.
er
U S an CR36 s
Low profile rotary code switches ide t
h e
Outs s is sold
as th
e
Surface mount or through-hole serie
❑ 3 actuator types
❑ Save board space
❑ Highly reliable
❑ Solder and flux sealed, washable
P36
SERIES Mounting Actuators Codes Terminals

(none) Through-hole 1 Screwdriver 01 BCD (none) Straight or SMT
S Surface mount 3 Spindle 02 BCD complement V Crimped
8 Slotted spindle 03 Hexadecimal L254 Right angle,
06 Hexadec. complement spacing 2,54 (.100)
ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS MECHANICAL AND THERMAL SPECS

• Operating voltage : 24 VDC max. • Torque : 0,7 Ncm min.
• Contact load, static : 400mA max. • Expected life : 10.000 cycles min.
• Contact load, dynamic : 100mA max. • Operating temperature :
• Initial contact resistance : 100 mΩ max. -30°C to +90°C
• Insulation resistance : 100 MΩ min.
SOLDER RECOMMENDATIONS
MATERIALS (DIN CEI 68-2-20)
• Base : UL94-V0, high temperature thermoplastic • Manual soldering : 340°C max.for
• Cover : stainless steel 2 seconds max.
• Actuator : PA 4.6 nylon • Wave soldering : 280°C max. for
• Contacts : gold over nickel plated phosphor bronze 5 seconds max.
• Terminals : tin plated • Reflow soldering : 260°C max. for
10 seconds max.
F
PACKAGING
4.00 7.80 1.55
(.157) (.307) (.061) 0.30
(.068)
1.75
2.00 (.011)
(.078)
P36S1..
(.295)
7.50
1300 pieces per reel 23 23

16.00
Ø330.00 Maxi
(.629)
(.393)
10.00
(.283)
7.20
9 01
9 01
456
456
(12.992DIA MAX)
(3.937DIA)
A
(dim.A = 22,4 mm
Ø100.00
78 78
dim B = 16,4 mm)

4.15
12.00 Ø 1.50 mini (.163)
(.472) (.059DIA min)
0.30
(.011)
B
(.068)
1.75
11.50
P36S3..
(.452)
Ø13.00±0.20
(.511 DIA±.007)
P36S8.. 23 23
24.00
(.944)
9 01
9 01
4 56
4 56
600 pieces per reel

78 78
(dim.A = 30,4 mm
dim B = 24,4 mm) 12.00
8.65
(.340)
(.472)
• Reels : see above. To order a SMT product with tape & reel packaging, add “TR” at the end of its part number.
• Tubes : 50 pieces (through-hole or SMT) per tube.
F-2 www.apem.com APEM

01-Serie CR36-P36-A_01-Serie CR36-A 21/11/12 18:50 Page3
P36 series
Low profile rotary code switches
Surface mount or through-hole
MOUNTING
P36
(none) Through-hole S Surface mount

3.00
(.143)
3.65
(.151)
(.118)
3.85
(.009)
0.25
Ø0.80
(.039)
1.00
(.200)
(.031DIA) 1 8 0.25
5.08
(.200)
1 8
5.08
C C (.009)
C C 9.50
4 2 7.62
7.62 (.300) 4 2 (.374)
(.137)
3.50
(.300)
0.20
(.100)
(.100)
2.54
2.54
7.40 (.008) 7.40

(.291) (.291)
9 01 9 01
(.291)
(.291)
7.40
78
78
7.40
23
23
456 456
(.017)
(.017)
0.45
0.45
ACTUATORS
P36
1 Screwdriver 3 Spindle 8 Slotted spindle Actuator colour

0.70
0.70 0.50 depending on codes
(.043)
1.10
(.027) (.019)
(.027)
BCD red
(.177)
BCD compl. orange

4.50
(.041)
(.041)
Hexadecimal grey
1.05
1.05
(.165)
4.20
2.00
Hexadec. compl. white

(.078)
(.108)
2.75
Ø3.20
Ø3.20
(.125 DIA)
(.125 DIA)
CODES / TRUTH TABLES

03 Hexadecimal 06 Hexadecimal complement
P36 C 1 2 4 8 C 1 2 4 8
0 • 0 0 • •••• 0
01 BCD 02 BCD complement

1 • • 1 1 • ••• 1
2 • • 2 2 • • •• 2
F
C 1 2 4 8 C 1 2 4 8 3 • •• 3 3 • •• 3
0 • 0 0 • •••• 0 4 • • 4 4 • •• • 4
1 • • 1 1 • ••• 1 5 • • • 5 5 • • • 5
2 • • 2 2 • • •• 2 6 • •• 6 6 • • • 6
3 • •• 3 3 • •• 3 7 • ••• 7 7 • • 7
4 • • 4 4 • •• • 4 8 • • 8 8 • ••• 8
5 • • • 5 5 • • • 5 9 • • • 9 9 • •• 9
6 • •• 6 6 • • • 6 10 • • • A 10 • • • A
7 • ••• 7 7 • • 7 11 • •• • B 11 • • B
8 • • 8 8 • ••• 8 12 • • • C 12 • •• C
9 • • • 9 9 • •• 9 13 • • • • D 13 • • D
▲ ▲ 14 • •• • E 14 • • E
Position Marking 15 • ••• • F 15 • F
TERMINALS
P36
(none) Straight or SMT V Crimped L254 Right angle, spacing 2,54 (.100)
(.106)
2.70
Ø0.80 Ø0.80
(.031DIA) 1
(.200)
8
(.200)
5.08
(.031DIA) 1 8
5.08
C C C
C
9.50 4 2 7.62 4 2
7.62 (.374) 7.62 (.300)
(.300) (.300) 2.54
(.100)
2.54
(.100)
APEM www.apem.com F-3

02-Serie CR65-PT65-A_02-Serie CR65-A 21/11/12 18:49 Page4
PT65 series nd t h e
this
UK, ies
ser
t h e US a he CR65
Rotary code switches ide as t
Outs s is sold blue ca
se.
ser i e a
with
Through-hole
❑ 4 actuator types
❑ Save board space
❑ Highly reliable
❑ Solder and flux sealed, washable
PT65
SERIES Actuators Codes Terminals

1 Screwdriver 01 BCD (none) Straight
3 Spindle 02 BCD complement L254 Right angle,
5 Segment wheel 03 Hexadecimal spacing 2,54 (.100)
7 Accessories 06 Hexadecimal complement L508 Right angle,
spacing 5,08 (.200)
ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS MECHANICAL AND THERMAL SPECS

• Operating voltage : 24 VDC max. • Torque : 0,7 Ncm min.
• Contact load, static : 400mA max. • Expected life : 10.000 cycles min.
• Contact load, dynamic : 150mA max. • Operating temperature :
• Initial contact resistance : 80 mΩ max. -20°C to +70°C
• Insulation resistance : 100 MΩ min.
SOLDER RECOMMENDATIONS
F MATERIALS
(DIN CEI 68-2-20)
• Base : UL94-V0, high temperature thermoplastic • Manual soldering : 340°C max.for
• Cover : UL94-V0, high temperature thermoplastic, grey 2 seconds max.
• Actuator : PA 4.6 nylon • Wave soldering : 260°C max. for
• Contacts : gold over nickel plated phosphor bronze 10 seconds max.
• Terminals : tin plated
DIMENSIONS
PACKAGING Screwdriver slot, straight terminals
• Switches for screwdriver slot or accessory actuation (PT651 and PT657) :
tubes of 50 pieces
(.087)
2.20
• Switches with spindle (PT653) or segment wheel (PT655) : candy trays of

(.256)
6.50
50 pieces 7.62 2.54

• Accessories : bags of 50 pieces
(.008)
0.20
(.300) (.100)
(.157)
4.00
0.27 0.55
(.011) (.022)
10.00
(.393)
(.126)
3.20
01 1 8
9
(.393)
10.00
23
78
C C
4
56 4 2
4.00
(.157)

PT65 series
Rotary code switches
Through-hole
ACTUATORS
PT65
1 Screwdriver 3 Spindle (grey) 1.00 5 Segment wheel (grey) 7 Accessories

(.039)
(.039)
(.173)
(.138)
1.00
4.40
3.50
(.287)
7.30
4.00
(.157)
(.039)
(.112)
(.126)
(.126)
2.85
2.80
3.20
3.20
(.041)
1.05
01 01 0 01
9 9 9
(.374)
9.50
23
23
23
78
78
78
4 4 4
56 56 56
4.00 1.00 7.70 1.05

(.157) (.039) (.303) (.041)
See next page

CODES / TRUTH TABLES
PT65
01 BCD 02 BCD complement 03 Hexadecimal 06 Hexadecimal complement

C 1 2 4 8 C 1 2 4 8 C 1 2 4 8 C 1 2 4 8
0 • 0 0 • •••• 0 0 • 0 0 • •••• 0
1 • • 1 1 • ••• 1 1 • • 1 1 • ••• 1
2 • • 2 2 • • •• 2 2 • • 2 2 • • •• 2
3 • •• 3 3 • •• 3 3 • •• 3 3 • •• 3
4 • • 4 4 • •• • 4 4 • • 4 4 • •• • 4
5 • • • 5 5 • • • 5 5 • • • 5 5 • • • 5
6 • •• 6 6 • • • 6 6 • •• 6 6 • • • 6
7 • ••• 7 7 • • 7 7 • ••• 7 7 • • 7
8 • • 8 8 • ••• 8 8 • • 8 8 • ••• 8
9 • • • 9 9 • •• 9 9 • • • 9 9 • •• 9
▲ ▲ 10 • • • A 10 • • • A
Position Marking
11 • •• • B 11 • • B
F
12 • • • C 12 • •• C
13 • • • • D 13 • • D
14 • •• • E 14 • • E
15 • ••• • F 15 • F
TERMINALS
PT65
(none) Straight L254 Right angle L508 Right angle

spacing 2,54 (.100) spacing 5,08 (.200)
23 23 23
4
4
(.300)
01
7.62
01
01
56
56
56
9
9
78 78 78
2.54 5.08
(.100) (.200)
2.54 2.54 2.54
(.100) (.100) (.100)
2.54 2.54 2.54

(.100)
2.54
(.200)
(.100)
(.300)
5.08
(.100) (.100)
7.62
(.039 DIA)
(.039 DIA)
(.039 DIA)
Ø1.00
Ø1.00
Ø1.00

PT65 series
Rotary code switches
Through-hole
ACCESSORIES ADAPTED TO YOUR APPLICATIONS
Basic model PT65 7 has been designed to accept dif ferent

actuators with snap-in connection.
According to your application, you can choose between spindles
or plastic knobs in two different lengths and a
Ø 17 mm (.669) knurled wheel for lateral marking.
Standard colours are shown below . Special colours are also
available on request.
SPINDLES P/N COLOURS 11.60

(.457)
13.30
(.524)
Length 11,6 mm (standard) U4822 black

U4824 grey 4.00
Length 13,3 mm
(.039)
(.039)
1.00
1.00
U4832 black
(.157)
5.30 15.70
PLASTIC KNOBS P/N COLOURS
6.10
(.240) (.209) (.618)
(.039)
(.039)
1.00
1.00
Length 5,3 mm (standard) U4906 red
Length 15,7 mm U4916 red 3.10
(.122)
4.10
(.161)
10.50 2.10 3.10
(.413) (.083) (.122)
( U4941 blue 2.80 4.40

(.110) (.173)
( U4943 green
Length 4,4 mm (
(.473 DIA)
U4944 grey
(.303)
Ø9.50
7.70
( U4945 yellow 3.50

( U4946 red (.138)
➞ Panel 3.10
(.122) 1.80
(.071)
KNURLED WHEEL P/N COLOUR

F
(.300)
7.62
(unmarked - marking U4847/1 white/black

on request)
17.00 7.20 9.60
(.669) (.283) (.378)
STANDARD PRODUCTS
MODELS FOR SCREWDRIVER WITH SPINDLE WITH SEGMENT WHEEL FOR ACCESS.
CODES Upper actuation Side actuation Upper actuation Upper actuation Side actuation Upper actuation
PT65101L254 - PT65701
BCD PT65101 PT65301 PT65501
PT65101L508 - -
BCD complement PT65102 - - PT65502 - -
PT65103L254
Hexadecimal PT65103 PT65303 PT65503 PT65303L254 -
PT65103L508
Hexadecimal complem. PT65106 - - - - -

03-Series DS_DA_DP-A_03-Series DS_DA_DP-A 21/11/12 18:48 Page7
DS-DP-DA series
DIP switches
❑ Standard, piano and right angle models

❑ 2 to 12 positions
❑ Top tape sealing option

• Current/voltage rating : • Case, UL94-V0, glass fiber
- non-switching : 100mA 50VDC filled PBT, black
- switching : 50mA 24VDC • Cover : UL94-V0,glass fiber
• Contact resistance (at 100mA) : filled PBT, red
50mΩ max. at initial • Actuator : UL94-V0, glass
100mΩ after life test fiber filled PBT, white
• Insulation resistance (at 100VDC +/-15V) : • Terminals/contacts : gold over
100 MΩ min. between adjacent terminals nickel plated phosphor bronze
• Dielectric strength : 500VDC for one minute • Terminal seal : epoxy
• Capacitance : 5 pF between adjacent terminals • Tape seal : polyester film
• Circuit : single pole, single throw
• Electrical life : 2.000 cycles min. per switch
• Operating force : DP models : 4N - DS/DA models : 8N
• Travel : 2 mm (.078)
• Mechanical life : 5.000 cycles min. per switch
• Vibration test : MIL-STD-202F method 201A
• Shock test : MIL-STD-202F method 213B, conditon A
RECOMMENDED SOLDERING AND CLEANING PROCESSES

• Hand soldering : 320°C max. for 2 seconds max. (30 watt iron max.) F
• Wave soldering : 260°C max. for 5 seconds max.
• Force rinse, high agitation or triple bath cleaning method (with tape seal, option T) : freon TF or TE. When vapor
methods are used, do not subject switch to solvents above 51°C.
Note : keep switches in "OFF" position during soldering and cleaning for best results.
Packaging unit : standard IC tubes - Quantities depending on model. See table below.
DS/DSR Quantity DS-T/DSR-T Quantity DA Quantity DA-T Quantity DP/DPL Quantity DP-T/DPL-T Quantity
DS(R)-02 72 DS(R)-02T 72 DA-02 73 DA-02T 70 DP(L)-02 70 DP(L)-02T 65
DS(R)-10 17 DS(R)-10T 17 DA-10 17 DA-10T 17
DS(R)-12 14 DS(R)-12T 14 DA-12 14 DA-12T 14

DS/DSR series
Standard DIP switches
• Raised or recessed actuator

• 2 to 12 positions
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
MODEL
STRUCTURE
Raised actuator : DS
No.
Model No pos. Dim "A" Dim. "B" 1.40
(.055)
1.60
(.062)
DS-02 2 6,60 (.259) 2,54 (.100)
(.271)
6.90
(.049)
1.25
DS-03 3 9,14 (.359) 5,08 (.200)
DS-04
(.129 min)
4 11,68 (.459) 7,62 (.300)
3.30 mini
2.54 0.60 7.62
(.100) (.023) (.300)
DS-05 5 14,22 (.559) 10,16 (.400) A
DS-06 6 16,76 (.659) 12,70 (.500) ON

(.400 MAX)
10.16 Maxi
DS-07 7 19,30 (.759) 15,24 (.600) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
(.141)
3.60
DS-08 8 21,84 (.859) 17,78 (.700) 2.54 Ø0.97
(.100) (.038 DIA)
DS-09 9 24,38 (.959) 20,32 (.800)
DS-10
(.300)
10 26,92 (1.059) 22,86 (.900)

7.62
DS-12 12 32,00 (1.259) 27,94 (1.100) B
F Top tape sealed : add "T" after model number.
Recessed actuator : DSR

No.
Model No pos. Dim "A" Dim. "B"
(.222)
5.65
DSR-02 2 6,60 (.259) 2,54 (.100)

DSR-03 3 9,14 (.359) 5,08 (.200)
DSR-04 4 11,68 (.459) 7,62 (.300)
(.129 min)
3.30 mini
2.54 0.60 7.62

(.100) (.023) (.300)
DSR-05 5 14,22 (.559) 10,16 (.400) A
DSR-06 6 16,76 (.659) 12,70 (.500) ON

(.400 MAX)
10.16 Maxi
DSR-07 7 19,30 (.759) 15,24 (.600) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

(.141)
3.60
DSR-08 8 21,84 (.859) 17,78 (.700)

2.54 Ø0.97
(.100) (.038 DIA)
DSR-09 9 24,38 (.959) 20,32 (.800)
DSR-10 10 26,92 (1.059) 22,86 (.900)
(.300)
7.62
DSR-12 12 32,00 (1.259) 27,94 (1.100) B
Top tape sealed : add "T" after model number.

DP/DPL series
Piano DIP switches
• Short or long actuator

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Note : Push down for "ON" is our standard type.

Push down for "OFF" is also available on special order,
consult factory.
MODEL
STRUCTURE
Short actuator : DP
A
No.
(.401)
10.20
DP-02 2 6,63 (.261) 2,54 (.100) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
ON
DP-03 3 9,17 (.361) 5,08 (.200)

2.54 0.60 7.62
(.110) (.100)
2.80
(.023) (.300)
DP-04 4 11,71 (.461) 7,62 (.300)
DP-05 5 14,25 (.561) 10,16 (.400)
(.425)
10.80
DP-06 6 16,8 (.661) 12,70 (.500)

DP-08 8 21,87 (.861) 17,78 (.700) 1.40
(.055)
Ø0.97
2.54 (.038 DIA)
DP-10 10 26,95 (1.061) 22,86 (.900)
(.100)
DP-12 12 32,03 (1.261) 27,94 (1.100)

(.300)
7.62
Top tape sealed : add "T" after model number. F
Long actuator : DPL

12.57
A (.494)
No.
(.041)
(.401)
10.20
1.05
DPL-02 2 6,63 (.261) 2,54 (.100) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

ON
DPL-03 3 9,17 (.361) 5,08 (.200)

2.54 0.60 7.62
(.110)
(.100)
2.80
(.023) (.300)
DPL-04 4 11,71 (.461) 7,62 (.300)
DPL-05 5 14,25 (.561) 10,16 (.400)
(.425)
10.80
DPL-06 6 16,8 (.661) 12,70 (.500)

DPL-08 8 21,87 (.861) 17,78 (.700) 1.40
(.055)
Ø0.97
DPL-10 10 26,95 (1.061) 22,86 (.900)
2.54 (.038 DIA)
(.100)
DPL-12 12 32,03 (1.261) 27,94 (1.100)

(.300)
7.62
Top tape sealed : add "T" after model number.

DA series
Right angle DIP switches
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
MODEL
STRUCTURE
Raised actuator : DA
No.
Model No pos. Dim "A" Dim. "B" A
(.063)
1.60
DA-02 2 6,60 (.259) 2,54 (.100) ON
(.389)
9.90
(.114)
2.90
DA-03 3 9,14 (.359) 5,08 (.200) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
(.137)
3.50
DA-04 4 11,68 (.459) 7,62 (.300) 2.54
(.100)
0.60
(.023) 2.54 6.20
1.50 (.100) (.244)
DA-05 5 14,22 (.559) 10,16 (.400) (.059)
DA-06 6 16,76 (.659) 12,70 (.500)
(.272)
6.90
DA-07 7 19,30 (.759) 15,24 (.600)
1.40 ø0.97
DA-08 8 21,84 (.859) 17,78 (.700) (.055) (.038 DIA)
DA-09 9 24,38 (.959) 20,32 (.800)

DA-10 10 26,92 (1.059) 22,86 (.900)
(.100)
2.54
2.54
(.100)
DA-12 12 32,00 (1.259) 27,94 (1.100) B
F Top tape sealed : add "T" after model number.

04-Serie IKN-A_04-Serie IKN-A 21/11/12 18:48 Page11
IKN series
DIP switches, surface mount or through-hole
Low profile
• The lowest case available in 2, 4, 6 and 8 pole versions
• Reduction of the shadow effect in IR soldering
• 30 % reduction of component volume
Two versions
Surface mount models
• Designed for reflow soldering
• UL 94-V0 high temperature materials
• Tin plated terminals
Through-hole models
• Same thermal specifications as SMT models, allowing mixed
soldering process
Washable by construction
• Moulded-in terminals
• Ultrasonic-welded case
• Two slots on case cor ners allowing removal of
protection tape
Reliable contacts
• Anti-crush system on moving contact F
• Bifurcated self-cleaning sliding contacts
• Positive detent actuation
• Recessed slide actuators preventing accidental actuation
• Good visibility of actuators : black slide on clear background
Two types of packaging

Surface mount models
• Tape and reel (1.000 pieces per reel) - IC tubes
Through-hole models
• IC tubes

IKN series
Surface mount DIP switches
Low profile
• Overall height from PCB : 2,85 mm (.112)

• Self-cleaning wiping contacts
• Recessed actuator with positive detent
• Process compatible - withstand IR reflow soldering
(see Technical Information, Surface Mount, end of catalogue)
• Washable
A
7.30
➞ Tape
Coplanarity
(.287) MAX 0.102 (.004)
No
Tape & reel IC tubes Dimension “A”
(.112)
(.011)
2.85
pos.
0.30
8.00
(.314)
IKN0204000 IKN0203000 2 6 (.236) 10.00 Maxi

(.394 MAX)
IKN0404000 IKN0403000 4 11,10 (.437) 1.00

(.039)
IKN0604000 IKN0603000 6 16,20 (.637) 1.27

ON APEM (.050)
(.300)
7.62
IKN0804000 IKN0803000 8 21,30 (.838)
(.039)
1.00
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Supplied with all poles in “ON” position.
(.069)
1.77
0.60 2.54 2.54
Other models (3, 5 and 7 positions) : on request (.023) (.100) (.100)
PACKAGING SPECIFICATIONS
Unrolling direction ➞ - switching : 100mA 24VDC
- non-switching : 100mA 48VDC
• Contact resistance :
F - initial : 30 mΩ max.
ON
1
- after 2.000 cycles : 100 mΩ max.

2
L
APEM
3

4
• Dielectric strength : 500 VAC min.

12.00 • Electrical life : 2.000 cycles
(.472) • Travel : 0,67 mm (.026)
Pos. Tape dim. “L” Reel dim. “A” • Storage temperature : -40°C to +125°C
2 16 (.629) 16,40 (.646)
4 24 (.944) 24,40 (.960)
MATERIALS
6 24 (.944) 24,40 (.960)
• Case and actuator : UL 94-V0 thermoplastic
8 32 (1.259) 32,40 (1.275)
• Stationary contact : bronze, gold plated over nickel barrier
• Moving contact : beryllium copper, gold plated
• Terminals : tin plated over nickel barrier
• Protection tape : polyimide
(14.173 DIA MAX)
(3.937 DIA MIN)

Ø360.00 Maxi
Ø100.00 mini
Antistatic packaging - Standard packaging units :

• Reels of 1.000 pieces
3.00
Tape meeting international standard IEC - Publication 286-3 (EIA481A)
Ø13.00±0.25
(.118) Start leader : 400 mm min. - End leader : 160 mm
• IC tubes : see next page.
A
(.511 DIA±.009)

IKN series
Through-hole DIP switches
Low profile
• Overall height from PCB : 4 mm (.156)

• Recessed actuator with positive detent
• Wave solderable
• Washable
A
7.30
(.287)
➞ Tape
(.061)
1.55
No
Model No Dimension “A”
pos. (.157)
7.62
4.00
2.54 (.300)
(.133)
3.40
IKN0200000 2 6 (.236) (.100) 0.60
10.00 Maxi
(.023)
(.393 MAX)
IKN0400000 4 11,10 (.437)
1.00
Ø0.80
IKN0600000 6 16,20 (.637) (.039)
(.031 DIA)
IKN0800000 8 21,30 (.838) ON APEM
(.300)
7.62
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Supplied with all poles in “ON” position.
(.039)
1.00
1.50 2.54
Other models (3, 5 and 7 positions) : on request (.059) (.100)
PACKAGING SPECIFICATIONS
- switching : 100mA 24VDC
- non-switching : 100mA 48VDC
• Contact resistance :
- initial: 30 mΩ max. F
APEM
4
3
- after 2.000 cycles : 100 mΩ max.

2
11.60
ON
(.456)
• Dielectric strength : 500 VAC min.

APEM
4
3

10.00
(18.031)
458.00
(.393)
• Travel : 0,67 mm (.026)
ON

APEM
4
3
Pos. Qty/tube
2
ON
2 88 MATERIALS
4 48
• Case and actuator : UL 94-V0 thermoplastic
6 33 • Stationary contact : bronze, gold plated over nickel barrier
8 25 • Moving contact : beryllium copper, gold plated
• Terminals : tin plated over nickel barrier
IC TUBES • Protection tape : polyimide

05-Serie IKE-A_05-Serie IKD-A 21/11/12 18:46 Page14
IKE series
Surface mount DIP switches

• End stackable
• Raised actuator
• Even and odd pole numbers
• Gold plated terminals
Models with recessed actuator and tape available on request.
No
Tape & reel IC tubes Dimension “A” Qty/tube
pos. 6.00 1.00
(.236)
IKE0104101 IKE0103101 1 2,44 (.096) 194
(.040)
(.157)
(.134)
0.40
3.40
(.009)
IKE0204101 IKE0203101
0.25
2 4,98 (.196) 95
0.70
IKE0304101 IKE0303101 3 7,52 (.296) 63 (.027) 0.60 2.54
(.024)
0.60
(.024) (.100)
IKE0404101 IKE0403101 4 10,06 (.316) 47
9.80
(.386)
IKE0504101 IKE0503101 5 12,60 (.496) 38

IKE0604101 IKE0603101 6 15,14 (.596) 31 1.10 17.78
(.700)
(.043)
IKE0704101 IKE0703101 7 17,68 (.696) 27
IKE0804101 IKE0803101 8 20,22 (.796) 23
ON APEMS
(.425)
10.80
(.268)
6.80
IKE0904101 IKE0903101 9 22,76 (.896) 21

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
(.040)
1.00
IKE1004101 IKE1003101 10 25,30 (.996) 18 2.54
A
(.100)
IKE1204101 IKE1203101 12 30,38 (1,196) 12
Supplied with all poles in “OFF” position.
F
• Max. current/voltage rating : 25mA 24VDC • Case and actuator : UL94-V0
• Initial contact resistance : 50 mΩ max. thermoplastic
• Insulation resistance : 100 MΩ min. at 500VDC • Moving contact : copper,
• Dielectric strength : 500 VAC min. gold plated
• Electrical life : 2.000 cycles • Terminals : gold plated
• Travel : 1 mm (.039)
Antistatic packaging - standard packaging units

• Reels of 900 pieces
Tape meeting international standard IEC, publication 286-3 (EIA481A).
• IC tubes : see above chart for quantities.

05-Serie IKE-A_05-Serie IKD-A 21/11/12 18:46 Page15
IKE series
Through-hole DIP switches

• End stackable
• Raised actuator
• Even and odd pole numbers
• Gold plated terminals
• Wave solderable
Models with recessed actuator and tape available on request.
No
Model No Dimension “A” Qty/tube
pos. 6.00 1.00
(.236)
IKE0100101
(.040)
1 2,44 (.096) 194
(.157)
(.110)
0.40
2.80
IKE0200101 2 4,98 (.196) 95 0.25
(.009)
IKE0300101 3 7,52 (.296) 63
(.008)
0.20
8.50±0.50
IKE0400101 4 10,06 (.316) 47 (.335±.020) 0.60 2.54
(.024) (.100)
IKE0500101 5 12,60 (.496) 38
Ø0.80±0.05
IKE0600101 6 15,14 (.596) 31 (.031±.002 DIA) 17.78
(.700)
IKE0700101 7 17,68 (.696) 27
IKE0800101 8 20,22 (.796) 23
(.300)
ON APEMS
7.62
IKE0900101 9 22,76 (.896) 21

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
(.040)
2.54 1.00
IKE1000101 10 25,30 (.996) 18 (.100) A
IKE1200101 12 30,38 (1,196) 12
Supplied with all poles in “OFF” position.
F
• Max. current/voltage rating : 25mA 24VDC • Case and actuator : UL94-V0
• Initial contact resistance : 50 mΩ max. thermoplastic
• Insulation resistance : 100 MΩ min. at 500VDC • Moving contact : copper,
• Dielectric strength : 500 VAC min. gold plated
• Electrical life : 2.000 cycles • Terminals : gold plated
• Travel : 1 mm (.039)

• IC tubes : see above chart for quantities.

06-Serie IKH-A_06-Serie IKH-A 21/11/12 18:45 Page16
IKH series
Surface mount half pitch DIP switches
Very low profile
• 1,27 mm (.050) terminal to terminal pitch

• Overall height from PCB : 1,6 mm (.063) only
• Very small PCB space requirement
• Washable (tape seal standard)
➞ Tape
No
4.50
(.060)
Tape & reel IC tubes (Qty) Dimension “A”
1.50
pos.
(.177)
IKH0204000 IKH0203000 (125) 2 3,77 (.148)

0.60
(.004)
0.10
IKH0404000 IKH0403000 (75) 4 6,31 (.248)

PAS 1.27 (.024)
(.050) PITCH 6.70
0.40
IKH0604000 IKH0603000 (54) 6 8,85 (.348) (.016)
(.264)
1.27x(P-1)
IKH0804000 IKH0803000 (40) 8 11,39 (.448)

A (.050x(P-1))
PAS 1.27
(.050) PITCH
IKH1004000 IKH1003000 (33) 10 13,93 (.548)
ON
(.291)
(.242)
(.193)
0.76
7.40
6.15
4.90
(0.30)
Supplied with all poles in “ON” position. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Switches without tape seal : on request.
TAPE AND REEL PACKAGING SPECIFICATIONS

Unrolling direction ➞ • Max. current/voltage rating :
- switching : 25mA 24VDC
12.00
(.472)
- non switching : 100mA 50VDC
F • Insulation resistance : 100 MΩ min. at 500VDC
• Dielectric strength : 300 Vca min.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
ON

L
• Travel : 0,60 mm (.024)

Pos. Tape dim. “L” Reel dim. “A”
2 12,00 (.472) 12,40 (.488)
MATERIALS
4 16,00 (.629) 16,40 (.646)
• Case and cover : high temperature thermoplastic UL 94-V0, black
6 16,00 (.629) 16,40 (.646)
• Actuator : high temperature thermoplastic UL 94-V0, white
8 24,00 (.944) 24,40 (.960) • Contacts : phosphor bronze, gold plated, over nickel barrier
10 24,00 (.944) 24,40 (.960) • Terminals : tin plated
• Tape seal : polyimide
(12.992 DIA MAX)
(3.937 DIA MIN)

Ø100.00 mini
ø330.00 Maxi
• Reels of 4.000 pieces

Tape meeting international standard IEC - Publication 286-3 (EIA481A)
• IC tubes : see above.
A
Ø13.00±0.25 3.00
(.511 DIA±.009) (.118)
Dimensions in mm and inches.

Industrial controls
Section G
G
01-Series A01_A1-A-R1_01-Series A01_A1-A 22/11/12 11:55 Page2
A1-A01-A02-A03 series
Industrial controls
The A01 and A02 series offer ranges of :

- pushbutton switches, illuminated or not
- indicators
- 2 or 3 position keylock switches
- 2 or 3 position rotary lever switches
- emergency stop switches
with rectangular, square or round operators.
❑ Environmental protection : IP65
❑ Modular construction
❑ Electrical life : 50.000 cycles min.
❑ Screen engraving or insertable legends on request
❑ Approvals (for switch blocks only)
UL 1054 BS RIA 20 Shock & Vibration
EN 61058-1
pending
Each sub-assembly has
to be ordered separately.
A01 - A1 - A03 series A02 series

• Panel cut-out : • Panel cut-out :
Ø 16 mm (.630), except : - round or square : Ø 22 mm (.866)
- flush mount round : Ø 22 mm (.866) - rectangular : 29,5 x 21,5 mm (1.160x.846)
- flush mount rectangular : 20.60 x 26.70 mm - flush mount : Ø 30 mm (1.378)
- flush mount square : 20.60 x 20.60 mm
• 1 and 2 poles
- A1 series : Ø 22 mm (.866)
G - A03 series : round or square Ø 22 (.866) • Screw terminals (optional : quick-connect term.)
flush mount : Ø 30 mm (1.378) • Contacts : silver
• 1, 2, 3 and 4 poles • Current/voltage rating : 12A 380VAC
• Solder lug/quick-connect terminals 16A 250VAC max. - 25mA 5VAC min.
These values are applicable for all components, accessories
and lamps, unless otherwise specified in the following pages.
• Current/voltage rating :
• Lamp : filament, neon, LED
6A 250VAC max. - 10mA 5VAC min.
or special multi-LED array
These values are applicable for all components, accessories
and lamps, unless otherwise specified in the following pages. Option : end cap terminal guard. Order separately (see
end of A02 series).
• Lamp : filament, neon or LED
Packaging unit :
A1 : 25 pieces - A01 : 20 pieces (except pushbuttons: 25 pieces) - A02 : 25 pieces - A03 : 10 pieces.
G-2 www.apem.com APEM

A1-A01-A02-A03 series
Industrial controls
Specifications for pushbutton, keylock and rotary switches
A01 - A1 - A03 A02

• Function : Momentary Momentary
or maintained action or maintained action
• Current/voltage rating : 10mA 5VAC min. 25mA 5VAC min.
6A 250VAC max. - 6A 12VDC max. 12A 380VAC - 16A 250VAC max.
12A 12VDC max.
• Contact gap > 1 mm (.039) Double break 2 x 1,5 mm (.059)
• Initial contact resistance : 10mΩ max. at 1A 4VDC 10mΩ max. at 1A 4VDC
• Insulation resistance : 50 MΩ min. 50 MΩ min.
• Dielectric strength : 750V between open contacts 2KV between open contacts
5KV live to accessible 4KV live to accessible
• Electrical life (resistive load) : 50.000 cycles 50.000 cycles
• Insulation : Class 2 Class 2
• Lamp life : LED : 60.000 h min. to 75% relative LED : 60.000 h min. to 75 % relative
luminosity - Filament : approx. 5.000 h luminosity - Filament : approx. 5.000 h
Neon : approx. 10.000 h Neon : approx. 10.000 h
• Lamp circuit diagrams A B A B
A01 - A1 - A03 A02

• Min. mechanical life : Pushb. momentary : 1 million cycles Pushb. momentary: 1 million cycles
Pushb. maintained : 100.000 cycles Pushb. maintained : 100.000 cycles
Keylock and rotary : 100.000 cycles Keylock and rotary : 100.000 cycles
• Panel thickness 8 mm (.315) max. 8 mm (.315) max.
• Operating temperature : -20°C to +55°C -20°C to +85°C
• Solder heat resistance : 350°C, 5 sec. 350°C, 5 sec. G
(IEC 68-2-20Tb, method 2)
• Degree of environmental IP 65 front of panel IP 65 front of panel
protection (IEC 529 ) IP 40 back of panel IP 40 back of panel
• Lamps : Midget Grooved T13/4, Midget Grooved T13/4,
filament, LED or neon filament, LED or neon
Special multi-LED array
• Switch terminals : Solder/quick-connect 2,8 mm (.110) M3 screws - wire 2 x 0,75 mm2 max.
• Lamp terminals : Solder/quick-connect 2,8 mm (.110) M3 screws
Flexible wire 2 x 2,5 mm2 max.
Rigid wire 4 mm2 max.
Specifications for emergency stop switches : see pages 9 and 21.

For screen engraving or film legends, contact APEM.
APEM www.apem.com G-3

A1 series
Engraved aluminium flush mounting pushbuttons and indicators
Panel cut-out Ø 22 (.866)
A pushbutton assembly requires :

engraved screen + lamp (if illuminated) + operator + switch block + flush mount bezel. 3
To order these elements, select desired model numbers from the table below. 1
Example : pushbutton, round, illuminated, sealed to IP65, latching, single pole with “start” 2
engraving, 24V blue LED and flush mounting bezel = A1PCA1X103K403.
Ø25.00
(9.85 DIA)
(.472)
12.00
(1.655)
42.05
(.571)
14.5
7.65
(.301)
(.335)
8.5
15.3
(.602)
18.00 18.00
(.709) (.709)
2.8 0.5
(.110) (.020)
A1
Accessories
03 - flushmount
Switch Type Bezel Illumination Sealing Function Switch block
P - pushbutton C - round A - illuminated 0 - unsealed 0 - indicator 0 - indicator Bulb
I - indicator B - non-illum. 1 - sealed IP65 X - latching 1 - single pole A1 - filament 6.3V
Y - momentary 2 - double pole B1 - filament 14V
5 - three pole C1 - filament 28V
3 - four pole D1 - filament 36V
E1 - filament 48V
F1 - filament 60V
Engraved Screen Options
G1 - Neon 110V
G 01 - Front Fog Lights 11 - ‘Lock’ H1 - Neon 220V
I1 - Led 6V red
02 - Rear Fog Lights 12 - ‘Unlock’ I2 - Led 6V green
I3 - Led 6V amber
03 - ‘Start’ 13 - Rear Window Heating J1 - Led 12V red
J2 - Led 12V green
04 - Interior Light 14 - Cooling
J3 - Led 12V amber
J4 - Led 12V blue
05 - Boot Release 15 - Wipers
J5 - Led 12V white
06 - Hazard Warning 16 - Washers K1 - Led 24V red
K2 - Led 24V green
07 - Lights 17 - Fan K3 - Led 24V amber
K4 - Led 24V blue
08 - Heating & Ventilation 18 - Horn K5 - Led 24V white
L1 - Led 48V red
09 - Map Lights 19 - Air recirculation L2 - Led 48V green
OTHER SCREEN ENGRAVING OPTIONS : L3 - Led 48V amber
10 - Side Lights 20 - Blank
contact APEM.

A01 series
Illuminated or non-illuminated pushbutton switches

screen + lamp (if illuminated) + operator + switch block. 3
To order these elements, select desired model numbers from tables below. 1
Example : IP65 rectangular pushbutton, single pole, maintained, red screen and 12V red LED = 2
A0161B, A0142M1, A0101X and A0151BUL.
16.25
(.640)
12.00 6.00
9.00 (.472) (.236)
(.354) 18.00
(.709)
(.354)
9.00
(. 301) (. 301)
1
1
7. 65 7. 65
3
3
(. 709)
18. 00
2
2
2
2
(. 301)
7. 65
24. 0 0
(. 945)
3
3
3
1
1
(. 335)
8. 50
6.00
(.236)
6.00 24.00
(.236) (.945)
(. 394)
10. 00
18.00x18.00
(.709 SQ)
(1. 654)
42. 00
(1.122)
(. 330)
28. 50
8. 40
C D C D E F
(.709 DIA)
18.00
0.50 2.80
Ø
(.020) (.110)
18.00 18.00 30.70

(.709) (.709) (1.209)
❶ ❷ ❸ ❹
Screen Lamp Operator Switch block

Bezel Colour Part No Lamp Voltage Part No Pole Bezel Description Part No No of poles Part No
black A0161A Filament 6.3V A0141A 1 or 2 Illum, momentary A0101Y Single pole A0151BUL
red A0161B Filament 14V A0141B 1 or 2 Illum, maintained A0101X Double pole A0152BUL
amber
yellow
A0161C
A0161D
Filament
Filament
28V
36V
A0141C
A0141D
1 or 2
1 or 2
Non-illum, momentary
Non-illum, maintained
A0102Y
A0102X
Three pole
Four pole
A0155BUL
A0153BUL G
green A0161E Filament 48V A0141E 3 or 4 Illum, momentary A0103Y
blue A0161F Filament 60V A0141F 3 or 4 Illum, maintained A0103X
clear A0161G Neon 110V A0143G 3 or 4 Non-illum, momentary A0104Y
white A0161J Neon 220V A0143H 3 or 4 Non-illum, maintained A0104X UNSEALED SWITCHES (IP40) :
black A0162A LED 6V red A0142L1 1 or 2 Illum, momentary A0105Y add “01” to end of operator
red A0162B LED 6V green A0142L2 1 or 2 Illum, maintained A0105X model number.
amber A0162C LED 6V amber A0142L3 1 or 2 Non-illum, momentary A0106Y
yellow A0162D LED 12V red A0142M1 1 or 2 Non-illum, maintained A0106X
green A0162E LED 12V green A0142M2 3 or 4 Illum, momentary A0107Y BI-COLOUR LED’s optional.
blue A0162F LED 12V amber A0142M3 3 or 4 Illum, maintained A0107X
clear A0162G LED 12V blue A0142M4 3 or 4 Non-illum, momentary A0108Y
white A0162J LED 12V white A0142M5 3 or 4 Non-illum, maintained A0108X
black A0163A LED 24V red A0142N1 1 or 2 Illum, momentary A0109Y
red A0163B LED 24V green A0142N2 1 or 2 Illum, maintained A0109X
amber A0163C LED 24V amber A0142N3 1 or 2 Non-illum, momentary A0110Y
yellow A0163D LED 24V blue A0142N4 1 or 2 Non-illum, maintained A0110X
green A0163E ED 24V white A0142N5 3 or 4 Illum, momentary A0111Y
blue A0163F LED 48V red A0142P1 3 or 4 Illum, maintained A0111X
clear A0163G LED 48V green A0142P2 3 or 4 Non-illum, momentary A0112Y
white A0163J LED 48V amber A0142P3 3 or 4 Non-illum, maintained A0112X
SCREEN ENGRAVING/INSERTABLE LEGENDS : contact APEM
Bezel: rectangular, square, round, ‘Illum’ - illuminated, ‘Non-illum’ - non illuminated

A01 series
Indicators
An indicator assembly requires :

screen + lamp + operator.
To order these elements, select desired model numbers from tables below.
Example : IP65 rectangular indicator with red screen and 12V red LED = A0161B, A0142M1 and A0171.
24.00 18.00 Ø18.00

(.945) (.709) (.709 DIA)
(.709)
18.00
(.394)
10.00
(1.654)
42.00
(.330)
8.40
0.50 2.80
(.020) (.110)
8.50
(.335)
❶ ❷ ❸
Screen Lamp Operator

Bezel Colour Part No Lamp Voltage Part No Bezel Description Part No
black A0161A Filament 6.3V A0141A Indicator A0171

red A0161B Filament 14V A0141B Indicator A0172
G amber
yellow
A0161C
A0161D
Filament
Filament
28V
36V
A0141C
A0141D
Indicator A0173
green A0161E Filament 48V A0141E

blue A0161F Filament 60V A0141F
clear A0161G Neon 110V A0143G
white A0161J Neon 220V A0143H UNSEALED INDICATORS (IP40) :
black A0162A LED 6V red A0142L1 add “01” to end of operator model
red A0162B LED 6V green A0142L2 number.
amber A0162C LED 6V amber A0142L3
yellow A0162D LED 12V red A0142M1
green A0162E LED 12V green A0142M2
blue A0162F LED 12V amber A0142M3
clear A0162G LED 12V blue A0142M4
white A0162J LED 12V white A0142M5
black A0163A LED 24V red A0142N1
red A0163B LED 24V green A0142N2
amber A0163C LED 24V amber A0142N3
yellow A0163D LED 24V blue A0142N4
green A0163E LED 24V white A0142N5
blue A0163F LED 48V red A0142P1
clear A0163G LED 48V green A0142P2
white A0163J LED 48V amber A0142P3
SCREEN ENGRAVING / INSERTABLE LEGENDS : contact APEM
Bezel: rectangular, square, round

A01 series
Rotary lever switches
A rotary lever switch assembly requires :

operator + switch block. 3
Example : IP65 rectangular rotary switch with long lever, clockwise rotation, single pole, 2
2 positions, maintained = A019109 and A0151BUL.
12.00
(.472) 24.00
6.00 (.945)
(.236)
1
3
(.709)
18.00
1
1
3
3
2
(.301)
7.65
2
3
1
3
1
1
24.00
(.945) 18.00x18.00
(.394)
10.00
(.709 SQ)
(1.654)
42.00
Ø18.00
(.709 DIA)
(1.122)
(.330)
28.50
8.40
C D C D E F
0.50 2.80
(.020) (.110)
18.00 18.00 30.70

(.709) (.709) (1.209)
❶ ❷ Lever Positions
B C
Operator Switch block

• Lever Rotation - 2 position switches
Pole Bezel Description Short lever Long lever No of poles Part No The model numbers shown are for switches
with clockwise lever rotation.
1 or 2 2 pos. maintained A019209 A019109• Single pole A0151BUL
For anticlockwise rotation, replace :
1 or 2 2 pos. momentary A019210 A019110• Double pole A0152BUL
3 or 4
3 or 4
2 pos. maintained
2 pos. momentary
A019211
A019212
A019111•
A019112•
Three pole
Four pole
A0155BUL
A0153BUL
09 with 01 G
1 or 2 3 pos. maintained A019205 A019105
10 with 02
1 or 2 3 pos. momentary A019206 A019106 11 with 03
1 or 2 3 pos. mainL, momR A019207 A019107 12 with 04
1 or 2 3 pos. momL, mainR A019208 A019108 at the end of the model number.
1 or 2 2 pos. maintained A019409 A019309•
1 or 2 2 pos. momentary A019410 A019310•
3 or 4 2 pos. maintained A019411 A019311•
3 or 4 2 pos. momentary A019412 A019312•
1 or 2 3 pos. maintained A019405 A019305 Optional Engraving on
1 or 2 3 pos. momentary A019406 A019306 Lever end
1 or 2 3 pos. mainL, momR A019407 A019307
1 or 2 3 pos. momL, mainR A019408 A019308
1 or 2 2 pos. maintained A019609 A019509• See above photo left.
1 or 2 2 pos. momentary A019610 A019510• To order, add “WL” to the end of the operator
3 or 4 2 pos. maintained A019611 A019511• part No.
3 or 4 2 pos. momentary A019612 A019512• Example : A019609WL..
1 or 2 3 pos. maintained A019605 A019505
1 or 2 3 pos. momentary A019606 A019506
1 or 2 3 pos. mainL, momR A019607 A019507
1 or 2 3 pos. momL, mainR A019608 A019508
Bezel: rectangular, square, round, ‘pos’ - position, ‘mainL’ - maintained left, ‘momR’ - momentary right, etc

A01 series
Keylock switches
A keylock switch assembly requires :

operator + switch block. 3
Example : IP65 rectangular keyswitch, clockwise rotation, single pole, 2 positions, maintained 2
= A018125 and A0151BUL.
12.00 24.00
(.472) (.945)
1
3
(.709)
18.00
2
(.301)
7.65
3
1
6.00
(.236)
18.00x18.00
1
3
3
(.709 SQ)
2
(1.496)
2
38.00
3
1
1
24.00
(.945)
Ø18.00
(.709 DIA)
(1.654)
42.00
(1.122)
(.330)
28.50
8.40
C D C D E F
0.50 2.80
(.020) (.110)
18.00 18.00 30.70

(.709) (.709) (1.209)
❶ ❷ Key Positions
B C
A
Pole Bezel Description Part No Key removable No of poles Part No
1 or 2 2 pos. maintained A018123 A Single pole A0151BUL • Key Rotation - 2 position switches
1 or 2 2 pos. maintained A018125• A-B Double pole A0152BUL The model numbers shown are for switches
1 or 2 2 pos. momentary A018124• A Three pole A0155BUL
G 3 or 4 2 pos. maintained A018127• A-B Four pole A0153BUL with clockwise key rotation.
For anticlockwise rotation, replace :
3 or 4 2 pos. momentary A018128• A
1 or 2 3 pos. maintained A018105 A-B-C
1 or 2 3 pos. momentary A018106 A 25 with 01
1 or 2 3 pos. mainL, momR A018107 A-B 24 with 02
1 or 2 3 pos. momL, mainR A018108 A-C 27 with 03
1 or 2 2 pos. maintained A018223 A 28 with 04
1 or 2 2 pos. maintained A018225• A-B
1 or 2 2 pos. momentary A018224• A at the end of the model number.
3 or 4 2 pos. momentary A018228• A 2 standard keys are supplied.
1 or 2 3 pos. maintained A018205 A-B-C 20 key barrel types available from stock.
1 or 2 3 pos. momentary A018206 A
1 or 2 3 pos. mainL, momR A018207 A-B
1 or 2 3 pos. momL, mainR A018208 A-C
1 or 2 2 pos. maintained A018323 A
1 or 2 3 pos. maintained A018305 A-B-C
1 or 2 3 pos. momentary A018306 A NON-REMOVABLE KEY POSITIONS / ON-ON-ON FUNCTION : contact APEM.
1 or 2 3 pos. mainL, momR A018307 A-B
1 or 2 3 pos. momL, mainR A018308 A-C
Bezel: rectangular, square, round, ‘pos’ - position, ‘mainL’ - maintained left, ‘momR’ - momentary right, etc

A01 series
Emergency stop switches
• Prominent 24 mm (.944) dia. or optional 40 mm (1.575) dia. red mushroom actuator

• Highly reliable positive break switch
• Push to shut off switch, twist to reset to ON
• Approved to UL 1054 / EN 60947-5-1 N.C.
An emergency stop switch assembly requires : operator + switch block.
To order, specify with single pole or double pole positive break switch block.
General specifications Electrical specifications

• Min. mechanical life : 6.050 cycles (6 cycles per minute) • Current/voltage rating :
• Operating force / torque : 16 N / 0,1 Nm 1,5A 250VAC AC-15
• Operating temperature : -20°C to +55°C • Contact gap : > 3 mm (.118)
• Solder heat resistance : 350°C, 5 secs (IEC 68-2-2-20Tb, method 2) • Dielectric strength : 2.900V
• Degree of environmental protection (IEC 529) : • Electrical life : 6.050 cycles
IP65 front of panel, IP40 back of panel
• Switch terminals : solder/quick-connect 2,8 mm (.110) (IEC 68-2-20)
12.00
(.472)
(.602)
15.30
(.945 DIA)
Ø24.00
(1.047)
19.00
Option : SP3 version

(1.654)
42.00
Ø40.00
(.330)
8.40
C D
0.50 2.80
(.020) (.110)
18.00 18.00
(.709) (.709)
❶ ❷ Accessory
60 mm Ø Self
Adhesive Label
G
Description Part No
Yellow label with text A01YL1

Yellow label A01YL2

Description Part No No of poles Part No
24 mm Ø Emergency stop A01ES Single pole A0150BUL

40 mm Ø Emergency stop A01ES SP3 Double pole A0154BUL

A01 series
Emergency stop switches/mushroom head pushbutton switches
Fitted in enclosures
• Prominent 40 mm (1.575) dia. mushroom actuator, twist to release

• Highly reliable positive break switching on E-Stop
• Sealed to IP65
• Robust polycarbonate enclosures N.C.
• Knockouts for popular conduit sizes
Emergency stop
• Double pole changeover switch blocks available for momentary/maintained
mushroom head pushbuttons.
1
Technical specifications 2
• Contact rating : Pushbutton switch : 6A 250VAC - E-Stop : 1,5A 250VAC

• Dimensions : 65 x 65 x 57 mm
• Electrical life : Pushbutton switch : 50 000 cycles - E-Stop : 6 050 cycles Momentary & maintained
Ø40.0
(1.575 DIA)
(.689)
17.5
(2.167)
55.0
65.0 SQUARE
(2.561)
Description Part No
Emergency stop A01ESSP354B + PEA01

Black momentary A01MMASP352B + PEA01
G Red momentary A01MMBSP352B + PEA01
Yellow momentary A01MMDSP352B + PEA01
Green momentary A01MMESP352B + PEA01
Blue momentary A01MMFSP352B + PEA01
Black maintained A01MXASP352B + PEA01
Red maintained A01MXBSP352B + PEA01
Yellow maintained A01MXDSP352B + PEA01
Green maintained A01MXESP352B + PEA01
Blue maintained A01MXFSP352B + PEA01
OPTIONS
12A 250V versions or custom printing on mushroom head actuators : contact APEM.

A01 series
Mushroom head pushbutton switches
• Prominent 24 mm (.944) dia. or optional 40 mm (1.575) dia. mushroom actuators

• Momentary and maintained functions 3
Momentary function versions are unmarked. 1
Maintained function versions are twist release (arrows indicate direction of twist) 2
• Various coloured mushroom actuators are available.
(1.047)
19.00
(.945DIA)
Ø24.00
Option : SP3
OPTION : SP3 version
VERSION
(1.654)
42.00
(.330)
8.40
C D
(1.575 DIA)
Ø40.00
0.50 2.80
(.020) (.110)
18.00 18.00
(.709) (.709)
❶ ❷

Actuator Description Part No No of poles Part No
24mmØ Black momentary A01MMA Single pole A0151BUL

24mmØ Red momentary A01MMB Double pole A0152BUL
24mmØ
24mmØ
Yellow momentary
Green momentary
A01MMD
A01MME
Three pole
Four pole
A0155BUL
A0153BUL
G
24mmØ Blue momentary A01MMF
24mmØ Black maintained A01MXA
24mmØ Red maintained A01MXB
24mmØ Yellow maintained A01MXD
24mmØ Green maintained A01MXE
24mmØ Blue maintained A01MXF
40mmØ Black momentary A01MMA SP3
40mmØ Red momentary A01MMB SP3
40mmØ Yellow momentary A01MMD SP3
40mmØ Green momentary A01MME SP3
40mmØ Blue momentary A01MMF SP3
40mmØ Black maintained A01MXA SP3
40mmØ Red maintained A01MXB SP3
40mmØ Yellow maintained A01MXD SP3
40mmØ Green maintained A01MXE SP3
40mmØ Blue maintained A01MXF SP3

A1-A01 series
Industrial controls
Accessories
FLUSH MOUNTING BEZELS Dark grey plastic material - supplied with sealing washer
(.630DIA)
(.630DIA)
Ø16.00
Ø16.00
(.630DIA)
(.866 DIA)
(.984 DIA)
(.712)
(.803)
(.937)
(.712)
(.803)
(.937)
18.10
20.40
23.80
18.10
20.40
23.80
Ø16.00
Ø22.00
Ø25.00
(.715)
18.15
12.00 29.80 12.00 23.80
(.472) (1.173) (.472) (.937) 11.00
(.433)
(.811 .000)
+0.20
+.008
20.60 0.00
+0.20
+0.20 +0.20 22.20 0.00
26.70 0.00 20.60 0.00 +.008
(1.051 +.008 (.811 +.008 (.874 .000 )
.000 ) .000 )
Rectangular A01FM1 Square A01FM Round A01FM2
FLUSH MOUNTING BEZELS Metal versions

(.630DIA)
(.866 DIA)
(.984 DIA)
Ø16.00
Ø22.00
Ø25.00
(.715)
18.15
11.00
(.433)
+0.20
22.20 0.00
+.008
(.874 .000 )
Round, anodised aluminium A01FMM

Round, matt black A01FMMG
PCB SOCKET
18.00
(.708) Single pole, non illuminated A01PC1
10.25
Double pole, non illuminated A01PC2
(.403) 7.65 7.65
Single pole, illuminated A01PC3
(.236)
5.00 (.301) (.301)

6.00
(.196)
Double pole, illuminated A01PC4
Indicator A01PC5
(.031)
0.80
(.708)
18.00
Single pole, E-stop A01PC6

4.25
1.10
(.043) Double pole, E-stop A01PC7
G
(.236)
6.00
(.167)
4.25
(.167)
FLAPGUARDS
(.531)
13.50
(.531)
13.50
24.00 24.00
(.945) (.945)
(.354)
9.00
(.472)
12.00
24.00
(.945)
(.708)
18.00
13.65 13.65
(.537) (.537)
Rectangular A01FG1 Square/round A01FG2

A1-A01 series
Industrial controls
Accessories
METAL GUARDS ➞ Slot as alternative to Ø 2 mm hole - Material : 1 mm thick aluminium.

Ø18.10
(.712 DIA)
(.385)
(.350)
9.80
8.90
18.00 12.00 18.00
(.708) (.472) (.708) 12.00
Ø2.00 (.472)
(.078DIA)
(.399)
10.15
(.771 DIA)
24.00
(.944)
Ø19.60
(.717)
18.20
Ø16.00 Ø16.00 Ø16.05
(.630DIA) (.630DIA) (.631DIA)
Rectangular A01MG1 Square A01MG Round, natural A01MG2

Matt black A01MG2G
ANTI ROTATION RING Recommended to prevent product rotation
Ø16.00
(.629DIA)
(.708)
(.580)
18.00
14.75
A01LW
18.00 2.00
(.708) (.078)
SWITCHBLOCK TERMINAL GUARDS

7.45
(.293)
(.236)
(.289)
6.00
7.35
(.816)
20.75
(.816)
20.75
8.50
(.334)
10.50 10.00 14.85 10.50 10.00
(.413) (.393) (.584) (.413) (.393) 20.75
(.816)
2 way A01RTC2 8 way A01RTC8

BLANKING PLUGS
Ø18.0 18.0 24.0
(.709 DIA) (.709) (.946)
(.709)
(.709)
18.0
18.0
Round A0133 Square A0132 Rectangular A0131

G
RESISTOR ASSEMBLY Resistor assembly - 2 stage illumination
A0152B + RISSP
(DIM) normally closed (BRIGHT) normally open

A1-A01 series
Industrial controls
Installation - tools
Modular construction / panel mounting
PANEL CUT-OUT
PUSHBUTTONS
Round & square operators only

& INDICATORS
SCREEN
Ø16.00 0.00/+0.30
EMERGENCY ROTARY KEYLOCK LEGEND (.629 DIA .000/+.011 )
STOP LEVER SWITCHES SWITCHES
REFLECTOR
LOCATING
SLOT
BULB
POLARISING 1.50
(.285)
DOT
7.25
(.059)
PANEL
SEAL
Rectangular operators only
(.157 MAX)
4.00 Maxi
FIXING
NUT
Ø16.00 0.00/+0.30
(.629 DIA .000/+.011 )
OPERATOR Ø2.00
(.078 DIA)
LATCH
10.50
SWITCH BLOCK (.413)
Max. panel thickness : 8 mm (.315)
PANEL MOUNTING ASSEMBLY TO REMOVE BULB

• Drill/punch hole shaped as above. Remove reflector/screen assembly. Use the bulb extractor
30-0002 to remove the bulb.
• Assemble front operator through hole, fit fixing nut and
tighten to a maximum torque of 0,8Nm using tool
No 30-0001.
SWITCH BLOCK
• Wire chosen switch block as required and slide onto
To assemble switch block to front operator, TAKE CARE
operator until latch engages.
TO LINE UP SWITCH BLOCK WITH FRONT OPERATOR.
• Fit bulb if required using tool No 30-0002. Once in position, slide on to front operator. NB. : Ensure
latch is fully engaged correctly onto the switch block.
• Snap screen onto reflector assembly with legend in
between if required and snap onto front operator TAKING To remove switch block, depress the latch and slide the
CARE TO LINE UP THE LOCATING SLOT WITH THE switch block off the operator.
POLARISING DOT, and not to damage the seal.
G
FIXING NUT KEY BULB REMOVER
30-0001 30-0002

02-Serie A02_A03-A_02-Serie A02_A03-A 22/11/12 11:54 Page15
A02 series
Illuminated or non-illuminated pushbutton switches
Panel cut-out Ø 22 (.866) or 29,5 x 21,5 (1.160x.846)

screen + lamp (if illuminated) + operator + one or two switch blocks.
Example : IP65 illuminated rectangular maintained pushbutton, switch block with 2 N.O. contacts,
red screen and 12V red LED assembly = A0261B, A0242J1, A0201X and A02503UL. N.O. N.C. N.O./N.C.
36.00
(1.417)
(1.142)
29.00
24.00
(.945)
(.394)
(.394)
(.394)
10.00
10.00
10.00
29.00x29.00
(1.142 SQ)
(2.185)
55.50
(2.520)
(2.520)
64.00
64.00
Ø29.00
33.50 21.00 (1.142 DIA)
(1.319) (.827)
21.00
(.827)
(1.062)
27.00
33.50
(1.319)
❶ ❷ ❸ ❹

Bezel Colour Part No Lamp Voltage Part No Bezel Description Lamp type Part No Contacts Part No
black A0261A Filament 6.3V A0141A Illum, momentary Lamp/LED A0201Y 1 N.O. A02501UL
red A0261B Filament 14V A0141B Illum, maintained Lamp/LED A0201X 1 N.C. A02502UL
amber A0261C Filament 28V A0141C Illum, momentary LED assy A0202Y 2 N.O. A02503UL G
yellow A0261D Filament 36V A0141D Illum, maintained LED assy A0202X 2 N.C. A02504UL
green A0261E Filament 48V A0141E Non-illum, maintained A0203X 1 N.O./1 N.C. A02505UL
blue A0261F Filament 60V A0141F Non-illum, momentary A0203Y
clear A0261G Neon 110V A0143G Illum, momentary Lamp/LED A0204Y
white A0261J Neon 220V A0143H Illum, maintained Lamp/LED A0204X
black A0262A LED model numbers: see A01 Illum, momentary LED assy A0205Y Second switch block
red A0262B pages G6-G7. Illum, maintained LED assy A0205X
amber A0262C LED assy 6V A0242H* Non-illum, momentary A0206Y Contacts Part No
yellow A0262D LED assy 12V A0242J* Non-illum, maintained A0206X
green A0262E LED assy 24V A0242K* Illum, momentary Lamp/LED A0207Y 1 N.O. A02506UL
blue A0262F LED assy 6V A0243H* Illum, maintained Lamp/LED A0207X 1 N.C. A02507UL
clear A0262G LED assy 12V A0243J* Illum, momentary LED assy A0208Y 2 N.O. A02508UL
white A0262J LED assy 24V A0243K* Illum, maintained LED assy A0208X 2 N.C. A02509UL
black A0263A LED assy 6V A0244H* Non-illum, momentary A0209Y 1 N.O./1 N.C. A02510UL
red A0263B LED assy 12V A0244J* Non-Illum, maintained A0209X
amber A0263C LED assy 24V A0244K*
To achieve 3 or 4 pole switching,
yellow A0263D
green A0263E Replace * with colour code 1: red White or blue LED assembly : contact APEM. add second switch block, from
blue A0263F for LED assemblies: 2: green above table.
clear A0263G 3: amber UNSEALED SWITCHES (IP40) :
white A0263J add “01” to end of operator model number.
SCREEN ENGRAVING / INSERTABLE LEGENDS : contact APEM.


A02 series
Metal bezel pushbutton switches and indicators

An indicator assembly requires : screen + lamp + operator
Example : IP65 illuminated metal bezel maintained pushbutton, switch block with 2 N.O. contacts, N.O. N.C. N.O./N.C.
red screen and 12V red LED assembly = A0263B, A0244J1, A0211X and A02503UL.
Ø29.00
(1.142DIA)
(.452)
11.50
(1.791)
45.50
(2.952)
75.00
Ø29.00
(1.142DIA)
34.00 21.00
(1.338) (.826)
❶ ❷ ❸ ❹

G red
amber
A0263B
A0263C
Filament
Filament
14V
28V
A0141B
A0141C
Illum, maintained
Illum, momentary
Lamp/LED
LED assy
A0210X
A0211Y
1 N.C.
2 N.O.
A02502UL
A02503UL
green A0263E Filament 48V A0141E Non-illum, momentary A0212Y 1 N.O./1 N.C. A02505UL
blue A0263F Filament 60V A0141F Non-illum, maintained A0212X
clear A0263G Neon 110V A0143G Illum, indicator Lamp/LED A0277
white A0263J Neon 220V A0143H Illum, indicator LED assy A0278 Second switch block
LED model numbers: see A01
pages G6-G7. Std bezel material : nickel plated brass. Contacts Part No
LED assy 6V A0244H* For optional black finish, add “G” to the end of
LED assy 12V A0244J* 1 N.O. A02506UL
operator model number. 1 N.C. A02507UL
LED assy 24V A0244K*
UNSEALED SWITCHES (IP40) : 2 N.O. A02508UL
Replace * with colour code 1: red 2 N.C. A02509UL
add “01” to end of operator model number. 1 N.O./1 N.C. A02510UL
for LED assemblies: 2: green
3: amber
White or blue LED assembly : add second switch block, from
contact APEM. above table.

A02 series
Flush mounting pushbutton switches and indicators
Panel cut-out Ø 30 (1.181)

An indicator assembly requires : screen + lamp + operator
Example : IP65 illum. flush mounting maintained pushbutton, switch block with 2 N.O. contacts, N.O. N.C. N.O./N.C.
red screen and 12V red LED assembly = A0263B, A0244J1, A0213X and A02503UL.
Ø35.00
(1.378DIA) Ø35.00
(1.378DIA)
(.078)
2.00
(1.811)
46.00
(2.874)
73.00
PANEL CUT-OUT
DECOUPE DU PANNEAU
34.00 21.00 30.00

(1.338) (.826) (1.181)
❶ ❷ ❸ ❹

red
amber
A0263B
A0263C
Filament
Filament
14V
28V
A0141B
A0141C
Illum, maintained
Illum, momentary
Lamp/LED
LED assy
A0214X
A0213Y
1 N.C.
2 N.O.
A02502UL
A02503UL G
green A0263E Filament 48V A0141E Non-illum, momentary A0215Y 1 N.O./1 N.C. A02505UL
blue A0263F Filament 60V A0141F Non-illum, maintained A0215X
clear A0263G Neon 110V A0143G Illum, indicator Lamp/LED A02791
white A0263J Neon 220V A0143H Illum, indicator LED assy A02792
LED model numbers: see A01 Second switch block
pages G6-G7. Std bezel material : silver anodised aluminium.
LED assy 6V A0244H* For optional black anodised aluminium, add “G” Contacts Part No
LED assy 12V A0244J*
to end of operator model number. 1 N.O. A02506UL
LED assy 24V A0244K*
UNSEALED SWITCHES (IP40) : 1 N.C. A02507UL
Replace * with colour code 1: red 2 N.O. A02508UL
add “01” to end of operator model number. 2 N.C. A02509UL
for LED assemblies: 2: green
3: amber 1 N.O./1 N.C. A02510UL
White or blue LED assembly : To achieve 3 or 4 pole switching,

contact APEM. add second switch block, from
above table.

A02 series
Indicators
Panel cut-out Ø 22 (.866) or 29,5 x 21,5 (1.160x.846)
An indicator assembly requires :

Screen + lamp, LED or LED assembly + operator.
Example : IP65 rectangular indicator with red screen and 12V red LED assembly = A0261B, A0242J1 and A0272.
(.394)
10.00
36.00
(1.417)
(1.142)
29.00
24.00
(.945)
33.50 21.00
(1.319) (.827)
29.00x29.00
(1.142 SQ)
(1.142)
29.00
(.394)
10.00
Ø29.00
(1.142 DIA)
(1.476)
37.50
33.50 21.00
(1.319) (.827)
❶ ❷ ❸
Screen Lamp Operator

Bezel Colour Part No Lamp Voltage Part No Bezel Description Lamp type Part No
black A0261A Filament 6.3V A0141A Indicator Lamp/LED A0271

G red
amber
A0261B
A0261C
Filament
Filament
14V
28V
A0141B
A0141C
Indicator
Indicator
LED assy
Lamp/LED
A0272
A0273
yellow A0261D Filament 36V A0141D Indicator LED assy A0274
green A0261E Filament 48V A0141E Indicator Lamp/LED A0275
blue A0261F Filament 60V A0141F Indicator LED assy A0276
clear A0261G Neon 110V A0143G
white A0261J Neon 220V A0143H
black A0262A LED model numbers: see A01 UNSEALED INDICATORS (IP40) :
red A0262B pages G6-G7. add “01” to end of operator model number.
amber A0262C LED assy 6V A0242H*
yellow A0262D LED assy 12V A0242J*
green A0262E LED assy 24V A0242K*
blue A0262F LED assy 6V A0243H*
clear A0262G LED assy 12V A0243J*
white A0262J LED assy 24V A0243K*
black A0263A LED assy 6V A0244H*
red A0263B LED assy 12V A0244J*
amber A0263C LED assy 24V A0244K*
yellow A0263D
green A0263E Replace * with colour code 1: red White or blue LED assembly :
blue A0263F for LED assemblies: 2: green contact APEM.
clear A0263G 3: amber
white A0263J

Bezel: rectangular, square, round,

A02 series
Rotary switches
A rotary lever assembly requires :

operator + one or two switch blocks.
Example : IP65 square 2 position maintained rotary switch with long lever, clockwise rotation,
switch block with 2 N.O. contacts = A029107 and A02503UL. N.O. N.C. N.O./N.C.
29.00
(1.142)
29.00x29.00
(1.142 SQ)
22.00
(.866)
20.00
(.787)
Ø29.00
(1.142 DIA)
(2.520)
(2.520)
64.00
64.00
22.00
(.866)
21.00
(1.062)
27.00
(.827)
33.50
(1.319)
❶ ❷ Lever positions
B C

A
• Lever Rotation - 2 position switches

Bezel Description Short lever Long lever Contacts Part No
The model numbers shown are for switches
2 pos. maintained A029207 A029107• 1 N.O. A02501UL with clockwise lever rotation.
2 pos. momentary
3 pos. maintained
A029208
A029203
A029108•
A029103
1 N.C.
2 N.O.
A02502UL
A02503UL For anticlockwise rotation, replace : G
3 pos. momentary A029204 A029104 2 N.C. A02504UL 07 with 01
3 pos. mainL, momR A029205 A029105 1 N.O./1 N.C. A02505UL 08 with 02
3 pos. momL, mainR A029206 A029106
2 pos. maintained A029407 A029307• at the end of the model number.
2 pos. momentary A029408 A029308•
3 pos. maintained A029403 A029303 Second switch block
3 pos. momentary A029404 A029304 Optional engraving
Contacts Part No
3 pos. mainL, momR
3 pos. momL, mainR
A029405
A029406
A029305
A029306
on lever end
1 N.O. A02506UL
1 N.C. A02507UL
OPTION 2 N.O. A02508UL
To specify flush mounting (30 mm Ø) option, 2 N.C. A02509UL
add “FM” to the end of the part number (for 1 N.O./1 N.C. A02510UL
round operators only).
Example : A029407FM. To achieve 3 or 4 pole switching,
add second switch block, from
above table.
To order, add “WL” to the end of the part No.
Example : A029407WL.
Bezel: square, round,

A02 series
Keylock switches
Panel cut-out Ø 22 or 29,5 x 21,5
A keyswitch assembly requires :

operator + one or two switch blocks.
Example : IP65 square 2 position keyswitch, clockwise rotation, switch block with 2 N.O.
contacts = A028220 and A02503UL. N.O. N.C. N.O./N.C.
29.00
(1.142) 36.00
(1.417)
24.00
(.945)
(1.496)
(1.358)
38.00
34.50
29.00x29.00
(1.142 SQ)
(2.185)
55.50
(2.520)
64.00
Ø29.00
(1.142 DIA)
33.50 21.00
(1.319) (.827)
(1.062) 21.00
27.00
(.827)
33.50
(1.319)
❷ Key positions
B C
Operator Switch block A
Bezel Description Part No Key removable Contacts Part No

• Key Rotation - 2 position switches
in positions
2 pos. maintained A028120• A-B 1 N.O. A02501UL The model numbers shown are for switches
G 2 pos. momentary
3 pos. maintained
A028119•
A028105
A
A-B-C
1 N.C.
2 N.O.
A02502UL
A02503UL
with clockwise key rotation.
3 pos. momentary A028106 A 2 N.C. A02504UL For anticlockwise rotation, replace:
3 pos. mainL, momR A028107 A-B 1 N.O./1 N.C. A02505UL
3 pos. momL, mainR A028108 A-C
20 with 01
2 pos. maintained A028220• A-B 19 with 02
2 pos. momentary A028219• A
3 pos. maintained A028205 A-B-C Second switch block at the end of the model number
3 pos. momentary A028206 A
3 pos. mainL, momR A028207 A-B Contacts Part No
3 pos. momL, mainR A028208 A-C • 2 standard keys are supplied.
2 pos. maintained A028320• A-B 1 N.O. A02506UL
2 pos. momentary A028319• A 1 N.C. A02507UL
• 20 key barrel types available from stock.
3 pos. maintained A028305 A-B-C 2 N.O. A02508UL
3 pos. momentary A028306 A 2 N.C. A02509UL Non-removable key positions : contact
3 pos. mainL, momR A028307 A-B 1 N.O./1 N.C. A02510UL
APEM.
3 pos. momL, mainR A028308 A-C
OPTION above table
To specify flush mounting (30 mm Ø) option,
add “FM” to the end of the part number (for
round operators only). Example : A028320FM.
Bezel: rectangular, square, round,

A02 series
Emergency stop switches
• Prominent 40 mm (1.575) dia. red mushroom actuator

• Highly reliable positive break switch
• Push to shut off switch, twist to reset to ON
• Approved to UL 1054 / EN 60947-5-5 N.C.
An emergency stop switch assembly requires : operator + switch block.

To order, specify with single pole or double pole positive break switch block.
General specifications Electrical specifications

• Mechanical life : 6.050 cycles (6 cycles per minute) • Current/voltage rating :
• Operating force : 20 N 2,5A 380VAC AC-15
• Operating temperature : -20°C to +85°C • Contact gap : > 3 mm (.118)
• Degree of environ. protection (IEC529) : IP65 front of panel, • Dielectric strength : 2.500V
IP40 back of panel • Electrical life : 6.050 cycles
• Switch terminals : M3 screws - wire 2x0.75mm2 max.
29.00
(1.142)
Ø40.00
(1.575 DIA)
21.00
(.827)
(2.520)
64.00
21.00
(.827)
❶ ❷ Accessory
90 mm Ø Self
Adhesive Label
Description Part No G
Yellow label with text A02YL1
Yellow label A02YL2

Bezel Description Part No No of poles Part No
Emergency stop A02ES Double pole A02511

Single pole A02512
EMERGENCY STOP SWITCH ENCLOSURE

To order the Emergency Stop Switch in the Plastic Enclosure
(94 x 94 x 81 mm) with a 2 pole Positive Break Switch Block and Emergency
Stop label, use Part number : A02PE2L.

A02 series
Mushroom head pushbutton switches
• Prominent 40 mm (1.575) dia. mushroom actuator or optional 26 mm (1.024) actuator

• Momentary and maintained functions
Momentary function versions are unmarked
Maintained function versions are twist to release (arrows indicate direction of twist)
• Various coloured mushroom actuators are available N.O. N.C. N.O./N.C.
29.00
(1.142)
Ø40.00
(1.575 DIA)
21.00
(.827)
(2.520)
64.00
21.00
(.827)
❶ ❷

Bezel Description Part No Contacts Part No
Black momentary A02MMA 1 N.O. A02501UL

G Red momentary A02MMB 1 N.C. A02502UL
Yellow momentary A02MMD 2 N.O. A02503UL
Green momentary A02MME 2 N.C. A02504UL
Blue momentary A02MMF 1 N.O./1 N.C. A02505UL
Black maintained A02MXA
Red maintained A02MXB
Yellow maintained A02MXD
Green maintained A02MXE Second switch block
Blue maintained A02MXF Contacts Part No
1 N.O. A02506UL
1 N.C. A02507UL
OPTION 2 N.O. A02508UL
For optional reduced (Ø 26 mm) mushroom 2 N.C. A02509UL
head operators : contact APEM. 1 N.O./1 N.C. A02510UL

above table
Bezel: round

A02 series
Industrial controls
Installation
Modular construction / panel mounting
PUSHBUTTONS & INDICATORS SCREEN PANEL CUT-OUT

LEGEND Round & square operators
EMERGENCY ROTARY KEYLOCK REFLECTOR
STOP LEVERS SWITCHES SWITCHES Ø22.00 0.00/+0.50
LOCATING
(.866 DIA .000/+.019)
SLOT
BULB
(.118)
3.00
POLARISING
DOT
PANEL
SEAL
13.00
(.511)
(.236 MAX)
6.00 Maxi
Rectangular operators
FIXING
NUT
OPERATOR
.000/+.019)
0.00/+0.50
ADAPTOR BLOCK 29.50 0.00/+0.50
(1.161 .000/+.019 )
21.50
(.846
SWITCH BLOCK
END CAP
PANEL CLAMP
FIXING SCREW Max. panel thickness : 8 mm (.315)
PANEL MOUNTING ASSEMBLY TO REMOVE BULB

• Drill/punch hole in panel as shaped above. Remove reflector/screen assembly. Use the bulb extractor
30-0002 to remove the bulb.
• Assemble front operator through hole and :
a/ Round & square types : tighten nut to a maximum
torque of 0,8Nm using tool No 30-0001. Snap on TO REMOVE SWITCH BLOCK
adaptor block
Lever out latches using small screwdriver taking care not to
b/ Rectangular types : tighten two panel fixing screws in
overbend, and pull off the block from the front operator.
front to a maximum torque of 0,06Nm.
• Wire chosen switch block as required and snap onto
front operator. A02 Accessories
• Snap end cap onto switch block.
• Fit bulb if required using tool No 30-0002. Part No : 14-0005
• Snap screen onto reflector assembly with legend in G
between if required ans snap into front operator T AKING
CARE TO LINE UP THE LOCATING SLOT WITH THE End cap terminal guard offering unique terminal protection.
POLARISING DOT, and not to damage the seal.
6.35 mm push on tab terminals.

Specify “SP” to the end of the switchblock and operator P/N.
Example : A02503SP.

A03 series
Illuminated or non-illuminated pushbutton switches and indicators
Panel cut-out Ø 22 (.866) or 30 (1.181) - Plastic or metal flush mounting bezel

screen + lamp (if illuminated) + operator + switch block. 3
Example : IP65 flush mounting round pushbutton, maintained function, red screen, 12V red LED 2
and single pole switch block = A0314X, A0263B, A0142M1 and A0151BUL.
Ø29.00 Ø35.00
(1.143 DIA) (1.379 DIA)
(.079)
2.00
(.394)
10.00
Panel Thickness
1.0 to 6.0
(1.024)
26.00
(2.344)
59.50
(2.325)
59.00
(1.931)
49.00
0.50
18.00
(.709)
(.236)
6.00
(.709)
18.00
(.236)
6.00
7.65
(.301)
❶ ❷ ❸ ❹

Bezel Colour Part No Lamp Voltage Part No Bezel Description Lamp type Part No No of poles Part No
black A0263A Filament 6.3V A0141A Plastic illum, momentary Lamp/LED bulb A0307Y Single pole A0151BUL
G red
amber
A0263B
A0263C
Filament
Filament
14V
28V
A0141B
A0141C
Plastic illum, maintained
Plastic non-illum, momentary
Lamp/LED bulb A0307X
A0309Y
Double pole
Three pole
A0152BUL
A0155BUL
yellow A0263D Filament 36V A0141D Plastic non-illum, maintained A0309X Four pole A0153BUL
green A0263E Filament 48V A0141E Metal illum, momentary Lamp/LED bulb A0310Y
blue A0263F Filament 60V A0141F Metal illum, maintained Lamp/LED bulb A0310X
clear A0263G Neon 110V A0143G Metal non-illum, momentary A0312Y
white A0263J Neon 220V A0143H Metal non-illum, maintained A0312X
LED 6V red A0142L1 F/mount illum, momentary Lamp/LED bulb A0314Y
LED 6V green A0142L2 F/mount illum, maintained Lamp/LED bulb A0314X
LED 6V amber A0142L3 F/mount non-illum, momentary A0315Y
LED 12V red A0142M1 F/mount non-illum, maintained A0315X
LED 12V green A0142M2 Plastic indicator A0375
LED 12V amber A0142M3 Metal indicator A0377
LED 12V blue A0142M4 F/mount indicator A03791
LED 12V white A0142M5
LED 24V red A0142N1
LED 24V green A0142N2 UNSEALED SWITCHES (IP40) :
LED 24V amber A0142N3 add “01” to end of operator model number.
LED 24V blue A0142N4
LED 24V white A0142N5
LED 48V red A0142P1 SCREEN ENGRAVING / INSERTABLE LEGENDS : contact APEM.
LED 48V green A0142P2
LED 48V amber A0142P3
Bezel: round. ‘Illum’ - illuminated, ‘Non-illum’ - non illuminated

03-Serie ES-A_01-Series A01_A1-A 22/11/12 11:50 Page25
ES series
New! Heavy-duty emergency stop
❑ 2 and 3-pole configurations

❑ Rugged version : 100.000 cycle mechanical life
❑ Locked/unlocked status indicator
❑ Lower behind-panel depth
❑ Sealed to IP65, IP67 and IP69K
❑ Complies with EN 60947-5-1
ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS

• Electrical function : push-pull ON-ON • Panel thickness : 6 mm (.236) max.
• Current/voltage rating : 1A 24VDC DC-14 • Low level or mechanical life :
• Electrical life : 6.050 cycles 100.000 cycles
• Contact resistance : 10 mΩ max. • Travel to lock : 2,20 mm ± 0,3 mm
• Insulation resistance : 1.000 MΩ min. at 500VDC • Total travel : 4,20 mm ± 0,3 mm
• Dielectric stength : 1.000 Vrms 50 Hz min. between terminals • Torque : 5 Nm min. - 14 Nm max.
2.000 Vrms 50 Hz min. between poles and between terminals and frame applied to nut
• Operating force :
2 pole models : Push : 30N ± 7N
ENVIRONMENTAL SPECIFICATIONS pull : 25N ± 5N
3 pole models : Push : 45N ± 7N
• Sealing : IP65, IP67 and IP69K according to IEC 60529 and DIN 40050 pull : 25N ± 5N
• Salt spray : 96 hours according to IEC 68-2-11
• Vibrations : 10-500 Hz - 10 g according to IEC 68-2-6
• Shock resistance : 50 g according to IEC 68-2-27
• Robustness (axial) : IK10 MATERIALS
• Operating temperature : -40°C to +85°C • Case : diallylphthalate (DAP)
• According to EN 60947-5-1 • Actuator : aluminium, red anodised
• Bushing : aluminium, yellow
anodised
PANEL CUT-OUT • Contacts : silver, gold plated
➀ O-ring
➁ Hole
2
(.236MAX.)
G
6.00 Max.
1
1.110 DIA)
(.874 DIA)
Ø22.20
Ø28.20
Note : the hole in the bushing is designed

for insertion of a Ø 2 mm metal rod
helping to fasten the switch on the panel.
2 pole 3 pole

ES series
Heavy-duty emergency stop New!
Overview
ES
SERIES Electrical functions No of poles Actuator colour Status indicator

1 2 NC (double pole only) 4 Double pole 6 Red anodised 3 Green
2 1 NO + 1NC (double 5 Three pole Other : on request Other : on request.
pole only)
3 1 NO + 2NC (three pole
only)
Terminals Actuator diameter Bushing colour Options

P Straight PC 1 34,5 mm 5 Yellow Blank None
S Solder lug (1.358) anodised 001 PUSH PULL marking
Other markings : on request
Mounting accessories : Standard hardware supplied : 1 hex nut 25 (.984) or 32 (1.260) across flats and 1 O-ring

ES series
New! Heavy-duty emergency stop
Panel cut-out Ø 22 (.866) or Ø 28 (1.102)
Straight PC terminal
(.374)
9.50
N.C. N.O./N.C. N.C./N.O./NC
1.00
(.039)
MODEL
STRUCTURE
Shown with solder lug terminals
C = common
Double pole - 2 N.C. contacts Ø34.50
NC
(1.358 DIA)
C
Ø25.00
Solder lug terminals (.984 DIA)
ES1S41653
(1.173)
(.110)
(1.094)
29.80
2.80
27.80
Ø34.00
ES1P41653 (1.338 DIA)
Ø22.00X1.00 SI
14.50
(.570)
(.866DIAx1.00 IS)
8.00
EPOXY 2.50
(.315)
(.098) 0.50
(.161)
4.10
6.00 (.019)
(.236)
C = common
Double pole - 1 N.O. and 1 N.C. contacts
NC Ø34.50
NO (1.358 DIA)
C
(.157)
4.00
Solder lug terminals Ø25.00

(.984 DIA)
ES2S41653
(1.173)
(.110)
(1.094)
29.80
2.80
27.80
Ø34.00
ES2P41653 (1.338 DIA)
Ø22.00X1.00 SI
14.50
(.570)
(.866DIAx1.00 IS)
EPOXY 2.50
8.00
(.315)
G
(.098) 0.50
(.161)
4.10
6.00 (.019)
(.236)
C = common
Three pole - 1 N.O. and 2 N.C. contacts
NC Ø34.50
NO (1.358 DIA)
C
(.157)
4.00
Ø25.00
(.984 DIA)
ES3S51653
(1.173)
(.110)
(1.094)
29.80
2.80
27.80
Ø38.00
ES3P51653 (1.496 DIA)
Ø28.00X1.00 SI
14.50
(.570)
1.102DIAx1.00 IS)
2.50
8.00
EPOXY (.098) (.315)
0.50
(.161)
4.10
6.00 6.00 (.019)

(.236) (.236)

ES series
Heavy-duty emergency stop New!
Options
STATUS INDICATOR COLOUR
3 Green
Other : on request.
OPTIONS
Blank None
001 PUSH PULL marking
Other markings : on request

Sealing boots
Section H
H
01-Boots-A_01-Boots-A 22/11/12 12:11 Page2
Sealing boots
❑ Prevent dust, sand and water from getting into switches.

❑ On toggle versions, also prevent ice from blocking lever action
❑ Compatible with frontal sealing options (K and X408).
❑ Available in a wide range of colours.
❑ When necessary, a sealing ring or washer is supplied with the
boot.
MATERIALS AND SPECIFICATIONS

• Boot material : neoprene or silicone (see comparative advantages below)
• Nut material : brass, nickel plated or matt black
- neoprene boots : -20°C to +50°C
- silicone boots : -40°C to + 85°C
++ : excellent, + : good, - : poor
COMPARATIVE TEMPERATURE RANGE MECHANICAL

ELASTICITY
ADVANTAGES LOW HIGH RESISTANCE
Silicone ++ ++ ++ -
Neoprene - + - ++
DIFFERENT TYPES OF BOOTS * Colour options available
Two-part
Full-toggle (standard) * Half-toggle * (no metal parts accessible) * For double sealing
Nut
EXAMPLES OF MOUNTING
H-2 www.apem.com APEM

Sealing boots
For toggle switches
For bushing Ø 6 x 0.75 (.236 x 0.75) - 5500 series

FULL-TOGGLE SILICONE BOOTS
NUT
Black Red Green White
(.527)
13.40
Knurled N32161005 N32162005 N3216V005 N3216B005
Nickel plated (U1341) (U1341-6) (U1341-3) (U1341-7) ø12.00
(.472 DIA)
Knurled N32161002 N32162002 N3216V002 N3216B002
Matt black (U1343) (U1343-6) (U1343-3) (U1343-7)
Hex N32121005 N32122005 N3212V005 N3212B005
(.527)
13.40
Nickel plated (U1302) (U1302-6) (U1302-3) (U1302-7)
Hex N32121002 N32122002 N3212V002 N3212B002
Matt black (U1304) (U1304-6) (U1304-3) (U1304-7) 11 (.433)
AC.FLATS
For bushing Ø 6,35-40NS (1/4-40UNS) - 5000 and 11000 series

NUT
(.527)
13.40
Knurled N33161005 N33162005 N3316V005 N3316B005
(.472 DIA)
Knurled N33161002 N33162002 N3316V002 N3316B002

Matt black (U1333) (U1333-6) (U1333-3) (U1333-7)
Hex N33121005 N33122005 N3312V005 N3312B005
(.527)
13.40
Hex N33121002 N33122002 N3312V002 N3312B002
Matt black (U1231) (U1231-6) (U1231-3) (U1231-7) 11 (.433)
AC.FLATS
For bushing Ø 6,35-40NS (1/4-40UNS) - 5000 and 11000 series

BOOTS SUPPLIED AS 2 SEPARATE PARTS
NEOPRENE SILICONE
(.559)
14.20

N33136119 N33137119 N3313V119 N3313B119
(U5149) (U5149-6) (U5149-3) (U5149-7) ø11.00
(.433 DIA)
Once the boot is mounted onto the panel, no switch metal part is accessible any more.

KNURLED NUT
(.726)
18.45
N34151005 N34152005 N3415V005 N3415B005

Nickel plated
(U1612) (U1612-6) (U1612-3) (U1612-7)
N34151002 N34152002 N3415V002 N3415B002
H
Matt black
ø18.00
(U1614) (U1614-6) (U1614-3) (U1614-7)
(.709 DIA)
For bushing Ø 11,9-32 NS (15/32-32NS) - 12000, 5000M, 3500 and 6000 series
HEX NUT
(.905)
23.00
N35111005 N35112005 N3511V005 N3511B005

Nickel plated
(U1031) (U1031-6) (U1031-3) (U1031-7)
N35111002 N35112002 N3511V002
Matt black
(U1024) (U1024-6) (U1024-3)
- 17 (.669)
AC.FLATS
APEM www.apem.com H-3

Sealing boots
For toggle switches
For bushing Ø 11,9-32 NS (15/32-32NS) - 12000, 3500 and 6000 series
HALF-TOGGLE SILICONE BOOTS

HEX NUT
(.440)
11.20
N35111015 N35112015 N3511V015 N3511B015
Nickel plated
(U1600) (U1600-6) (U1600-3) (U1600-7)
17 (.669)
N35111012 N35112012 N3511V012 AC.FLATS
Matt black
(U1602) (U1602-3)
-
(U1602-6)
For bushing Ø12 x 0.75 SI (.472x.075 IS) - 12000, 3500, 3600 and 600 series
FULL-TOGGLE BLACK NEOPRENE BOOT
(1.196)
30.40
N36346009 (U2252)
Ø12.00X0.75SI
(.472X0.75IS DIA)
Ø20.20
(.795 DIA)
For bushing Ø12 x 0.75 SI (.472x.075 IS) - 600 series with -5 long lever
FULL-TOGGLE BLACK NEOPRENE BOOT
(1.968)
50.00
N36346209 (U2197)
Ø12.00X0.75SI
(.472X0.75IS DIA)
Ø27.00
(1.062 DIA)
For bushing Ø12 x 0.75 SI (.472x.075 IS) - 4450, 4650 and 1600 series
HEX NUT FULL-TOGGLE BLACK NEOPRENE BOOTS
Nickel plated N36116045 (U09)

(.744)
18.90
Matt black N36116042 (U223)

17 (.669)
AC.FLATS
For bushing Ø 12 x 0.75 SI (.472x.075 IS) - 600H, 660, 1000, 1500 and 3600
H FULL-TOGGLE SILICONE BOOTS
HEX NUT
N36111005 N36112005 N3611V005 N3611B005
Nickel plated
(U1565) (U1565-6) (U1565-3) (U1565-7)
N36111002 N36112002 N3611V002
(.900)
22.85
Matt black
(U1567) (U1567-6) (U1567-3)
-
FULL-TOGGLE BLACK NEOPRENE BOOTS

17 (.669)
Nickel plated N36116005 (U851) AC.FLATS

Sealing boots
For toggle switches or pushbutton switches
For bushing Ø 12 x 0.75 SI (.472x.075 IS) - 600H, 660, 1000 and 3600 series
HALF-TOGGLE SILICONE BOOTS
HEX NUT
N36111015 N36112015 N3611V015 N3611B015
Nickel plated
(U1151) (U1151-6) (U1151-3) (U1151-7)
N36111012 N36112012 N3611V012
(.457)
11.60
Matt black
(U1153) (U1153-6) (U1153-3)
-
HALF-TOGGLE BLACK NEOPRENE BOOTS 17 (.669)

AC.FLATS

PUSHBUTTON SILICONE BOOTS
HEX NUT
(.267)
6.80
N31221005 N31222005 N3122V005 N3122B005
Nickel plated
(U1829) (U1829-6) (U1829-3( (U1829-7) 8 (.315)
AC.FLATS
N31221002 N31222002 N3122V002 N3122B002
Matt black
(U1831) (U1831-6) (U1831-3) (U1831-7)
For bushing Ø 6,35-40NS (1/4-40UNS) - 18000, 9000 and 13000 series

NUT
(.433)
11.00
Knurled N33261005 N33262005 N3326V005 N3326B005
(.472 DIA)
Knurled N33261002 N33262002 N3326V002 N3326B002

Matt black (U1403) (U1403-6) (U1403-3) (U1403-7)
Hex N33221005 N33222005 N3322V005 N3322B005
(.433)
11.00

Hex N33221002 N33222002 N3322V002 N3322B002 11 (.433)
Matt black (U1320) (U1320-6) (U1320-3) (U1320-7) AC.FLATS
For bushing Ø 6,35-40NS (1/4-40 UNS) - 8000 series

KNURLED PUSHBUTTON SILICONE BOOTS
NUT Black Red Green White
(.455)
11.55
N33261125 N33262125 N3326V125 N3326B125

Nickel plated
(U4301) (U4301-6) (U4301-3) (U4301-7)
H
ø12.00
(.472 DIA)

KNURLED NUT
(.504)
12.80
N34251005 N34252005 N3425V005 N3425B005

Nickel plated
(U1624) (U1624-6) (U1624-3) (U1624-7)
Ø 18.00
N34251002 N34252002 N3425V002 N3425B002 (.709 DIA)
Matt black
(U1626) (U1626-6) (U1626-3) (U1626-7)

Sealing boots
For pushbutton switches
For bushing Ø 11,9-32 NS (15/32-32UNS) - 13000X778, 13000X768 and 8000-6X934 series

HEX NUT
N35211005 N35212005 N3521V005 N3521B005
Nickel plated
(.504)
12.80
(U589) (U589-6) (U589-3) (U589-7)
N35211002 N35212002 N3521V002
Matt black
(U590) (U590-6) (U590-3)
- 17 (.669)
AC.FLATS
For long plunger (-9) care should be taken over the panel thickness.
For bushing Ø 12 x 0.75 SI (.472x.075 IS) - 1200, 4700 and 4800 series
HEX NUT
N36211005 N36212005 N3621V005 N3621B005
Nickel plated
(U1654) (U1654-6) (U1654-3) (U1654-7)
N36211002 N36212002 N3621V002
(.504)
12.80
Matt black
(U1656) (U1656-6) (U1656-3)
-
PUSHBUTTON BLACK NEOPRENE BOOTS 17 (.669)

AC.FLATS
Chrome plated N36216001 (U224)
For double sealing on IP and IB-IS series

SILICONE BOOT
Transparent U5125
Blue U5125-1
(.377)
9.60
Black U5125-2 Ø19.00

(.748 DIA)
Red U5125-6
Operating temperature : -40°C to +85°C

The flat seal or O-Ring supplied with the switch should not be used with this boot.
For double sealing on IA seriesa

Ø16.00
(.629 DIA)
SILICONE BOOT
Black U6602
(.267)
6.80
Yellow U6605 Ø21.00

(.826 DIA)
Red U6606
For AV series (models with Ø 19 mm bushing)

SILICONE BOOT
Black U2187-2
Green U2187-3
(.161)
4.10
Grey U2187-4
Ø23.00
Yellow U2187-5 (.905 DIA)
Red U2187-6
White U2187-7
Transparent U2187-8

Sealing boots
For pushbutton switches or rocker switches
For LPI series
(.374)
9.50
SILICONE BOOT
Black U3082
Transparent U3088
Ø46.50
(1.830 DIA)
For 2600 series
(.433)
11.00
36.40
(1.433)
TRANSPARENT SILICONE BOOT
U2150
(1.134)
For FM series 28.80
(.299)
7.60
TRANSPARENT PVC BOOT
U5720
(.992)
25.20
18.80
(.740)
For KG series
(.649)
16.50
(.551)
14.00
BLACK SILICONE BOOT
U3084
(1.062)
27.00
Also available with pad-printed symbols : on H

request. 51.00
(2.007)

Indicators / Accessories
Hardware
Section I
I
01-Voyants-Q-A_01-Voyants VL-A 22/11/12 12:19 Page2
Q series
Panel mount LED indicators
With the recent introduction of new versions, APEM now offers the broadest range of LED indicators in
the market:
- 7 diameters: 6, 8, 12, 14, 16, 19 and 22 mm,
- 3 bezel styles: prominent, recessed and flush
- 3 bezel finishes: bright chrome, black chrome and satin grey
- 6 standard power supply voltages: 6VDC, 12VDC, 24VDC, 28VDC, 110VAC and 230VAC
- 5 LED colours: red, green, yellow, blue and white
- Optional bicolour or tricolour LED’s
- 3 output styles: solder lug/faston terminals, pins or wires
Options
• High brightness LED’s (sunlight readable)
• Panel sealing to IP67
• Custom engraving on flush bezel versions
• Plastic bezels on 16 and 22 mm
Main specifications
• Typical viewing angle: 70° to 100° depending on model
• Long life expectancy: 100.000 hours
• Operating temperature range: -40°C to + 85°C
To benefit by the numerous advantages of LED technology (long life, low electrical consumption, low thermal
dissipation, good impact resistance), APEM also offers a range of based LED lamps intended for
replacement of less efficient filament lamps.
I 36-page catalogue on line and on request - www.apem.com
I-2 www.apem.com APEM

02-Serie B-A_02-Serie B-A 22/11/12 12:16 Page3
B series
15A and 25A terminal posts
• Dielectric strength : 15A type : 3.000 Vrms 50 Hz min. between shaft and panel • Shaft : brass, nickel plated
25A type : 4.000 Vrms 50 Hz min. between shaft and panel • Insulated nut : ABS molding
• Short overload (< 2mn) : 50 % with cable lug over brass
• Terminal connection by : - plug Ø 4 mm (.157), solder lugs, wire lead • Other insulated parts : phenolic
• Operating temperature : -40°C to +70°C resin or melamine
• Packaging unit : 100 pieces or multiple per type and colour.
Insulated terminal posts 15A 18.00

(.708)
27.50
(1.082)
4.00 16.50
(.157) (.649)
B1 Black
(.157DIA)
Ø4.00
B11 Red
B12 Green
(.511DIA)
(.322DIA)
Ø13.00
Ø8.20
60˚
B13 Blue
B14 White
(.078DIA)
Ø2.00 3.50 Ø2.00 10.10
B15 Yellow
(.157DIAx0.70)
(.137) (.078DIA) (.397)

Ø4.00x0.70
B16 Green / Yellow

B19 Orange
Non-insulated terminal posts 15A

18.00 27.50
(.708) (1.082)
4.00 16.50
(.157) (.649)
B2 Black
(.157DIA)
Ø4.00
B21 Red
B22 Green
(.511DIA)
Ø13.00
B23 Blue
B24 White
(.165DIA)
(.078DIA)
Ø4.20
Ø2.00
B25 Yellow
(.157DIAx0.70)
Ø4.00x0.70
9.00 Ø2.00
B26
(.078DIA)
Green / Yellow
(.354)
B29 Orange
Insulated terminal posts 25A 23.50 35.00

(.925) (1.377)
7.00 20.50
B3 Black (.275) (.807)
Ø10.20
B31 Red (.401DIA)
(.157DIA)
B32 Green
Ø4.00
B33 Blue
(.629DIA)
Ø16.00
B34 White 60˚
B35 Yellow
(.098)
2.50
B36 Green / Yellow 12.45

B39 Orange Ø6.00x1.00 SI 3.50 Ø2.50
(.49)
(.236DIAx1.00) (.137) (.098DIA)
Non-insulated terminal posts 25A 23.50 35.00

(.925) (1.377)
B4 Black 7.00
(.275)
20.50
(.807)
B41 Red
B42 Green I
(.157DIA)
Ø4.00
B43 Blue
(.629DIA)
B44 White
Ø16.00
B45 Yellow
(.098)
2.50
(.244DIA)
B46 Green / Yellow

Ø6.20
B49 Orange Ø6.00x1.00 Ø2.50

(.236DIAx1.00) (.098DIA)
APEM www.apem.com I-3
03-Security caps-A_03-Security caps-A 22/11/12 12:15 Page4
Security caps
For switch series 12000 - 3500 - 600H - 6000
With standard bushing
Security caps prevent any inadvertent lever operation.

When the cap is raised, the lever can be operated freely.
When the cap is fully depressed, the lever is reset/locked in a stable position. MATERIALS
They are designed for use on switches with Ø 11,9 (.468) or Ø 12 (.472) threaded
bushing and lever length 17,5 (.688) outside bushing. • Support plate : matt black steel
• Cap : thermoset or thermoplastic
Note : For correct switch operation, the security cap should be adjusted properly by (20PN, 200PN, 300PN)
means of 2 nuts.
MODEL
STRUCTURE
Series 20 - for 2-position switches 14.00

(.551)
49.00
(1.929)
• Lever returned then locked in down position (OFF)

Model No Colour
22 Grey
23 White
24 Orange
(1.551)
39.40
25 Black
26 Red
27 Green (.645)
16.40
28 Yellow
29 Blue
25/28 Black/yellow striped 17.00
(.669)
22.00
(.866)
Series 20PN - for 2-position switches 14.00

(.551)

Model No Colour
(1.318)
33.50
22PN Grey
23PN White
24PN Orange
(1.732)
44.00
25PN Black
26PN Red
27PN Green
21.00
(.826)
28PN Yellow
29PN Blue
17.00 28.00
On this model, holes for wiring a seal are standard. (.669) (1.102)

(.551)
49.00
(1.929)
• Lever returned then locked in upper position
Model No Colour
32 Grey
33 White
I
(1.551)
39.40
34 Orange
35 Black
36 Red
(.645)
16.40
37 Green
38 Yellow
39 Blue 17.00 22.00
35/38 Black/yellow striped
(.669) (.866)

Security caps
With standard bushing

(.551)
49.00
(1.929)

Model No Colour
42 Grey
43 White
44 Orange
(1.551)
39.40
45 Black
46 Red
47 Green
(.645)
16.40
48 Yellow
49 Blue
45/48 Black/yellow striped 17.00 22.00
(.669) (.866)
Model 140 (with smaller aperture) recommended for the 12000 series.

(.551)
49.00
(1.929)
• Lever returned then locked in center position

Model No Colour
82 Grey
83 White
(1.551)
39.40
84 Orange
85 Black
86 Red
(.645)
16.40
87 Green
88 Yellow
89 Blue 17.00 22.00
(.669) (.866)

(.551)
49.00
(1.929)
• Lever returned then locked either in lower or in upper position

Model No Colour
202 Grey
203 White
204 Orange
(1.551)
39.40
205 Black
206 Red
207 Green
(.645)
16.40
208 Yellow
209 Blue
17.00 22.00
(.669) (.866)
Series 200PN - for 2 or 3-position switches - action preventer

14.00
(.551)
• Lever not locked, but protected in the position where left

by the user
(1.318)
33.50
Model No Colour
202PN Grey
203PN White
I
(1.732)
44.00
204PN Orange
205PN Black
206PN Red
21.00
(.826)
207PN Green
208PN Yellow
209PN Blue 28.00
17.00
(.669) (1.102)

Security caps
With flatted bushing

(.551)
49.00
(1.929)

Model No Colour
52 Grey
53 White
(1.551)
54 Orange
39.40
55 Black
56 Red
57
(.645)
Green
16.40
58 Yellow
59 Blue
17.00 22.00
(.669) (.866)

(.551)
49.00
(1.929)
Model No Colour
62 Grey
63 White
(1.551)
39.40
64 Orange
65 Black
66 Red (.645)
16.40
67 Green
68 Yellow
69 Blue 17.00 22.00
65/68 Black/yellow striped (.669) (.866)

(.551)
49.00
(1.929)

Model No Colour
72 Grey
73 White
74 Orange
75
(1.551)
Black
39.40
76 Red
77 Green
78 Yellow
(.645)
16.40
79 Blue
17.00 22.00
Model 170 (with smaller aperture) recommended for the 12000 series.
(.669) (.866)

(.551)
49.00
(1.929)
• Lever returned then locked in center position

Model No Colour
102 Grey
103 White
I
(1.551)
104 Orange
39.40
105 Black
106 Red
107
(.645)
Green
16.40
108 Yellow
109 Blue
17.00 22.00
(.669) (.866)

Security caps
With flatted bushing
Series 300PN - for 2 or 3-position switches

14.00
(.551)
• Lever not locked, but protected in the position where left

by the user.
(1.318)
33.50
Model No Colour
302PN Grey
303PN White
(1.732)
44.00
304PN Orange
305PN Black
306PN Red
21.00
(.826)
307PN Green
308PN Yellow
309PN Blue 28.00
17.00
(.669) (1.102)

(.551)
49.00
(1.929)
• Lever returned then locked either in lower or in upper position

Model No Colour
502 Grey
503 White
(1.551)
39.40
504 Orange
505 Black
506 Red
(.645)
16.40
507 Green
508 Yellow
509 Blue 17.00 22.00
(.669) (.866)
OPTIONS
P Holes for wiring a seal

Ø1.50
Cap engraving available : consult factory. (.059DIA)

Security caps
For switch series 3500 - 600H - 6000
With standard or flatted bushing
Series 90
27.00
• Lever locked in center position (1.062)
18.00 12.00
(.708) (.472)
(.512)
13.00
22.00
(.866)
Ø0.80
(.031DIA)
Plate features holes for wiring a seal.
To build a part number, select desired option from each category here below.
BUSHING SHAPES
90
For standard products
A B C D
For other products
E F G H
SECURITY CAP SHAPE
90
1 2 3 4 5
Locks in center Prevents down Prevents up Locks in down Locks in up
position position position position position

Security caps
For switch series 3500 - 600H - 6000 (continued) - For pushbutton series 13000
SECURITY CAP COLOURS
90
1 Blue
2 Black
3 Green
4 Grey
5 Yellow
6 Red
7/1 White
9 Orange
0 Striped (see below)
COLOUR OF STRIPES
90
Stripe ➀ Stripe ➁
2
A Red Black
B Yellow Black
C Red White 1
D White Black
Series 90AX2328 for pushbutton series 13000 with Ø 11,9 (15/32) bushing 35.00
(1.377)
• Spring-loaded cover returning automatically in lower position. 12.00
The user has to keep the cover raised while actuating the switch.
(.472)
Model No Colour
(1.260)
32.00
90AX2328-27 Black with white stripe

90AX2328-67 Red with white stripe
(.354)
9.00
18.00 3.50 MAX

(.708) (.138 MAX)

04-Hardware-A_04-Accessories-A 22/11/12 12:15 Page10
Hardware
For miniature switches
• Standard hardware is automatically supplied with the switches

• Non standard hardware is to be ordered separately
Hardware supplied with sealing options :
- K version : 2 hex nuts + sealing washer
- X408 option : 1 hex nut + 1 O-ring
STANDARD HARDWARE FOR SWITCHES Ø 6 (.236) - 5000 SERIES

HEX NUT LOCKING RING LOCKWASHER
Ø11.80
9.00 2.00 (.464 DIA) Ø9.50 0.80
(.354) (.078) 2.00 (.374 DIA) (.031)
(.244)
(.078)
6.20
(.216)
5.50
Ø6.00 x 0.75 SI Ø6.10 0.80 Ø6.50 0.40
(.236 DIA x 0.75SI) (.240 DIA) (.031) (.255 DIA) (.015)
Nickel plated U208 Nickel plated U198

Matt black U726 Matt black U728 Stainless steel U215
NON STANDARD HARDWARE FOR SWITCHES Ø 6 (.236) - 5000 SERIES

KNURLED NUT SPECIAL NUT 12 (.472) ACROSS FLATS KNURLED CAP NUTS
2.00 Ø9.00 2.70 Ø12.00 2.60

(.086) (.354 DIA) (.204 DIA) (.106) (.472 DIA) (.102)
(.188 DIA)
Ø5.20
Ø9.00 2.20
Ø4.80
(.354 DIA) (.086)
(.472)
12.00
Ø6.00 x 0.75 SI Ø6.00 x 0.75 SI Ø6.00 x 0.75 SI Ø6.00 x 0.75 SI

(.236 DIA x 0.75SI) (.236 DIA x 0.75SI) (.236 DIA x 0.75SI) (.236 DIA x 0.75SI)
Chrome plated U461

Chrome plated U826 Chrome plated U1916 Matt black U502 Chrome plated U232
STANDARD HARDWARE FOR SWITCHES Ø 6,35 (1/4) - ALL SERIES

HEX NUT LOCKING RING LOCKWASHER
Ø9.60
8.00 1.60 (.377 DIA) 2.00
(.314) Ø9.50 0.80
(.062) (.078) (.374 DIA)
(.204)
(.031)
5.20
Ø6.35-40UNS Ø6.50 0.80 Ø6.50 0.40

(1/4-40UNS) (.255 DIA) (.031) (.255 DIA) (.015)
Nickel plated U76 Nickel plated U78 Stainless steel U215

Matt black U94 Matt black U93
HARDWARE SUPPLIED (unsealed types)

SERIES HEX NUT LOCKING RING LOCKWASHER
SF 2 1 1
I 11000 2 1 1
13000 2 1 1
18000-8000-SP 2 1 1
21000N 2 - -
5000 2 1 1
9400-9600 2 - 1

Hardware
NON STANDARD HARDWARE FOR SWITCHES Ø 6,35 (1/4) - ALL SERIES

KNURLED NUT KNURLED NUT KNURLED NUT
Ø7.70 2.54 Ø9.00 2.20 Ø8.00 2.00
(.204 DIA)
(.303 DIA) (.100) (.354 DIA) (.086) (.314 DIA) (.078)
Ø5.20
Ø6.35-40UNS Ø6.35-40UNS Ø6.35-40UNS
(1/4-40UNS) (1/4-40UNS) (1/4-40UNS)
Nickel plated U229

Nickel plated U369 Matt black U230 Chrome plated U501
KNURLED CAP NUT KNURLED CAP NUT DRESS NUT

Ø12.00 2.60
(.472 DIA) (.102) 11.10 2.28
(.188 DIA)
(.437) (.089)
Ø4.80
Ø9.00 2.70
(.188 DIA)
Ø4.80
(.354 DIA) (.106)
(.472 DIA)
Ø12.00
Ø6.35-40UNS Ø6.35-40UNS Ø6.35-40UNS
(1/4-40UNS) (1/4-40UNS) (1/4-40UNS)
Chrome plated U216 * Chrome plated U268 * Nickel plated U443

Matt black U218 Matt black U725 Matt black U848
* U216 and U268 : consult factory for mounting on 11000 three and four pole, and 5000 locking lever models.
OTHER HARDWARE FOR SWITCHES Ø 6,35 (1/4) - ALL SERIES

CONIC CAP NUT CONIC NUT SEALING WASHER
for keyway bushing

9.00 3.00 9.00 3.00
(.228)
5.80
(.204 DIA)
(.354) (.118) (.354) (.118)

Ø5.20
(.464 DIA)
(.417 DIA)
Ø11.80
Ø10.60
(.374 DIA)
Ø9.50
Ø6.35-40UNS Ø6.35-40UNS Ø6.40 2.30

(1/4-40UNS) (1/4-40UNS) (.251 DIA) (.090)
Nickel plated U500 Chrome plated U542 U360

Nickel plated U561
SPECIAL LOCKING RING SPECIAL LOCKING RING SEALING WASHER
Spacing 6,2 mm (.244) Spacing 4,75 mm (.187) for flatted bushing
Ø11.80
(.464 DIA) Ø8.70
(.342)
2.00 2.10
(.244)
6.20
(.078) (.078)
(.187)
(.228)
I
4.75
5.80
(.464 DIA)
(.417 DIA)
Ø11.80
Ø10.60
0.80 0.90
(.035)
(.228)
(.031)
5.80
(.228)
Ø6.50 Ø6.50
5.80
Ø6.40 2.30
(.255 DIA) (.255 DIA) (.251 DIA) (.090)
Nickel plated U368 Nickel plated U409 U5141

Hardware
STANDARD HARDWARE FOR SWITCHES Ø 10 (.393) - 10400 AND 10600 SERIES

KNURLED CAP NUT KNURLED NUT HEX NUT LOCKING RING LOCKWASHER
(std for10600) (std for 10400)
Ø14.00 2.20 12.00 2.30 Ø14.00 2.50 Ø14.40 0.50

Ø14.00 4.00 (.019)
(.259 DIA)
(.551 DIA) (.086) (.472) (.090) (.551 DIA) (.098) (.566 DIA)
(.551 DIA) (.157)
Ø6.60
(.370)
9.40
(.222)
5.65
1.10 1.40
(.043) (.055)
Ø10.00 x 0.75 SI Ø10.00 x 0.75 SI Ø10.00 x 0.75 SI Ø10.20 Ø10.30
(.393 DIA X 0.75 SI) (.393 DIA X 0.75 SI) (.393 DIA X 0.75 SI) (.401 DIA) (.405 DIA)
Chrome plated Nickel plated Nickel plated Nickel plated Zinc plated steel
U2220 U2311 U842 U844 U843
STANDARD HARDWARE FOR SWITCHES Ø 11,9 (15/32) - 12000, 13000X768 AND 5600M SERIES
HEX NUT LOCKING RING
HARDWARE SUPPLIED
SERIES
14.00
(.551)
2.30
(.090)
Ø18.20
(.716 DIA)
0.80
(.031)
HEX NUT LOCKING RING
12000 2 1
13000X768 1 -
(.440)
11.20
5600M 2 1
(.377)
9.60
8000X718 2 1
Ø11.90-32UNS 2.70
Ø12.20 (.106)
(15/32-32UNS) (.480 DIA)
Nickel plated U162 Nickel plated U121

Matt black U41 Matt black U12
NON STANDARD HARDWARE FOR SWITCHES Ø 11,9 (15/32) - 12000, 13000X768 AND 5600M SERIES
KNURLED NUT KNURLED CAP NUTS LOCKWASHER
Ø16.00 2.50 Ø16.00 4.00 Ø16.00 4.00 Ø17.00 0.50

(.629 DIA) (.098) (.629 DIA) (.157) (.629 DIA) (.157) (.669 DIA) (.019)
(.319 DIA)
(.362 DIA)
Ø8.10
Ø9.20
1.40
Ø11.90-32UNS Ø11.90-32UNS Ø11.90-32UNS Ø12.10 (.055)
(15/32-32UNS) (15/32-32UNS) (15/32-32UNS) (.476 DIA)
Nickel plated U53

Matt black U1634 Chrome plated U124 Chrome plated U123 Zinc plated steel U13
HARDWARE FOR SWITCHES Ø 16 OTHER HARDWARE WRENCHES

KNURLED NUT Ø18.50 4.50
SEALING WASHER
(.728DIA) (.177)
2.80 Ø12.00
I (.110) (.472 DIA)

(.590 DIA)
(.669 DIA)
Ø15.00
Ø17.00
(.437)
11.10
(.118)
3.00
Available for some accessories.

Ø16.00x1.00 SI 1.20-45°
(.629DIAx1.00 IS) (.047-45°)
U3327 U60 Consult factory.

Hardware
For industrial switches
• Standard hardware is indicated by darkened boxes.

For details of hardware supplied, please refer to beginning of each series.
• Special hardware is to be ordered separately.
Bushing Ø 12 (.472) thread 0,75

Bushing Ø 11,9 (15/32) thread 0,794-32UNS
Series IB/IS - IP - 660 - 600H - 600NH
Series 3500 - 6000
NUTS 1000 - 1200 - 1500 - 1600 - 1700 - 3600 - 4000
Chrome plated Nickel plated Matt black Chrome plated Nickel plated Matt black
brass brass brass brass brass brass
U53 U1634 U412 U411 U413

Ø16.00 2.50
(.63DIA) (.098)
U92 U162 U41 U212 U166 U183

14.00 2.30
(.551) (.09)
U35
Hex
16.00 3.50
(.629DIA) (.137)
cap nut
U42
(passive zinc
plated steel)
16.00 2.20
(.629DIA) (.086)
PAL nut
U117 U129
a = 8,5 (.334) a = 8,5 (.334)
a
U123
Ø16.00 4.00
U118 U130
(.629DIA) (.157) Knurled a = 10,3 (.405) a = 10,3 (.405)
cap nut
INSULATED NUT U520
For threaded bushing Ø 12 (.472) x 0,75 IS

Series 1500 - 4000 - 600NH - 6-600NH
Chrome
Blue Black Green Grey Yellow Red White Orange
Ø17.00
(.669DIA)
4.00
(.157) plated
ABS or polyamide with glass fibre U521 U522 U523 U524 U525 U526 U527/1 U528 U529 I
The locking ring U121 (nickel plated) or U12 (matt black) is only provided with tropicalized switches version T or G and
with series 3500 - 6000.
The lockwasher U13 must be ordered separately, except for series 660, 3500 and 6000.

Hardware
HARDWARE FOR SWITCHES Ø 12 (.472) AND 11,9 (15/32)

LOCKING RING LOCKWASHER SEALING WASHER
(.106)
2.80
(.11)
2.70
(.031)
0.80
Ø17.00 0.50
(.669 DIA) (.019)
Ø17.00
(.669DIA)
(.48DIA)
Ø12.20
(.066)
1.70
(.114)
1.40 Ø12.00 +0.10

2.90
Ø12.10 (.055) -0.03

Ø18.20 (.476 DIA)
(.716DIA) (.472DIA +0.003
)
-0.001
Nickel plated U121

Matt black U12 Zinc plated steel U13 Stainless steel and neoprene U60
SEALING WASHER FOR BOOTS GROUND CONNECTOR LOCKWASHER

(.039)
1.00
(.031)
0.80
Ø18.20
(.716DIA)
(.015)
0.40
(.48DIA)
Ø12.20
Ø5.80
(.228DIA)
6.35
(.25)
Ø21.00
Ø12.20 (.826DIA) Ø3.10
(.48DIA) (.122DIA)
Nylon U21 Nickel plated U187 Zinc plated steel U14
PLATES FOR SWITCHES Ø 12 (.472) AND 11,9 (15/32)

Marche - arrêt ON - OFF EIN - AUS I-0
(.019)
(.019)
(.019)
(.019)
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
Ø18.00 Ø18.00 Ø18.00 Ø18.00
(.708DIA) (.708DIA) ON (.708DIA) EIN (.708DIA) I
MARCHE
(1.102)
(1.102)
(1.102)
(1.102)
28.00
28.00
28.00
28.00
Ø12.20 ARRET Ø12.20 OFF Ø12.20 AUS Ø12.20

(.48DIA) (.48DIA) (.48DIA) (.48DIA)
U17 U19 U99 U1050
CONNECTING SCREW
Supplied with the switches

Ø6.00
(.236DIA)
(.177)
I
4.50
Ø3.00x0.5
(.118DIAx0.5)
U03

Hardware
HARDWARE FOR AV SERIES (ANTI-VANDAL AND SECURITY PUSHBUTTON SWITCHES)

HEX NUT FOR MODELS Ø 16 (.629) KNURLED NUT FOR MODELS Ø 16 (.629) KNURLED NUT FOR MODELS Ø 19 (.748)
19.00 3.00 Ø18.50 4.50 Ø22.00 4.50
(.748) (.118) (.728DIA) (.177) (.866DIA) (.177)
1.20-45°
(.047-45°)
(.118)
(.118)
3.00
3.00
ø16.00x1.00 SI Ø16.00x1.00 SI 1.20-45° Ø19.00x1.00 SI 1.30-45¡
(.629DIAx1.00 IS) (.629DIAx1.00 IS) (.047-45°) (.748DIAx1.00 IS) (.051-45¡)
10-621 10-960-5 U1977-5
HEX NUTS FOR MODELS Ø 19 (.748)

22.00
(.866)
4.00
(.157)
Wrench for nut U1977-5 available
under part number U1929.
1.30-45¡
(.051-45¡)
Ø19.00x1.00 SI
(.748DIAx1.00 IS)
10-855-5
HEX NUTS FOR MODELS Ø 22 (.866) HEX NUT FOR MODELS Ø 24 (.944)
27.00 4.00
25.00 4.00
(1.062) (.157)
(.984) (.157)
1.30-45¡ 1.30-45°
(.051-45¡) (.051-45°)
Ø22.00x1.00 SI ø24.00x1.00 SI
(.866DIAx1.00 IS) (.944DIAx1.00 IS)
10-856-5 U2059-5
All above nuts are made of nickel plated brass.

For switches with front panel sealing (option K), a neoprene O-ring is supplied with each nut.

Custom products
Section JA
J
01-Custom products-A_Custom products-A 18/12/12 16:08 Page2
Custom Products
Available for sale
The SWITCHES shown below are examples of catalog products adapted to meet a
specific need. They illustrate APEM’s capability to develop custom products. They
are available for sale and can be purchased under the model number indicated
in bold characters.
5000 series class II

• Double insulation
• Wire lead terminals to customer’s specifications
• Flatted lever of 21,3 mm (.838) outside bushing
Ø5.00 20°±2°
2.54
➞ Keyway (.196 DIA)
(.100)
Ø6.35-40UNS
(1/4-40UNS)
21.30
(.838)
(.039)
1.00
Ø2.20 Ø8.00
(.314)
8.00
(.086 DIA) (.314 DIA)
EPOXY
(.649)
16.50
Ø6.50
(.204)
5.20
(.255 DIA)
10.00
(.393)
EPOXY
15.20
5636A-8 X1231 (.598)
!
IR with translucent backlighted bezel New
This model is intended to offer better illumination.
It allows the user to see the status of the switch even if not in front of the device and
the illumination remains visible when the finger is on the plunger.
This option is available on nearly all IR models.
On request.
!
Fully sealed module including 2 pushbuttons New
This module consists of a specific plate and 2 standard IP pushbuttons.
Front panel sealing is enhanced with the use of U5125 sealing boots.
Rear panel sealing is also reinforced with additional resin.
This solution is ideal for outdoor applications where sand, dust, rain or
condensation may occur.
On request.
J
J-2 www.apem.com APEM

Custom Products
Available for sale
The PUSHBUTTON SWITCHES shown below are examples of catalog products

adapted to meet a specific need. They illustrate APEM’s capability to develop
custom products. They are available for sale and can be purchased under the
model number indicated in bold characters.
Vertical right angle SMT TP series

• Excellent stability and mechanical strength
• Saves space on the printed circuit board
• Supplied in tape and reel packaging for pick and place equipment
• Also available for TL series toggle switches
5.08 4.76
(.200) (.187)
3.175
(.098DIA)
13.60
Ø2.50
(.125)
(.535)
7.62 3.175
(.300) = = (.125)
5.08
(.149)
(.106)
(.169)
1.40 3.80
2.70
4.30
(.200)
Ø1.00 0/-0.10
(.118)
(.055)
3.00
3.175 2.54 (.039DIA 0/-.004)
(.125) (.100)
= =
==
=
9.10 40°
(.358) 0.10
=
5.90
(.118)
(.216)
3.00
5.50
(.039)
GRAVITY POINT (.232)
1.00
(.177)
1.40
4.50
= = (.055)
Date
3 2 1
APEM 3.175
(.336)
(.336)
8.55
8.55
(.125)
2.00
(.078)
(.039)
0.70
1.00
TP32VS83585 (.027)
5.50
(.216)
2.54 2.54 9.10 5.70 4.50
(.100) (.100) (.358) (.224) (.177)
13000 series with mechanical stop and stranded wire leads

• External mechanical stop designed to protect contact mechanism against excessive force
• Stranded wire leads to customer specifications : AWG24, MIL approved
• Terminals/wires protected by heatshrink sleeves
• Matt black finish
➞ Flat Ø8.00
(.314 DIA)
Ø11.9 32UNS
(.468-32UNS)
(.295) (.354)
7.50 9.00
(.090)
2.30
5.10
(.200) Ø16.00
(.629 DIA)
14.20
(.196) (.559)
3 1
5.00 14.20
2 14.00
(.059)
(.559)
1.50
(.551)
Ø12.00
(.472 DIA) 0.50
EPOXY
(.019)
(18.00±.250)
457.2±6.35
2.50
(.098)
13445CDG-29 X1204
J
APEM www.apem.com J-3

Custom Products
Available for sale
The PUSHBUTTON SWITCHES shown below are examples of catalog products

adapted to meet a specific need. They illustrate APEM’s capability to develop
custom products. They are available for sale and can be purchased under the
model number indicated in bold characters.
Limit switch
A limit switch is an electro-mechanical device consisting of an actuator
mechanically linked to a set of contacts. When an object comes into
contact with the actuator, the device operates the contacts to make or
break an electical connection.
This custom switch has been developed to detect the extreme position
of a clutch pedal, to operate the electrical clutch in a very harsh
environment.
• Stainless steel actuator
• Sealing : rear IP67, front IP40
• Operating temperature : -30°C to + 65°C
• Electrical life : 1.000.000 cycles
• Silver contacts
• Current/voltage rating : 2A 12VDC
DA058
AV pushbutton with very long life expectancy

• Highly reliable contact mechanism - Silver contacts
• Electrical life : 5 million cycles at 250mA 24VDC
• Mechanical life : 10 million cycles
• No sealing
4.50
(.177)
Ø17.00
(.669DIA)
(.708DIA)
(.468DIA)
(.665DIA)
Ø11.90
Ø16.90
Ø18.00
5.00 18.00
(.196) (.708)
AV1630A9X2346
J

Custom Products
Available for sale
The SWITCHES shown below are examples of catalog products adapted to meet a
specific need. They illustrate APEM’s capability to develop custom products. They
are available for sale and can be purchased under the model number indicated in
bold characters.
Double pole NK series

• Two switches with a common actuator
• Terminal spacing : 5,08 mm (.200)
• Travel : 1,60 mm (.062)
2.30
(.062)
1.60
(.090)
II I
(.318)
8.10
3 1 2
(.019)
0.50
2.54
2.54 Ø0.60
(.100)
(.118)
(.023 DIA)
3.00
(.100)
10.00
(.393)
(.200)
5.08
II I
1.60
Ø0.80 (.062)
1 1
(.031 DIA)
(.303)
7.70
3 2 3 2
11.60 II I
(.456)
1 1
NK246 X1211
3 2 3 2
Pendant switch
• Remote hand-held pushbutton
• Sealed to IP67
• Coiled cord with a 3,5 mm jack plug, cord length up to 4 meters
• Applications : nurse call, push-to-talk...
Ø32.00
(1.260DIA)
Ø12.00
(.472DIA)
(.252)
6.40
(1.968)
50.00
(.137DIA/Black)
Ø3.5/Noir
Ø3.5(.137DIA) Stereo Plug
Nickel plated
700±50
ISR3SAD200107 (27.56±1.96)

Custom Products
Customer exclusivity - switches
The custom switches shown below have been entirely developed to APEM’s customers’
specifications. They are the exclusive propriety of the customer who has supported the
tooling costs. They illustrate APEM’s capability to find solutions to the most specific switch
requirements.
Rocker detect switch
This rocker is used as a detect switch to stop a motor.
It has been engineered to fit a tight space specified by the customer.

The actuator shape has been specially designed for detection of the
extreme positions of the linear motor in which the switch is mounted.
“One key - one function” switch
This custom switch includes 3 keys designed to control a window blind

motor.
The two side keys are available in momentary or maintained functions

or a combination momentary/maintained configuration.
This product was developed to meet NF-EN6066-1, a requirement of

the application.
“Reed” rocker switch
This rocker switch features :

• Very long electrical life : > 2.000.000 cycles
• 2 electrical functions (3 maintained or momentary positions)
• Mounting from rear of panel
• Stranded wire lead terminals

Custom Products
Customer exclusivity - switch and module
Safety enabling switch

• Three position switch for safety “dead man” application,
complying with IEC 60947-5-8.
• Redundant contacts with “emergency stops”.
• Patent pending
0
F<30N
1
F>40N
0 = open contact
1 = closed contact 0
APEM’s experienced switch design team, advanced development tools and vertical
integration enable the company to develop products beyond conventional switches.
The highest level of integration is achieved with modules combining several
technologies to offer added value and reduced cost.
• The integration of the different functions begins at the design stage and results in higher
product reliability, improved performance, reduced weight and easier assembly.
• This approach reduces costs and development time for the equipment manufacturer.
• Each module is an innovative solution and therefore requires specific tooling for injection,
stamping, testing and assembly.
• Tooling costs are amortized on large production runs.
The example below is an integrated module for an automotive application.
Door latch module
• Customer problem
Several components (PC boards, connectors, switches, connector pins
for motors, motors), thus several suppliers and assembly stages.
Lack of reliability due to the numerous electrical connections.
• APEM solution
A single integrated module, 100 % tested, ready for mounting.

Technical info & gloss-A-2012_Technical info & glossary-A 21/11/12 17:32 PageI
Technical information
SPECIFICATIONS
Dimensions, specifications and data shown in this catalogue are subject to change without notice. Consequently, they are
not contractual in any case. Electrical, mechanical and endurance specifications are based upon in-house tests made by
APEM. These tests are conducted using internationally recognised procedures. In the event of a product being used under
different conditions, the user must ensure the product’s suitability for use under those conditions. Incorrect storage,
handling, operation or application of the product may result in damage to the product or equipment.
The negative value indicated under “Operating temperature” is given for normal usage conditions (products free of
moisture, which could generate frost or ice and block the mechanism).
The specifications give the technical performances of the switches. If the equipment on which our products are mounted is
submitted to safety standards, the customer should select approved models or models conforming to the standards (marked
CE only). Consult factory for details of models that can be marked CE.
DRAWINGS
Products are shown with their standard actuator (for other actuators, see options).
Scale : drawings in this catalogue are to different scales : ask for a data sheet if you need other dimensions for a
specific part number.
TOLERANCES
Unless otherwise specified, the general tolerance for dimensions in this catalogue is ± 0,3 (.012).
Overall dimension tolerance is ± 0,5 (.020). Ask for a data sheet for further information.
SOLDERING CONDITIONS
Hand soldering with iron : 300°C, 3 seconds max.
SEALING OF TERMINALS
Due to the new generations of active flux, epoxy sealing of terminals is preferred, to prevent any risk of switch
contamination.
ROHS COMPLIANCE
The RoHS directive 2002/95/EC of the European parliament and of the Council of 27 January 2003 restricts the use of
certain harzardous substances in electrical and electronic equipment: Mercury (Hg), Cadmium (Cd), Hexavalent Chrome
(Cr+6), Polybrominated biphenyls (PBB) and Polybrominated diphenyl ethers (PBDE including decaBDE), Lead (Pb).
. Standard products manufactured by APEM are already and will remain in compliance with the restriction of the
marketing and use of the above mentioned substances imposed by such directive.
. Switches for printed circuit boards with tin/lead plated terminals (SnPb) have been replaced by components with pure
tin plating.
. For specific options using LED illumination, wires are soldered with lead-free solder.
There is no change of part number for RoHS compliant products.
Some specific products or options can still be supplied in non-RoHS version with customer’s agreement.
APEM www.apem.com I
Technical info & gloss-A-2012_Technical info & glossary-A 21/11/12 17:32 PageII
Contacts and ratings
CONTACT MATERIALS
Several contact technologies are available depending on models :
A End contacts : silver.
Center contacts and terminals : brass, silver plated.
For high ratings at 125VAC - 250VAC or over 0,1A 30VDC (levels III and IV).
AD End contacts : silver with gold plating over nickel barrier.
Center contacts and terminals : brass, gold plated.
For low level applications (levels I and II).
Can be used for high ratings (level IV),
the gold layer being considered only as a protection against oxidation during storage.
CD Contacts and terminals : brass with gold plating over nickel barrier.
or LD For low level applications up to 20mA 20VDC or 80mA 5VDC (levels I and II).
X780 Silver rivet, gold plated (11000 and 12000 series).
A End contacts : silver rivet or silver inlay.
If not specified in model number, the contact material is indicated in the specifications of each series.
C Silver plated copper or brass.
Silver cadmium oxide contacts (S) which used to be available on the 4000 - 600H - 600NH and 2600 series, are
discontinued and will be replaced by silver tin oxyde contacts before 2005.
HIGH INRUSH CURRENTS

Special contact materials and switch constructions allow particularly high inrush currents to be taken by some models of the
5000, 11000 and 12000 series.
ELECTRICAL LEVELS
1. Standard miniature switches Recommended contacts 2. Industrial switches - silver contacts

Level I : very low level
Telecommunications
D, AD or CD contacts
Level II : low level
General electronic
applications
D, AD or CD contacts
Level III : intermediate level
Low voltage
Electric appliances
A or AD contacts
Level IV :
Mains power supply
A contact
The above curves feature all the ratings available in our product range. Hatched areas show minimum ratings.
Maximum ratings are indicated in the specifications of each series. Note that max. current is given for standard life
expectancy. For specific applications, higher currents can be applied, resulting in reduced life expectancy and vice-versa.
Consult factory.
LOW CURRENT OR DRY CIRCUIT (level I)

The quality of the gold plating (hardness, porosity, adherence) and the design of the contacts (pressure or sliding contact)
allow the use of very low currents down to 10µA 5V or 10mA 50mV depending on models, measurable according to
IEC 512-2, test 2a.
II www.apem.com APEM
Technical info & gloss-A-2012_Technical info & glossary-A 21/11/12 17:32 PageIII
Positions and connections for 3-way switches
Function 4
MINIATURE SWITCHES Model structure 5000 and 7000 series

5000 and 7000 series are available with CT or
TH connections.
Desired connections are to be specified in enlarged box of POLES CONNECTIONS
model structure. (CT OR TH) MOMENTARY
MODEL ELECTRICAL (1R OR 2R)
12000 and S series are available with TH connections only. FUNCTIONS
TERMINALS
FUNCTION 4 - TYPE TH (preferred) - 5000 - 7000 - 12000 - S - SR series ➞ Keyway

3 3 3 E : input
S : output
2 III 2 II 2 I
1 1 1 S.4 I
E
5 S.1 II
3 6 9 12 3 6 9 12 3 6 9 12 S.3 III
2 5 8 11 2 2 S.10I
5 8 11 5 8 11
TH E
11 S.7 II
1 4 7 10 1 4 7 10 1 4 7 10
S.9 III
FUNCTION 4 - TYPE CT (reversed) - 5000 - 7000 series
3 3 3
2 III 2 II 2 I
1 1 1 S.1 I
E
5 S.3 II
3 3 3 S.6 III
6 9 12 6 9 12 6 9 12
S.7 I
2 5 8 11 2 5 8 11 2 5 8 11 CT
E
11 S.9 II
1 4 7 10 1 4 7 10 1 4 7 10 S.12 III
Single pole switches in a double pole case SP DP Dotted line between poles : jumper
Double pole switches in a four pole case to be wired by the user.
INDUSTRIAL SWITCHES : 600 600H - 3600NF - 6000 AND 2600 SERIES

FUNCTION 4-1R FUNCTION 4-2R
FUNCTION 4
(momentary one side) (momentary both sides)
ON ON ON MOM ON ON MOM ON MOM

5-6 5-6 5-4 5-6 5-6 5-4 5-6 5-6 5-4 ▲
2-3 2-1 2-1 2-3 ▲ 2-1 2-1 2-3 ▲ 2-1 2-1
4
4 5 6 4 5 6 4 5 6 5 6 4 5 6 4 5 6 4 5 6 4 5 6 4 5 6
1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3
ON ON ON
• Common ° Maintained ▲ Momentary
Terminals 2 and 6 must be connected by the user
for a 3 way switch. Single pole switches in a double pole case. 3 3 3
5 1 5 1 5 1
4 4 4
APEM www.apem.com III

Technical info & gloss-A-2012_Technical info & glossary-A 21/11/12 17:32 PageIV
Switches for peak currents
• For switching power supplies, DC-DC converters, motors ...

• Peak current with 125/250VAC according to IEC 1058 (Fig 1) and direct current 60VDC (Fig 2)
• 2 maintained positions
Testing circuit AC voltage I (A)

Figure 1
100
R2 Rated current (rms)

50
150
E R1 0
D C 50 100 200
R3
T (ms)
-50
Peak value
-100
Specimen
Testing circuit DC voltage Current/voltage rating examples :

Figure 2 Specimen
L 4 / 100A 250VAC 10.000 cycles

+
Inrush Life
R current
60VDC
C1 C2 (Fig 1)
Nominal Max.
‡
- AC current AC voltage
I (A)
Peak intensity
100%
3 / 80A (10 ms) 60VDC 10.000
cycles
Inrush Max.
current voltage
(Fig 2)
10%
Nominal Inrush Life
current duration
T (ms)
T (ms)
See 11000 and 12000 series, section A, special option X910.
IV www.apem.com APEM
Technical info & gloss-A-2012_Technical info & glossary-A 21/11/12 17:32 PageV
Degrees of protection : IP and IK codes
The degree of protection is indicated by 2 letters and 2 numbers. IP•• degree of protection provided by the enclosures of electric
Example : I P 6 5 appliances according to IEC 60529 and DIN 40050.
IK.•• degree of protection provided by the enclosures of
protection against water electric appliances against external mechanical impacts
protection against dust according to EN 62262.
1st number : protection against ingress of solid objects 2nd number : protection against liquids IK code :
IP tests IP tests mechanical protection
0 Non-protected 0 Non-protected
Protected against solid

Protected against vertically
1 objects of 50 mm (1.968) 1
falling water drops
and greater
Protected against solid Protected against vertically

2 objects of 12,5 mm (.492) 2 falling water drops when
and greater enclosure tilted up to 15°
Protected against solid Protected against water

3 objects of 2,5 mm (.098) 3 sprayed vertically at an angle
and greater up to 60°
Protected against solid The degree of mechanical

Protected against splashing
4 objects of 1 mm (.039) 4 protection is now defined
water
and greater by the letters IK according
to EN 62262.
Dust-protected (no harmful Protected against water jets
5 5
ingress) from any direction
Protected against powerful

6 Dust-tight (no ingress) 6
water jets
Protected against the effects of

1m
For an additional protection of switches 7 temporary immersion in water

used in harsh environments against sand, (1 m water, 30 minutes)
frost or other contaminants that may cause
Protected against the effects
switch failure, we recommend the use of
of continuous immersion in
x
sealing boots, section H. 8

water
(depth x to be specified)
Sealing IP69K High pressure, high temperature wash down

IP69K test conditions
. Pressure : 80 - 120 bars
. Distance : 15 cm
. Flow : 14 - 16 l/mn
3
Illustration : PBA series switch.
1
➀ One-piece bushing
➁ Epoxy sealed terminals
2
➂ O-ring
APEM www.apem.com V
Technical info & gloss-A-2012_Technical info & glossary-A 21/11/12 17:32 PageVI
Surface mount
TYPICAL SMT REFLOW PROFILE Temperature

°C
The P.C. board, carried by a conveyor belt, 245
goes through the different areas of a reflow

soldering oven : 200
- pre-heating (maximum 170°C, 60 secs)
- reflow peak (maximum 245°C) 170
- final cleaning (optional) 150

60 s
100
Time
0
0 60 120 180 240 t (s)
pre-heating
préchauffage drying
séchage reflow
pic de gradual cooling
refroidissement
stabilization
stabilisation peak
refusion
BOARD REWORK TECHNIQUE

Hot air reflow technique is preferred. Avoid use of a traditional soldering iron.
Caution : Excessive and/or repeated high temperature exposure may affect switch
performance and reliability.
TYPICAL LEAD-FREE SMT REFLOW PROFILE

Complying with the ROHS directive. Temperature
Tpeak
Example of Pb-free profile requirements T3
for soldering heat resistance

Specification
Parameter Reference T1
(small case)
Temperature gradient in preheating 3°C/s max.
Soak time tsoak 2-3 minutes
Time above 217°C t1 60-150 seconds
Time within 5°C of actual peak
temperature t3 20-40 seconds
Peak temperature in reflow Tpeak 260°C (+0/-5°C)

Temperature gradiant in cooling 6°C/second max.
Time 25°C to peak temperature 8 minutes max.
t3
Time
tsoak
t1
VI www.apem.com APEM
Technical info & gloss-A-2012_Technical info & glossary-A 21/11/12 17:32 PageVII
Glossary
AC : Alternating current; electric current that continually reverses direction at a fixed CONTACT BOUNCE (Bounce) : The time during switching in which electrical instability
frequency (see VAC). (bounce) caused by the rebound of the contacts is observed. Relative mass of the
contacts, forces and frequency of supporting members are all components that
ACTUATION FORCE : (Operating Force) : The force required to change the actuator of a determine the extent of bounce. Total transfer time consists of the time for the contacts
switch from one position to another. Torque for rotary products. to close plus bounce. Transfer time should be rapid so natural bounce time is short.
ACTUATOR : A movable part of a switch which causes a change in the electrical CONTACT GAP : The distance between a stationary contact and a movable contact in the
configuration of the switch. e.g. : Toggle, Rocker, Slider, Paddle, Pushbuttons, Shaft open position.
ALLOY : A metal created by combining two or more metals to obtain a specific physical CONTACT RATING (Switching rating) : The capacity to switch (connect or interrupt) an
property electrical load.
Load characteristic (resistive, inductive, capacitive, power factor).
ALTERNATE ACTION : Push to close and push to open the switch. A given circuit condition Contrast with non-switching rating.
remains after removal of actuating force. Also known as "push-push switching action".
Typically, alternate action pushbuttons do not visually indicate the position of the CONTACT RESISTANCE : The resistance across the two closed contacts : contact interface
contacts. Contrast to latching action. and terminals.
ANGLE OF THROW : Indicates total travel arc on toggle or rocker switches. Unit of CREEPAGE : The unwanted flow of electrical current from one conductive part to
measure : degrees another.
ANTISTATIC : An antistatic device will withstand a specified potential without conducting CSA : Canadian Standard Association
between the actuator and any conducting element. Usually the terminals or bushing.
Unit of measure : typical value 8-20 kilovolts DC. CYCLE : The complete sequence of indexing through all successive switch positions and
returning to the original position.
ANSI : American National Standard Institute; a standard-setting agency of the United
States which approves the design and/or performances of electronic/electrical DC : Direct Current : electric current that flows only in one direction (see VDC).
components distributed in the world market.
DETENT : A mechanical stop that holds the contacts in a given position after the
ARCING : The flow of electric current between switch contacts during opening or closing actuation force is removed or prevents the changing of contact position at less than a
of the contacts. This current flow can be damaging to the contacts of a switch. specified actuation force. Can also be referred to as tactile feel.
BIFURCATED CONTACT : A wiping movable contact consisting of spring fingers that grip
fixed contacts. Typically found in slide switches. Self cleaning action. DIELECTRIC STRENGTH : The ability of an insulating material to withstand a voltage
See Wiping Contact. without arcing across its surface. The standard voltage that can be applied between two
open terminals or between a terminal and ground without causing short. Most often
BOUNCE : The repeated rebounding of the moveable contact during the transfer from applied to insulator between switch terminals and metal exposed to operator of the
one throw to the next. switch. Also known as Dielecric Withstanding Voltage, DWV, Leakage resistance,
Breakdown Voltage.
BRASS : An alloy of zinc and copper
DIFFERENTIAL TRAVEL : The distance an actuator moves between the point where
BREAK-BEFORE-MAKE (Non shorting - B.B.M.) : On actuation, the movable contact contacts snap over and where they snap back, or when contact is made and then
breaks contact with one fixed contact before making contact with another fixed brakes.
contact. Contrast with make-before break. Typical of toggle and pushbutton switches.
DIP : DIP-in-line Package (in Europe also, DIL : Dual-in-line) refers to a component
BUTT CONTACT : A contact mechanism in which the movable contact makes contact with with two rows of PC terminals. The terminals are most commonly on a 0,100" pitch
the fixed (stationary) contact without wiping motion between the surfaces. Typical of with 0,300" between rows.
toggle and pushbutton switches. See Wiping Contact.
DOUBLE-BREAK CONTACTS : A contact mechanism using two sets of contacts to make or
CAPACITIVE LOAD : A load in which the initial current on making (closing) of the break a given circuit. The contact gap opens twice as fast, reducing the arc duration,
contacts is higher than the steady state current. Current leads voltage in capacitive contact surface temperature and material erosion. This improves heat dissipation and
loads. See Resistive Load, Inductive Load, Power Factor, Inrush. provides better power handling capacity for a longer switch life. Typical of high power
industrial switches and DC Circuit application.
CARRYING CURRENT : The maximum current that can be passed through the already See Single-Break Contacts.
closed contacts of a switch.Contrast with "Contact Rating".
DP : Double pole. See pole.
CLEARANCE (spacing) : Distance through air between electrically live parts of opposite
polarity or to ground. DRY CIRCUIT : An application in which power level do not cause arcing melting, or
softening of the contacts . Typically requires gold plated contacts for reliable switch
CONTACT (Contact area) : The metal surfaces that come into physical contact to operation. At such low levels, and since no arc occurs, silver contacts would not be self-
complete an electrical circuit. These surfaces are found on movable contacts (see) and cleaned and would be less reliable. Typical Definition : for ex. 0.4VA max. 20 V DC or
terminals (see). peak AC max. Also known as "Low Energy", "Logic Level", TTL.
CONTACT BLOCK : A switching element which is added singly or in groups to an DWV : Dielectric Withstanding Voltage. See Dielectric Strength.
operator to make a complete switch. Typically used with industrial controls (APEM A01
and A02 series). DT : Double Throw. See Throw.
APEM www.apem.com VII

Technical info & gloss-A-2012_Technical info & glossary-A 21/11/12 17:32 PageVIII
Glossary
DUST TIGHT : Sealed switch will withstand sand and dust contamination.
IP : An industrial specification (Part of the IEC529 standard) used worldwide to indicate
ELECTRICAL LIFE : The number of operations at a given electrical load that does not the degree of protection provided by components against accidental contact,
result in a degradation of any electrical or mechanical parameter beyond the standard penetration of solids or liquids into or through the component.See NEMA.
set by the applicable end-of-life criteria.
LAMP LOAD (Tungsten) : A load characterised by a high inrush current at make
END OF LIFE CRITERIA : Those specifications that a switch must meet at the end of its (approximately 10 to 16 times the steady state).
specified electrical life. Typically contact resistance and/or heat rise of contacts at full
rated load at end of life. LATCHING ACTION : See alternate action (or push-push). Actuator position typically
indicates contact position.
ENVIRONMENTAL SEAL : A seal that totally encapsulates the switch providing a specified
level of protection against intrusion of solids, liquids or gases into the body of the LEAKAGE BARRIER : A ridge or web molded into a switch housing between terminals or
device. contacts to increase the surface distance between them.
ESD : Electrostatic discharge. LEAKAGE RESISTANCE : Dielectric strength
FIXED CONTACT (Stationary contact) : The non-moving contact. Typically integral to the LED : Light Emitting Diode. Long life and low consumption illumination
end of the terminal inside the switch body.
LIFE : See Electrical life, Mechanical Life.
FLASH PLATING : A very thin or "instant" plating (usually less than 0.25 microns in
thickness). LOGIC LEVEL : Refers to power levels typical of solid state electronic circuits (TTL, CMOS,
etc.). Levels at which no arcing, melting or softening of the contacts occur. Typically
FLUX : Chemical used for cleaning metal surfaces for welding. Fluxes turn require gold contacts for reliability since no arcing occurs to self clean the contacts. See
contaminated metal surfaces into clean, solderable part. Dry circuit. Also referred to as low energy
GOLD FLASH : A plating of gold typically less than 10 micro-inches (milliononths) thick. LOW ENERGY : See Dry circuit.
Used only as a barrier to oxidation or corrosion of terminals to maintain solderability.
MAINTAINED : A position of a switch which remains unchanged when actuation force is
GULL WING : A type of surface mount terminal which extends from the side of the removed from switch actuator. Contrast with Momentary.
switch and has a L-shaped bend at its end (terminals are formed away from the switch
body). MAKE-BEFORE-BREAK (shorting, MBB) : Movable contacts make the next circuit before
breaking the first circuit. Typically found in slide switches. Contrast with Break-before-
HEAT RISE : An indirect measurement of contact resistance used by rating agencies. The make.
temperature rise over ambient of a contact set carrying a prescribed current is
measured to determine whether it falls within safe limits. MAKE AND BREAK : Opening one circuit before completing another on the same pole
IEC : International Electrotechnical Commission MECHANICAL LIFE : The number of operations of a switch without electrical load that
does not result in a degradation of parameters beyond the standard set by the
IECQ : IEC's Quality Assessment system for Electronic Components, created in 1983 to applicable end-of-life criteria.
facilitate national and international trade in certified electronic components. A
worldwide certification system which provides a method whereby electronic MOISTURE PROOF : Sealed switch will withstand high humidity and limited exterior
components made and handled by approved manufacturers and distributors can be environment such as rain.
used anywhere without further testing.
MOMENTARY ACTION : Mechanically returning from a temporary switch position to the
INDUCTIVE LOAD : A load in which the initial current on making (closing) of the normal switch position
contacts is lower than steady state and rises slowly. On breaking (opening) of the
contacts, the current is greater than steady state. The stored energy of the inductor MOVABLE CONTACT : The contact moved by the switch actuator into and away from
provokes a long and severe arcing time. Current lags voltage in inductive loads. Motors contact with a fixed contact thus forming the electrical circuits possible for a given
are the most common inductive load. Inductive loads are the most troublesome of device.
circuit conditions. See Resistive Load. Capacitive Load.
NC : See Normally Closed
INFRARED REFLOW : A method of mass soldering Surface Mount Devices with Infra Red
(IR) thermal radiation heating the PCB solder paste and components. NEMA : National Electrical Manufacturers' Association. A US Standards setting group.
For switch products most often applied to switches mounted in various enclosures
INRUSH : The initial transitory high-level of current at contact closing (making). A offering specified degrees of protection against intrusion of liquids, dust, corrosive
characteristic of capacitive and some resistive loads. The inrush currents can be large elements, etc. NEMA ratings are common in industrial or outdoor applications. See IP.
and long enough to cause severe degradation of the contacts.
See Resistive Load. Capacitive Load. Power Factor. NO : See Normally Open.
INSERT MOLD : In switches and relays used to refer to terminations that are placed in NON-SHORTING : See Break-Before-Make
the mold so that plastic is molded around the terminations. The chief benefit is an
inherent seal against the intrusion of flux into the body of the device. Therefore no NON-SWITCHING RATING : The power carring capacity of a switch after contact closure
epoxy terminal seal is required. and end of contact bounce. Typically far higher than the contact rating (switching
rating) of a switch.
INSULATION RESISTANCE : The electrical resistance between two normally insulated NORMALLY CLOSED (NC) : Normally closed contacts are closed when the switch
parts measured at a specified DC voltage. actuator is in its unactuated position (e.g., the plunger is in the resting position in the
VIII www.apem.com APEM

Technical info & gloss-A-2012_Technical info & glossary-A 21/11/12 17:32 PageIX
Glossary
case of a pushbutton switch). rather independent of the speed of actuator travel
NORMALLY OPEN (NO) : Normally open contacts are open when the switch actuator is SPACING : See Clearance
in its unactuated or resting position.
SPDT : Single pole double throw. See Pole, See Throw.
OIL-TIGHT : A generic term for a panel seal (see) commonly used in industrial settings.
Defined by NEMA (see) standard. SPLASHPROOF : Sealed switch will withstand heavy rain or stream of water.
See Panel Seal.
OPEN FRAME : Typical to slide switches ; open frame construction allows for automatic
solder process and post solder cleaning. Contrast with "washable". SPRING RETURN : See momentary.
OPERATING FORCE : See Actuation Force. STORAGE TEMPERATURE : The range of temperature within which the device may be
stored. Typically this is a wider range than operating temperature.
OPERATING TEMPERATURE : The range of temperature within which the device may be
used. SURFACE MOUNT DEVICES (SMD) : Components that are compatible with surface mount
PC board technology. Holes are not used for component mounting. Component leads
OPERATOR : A panel-mounted mechanical device (pushbutton, selector, keylock, etc.) are soldered to pads on the surface of the PC board (on the same side as the
without contacts to which one or more contact blocks may be added to make a components). For switches, typically defined by surface mount terminations (e.g., J-
complete switch (See APEM A01-A02 Series). Bend. L-Bend, butt, etc.) and compatibility with surface mount soldering (e.g., vapor
phase reflow, infrared, etc.) and cleaning processes.
OVERTRAVEL : The distance the actuator may move between initial electrical contact
position and the extreme mechanical position of the actuator. See Travel, Pretravel. SURFACE MOUNT TECHNOLOGY (SMT) : See SMD
PANEL SEAL : A panel seal provides a defined level of protection against penetration of TACTILE FEEL (FEEDBACK) : The switching action felt by the operator of the switch
liquids through the switch and switch-to-panel interface to the rear of a panel. (same as click action or positive action). Audible or "feel" snap or click that indicates
contact movements.
PCB : Printed circuit board
TERMINAL : The metal portion of a switch, exterior to the body, that is used to connect
POLE : Single common electrical input having one or more outputs. The number of the switch to an electrical circuit. Example : PC, wire lug, quick-connect, wire-wrap, etc.
seperate circuits that can be active through a switch at any one time. A single-pole
switch allows one closed circuit at a time. A double-pole switch allows two closed THROW : The number of circuits that can be controlled by any one pole of a switch.
circuits, etc. Example : In a single-pole-double-throw (SPDT) switch, only one circuit may be
completed at a time. However, there are two possible circuits (throws) that can be
POWER FACTOR (PF) : A measure of the inductive or capacitive character of an made.
electrical load.
TRANSLUCENT : Transmitting light so that objects lying beyond cannot be seen
PRETRAVEL : The distance the actuator moves from a rest position (or free position) to distinctly.
electrical make at another position. See Travel, Overtravel.
TRANSPARENT : Transmitting light so that objects lying beyond can be seen distinctly.
PUSH-ON / PUSH-OFF : See Alternate Action.
TRAVEL : The total distance the actuator can move. See Pretravel, Overtravel.
PUSH-PUSH : See Alternate Action.
TWO CIRCUITS : A circuit in which one circuit is completed in one position and another
QUICK-CONNECT TERMINAL : Flat tab or blade style terminals designed to accept push- separate circuit is completed in an other position.
on female wire connectors (instead of soldering). The most popular sizes are : 0.250".
0.187". 0.110" wide. UL : Underwriters laboratories Inc.
RATING : See contact rating VAC : Voltage, alternating current (see AC)
RESISTIVE LOAD : Current and voltage are in steady state on opening or closing the VDC : Voltage, direct current (see DC)
switch. See capacitive load, Inductive load, Power factor, Inrush.
VDE : Verband Deutscher Elektrotechniker of Germany
SEMKO : Svenska Elektriska Materielkontrollanstalten of Sweden
WASHABLE : Applied to PC board mounted devices indicating compatibility with
SEV : Schweizerischer Elektrotechnisher Verein of Switzerland cleaning processes used after soldering. No degradation of electrical or mechanical
parameters occurs. The switch is sealed to keep contaminents out of the contact area.
SHORTING CONTACT : Contacts which make-before-break.
See Make-before-Break WAVE SOLDERING : A method of soldering in which a wave of molten solder contacts
the components on the PCB as the PC Board with the components is conveyed through
SILICON RUBBER : Rubber made from silicone elastomers which keeps its high level of the process.
flexibility, resilience and tensile strength over a wide temperature range.
WIPING ACTION : Sliding of contacts over one another resulting in cleaning of the
SINGLE BREAK CONTACTS : A contact mechanism using one set of contacts to make or contacts.
break a given circuit. Typical of electronic or low power switches.
See Double-Break Contacts.
SNAP ACTION : The fast transfer of contacts from one position to another, this action is
APEM www.apem.com IX
Addresses-A.2012-Page XII_Addresses+notes-A.qxd 21/11/12 17:12 PageXII
Addresses
MANUFACTURING AND SALES LOCATIONS
FRANCE ITALY UNITED KINGDOM UNITED STATES

APEM - Headquarters APEM ITALIA Srl APEM COMPONENTS Ltd APEM COMPONENTS LLC.
55, av. Edouard Herriot Via Marconi, 147G Drakes Drive 63, Neck Road
BP 1 12030 Marene (CN) Long Crendon, Haverhill, Ma 01835-8025
82303 Caussade Cedex Tel.: (+39) 01 72 74 31 70 Bucks HP18 9BA - England Toll free : (+1) 877 246 7890
Tel.: (+33) 5 63 93 14 98 Fax: (+39) 01 72 74 31 71 Tel.: (+44) 1844 202400 Tel.: (+1) 978 372 1602
Fax: (+33) 5 63 93 19 03 e-mail: apem.italia@apem.it Fax: (+44) 1844 202500 Fax: (+1) 978 372 3534
e-mail: www.apem.it e-mail: e-mail: info@apem.com
commercial@apem.fr sales@apem.co.uk www.apem.com
www.apem.fr www.apem.co.uk
SALES SUBSIDIARIES / OFFICES
BENELUX CHINA GERMANY SWEDEN

APEM BENELUX nv/sa APEM Representative Office APEM GmbH APEM AB
Avenue Excelsiorlaan 21 Rong Guang Building, 602A Gewerbehof Giesing Isafjordsgatan 35
1930 Zaventem - Belgium 11, Changshun Road Pauldorfferstrasse 34, 2. OG 16440 Kista
Tel.: (+32) 2 725 05 00 200051 Shanghai 81549 Munich Tel.: (+46) 8 626 38 00
Fax: (+32) 2 725 22 00 Tel. : (+86) 21 62 78 85 46 Tel.: (+49) 89 45 99 110 Fax: (+46) 8 626 82 49
e-mail: sales@apemswitches.be Fax : (+86) 21 62 08 82 09 Fax: (+49) 89 48 10 39 e-mail: info@apem.se
www.apemswitches.be e-mail : contact@apem.com.cn e-mail: info@apem.de www.apem.se
www.apem.de
OTHER MANUFACTURING LOCATIONS
CHINA MEXICO TUNISIA

APEM (WUJIN) ELECTRONIC CO. APEM MEXICO SA de CV SACEMA
Henglin Town, Wujin Dist. Changzhou Av. Penuelas No 14 6, rue des Pommiers
213101Jiangsu province 76148 Santiago de Queretaro Route de la Mosquée Er-Raoudha
2036 La Soukra Ariana
DISTRIBUTION NETWORK
More than 130 distributors and agents on 5 continents.
Consult our websites: www.apem.com.
X www.apem.com APEM
0382_COUV verso-2012_APEM/COUV/catalogue•2e&3e/XP4 22/11/12 14:54 Page1
HS
Ro liant
Index co
mp APEM
Other product ranges
By series
Switch panels
AS D-19 MT New! D-22 3500 A-102
AV B2-76 NK E-2 3600NF A-107 APEM offers several switch panel technologies
A01 G-5 P36 F-2 4400 A-88 suitable for transportation, industrial, vending,
A1 G-4 PBA B2-129 4600 A-88 military and other professional custom
applications. APEM has expertise in designing
A02 G-15 PHAP33 C-3 4700-4800 B2-117
and manufacturing membrane switch panels,
A03 G-24 PHAP40 B2-20 5000 A-21 stainless steel keyboards and complete custom
B I-3 PT65 F-4 5100 A-33 interfaces incorporating switch solutions,
CG New! B2-120 Q I-2 5100Z A-35 illumination, shielding, housing, touch screens
CP New! B2-125 S (rocker) D-9 5200 A-30 and associated electronics.
CR36 F-2 S (toggle) and SF A-12 5200MIWR A-36
CR65 F-4 SP B2-22 5200W A-37
DA F-10 SR D-9 5200WW A-39
DP F-9 TG E-5 5200Y A-41
DS F-7 TG SMT E-3 5200Z A-34
Joysticks
D162 C-2 TL A-6 5300 A-33 APEM manufactures joysticks for professional
D162 C-2 TL SMT A-4 5400 A-32 applications. Easy to operate and highly reliable,
ES New! G-25 TP B2-6 5400W A-38 APEM joysticks are suitable for all size and shape
FP New! B2-145 TP SMT B2-4 5400WW A-40 requirements from thumb & finger operation to
G E-8 TR D-4 5500 A-27
full hand grip products. Leading the market with
new technologies and features, APEM joysticks
IA B1-85 TR SMT D-2 55000 VDE A-51
are available with potentiometer, switch,
IB-IS B1-25 ZL A-2 5600 A-25 inductive and hall effect sensing. All APEM
IC New! B1-2 ZP B2-2 5600M A-28 joysticks are highly customisable and are offered
IF B1-88 1000 A-79 5700 A-27 with a large range of standard configurations and
IH New! B1-29 10400 B2-42 57000 VDE D-38 options.
IKE F-14 10600 A-54 5900 A-32
IKH F-16 11000 A-57 5900Z A-35
IKN F-11 1200 B2-107 660 A-100 LED indicators
IL New! B1-6 1200M B2-111 600H A-94 The Q series panel mount LED indicators
IM New! B1-11 12000 A-65 600NH A-99 complement the APEM range of products. This
IP B1-15 12000X778 A-72 6000 A-110 series comprises seven different diameters,
IQ New! B1-35 13000 B2-44 7000 D-24 from 6 mm to 22 mm. They are available with
IR B1-66 13000X778 B2-52 8000 B2-28 prominent, recessed and flush bezel styles,
IT See website 1400N B2-114 9100-9200-9500 B2-12 different bezel finishes, five LED colours, as well
IZ B1-48 1500 A-82 9400-9600 B2-34
as bicolour, tricolour and flashing LEDs. Integral
resistors permit direct connection to 6VDC,
KG D-76 1600 A-85 Security caps I-4
12VDC, 24VDC, 110VAC and 220VAC.
KI D-71 1700 A-85 Sealing boots H-2
KL D-62 18000 B2-67 Custom products J-2
KR D-53 21000N See website Catalogues on line
LPI B2-156 25000N E-14 and on request
MP New! B2-150 2600 D-45 www.apem.com
THE BROADEST OFFERING
IN THE MAN-MACHINE INTERFACE MARKET
OTHER PRODUCT RANGES

JOYSTICKS
SWITCH PANELS
LED INDICATORS
UG1212 - A - Réalisation couleur-citron.com
www.apem.com

Katalog Produktsii APEM 2013 2014 PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Katalog Produktsii APEM 2013 2014 PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Katalog Produktsii APEM 2013 2014 PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

What are the different types of switches discussed in the document?

What are the different types of switches discussed in the document?

What are some of the manufacturing processes involved in switch production?

What are some of the manufacturing processes involved in switch production?

SWITCHES 2013/2014

PANEL MOUNTED SWITCHES PCB MOUNTED SWITCHES

Other product ranges

A world of switching capabilities

APEM is a worldwide manufacturer of professional switches,

A switch specialist since its creation, the company sells products

APEM serves more than 20 000 customers, including

From raw material transformation to finished products – through

APEM has a strong reputation for quality, confirmed by the ISO

These configurations highlight our basic offering of standard

Product selection guides will help you select the most

General technical information and a glossary are available on the

APEM’s experienced switch design team, advanced development

Some examples are shown in the dedicated section.

New products, Selection Guides sections A to G 5 to 15

S and SF Miniature, washable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-12

5000 Miniature, the widest range

PUSHBUTTON SWITCHES - “I“ RANGE B1

9100/200/500 Subminiature, momentary . . . . . . . . . . B2-12 1200M/MR Robust industrial, momentary, round

ROCKER AND PADDLE SWITCHES D

DIP AND CODED ROTARY SWITCHES F

INDICATORS / ACCESSORIES / HARDWARE I

IQ series 13000X778 series

Selection guide - Section A

Series ZL SMT TL TL S and SF 5000 21000N 10600 11000 12000 12000X778

( )* See applicable approvals

Selection guide - Section B1

Series IC IL IM IP IB-IS IHS IHL IQ

Page B1-2 B1-6 B1-11 B1-15 B1-25 B1-29 B1-32 B1-35

Page B1-42 B1-48 B1-58 B1-66 B1-73 B1-79 B1-85 B1-88

Selection guide - Section B2

Series ZP SMT TP TP 9500 PHAP40 SP 8000 9400/9600

Series 10400 13000 13000X778 18000 IT 1200 1400 4700/4800

Selection guide - Section B2

Series CG CP PBA FP MP LPI

«I» range selection guide : page 7

Selection guide - Section B2

Diameter and shape

Diameter and shape

Selection guide - Section C

Series D162 PHAP3390 PHAP3380 PHAP3371 PHAP3378 PHAP3361 PHAP3355 PHAP3366

Series PHAP3368 PHAP3305 PHAP3362 PHAP3301 to PHAP3307 PHAP3350 PHAP3353 PHAP3320

Selection guide - Section D

Series SMT TR TR S-SR AS MT 7000 FM

Vertical Through hole X X X X X X

Horizontal Through hole X X X

Vert. right angle TH X X X

Panel cut-out 18,65X8,9 Ø 17,65 19,2x12,9

Sealing Process sealed Process sealed Process sealed No No No Optional boot

( )* See applicable approvals

Sealing Optional boot IP68 IP68 IP68 IP65

Selection guide - Section E

Series NK SMT TG TG G 25000N

Maximum ratings 500mA 0,4VA 0,5A 3A 30VDC (2A 250VAC)*